HANDBOUND
AT THE
UNlN'ERSITi' OF
TORONTO PRESS
I
'OA
DICTIONAKY
OF THE
ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE
CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI).
DICTIONARY
Ol' TIIK
ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE
CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, T^),
WITH
A GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION
AND APPENDICES ON
THE GEOGKAPHY OF THE GOLD COAST
AND OTIIKU SUBJECTS.
BY
REV. J. G. GHRISTALLER,
OF THE BASEL GERMAN EVANGELICAL MISSION, W. AFRICA.
BASEL: 1881.
PRINTED FOR THE EVANGELICAL MISSIONARY SOCIETY.
Sold by the MissioNs-BfcHHANomNc;, Basel, Switzeuland,
BY TauBNEit & Co, 57 & 59 Litixiate Hill, I^ondox,
AND IN the Book Depository of the Basel Mission, Ciiristiansbohg, G. ('., \\ . A.
Printer: L. REINHARDT (formerly C. Schultze), Basel.
I
PREFACE.
This Dictionary follows "A Grammar of the Asaiite and
Fante Language called Tshi {Chivee, T\Vi), based on the Akuapem
Dialect, with reference to the other (Akan and Fante) Dialects,"
by the same author, Basel 1875. The said Grammar has been
approved by several philologists in Germany and France.*) It
has, however, not met with the same favourable reception on the
Gold Coast, at least beyond the sphere of the Basel German
Mission; but it is hoped that the present Dictionai-y will be more
welcome to educated Fantes on account of its more prominent
practical usefulness, and because in it the Fante dialect lias been
more extensively referred to than in the Grammar.
2. The Dictionary appears now somewhat delayed by the
claims which six other publications in Tshi and three in Akra
made on the author, and its publication has taken considerable
time because its loose sheets were sent to an intelligent native
of the Gold Coast, whose judgement has been of great value to
the author, for corrections and additions.
If the work has been long in coming out, it is hoped that
it will be the more useful and will not prove short-lived. If it
has become larger than any other existing Dictionary of a Negro
language, this has at least not been the intention of the author;
the ample materials collected with the help of clever and in-
telligent natives made it a matter of course, if not a duty, to
store up whatever may be useful for his successors.
.3. The persons for whose benefit the author has written,
are 1. the missionaries, not only of his own society, in Akuapem,
Akem, Okwawu &c., but also of the Wesleyan Methodists in the
Fante country ; — 2. Europeans who are interested in philology
or in any capacity called to have intercourse with the natives
of the coast or inland countries; — 3. the educated natives, be
they employed in Christian churches and Mission or Government
*) Cf. Lazarus und Steinlhal, Zeitschrift fiir Volker-Psycholo^e und
Sprachenkunde 187fj, p. 164 — 172. Ky the '"Institut de France" a gold medal
of 300 francs has been awarded to the author.
VI Preface.
schools, or whatever occupation may be their inducement to the
study of languages; all these may also be helped by the book
in their endeavours to acquire the English language.
4. The materials of the work have been collected during
more than 25 years' study of the language. The words were
gathered from all available sources in the various ways alluded
to in the preface to the Grammar p. Iseq. When the author left
the Gold Coast in 1868, he took with him, besides an entire
translation of the Bible in manuscript or in newly revised printed
portions, a good number of other manuscripts and of materials
for a dictionary collected by personal intercourse with natives
of various places and tribes, among whom I reckon first the
helpers at the work of translation, who also, with other assistants,
contributed a good deal of proverbs and other folk-lore &c.
And whilst the Bible was in printing and twenty other new
publications or revised reprints were in preparing, the author
received, besides manuscripts for several of these new works,
many letters and answers on various questions concerning those
different publications, also new contributions for the dictionary
and essays on mythological and historical objects, partly from
the native missionary 1). Asanto, partly from other educated
natives. — The Vocabulary of H. N. liiis has been carefully
compared and every word or phrase found correct or rectified
has been embodied in the present dictionary, sometimes with
reference to the work of Riis. — A rich source of words has
been opened in the native proverbs, the printed collection of
which embraces more than 3600. The reader is often referred
to this for brevity's sake.
5. The Dialects of the langixage are described in the Gram-
mar p. XVII seq. & 185-196, where also the claims of both the
Akan and Fante dialects and the intermediate literary dialect
are sufficiently discussed. I do not find any cause to retract
what is stated there, though I have since then become better
acquainted with the Fante dialect through A. W. Parker's books
(see p. XVI), many words and phrases of which have been in-
corporated in this work. I have also obtained some more in-
formation about the Akan and the Bron or Kamana dialects,
and may sum up my impressions in this manner:
(1) The Akan dialect is considered to be spoken purest in
Akem; but by its dainty and affected mode of expression (e.g.
the frequent ee & oo, where most other dialects have simply
e & 9, as, adee, asee, koree, oboo, soo, = ade, ase, koe, gbo, so)
Preface. VII
it, appears less fit to become the common dialect of all 'Pslii
tribes, — The dialect of Asanf(! agrees in all essentials with
that of Akem, only the pronunciation is "broad and hard (tetere
dennennen)" e.g. they pronounce "kere" instead of "kyere", —
whilst in Akem it is "soft and delicate (boko freiikyemm)."
The other countries in which Akan is spoken are Adanse, Ascn,
ifankyira, Tvviforo, Akwam, all these with little deviations from
Akem and Asante, and Akuapem, on which see No. (2).
(j:^) The dialect of Akuapem, derived from Akem and Akwam
and having points of contact with Bron and Fante, appears on
the whole the one most suited to become (ho literary idiom
equally intelligible to all the other tribes. See Gr. p, XIX, and,
on the influences of Fante, the small English-'J'shi-Akra Dictionary
of 1874, p. XI.
(3) 'I'he Rron or Kamana dialects are spoken in the coun-
tries N. & N.E. of the Akan countries, viz. Kamana, Okwawu,
Nkoransa, Bron &c., also in Pae (E. of the Volta). These dialects
seem to be genuine Tshi, but are deemed inferior to Akan, prob-
ably on account of archaisms or admixture of foreign elements.
Bron is also spoken beyond the territories of the genuine Tshi
people by tribes w^hich had or still have a separate language
of their own. as Gyaman and the tribes E. of the Volta speaking
Guan, viz. Ntwummuru, Kjirakye, Worawora or Boem, Nkonya.
(4) The Fante dialects have not followed the other dialects
In changing the commencing sovinds kw, gw^ hw, before palatal
vowels, into tw, dw, fw, and in occasionally softening b (espec.
in diminutives) into w &c., but have deviated from them by
changing t, d, n, before (e) e, i, into ts, dz, By, and by curtail-
ing many terminations by cutting off their final vowels.
6. In the Introductory Notes to my Grammar §4 (p. XVII
seq.) I had to censure the system of orthography advised by
D. L. Carr and J. P. Brown in their "Mfantsi Grammar", Cape
Coast, 1868. Now I am under the necessity of criticizing the
orthography chosen by the Hev. A. W. Parker in his translation
of the Gospels of Matthew and IMark into the "Fante Language",
printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, London 1877, and
in three previous smaller publications, however gladly I welcome
these works as the beginning of a Fante literature. Mr. Parker
is right in using ten vowels instead of the five a e 1 u, but
he employs the diacritical dot under each of those five vowels
in a manner repugnant to the orthography followed in our
Vni Preiace.
numerous books in conformity with the Standard Alphabet of
Dr. Lepsius. If he had no knowledge of the said Standard
Alphabet, of which the secretaries of the Wesleyan Missionary
Society had officially expressed their cordial approval, he was
at least in the possession of some of our four editions of the
Tshi Gospels, his own translation of the two first Gospels in
the "Fante Language'' aflfording unmistakable proofs that he
has made use of them, as was proper and right. The Scriptures
in Tshi have been translated and printed by the long continued
labours of Basel missionaries and their native assistants, and
by the generous help of the British and Foreign Bible Society,
without any self-interested motives, for the whole Tshi nation,
Fante included. If the Wesleyan Christians in Fante use some
expressions for religious ideas different from those used in the
churches and schools of our Basel Mission, or if they wish to
have portions of the Bible or other books written and printed
in their own dialect, we have nothing to say against that. On
the contrary, we are glad to have the opportunity of comparing
the idiomatic peculiarities of both sides and are ready to learn
and adopt whatever may seem preferable in the treasures of
our western neighbours, or, whenever we on our part may have
to choose between two forms or expressions, to select that which
brings us nearer to them. But if the latter give way to the
opposite tendency, creating an orthography entirely of their own
invention and in their biblical translations studiously substituting
their own expressions to those contained in our Tshi Bible, as
if it were their duty to avoid the suspicion of having trod in
the footsteps of their forerunners, we regret their misspent time
and strength. The orthography adopted by Mr. Parker differs
from ours far more than the Fante dialects differ from the Akan
dialects. The dialects can sarcely be said to be at variance
with each other; they may peaceably exist side by side; but
the two orthographies cannot thus coexist. B. Cruickshank in
his book "Eighteen Years on the Gold Coast", London 1853.
vol. II. p. 262. says: "Educated natives have frequently failed
in making communications in writing, in their native language,
intelligible to each other, from their disagreement about the
sounds of words, and the consequent employment of different
letters to represent them." Shortly after Mr. Cruickshank's book
had appeared in print, when he visited the Basel JNIissionary
station at Akropong in the capacity of Acting Governor, in
Febr. 1854, he could personally convince himself that Europeans
I
Preface. IX.
have indeed "been successful in reducing the language of the
natives to grammatical rules and to writing in the Roman
character". Innumerable letters of natives educated in the Basel
Mission Schools and some 40 publications embracing more than
6000 printed pages leave no doubt that now "a proper repre-
sentation of the language" common both to Asante and to Fante
does exist. Tjjere arc Fante Christians who have bought and
read our books written after the Standard Alphabet, who also
understand and appreciate them. But the new Fante orthography,
if largely received among the Fante Christians, would almost
preclude mutual intelligibility of written or printed communi-
cations between the western and the eastern parts of the Gold
Coast in the native idioms, — not only the Akan division of
Tshi, but also the Akra language, the Dahome (or Ewhe) and
the Yoruba language being likewise reduced to writing after
the principles of the Standard Alphabet. It is as if railways
were built along the coast from Akra to Ada and farther on to
Lagos, and the Fantes would build a railway of their own of
a different gauge, so that no cars from the western railway could
be used on the eastern, and vice versa. Does is not lie in the
interest of our Fante brethren to accommodate their writing to
the Standard Alphabet approved and recommended by the re-
presentants of the Wesley an Missionary Society in 1855? The
question has been submitted by me to the representants of the
said Society in 1879, in a letter discussing the particular defects
and disadvantages of the new system as well as elucidating the
facilities and difficulties of transition to the Standard Alphabet,
— with what result, I cannot tell.
In order to do every possible honour to the Fante dialect
as represented in Parker's books, I have carefully perused them
and weighed every word contained therein; accordingly most
of the terms, forms and meanings peculiar to them have been
embodied in this dictionary in adaptation to the Standard Alphabet.
7. Foreign words adopted in Tshi (about 20 from Ga, Guah,
Marewa, nearly 100 from European languages) have been marked
as such by indicating the language from which they are taken
in brackets. Above 100 more foreign words found in the Tshi
Bible are registered in Appendix A. — Neiv words derived from
words already existing in the language and introduced by the
Basel missionaries, are partly marked by a dagger (t); many
such as well as modern terms, used in teaching the various
sciences, are not found in this dictionary, because not as yet
X Preface.
sufficiently approved. Nearly a hundred of them are contained
in the appendix to Mr. Bellon's Instruction in Arithmetic.
8. The arrangement chosen has been, to let the words fol-
low each other in the alphabetical order of their initial con-
sonants, disregarding the prefixes. Cf. the Grammatical Intro-
duction § 10. 14. 18. 20. 25,1. 26-30. Words either similar or
related to each other are placed together. Thus e. g. su, sii are
followed by nouns with prefixes: o-sCi (joined to su, from which
it is derived); e-su; nsu, osii, asii; then sua, sua, sua and
nsua, o-sua, o-siia, o-sua follow; then the various compounds
of all these, intermixed with derivations by suffixes and new verbs,
according to the alphabetical sequence of the letters, as sua-bise...
suafo, ... nsu-akyi, suah, ...suaw, su-bah &c. — Oi compounds the
constituents are marked out by applying the hyphen, or the
primitives are added in brackets. — Nouns formed by the suf-
fixes fo or iiij wa (ba) or ma (Grammat. Introd. §19,2.3), and
nouns compounded with -de and -sem (=ade, asem) are so
frequent that not all of them have been put down; the student
will easily find the meaning of such words by resorting to the
simple words. — Of verbs the primitive sense is given first,
and the figurative and free senses are added in rational order.
— The various applicafions of each word and standing phrases
are illustrated by examples, and for farther illustrations the col-
lection of proverbs and passages of the Bible or other books
are frequently referred to.
9. In the oiihoyraphti both the full and tlie shortened writing
(Grammat. Introd. § 25) have found consideration. The forms in
Fante and Akem, different from those in our books, have been
added in many instances; in other cases analogy will guide
those aright who are particularly interested in those dialects.
10. Definitions of words and descriptions of specific occu-
pations or customs, as they were given by native assistants,
have occasionally been added for the benefit of Europeans en-
gaged in acquiring the language. These explanations have the
more value, as they are all idiomatic, presenting the genuine
manner of expressing thought in the language, without being
altered by the endeavours to express thoughts imported by
foreigners.
11. Particular pains have been taken to add the synonyms
wherever they seem to be demanded. — That under some words
as "ahene, apata, nsa, ntama" lists of different sorts of beads,
fishes, spirituous liquors, textile fabrics &c. are given, may serve
Preface. XI
as a stimnlns to students and teachers to collect such lists of
other objects. In a similar way the geograpliical names and
proper names of persons, given in Appendix C III. and G, in-
vite farther collection.
12. As it was the writers endeavour to condense the matter
l)resented in the shortest possible space, a liberal use has been
made of obhreciations, a list of which is appended to this Preface;
some others will be found in the appendices. — All words not
marked by v., a., adv., conj., intcrj. are nouns; nouns are marked
by n. only in a few cases to distinguish them from adjectives &c.
Verbal nouns derived by the palatal suffix are marked hyv.n.;
many simple or compound nouns marked by inf. are likewise
verbal nouns. — Of verbs the transitive and intransitive are
rarely marked by tr. and intr., because most verbs are used in
both ways even more readily than in English. Parts of the verb
are now and then marked by contin., prct., perf., progr., fut.,
imp. I & II., inf., — affirm., neg. —
13. The writers task would have been much easier, if he
might have issued the work in German; but circumstances de-
manded it otherwise. Most of the English contents of the work
have been revised by Englishmen, and some deficiencies in this re-
spect are made good in the Corrections and Additions pp.569seqq.
14. The Additions taken from the translation of the Bible
and other Christian books are meant chiefly for the Christian
student and will help him in thoroughly mastering his object. —
On the Corrections, see p. 569, Rem. 2; they include also the
corrections of the few misprints found on pp. 1-568, and the
answers on notes of interrogation used in some cases of un-
certainty.
15. A few words about the Appendices. — The Table of Gold
Weights (Appendix B) may require alterations for the Fante
and rectifications for the Akan countries. On foreign gold coins
see Payne's Lagos and West African Almanack. — The Geo-
graphical Appendix (C), though it cost comparatively more time
than any other part of the work, is yet very imperfect. It would,
however, not have been right to leave it out for two reasons:
1. Our knowledge of the countries concerned has considerably
increased since the publication of the Grammar, as a comparison
with § 1 of the Introductory Notes, Gr. p. X. seq., will show,
2. The completenes of a Dictionary demands, that the archaic
elements contained in the geographical names, however unim-
portant the respective towns or villages, brooks or mountains
XII Preface.
may be, be not neglected. (This can also be said concerning;
the Proper Names contained in the Appendices D, F, G.) - Ap-
pendix C may moreover serve as a foundation for a Geography
of the Gold Coast, a desideratum which studious natives ought
gradually to supply; for it is astonishing how scanty, vague
and confused the knowledge of these countries has hitherto been,
even among natives, concerning the places beyond their im-
mediate experience. — Only of Akem, Akuapem and Okwawu
accounts of some completeness could be given. It is hoped that
a large map prepared by the Basel missionaries on the Gold
Coast will incorporate the geographical knowledge hitherto ob-
tained of the three countries just mentioned and of the Akra and
Adanme countries, on which map also some forty stations and out-
stations of the Basel Mission will be marked, as well as other
places where native Christians are dwelling. — In process of time
materials for a Histoxy of the Gold Coast also should be gathei'ed,
similar to what we have already of Sierra Leone. — Payne's
Lagos and West African Almanack contains much valuable
matter, though more of a statistical than geographical character,
and more of Lagos and its vicinity than of the other parts of
the Gold Coast Colony. Its yearly issues might be made the
receptacle for geographical and historical contributions.
16. After every endeavour to render the work as correct
and complete as possible, the author feels how much room there
is still left for augmentation and rectification, and hopes that
many of those who use it, may feel compelled to contribute
additions and rectifications. Of the Akuapem dialect not many
words will be found wanting; but the literary idiom may still
be amply eni'iched by importations from other dialects, and by
the new-made and foreign words alluded to in § 7.
17. The author begs pardon for the length of this Preface
and the followiYig Introduction. If there be many who will not
read this or that, others may still be helped thereby in their
endeavours to master the language. And so the author concludes
with the fervent wish and prayer that his work may contribute
to a thorough knowledge of this important language, so that
it may more and more become the vehicle of true knowledge
and spiritual light to the numerous tribes to which it has been
assigned.
So'nO'nidorf , Wiirfemherr/, August 1881.
J. G. CHRISTALLER.
XIII
EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.
a. Grammatical terms and other English words.
a. or adj. adjective. - (ahi. about.) - adv. adverb. - uf/lnii. affirma-
tive. - App. Appendix. - attr'ih. adj. attributive adjective. - anx. v.
auxiliary verb. Gr. § 106-112. - (bcf. before; hcl. below.) - cans.
causatively. Gr. 208,3.4. - cf. confer, compare. - com. common
language. - conj. conjunction, - conn, connected form. Gr. S; 47,49.
conscc. consecutive form. Gr. § Dl. 178f. - contin. contiuuative form.
Gr. §1)1. 102.167. - contr. contracted, contraction. - co-ord. co-
ordinate (sentence). - cpds. compounds. - d. penny, pence. - dec.
decent language. - deriv. derivative(s). - descr. descriptive (a. or
adv.) - diff. different. - dim. diminutive. - e. g. exempli gratia, for
example. - c)n])h. emphatically. - esp. esjJCC. especially. - etc. and
so forth. - eu2)h. euphemistically, - FAirop. European. - except, ex-
cepting, - expr. expressing. - (/". i. for instance.) - fig. figuratively.
- f. foil, followed, following. - fr. from. - frq. frequentative. - fid.
future tense. - gencr. generally. - Gr. Grammar. - id. idem, the
same. - imit. imitative (adv.) - imp. imperative. - inf. infinitive,
verbal noun. - int. intcrj. interjection, - interrog. interrogative, -
intr. intransitive, - Introd. Introduction, Introductory, - I. line;
pound sterling, - lang. language, - lit. literally. - n. noun. - neg.
negative, - num. numeral. - ohsc. obscene. - ohs. obsolete. - Observ.
Observation, - opp. opposed (to). - orig. originally. - p)-, PP- page,
pages, -part, particle, - perf. perfect tense. ~ perh. perhaps. - pers.
person. - Flir. Phrase(s). - pi, plural. - poet, poetical. - pons, pos-
sessive. - prcf prefix. - pr. n. proper noun. - j^i'cp. prep)p. prepo-
sition, prepositions. - pret. preterit tense. - princ. principal (verb,
sentence). - prol). probably, - progr. progressive form. - pron.
pronoun, - 2^^'OP' properly, - qnalif. qualifying (adv,) Gr, § 133,4,
134,1. - q. V. quod or quae vide, which see. - red. reduplicated, re-
duplication. - ref. reflexive. - rel. relative (particle). - Rem. lie-
mark. - retrosp. retrospective. - s. see; shilling, - scil. scilicet, to
wit; namely; being understood. - sent, sentence. - seq. seqitens, the
following. - sign, signifies. - sing, singular. — suhord. subordinate
(sentence). - s^wit. symbolically, -sgn. synonymous, synonyme(s).-
tr. transitive. - usu. usually. - v. (v.v.) verb (verbs). - v. n. verbal
noun. - viz. videlicet, namely, to wit. - vidg. vulgar (word,expressi(ni).
b. Naimes of Places, Languages, Dialects.
Ab, Aburi. - Ak. Akan. - Akp. Akuapem. - Akr. Akropong. -
Akw. Akwam. - Aky, Akyem. - Ar. Arabic. - As. Asante. - Dan.
Danish. - D, Ihdch. - Eng. English. - ^mto^. European. - F. Fante.
- Fr. French. - G. Ga. - G. C. Gold Coast. - Ger. German. - Gr.
Greek. - (Gy, Gyadam.) - Heb. Hebreiv. - It, Italian. - Kuk. Ku-
kurantumi, - Ky. Kyebi. - Lat. Latin. - Mf. Mfante = F. - Og.
Ogua, Cape Coast. - Okw. Okwawu. - On. Onomabo. - Port. Por-
tuguese. - Skr. Sanskrit. - Span. Spanish. - Tw. Twi.
XIV Abbreviations &c.
c. Tshi Words; cf. Gr. § 287.
a. ana. - a. s. anase. - e.s. enese. - etod. eto-dabi-a. - n.a. ne ade.
— n.s. ne se. - nh. nhina. - nt. ntaku. - Nyaiikp. Nyankopon. -
Ony., Onyank., Onyk. Onyame, Onyankopon. - tet. tetefo (kasa).
— The leading word of an article in tlie dictionary is often re-
presented by one, two or three first letters with a dot, sometimes
by a mere middle-sized dash.
d. References to Books or Persons.
jBrf., Br., Cr., see p. 637. 665. — Chr. Cbristaller. — D. As. David Asante.
— Diet. Dieterle. — Geog. Geography. — Gram. Grammar. — Hist. History.
— K. Kurtz, see the list p. XV (No. 12). — Mf. Gr. Mfantsi Grammar
(p. XVI). — N. E. Voc. Vocabnlarv for the use of the Niger Expedition
1841. (Gr. p. VII. B. 5.) - P. Ket. Paul Keteku. — pr. proverb (36(X) Tshi
Proverbs, s. p. XVI, No. 24). — Prk. Parker (p. XVI). — R. Riis (p. XV).
— Bern. Remark(s). — Rog. Roget's Thesaurus of English "Words and
Phrases. — Scr. Scriptures. — St. Statutes of the German Evangelical
Mission Churches on the G. C, s. p. XVI, No. 14. — Voc. Vocabulary. —
Zim. Zimmermann's Akra Grammar or Vocabulary.
e. Books of the Bible.
Ac. Acts. — Am. Amos. — Ca. Canticles, Song of Solomon. — 1. 2. Ch.
Chronicles. — 1.2. Co. Corinthians. — Col. Colossians. — Da. Daniel. —
De. Deuteronomy. — Ec. Ecclesiastes. — E})- Ephesians. — Est. Esther.
— Ex. Exodus. — Eze. h^zekiel. — Ezr. Ezra. — Ga. Galatians. — Ge.
Genesis. — Hab. Habakuk. — Hag. Haggai. — He. Hebrews. — Ho.
Ilosea. — Is. Isaiah. — Ja. James. — Je. Jeremiah. — Job. — Joel. —
(1.2.3.) Jo. John. — Jon. Jonas. — Jos. Joshuah. — Jude. — J«. Judges.
1.2. Ki. Kings. — La. Lamentations. — Le. Leviticus. — Lu. Luke. —
Mai. Malachi. — Mk. Mark. — Mt. Matthew. — Mi. Micah. — Na. Naluim.
— Ne. Nehemiah. — Nu. Numbers. — Oh. Obadiah. — /. 2. Fe. Peter. —
Phi. Philippians. — Phiie. Philemon. — Pr. Proverbs. — Ps. Psalms. —
Re. Revelation. — Ro. Romans. — Ru. Ruth. — 1. 2. Sa. Samuel. —
1.3. Th. Thessalonians. — 1. 2. Ti. Timothy. — Tit. Titus. — Zee. Zecha-
riah. — Zep. Zephaniah.
f. Various Marks or Signs.
dt and. - rf-c. et caetera, and so on, and the like.
.. between two parts of a verbal phrase indicate the place of an
object to the v. (when nearer to this) or of an attributive n. or
pron. (when nearer to the word next following); e.g. so., mu,
to help (as in osono mii); so ..mu, to lap hold of (as in oso nomu).
... or ... stand for three or more omitted letters, syllables or words.
= is equal to.
5- is more or larger, i. e. of a wider sense, than . . .
^= is less, i.e. of a narrower sense than (the following word).
* asterisc, serves for reference to notes and other purposes; see
p. 644. (29.) 644-649. (32-56.) 654 flf. 666.
t dagger, indicates new-made words, see Preface § 7.
§ paragraph, section.
XV
TSHI LITERATURE.
A. PUBLICATIONS IN TSHI
prepared by the Basel German Missionaries.
We omit 4 publications previous to 1853, 8 of Bible portions (1859—65)
and 12 others (1855—74), as superceded by new works or editions. —
For brevity's sake we give of No. 5—24. only the English titles. —
The figures in parenthesis refer to the order in which the single publi-
cations followed each other. Of. dr. p. VIII.
/. Grammars and Vocabularies.
1. {b.) Elemente des Ahwapim Dialects der Odschi Sprache (S:c.
von H. N. Kiis, Basel 1858.
2. (6.) Grammatical Outline and Vocabulari/ of the OJi Lamjuage
with especial reference to the Akwapim Dialect, together
with a Collection of Proverbs of the Natives, by H. N. Riis,
Basel 1854.
3.(39.) A Dictionary, English, Tshi (Asante), Akra, by J.G.Christ-
aller, W. C. Locher, J. Zimmermann. 1874.
4.(41.) A Grammar of the Asante and Fante Language called
Tshi &c. by J. G. Christaller. 1875.
5.(50). A Dictionary of the same — the present book.
II. The Holy Scriptures.
6.(28.) The entire Bihle, 8vo. Old Testament 1871. N.T. see next.
7a.(27.) The New Testament, 2d ed. 8vo. 1870.
7b.(45.) The Netv Testament, 3d ed. 16mo. 1878.
Of tHe Portions printed 1859-65 (Gr. p. VIII) some may still
be had and used, especially the Four Gospels, 2d ed. 1864, and
the Dsahns and Proverbs, 1865.
III. Books for the School, Church and Family.
8.(31.) Primer for the Vernacular Schools &c. 2d ed. 1872.
9.(29.) Dr.B&nh's Bible Stories,2A ed.with many illustrations 1872.
10.(44.) ^iWeyS/oWes for Little Children 2d ed.with wood-cuts. 1877.
11.(33.) Words for Learning and Praying, containing: a Catechism
of the Christian Doctrine; (498) select Scripture Passages;
the History of our Lord's Passion; some Prayers used at
church, Pra_?/er.5 for family and private worship, und Prayers
for school-children. 1872.
12.(34.) The doctrines of the Christian Beligion, based on Dr. Luther's
smaller Catechism (by J. H.Kurtz, D.D.) with an Appendix
on the Ecclesiastical Year and I'sts of Bible Lessons. 1872.
XVI Tshi Literature.
13.(48.) Liturgy and Hymns for the use of the Christian Churches
oftheG.C. speakiug Tshi (containing the order for Baptism,
Confirmation, the Lord's Supper, the Solemnization of Mat-
rimony and the Burial of the Dead ; 456 Hymns; 13 Fante
Songs; Remarks on Versification, Metres and Tunes &c.)
3d ed. 1878.
14.(25.) a. Statutes of the German Evangelical Mission Churches
on the Gold Coast, h. Liturgy of the same (the rest of it,
containing different Prayers and Thanksgivings used at
church, and the order of Consecration of Catechists and
Ministers). 1865.
15.(30.) Bcgulaiions for Catechists^ 1871.
16.(46.) Regulations for Deacons. 1878.
17.(38.) Tnnes to the Tshi and Akra Hymnbooks, 2d ed. 1874.
18.(32.) Instruction in Arithmetic. 1872.
19.(37.) Stories from General History (with chronological tables).
1874.
IV. Tracts.
20.(47.) Man's Heart, either God's Temple or Satan's Abode, re-
presented in 10 figures, 2d ed. 1878.
21.(35.) The Orphan's Letter to his Saviour in Heaven. 1873.
22.(36.) Oguyomi, the Negro Girl at Ibadan. 1873.
23.(43.) TJie Spread of Christianity in Germany. 1875.
V. Folk-lore.
24.(49.) A Collection o{ 3600 Tshi Proverbs. 1879.
All these Books were printed at Basel and are sold at Basel,
London, Christiansborg, as indicated on the title-page of this book.
— I'hese 24 publications contain altogether 5550 printed pages,
the 24 publications here omitted (as mentioned at the head of this
list), 2881 pages.
B. PUBLICATIONS IN FANTE.
1 . Mfantsi Grammar, by Dan. L. Carr and Jos. P. Brown, 32mo.
Cape Coast 1868.
2. Fanti and English Spelling Booh. London 1874.
3. The first Catechism of the Wesleyan Methodists. 1874.
4. Order of Administration of Sacraments and of the Solemnization
of Matrimony and the Burial of the Dead. 1875.
5. The Gospels of Mattltew and Marh, by A. W. Parker. 1877.
No. 2-5, printed in London for the Wesleyan Missionary Society,
contain 256 pages.
GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION
to the Tshi Dictionary.
A. (ip:NKl{AL RKMAKKS.
§ 1. Tshi we call tho l}ingun<!^r> prevalent in tlii> Gold Onast
countries b'etwoon the rivers Asini and 'I'anno on the W. and the
Volta on the E., extending' even beyond the Volta, and from the
sea-coast to the njjjier course of the Volta and the Kong mountains
on the N. — Jicm. In the arfJiO(jrti/)fi// devised for this formerly un-
written language, we write the name "T\Vi", the true proiiioiruttion
of which might bo rendered more exactly in letters of Dr. Ijcpsius'
Standard ^Vli)habet by "Tswi" and in English by "CJiwec" ; but
whilst the writing "TVvi" may be justified by its simplicity and
sufticiency and by reasons of analogy (with k\v, dw, l\V &c. cf.
Gr. § 1.'}), the transliteration "Tslii" was chosen to avoid too much
deviation from the former spellings 'Tyi, Otyi", and the German
writing- "Tschi" (formerly •'Utschi"). We must, therefore, beg to
notice that the "i" in "Tshi" is to be pronounced as in tlie con-
tinental languages or as "ee" in English. — On the names Amina,
Fante, Akan, see Gr. p. XVI.
§ 2. Concerning the j^osiUon of this language among other
Afriean languages we fully assent to the views of Dr. Lepsius as
displayed in bis elaborate "Introduction on the Nations and Lan-
guages of Africa", premised to his "Nubian Grammar".*) In this
work, on p. XXI-XXXII, be describes with reference to ] 2 char-
acteristic points, the distinguishing features o^ (a) t\\Q Bantu Lan-
guages of the Southern Negroes (prevailing over all the continent
S. and 2-5 degrees N. of the Equator, with the exception of the
S.W. corner), contrasted with those of (h) the so-called Hamitic
Languages in the N., N.E. and S.W. and of (e) the Semitic Lan-
guages found in the N. &, N.E. of Africa, and shows that (d) the
Negro Languages of the intermediate zone, of Central and Western
Africa, must have been altered by more or less influences of the
Hamitic (and Semitic) Languages, so that they have lost many of
the peculiarities uniting them to the Bantu Languages.
§ 3. Among these mixed Negro Languages (d) we may dis-
tinguish several groups, such as the Maude Group and the Kru
Languages in the West, and the Yoruba-Tho-Efili Group on both
sides of the lower Niger; between these three groups we may class
together four languages meeting on the shores of the river Volta
and call them ih^Volia Group, viz. a) E%\hc or Ewe (better E(pe),
spoken in Dahome and N., W. and S. of it; h) Adaume with its
*) Nubische Gramuiatik mit einer Einleituiit; iiber die Volker luul
ispraiheu Afrika's vou K. Lepsius. Berlin, \V. Hertz, 188U. pp. CX.Wl. 500.
b
XVIII Grammatical Introduction.
younger branch, the Ga or Akra Language, spoken W. of the lower
Voltaand in some parts E. of it; c) Guaii, spoken by the Nta nations
N. of the upper Volta (about Salaga)*) and by several tribes on
the eastern banks of the Volta and W. of it in Akuapem and some
Fante countries; d) Tshi, spoken throughout the dominions of the
former Asante empire when it had its widest extension.
§ 4. The known dialects of the "^rshi language do not present
any great differences and may be comprehended under these three
names: 1. Akan, the most central and purest dialects; 2. Broii or
Kamanri, the northern and eastern dialects, chiefly spoken by
tribes that are or seem to be of Guaii origin and partly speak their
Guaii dialects besides; 3. Fante, the dialects of several maritime
tribes in the South. The Fante dialects seem to differ more from
the other and among themselves than the Broh dialects from Akan.
— All these dialects may unite in (4.) the common literary dialect
based on that of Akuapem, — For particulars about these dialects
see the Preface § 5.
§ ;'). Of the chnracteristic features of the Tshi language we
shall now mention some (marking coincidences with those 12 points
of Dr. Lepsius, § 3, by L. 1-12) :
A. In points of Phonology.
1. Every syllable ends in a vowel, sometimes followed by a
nasal consonant. L. 10. Every word, when stripped of its prefix
or prefixes, if there be any, begins with a consonant. — A nasal
consonant, serving as a prefix, may by its inherent vowel element
constitute a syllable by itself. 7^. 11.
2. The Tshi has more and finer distinctions of vowel sounds,
including nasalization, and a greater variety of diphthongs than
other languages, and makes use of them for the variation and dis-
tinction of words, whereas the number and use of consonants is
comparatively limited; e. g there is no "1, v, z", and no stem begins
with "r". The combinations kp, gb, which are frequent in Guan,
Ga, Ewhe, Yoruba &c., are not found in Tshi. Instead of ts, dz, it
has kj, gy, and besides tw, dw.
.3. The great variety of vowels is increased by different tones,
every syllable of every word having its own relative tone, equal
with or different from the neighbouring syllables, either high, or
low, or middle, sometimes in successive degrees. '^Fhis different
intonation, inherent in the original formation of words, is still more
diversified in the conjugation of the verb and by syntactical com-
binations of words and sentences. (L. 12.)
*) That the language of the Ntas at Salaga is essentially (niafi,
though their transition to Islauiism and much intercourse with foreign
traders have caused some linguistic ditferences from the kindred hcatheu
tribes, has been stated by the native missionary I). Asante and the
deacon Theoph.Oi)oku(hoth natives of Akropong and both well acquainted
with the Guaii of Date and Kyerepon), who visited Salaga in 1877. —
Of this language notluTig has yet appeared in i)rint. In its grammatical
forms it resembles Tshi. in its phonetic part it is similar to (ia, and
E^e; many words are borrowed from Tshi, many entirely different from
Tshi, Ga and Ecpe.
Characteristic Featuri's of Tshi. XIX
4. Of the coiisuiiaiits tlic liard mutes are pronounced witli full
force, yet without any harshness, and, whilst in this casc^ the con-
trast between the stronj; consonant and the weak vow(d is decided,
the desire of easy transition to succeedin<; soiuids and the t«'ndency
to fluency of speech has led to the palatalisation of guttural con-
sonants and of the lahial w (Gr. $> 10), t() assimilation of soft mutes
with correspondin*;- nasal consonants or mutual Mssiwiilation of nasal
consonants (Gr. § 18), and to a neglifi^ent articulation of w, y, »S: \V
before or between vowels, so that tin; weak consonants appear
weaker than in other Ian<::uages. 'i'he semivowel r has the straii}j;e
function of streii<;thening and diversifying; the \()wel element of
the words in which it occurs, and is never used in a primary, but
always in a secondary or auxiliary way.
5. The euplionk votcel harmony existing in Tshi (more than
in Yoruba) provides against to great or too small dissimilarities of
vowels in successive syllables. Gr. § 17. I.. 5-
(). BedupUcdtion, comj)lete or in part, is much resctrted to,
especially in the adjective, for the frecpientative form kj)! the verb,
and for some plural forms of nouns.
B. In points oi Etymology.
7. Nouns are formed by prefixes not so numerous as in the
Bantu languages, but still conveying some classification of persons
as opposite to filings, and oi' single or IndUidual existence as* opposite
to plund or rollevfirc existence. — Some suffixes occurring in the
formation of nouns are easily traced back to the process of com-
position. One ph(r(d suffix of limited occurrence has a pi'ohominal
character. One suffix, consisting of the letter e or i, e or i. serves
to increase the scanty number of forms for different classes of
nouns. — By Composition new nouns are formed with remarkable
facility.
(S'. The distinction of sex (or gender) is expressed neither in
the pronouns nor in the grammatical forms of the language, but
only in some cases by peculiar words, or by composition with such,
or by the diminutive suffix used to denote female names. L. 2.
9. The personal pronouns have the character of nouns and
are virtually the same in the nominative, possessive and objective
cases, though partly adapting their form to this different use. Th(;
other pronouns are used as nouns or as adjectives or in both ways.
— A relative particle "a" serves to make up for the want of rela-
tive pronouns, as in Hebrew.
10. Adjectives are in analogy with nouns (prefixes, however,
are not very frequently used), and they have some characteristics
of their own besides, especially with regard to reduplication.
11. Numerals are in analogy with nouns. Ordinal numerals
are wanting, and the deficiency is supplied by circumlocution.
12. Verbs have not so many inflectional forms and "conju-
gations" as in the Bantu languages, a. The personal pronouns are
prefixed, partly coalescing with other prefixes. L. 4. — b. For the
tenses and other modifications of the verb j)refixes (partly recognised
as verbs) are used, in two cases the suffix e or i. — c. By the use
XX Grammatical iDtroduction.
of aux'diarif verbs a great variety of compound forms is obtained.
— (/. The paHshc voice and participles are wanting. e. Negation
is expressed by a nasal prefix to the verb.
13. Adverbs are for the most part in analogy with nouns;
some are derived from verbs. There are also many ouomatopoctic
adverbs.
14. Instead of prepositions, either nouns of place and relation
are used as postpositions (L. (i), or various anxUiarii verbs in re-
ffidar or defective conJu(j(itio{f. or both together. See Gr. ^ llTseq.
15. Conjunctions arc cither juimitive particles, or derived from
verbs or nouns.
16. Interjections are either primitives, or fragments and con-
tractions of sentences.
C. In points of Sijntax.
17. The subject stands before and the object or other comple-
ment (Gr. S; 19H-2i()) after the verb. L. 8. V. (The subject and the
object never staud together; if the object be put first, for em-
phasis' sake, it stands absolute, and either a comma, or the con-
junction "iia" separates it from the succeeding subject.)
18. The attributive adjective, numeral and adjective pronoun
follow their noun.
19. The attributive noun and pronoun (in the genitive case)
precede their noun. (L. 7.)
20. DoidAe verbs are sometimes used for P^ng. simple verbs.
Finite verbs are also frequently employed as auxiliaries, especially
in the way of co-ordination, where the Eng. language uses adjec-
tives, participles, adverbs, prepositions.
21. 'I'he tones of verbal forms often change in compound,
especially in subordinate seutence.s and after the transposition of
any member of a sentence by putting it foremost for emphasis' sake.
B. GRAALAIATICAL SPECIALITIES.
I. SOUNDS AND LETTERS.
Vowels.
§6. Simplepure vowels, short &long: In Faute books of A. W. Parker:
_ /, jx . .J. (a =^ a father.
a, a (broad) = a in far; • j i • tt-
' ^ '^ ' ' la a sound unknown in Lng.
a, a (thin) =: a » fat; e (before i & u).
e, c (broad) = e » very, there; e = e in met., u = u in but.
e, e (middle) = e » bed, eight;
e, e (narrow) between e & i;
i, I (close) = i in fill, ravine;
g, o (broad) ^= o » not, nor;
0, O (middle) = o » tobacco;
O, (narrow) between o & u;
11, 11 (close) = ii in full, ride; n = oo » boot.
Bemarls. 1. The broad or open vowels a e O, requiring the
widest opening of the mouth, are changed into the half-open vowels
a e (of the 2d degree) when followed by one of the close vowels
e = ey
» in-ey
1 = I
y> pit.
1 = ee
» meet
=
» not.
=
» no.
U = 00
)> foot.
Sounds and Letters. XXI
i 11 (of tliu -Itli (U'fjree), Imt rcniMiu hrudd lu'l'orc tlic Intlf-rlnsr vdwcIs
(' O (of tlio .'{d decree ).
^. 'J'lic |)0])ul;ir writiuj;- uiiiits the dots under a r o. Never
tlieloss we iiiiiy distiufiuisli the tliiii a or tli(^ narrow c it o, if w<'
bear in niiiid the foUow inj;- rides: a) whenever a is foUowed hy close
sounds (viz. i, u, middle o, o, or li'.va, iiya, iVva, dvVa ), it is thin,
and hi when or o have a broad vowed before tlu-ni, they are
nanoiv, exce|tt if tliey ho followed hv close sounds,
,V. Short and lonj;- vowels in 'i'shi diH'er (»nly in duration, not,
as in English, in ((uality. Instead of the long vowels a, c «S:c. at tin;
end of verbs in the j)ast tense followed by an object, the Kiinj)le
vowels are doubled. Gr. § 91,3.
§ 7. Nasal vowels : a e e i o 6 i~i ; F. an , en , in , in , on , uii , un.
Long nasal vowels: a e i 6. — litut. In 'J'shi it is impossible to
mark the nasal character of a vowel by ii (or by n, as it is marked
in Yoruba) r/ybecause many syllal)les terminate in ni. li or h with
either ]»ure or nasal vow(ds before them, e.g. pam, ))am, pan, j)ah;
h) because 2 or o nasal vowels may follow each other, e. g. toa,
and (,) because !Mr. Parker uses tlie same letter n for our I'l (Eng.>?r/),
so that he has only one way to express the thiee dift'erent words pa,
pan & pan. — On the Fante Vowels marked in § 6, see Preface § 6.
§ 8. Diphthongs and triphthongs:
a) ae ae ai; ee ei; oe 6e oi; ni ui;
ai
h) aw aw an; ew ew (ew) iw; ow ow (ow) uw. — ao !
c) ia ia iaw; efl ea; ila, flaw; uii ua iiae uae; un.
§ It. Disyllabic combinations of vowels:
a) ia ia ie ie io; ea ea ee ee; ea;
1)) ua ua ue ue no; oa 6a oe 6e oo ; oa;
r) iae iei, eae; uae nei, oae oee, eaw eew.
Hem. 1. Of two or three nasal vowels only the first, or, if this
should be very short, the second, bears the nasal sign.
Rem. ^. In A. W. Parker's Fante books we find not so many
diphthongs as under § 8& 0; e.g. for ae, ee, ua, uae, we find
a, e, wa or uja, we &c.
Cunsouants.
§ 10. Simple and compound consonants:
Mutes Fricatives Semi-vowels
hard soft nasal pure
a) Labials p b f m w
h) Dentals t d s n r
c) Gutturals k or h u —
d) Palatals \iy gy ^7—yi i^J Y
\ n xi. 1 u- 1 |kw srw hw uw —
e) brutturo-labials , ^ *^^ , .
^ |ku gu lui nu —
f) Palato-labials tw dw fw iiw w
J\c\n. 1. In Fante t k d become ts & dz before (e) e i.
Parker uses the letters u c twii j wh w
for the above given n liy tw dw fw w.
Hem. 2. Instead of tw* dw, the author of the Standard Al-
phabet, Dr. Lepsius, would prefer tsw, dzw ; but the sound of s
XXII Gramaiatical Introduction.
(En^. sh) is neither so decided as in Eng. church, nor does it precede
the sound of w. 'i'he lips are compressed from the outset, at the
same time in which the tongue is applied to the palate, and are
opened simultaneously with the withdrawal of the tongue. In dw
the sound of z is not heard in correct pronunciation, neither in dwa,
dwe, dwi, nor in dwo, dwu; foreigners not accustomed to the si-
multaneous utterance of w & y ;= w, will either pronounce d^va,
d\\ e. dwi. dyo. dyu, or dziia. dziie. dzui, dzo, dzii, as the Akras
and Krepes do. - For the pronunciation of fw the mouth is formed
as for whistling, the round aperture between the lips being only a
little larger.
II. FOKMATION OF WORDS.
§ 1 1. In the words of the language we distinguish stem, jirefix
and suffix. Many words occur as mere stems, others have prefixes,
or suffixes, or both kinds of affix at the same time.
§ 12. Stems are rcfZw^i^/Zcfl^erf by complete or incomplete doub-
ling. Sometimes the whole word, consisting of a stenrand a [jrefix,
perhaps also a snffix, is repeated, e.g. nsemnia-nsemma. Gr.§2'.t,4.r).
§ 13. Primary and secondary stems (Gr. i; 28) consist of a
consonantal and a vocalic part.
§ 14 The consonantal x>art. with which every root begins, is
any sim}>le or compound consonant (§ 10) excepting r.
Ohserv. 1. Soft mutes are seldom, and pure semi-vowels are
never followed by nasal vowels; nasal semi-vowels, when radical
i.e. not transformed from soft mutes, are always followed by nasal
vowels.
3. The compound consonants ky, gy, hy, iiy, tw, dw. fw,
n\V, w. appear before e, e, i; gy. ny. tw (and Ak. dw, fw. I'lw)
also before a, tw, dw, I'lW, w also before o, o, ii, transformed from
e, e, i; kw, trii before a. a; hw, I'lW before a, e, i.
3. The consonant r does not commence any root; in the prefix
re- and perhaps in the word ara (also in the comjiound iiera) it
was originally d. Besides these cases it frequently .commences sec-
ondary syllables, strengthening or enlarging the vowel element of
the word, and .by elision of a very short vowel of the preceding
syllable, espec. before a (e, o), it sometimes appears as a second
initial consonant compounded with the strong consonants p, t, k,
f, s, h, or even with h. d, m, iiw.
4. The consonant ii does also not begin any root, and occurs,
besides its use as a prefix, as the commencing sound of a word (or
a syllable in a compound word) only in the place of an original g,
when preceded by the prefix ii; e. g. nno = n-go.
§ 15. The vocalic part of simple stems occurs in the following
eight varieties :
A. Monosyllables.
1. 2. 3. 4. .5.
ae am ah (an ar) ixm au (an)
em eh (en er)
eh (en er)
a
a
a a
aw (aw)
an
ae
ai
e
e
ew
ee
e
e
ew
ei
Formatit)ii dI' Words.
XXIII
V ^
g
ew
(er)
era
eh
(en)
i i
1
i
iw
(ir)
im
in
(in) •
g
o\v
00. om oh
(on or)
(1
o\\
oi otn oil
O d
d
o
(»\V
oe r»e
(or)
oin
o h
(uu)
U U
n
IIW
ui
(ur)
uin
uh
(un)
ia ia.
law
fia fia
fii
ii ua
G.
uaw
B. Disyllables.
7.
are ari ane aine
ara
iina
8.
aruw aniin
araw aram tlrah
anam
ea
(enie) ere erew erem ereh
ea ea ee ee
eaw earn eew
ia ia ie ie ie io(w)
oa
oa 6a oe oo
na ua ue ut; no
era ena ema
eraw eram erah
ira ire ine ima
iraw irew ireu inara
oro orow orgh orgm
ora oraw ona oma
Oram orah onam omah
ura ure una uma
uro uroh
ere
eri em
ere erew one
ereii erem enem
iri iriw ini imi
irim iruw irih
ore
ori oru
oro orow ono
oroh onoh onom
iiru uri unu
urnw nnum
Most of these vowels or combinations of vowels and semi-
vowels may assume an additional e or i. the suffix of some forms
of the verb and uf some nouns derived from verbs; but if those
verbal forms are closely followed by an object or other complement,
the suffix is omitted and the final vowel doubled instead of adding
tht! suffix ; if the last letter be m or ii, the suffix is omitted without
any compensation, so that the form is distinguished only by its
peculiar tones (ending high and low).
Verbal Stems.
§ 16. Most of the single vowel sounds or combinations of
sounds specified above are found in verbs and nouns, some few
only in nouns. Of verbal stems we have, therefore, eight varieties
according to § 15. Another variety of verbs are those which appear
as compounded of two simple verbs, e. g. hata, watiriw.
§ 17. Of the verbs existing in the language about 280 are
monosyllabic, 270 disyllabic, 10 trisyllabic, 1 tetrasyllable; but
of the monosyllables about 40 have the tones of the disyllables,
and of the (lisyllables about iA) the tones of the monosyllables. —
Most of the verbs may be rcdu})licaii:d, whereby the monosyllables
Itecoine disyllabic, the disyllables tetrasyllable or (in .'jO cases)
trisyllabic, and a few of the trisyllables obtain o syllables, as, pati-
|)Mtiri\v, or, losing a final syllal)le, 4 syllables, as, taforo, tafotafo.
By rejieatf'd reduplication fa & ban? become folafofa, boliabobare.
^ Affixes of Nouns &c.
§ 18. Prefixes wa^A in the formaticm of nouns, numerals and
partly of adjectives and some particles are the following:
XXIV Grammatical Introduction.
i. e & (e & o), chiefly used in the singular; they are dropped
when they closely follow after a word ending in a vowel more
narrow than themselves.
2. a (a), in the singular of many w^ords and the plural of others.
3. m (n, ii), chiefly in the plural and in names of materials.
4. am (an, an) in the singular form of a few words.
§ 19. Siiffixesnsedi in the formation of nouns and some adjectives:
1. 1'he palatal suffix e, 1, or e, i. Ak. also oe, io. Gr. § 86.
2. 1'he persona] suffixes iii, F. nyi, & lb, Ak. foo. Gr. § ."iS.
3. The diminutive suffix, originally ba (best preserved in F.), now
usually changed into wa, or, after a word ending in \\\ or ii,
into ma, often only preserved together with a preceding a (or
e or o) in a long a, e. g. akura' = akiirowa.
4. The particle nom, found in some plural forms of nouns and
pronouns.
Affixes of the Verb.
§ 20. Prefixes used in the inflection of the verb are
1. the so-called personal pronouns
I, than, he,she,if; ive, you, they;
me wo e ye mo wo before a e e o o | in the nexi
mi wu e ye mu wo before a e i u ii I syllable,
m'- wo- w- ye- mo- wo- before the j)refix a (^a).
2. a (a) in the perfect and consecutive forms.
3. re- (orig. de) in the ^yroyressive and future II.
4. m, n, 11, in the imperative II. and all negative forms.
5. be-, ko-, (be-, ko-) in the future I & II. and inyressive forms.
The prefixes 1.2., 1.3., 1.4., 1.5., 1.2.4., 1.3.4., 1.3.5.. 1.3.4.5.,
may be combined. See § 29. — For the meanings of the forms
mentioned under 2-5, see Grammar § 91-96. 166 1H2.
§ 21. Suffixes used in the inflection of the Verb: the palatal
suffix eori in the past tense and sometimes in the continuativeform.
§ 22. In infinitive forms we find the prefixes o-, a-, m-, and
sometimes the palatal suffix.
III. ADDITIONAL REMAKKS OX TSHI OliTHOGRAPHY.
Inaccuraci''S of the Alphabet.
§ 23. Deviations from two important rules of the Standard
Alphabet, viz. "that every letter should always express the same
sound" and "that every simple sound should be expressed by a
simple sign", have been found advisable in the following cases:
1. The letters d, t, in the combinations dw, tw. and likewise
the letter n in the combination iiy or as a prefix or in c<unpoands
before y & tw, are not dental, but palatal.
2. The letter f in the combination Iw is not formed with the
underlip only, but with both lips; the originally guttural breathing
became labial by the influence of the succeeding w.
3. The letter m, standing as a prefix or in compounds before
the simple f (not before fw), is not formed with both lips, but with
the lower lip onlv. Instead of using a new letter ( ii), we let the
common m serve for this peculiar sound also. Sometimes a final u
Remarks on Tshi Orthography. XXV
or h is retained without clianging it into ni, as ahenfo(F.), oman-
fo, but the pronunciation will be the same.
4. The letter h sounds, in the j)ronanciation of some people,
somewhat raucous, near to German or Scotch ch in '^lo<:li\ Greek
j^, but only before pure vowels, especially y.
5. The letters hy (used only before e, e, i) express a simple
sound (German ch in ich or before e & /, or j(^ of the Standard Al-
phabet) ; but the analogy with ^y, ky, demanded its being re-
presented by liy. and the genesis of the sound agrees therewith.
6. In the combination sua, in whicli the very short u is scarce-
ly heard^ the sound of s, in the pronunciation of some people,
slightly approaches to that of 5//, e.g. osfia, a kind of monkey. The
same may occur, though in a less degree, in the similar combination
sia; at least in the Akra language, which shows a predilection for
the sound sh, the original form Asiante is changed into Ashanti,
whilst Tshi people pronounce? Asante.
Defective Writing.
§ 24. One admissible kind of defective writing consists in the
omission of diacritical signs that are not absolutely necessary.
1. The dot under a e is usually omitted, whereby the letters
a 6 are made to represent each of them two diflferent sounds; see
§ 6 Bern. ;2. and Gr. § l,i'. § 2 Rem.
2 The nasal sign on vowels is omitted
a) in words of very frequent occurrence, beginning with m or n,
e.g. me (mi), /,- mo (mu), ijou: mu, Inside, Interior; ne, his, gno,
he, no, hlmd-c.; oni, person; the suffixes -ni,-n()m; ani, face &c.
[Bern, ma, a Irequent termination of words, has often nasal a,
cf.j2c., and often pure a, cf. 4.]
h) in words or syllables terminated by m, n, 1*1, if distinction from
other words is not required, e. g. nam, nim. nom, mem, pern, den,
tenteh, hoh, pon, kum, pun, anah, auum, ason, akroh.
c) on'the two vowels of disyllabic stems whicli have m or n between
them, as the forms ending in ane, ame, ene, ini, imi, ono, unu,
ena, ema, ina, ima, inam, ona, oma, ouam^ una, uma. § 15,7.8.
d) on the second of two joined nasal vowels. § 15,(5.
3. The marhs for the tones are generally omitted in popular
writing; they are also wanting on many words of this dictionaiy,
either from uncertainty or oversight, or because the tones may be
known from analogy or simple rules, e.g. that in nouns of a mono-
syllabic stem the prefix usually has the low, and the stem the high
tone. In verbs, the monosyllables as well as the disyllables and
polysyllables have their peculiar tones in their various forms. See
Gr. § 40. 47-51. 91. 95-101. 112.
4. Sometimes simple m or n is written instead of mm, nn, =
mb, nd, e. g. ma ^= mba in terminations (nneema, ntrama &c.i,
mogya, muka = bogya, bukyia, anadwo, 'ne, 'nera (from edd).
§ 25. Another kind of defective writing consists in the omission
of letters which are .sounded in dignified or slow speech, but not
in common quick conversation, when two syllables do readily co-
alesce into one.
c
XXVI Grammatical Introduction.
1. The suppression of a very short vowel often takes place
before a syllable beginning with r. a) We prefer the defective tvrii-
ing after strong consonants and before open vowels (especially "a"),
or before syllables made weighty by a long vowel or tinal m or n;
e.g. pra, pram, prah, tra, tra, kra, sra, fra, bra, fre, bebre, frem-
frem, mpreri, prow, krgh, kronkron &c. (Gr.§20,l), instead of the
full icritimi para, param, parah, tara fere, bebere, feremferem,
mpereh, porow, koron, koronkoron, though the tones of pra &c.
are as of disyllables and the very short vowel cannot be omitted
if the proper vowel be nasal and n be substituted for r, as tena,
kononkonon. h) We prefer the f^dl writing after weak consonants
and when the vowels are e, i, 0, u, e. g. hara, haran, mmara, bera
{imp. of ba), here, sere, here, biri, boro, burn, piriw, pirim, tiri,
porow, puruw, turn, knru, &c. — In all these cases provision has
been made in the dictionary that the word can be found whether
it be sought for in the full or defective writing. — Teachers in
schools should use discretion in such cases and not rigorously inforce
either way of writing. They will do best by observing the above
rules and taking the orthography of printed books for their standard.
2. The pronouns me, ne (in the possessive case) always drop
their voivel before a noun with the prefix a, e.g. m'ani, n'aso; the
pronouns mo & wo in the same case are ivritten full, e.g. moanim,
woano, and the pronouns mc, mo, no. wo in the objective case
are likewise written full, though exceptions may take place, espe-
cially in poetry: e.g. "odame ase, oyiwo aye, fweno yiye, me-
nyamo" is better than ''odam' ase, oyiw' aye, f\Ven"iye, menyam'".
IV. DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE DICTIONARY.
§ "JG. The (dpiuihetical order of the sounds described in § 6
and 10, as observed in the arrangement of words in this dictionary,
is this : a, a, a, a, a - b, d, dw, (dz) - e e e, e, e e e, § - f, fw, g,
(gw,) gy, h, hw, hy - i i, 1 i - k, kw, ky, (1) - m, n, ny, n, nw
iiw - 0, 6, o o o, 6 - p, r, s t, (ts,) tw - u u, u - w, w, y.
§ 27. Deviations from the strict order of arrangement.
1. The sounds e e e, n I'l, o o O are sometimes intermixed in
the arrangem-ent of the words : e. g. abegiii precedes abehene,
aheiikwa — aheiisaw, aheiiiiua — ahenyere, maiio — manno.
2. Doubled letters are, in the arrangement of words, treated
as if they were simple; e. g. ahenne follows after ahene (not after
aheukwa), aman-ne after amane.
3. Prefixes do not affect the arrangement of the words (Pre-
face § 8), except in the midst of compound words, e. g. nsu-ani,
nsu-ano, between suane and asiia-nu; but here also they are some-
times overlooked, the same way as in the beginning of words ; e.g.
aho-edeii, aho-oden, stand between ahode & ahodom, aho-oyaw
between ahoyaw and ahoyeraw, not before ahoiadi or ahopae.
§ 28. a. If you wish to consult this dictionary for any word
that has a prefix or (in verbs) several prefixes, you are to divest it
from the prefix or prefixes (§ 29) and seek it under the consonant
with which the stem begins, b. If this consonant be an m, n, ii or
Directions lor the Use of the Dictionary. XXVII
nw, you will in many cases have to seek the word under h, d, ^j;,
dw, and if you meet the consonants nw, nVv, iiy, it may be doubt-
ful whether it is the iiietix h or n Iielore \v, \V or y, or whether
the stem begins with nw, nVv. ny. On both these difticulties see § HO.
§ 29. The different prefurs witli their comhlnnihns (§ 18. 20.
28 rt.) may, for practical purposes, be grouped together as follows:
1. a-, am- (an-, an-), ni-(n-, n-), in nouns and verbal forms;
e-, 0-, in nouns (and, according to .9, before verbs).
2. abe-, akg-, amnie-, aiiko-, be-, ko-, | only in
min-(nn-, iin-), nune-, mninie-. iiko-, nnko-, ! verbal
re-, rebe-, reko-, reni-(r6n-, ren-), renime-, renko-, I forms ;
3. e-, 0-; me-, mo-, wo-, wo-, ye-, pronominal prefixes, occurring
a) immediately before verbal stems, h) combined with any of
the verbal prefixes under 1 d- 2 : in the latter case ea-, oa-, mea-
(in the perf, and consec.) and mehe- (in the fut. I) are contracted
into a-, wa-, ma-, me-.
Bon. Succeeding close vowels change every a, e, o in all these
prefixes into a, e, 0, and me, mo into mi, mu; in writing, however,
we do not always follow the pronunciation, but let (me, mo,) w^g,
wo unchanged before a-, am- (an-, an-), be-, ko-, rebe-, reko-,
renime-, renko-, in order that the pronoun wg-, they, be sufficiently
distinguished from wo-, ihou, which is the more necessary because
the dot in wo (like that in a) is usually omitted. — Examples:
a) The pro)i. wo (ihou) with other prefixes before the v. f i :
wufi, wiim'fi, wurefi, wiiremfi; woafi, woam'fi. woabefi, woakofi,
woammefi, woankofi, and 6 consecutive forms similar to the pre-
ceding 6 forms of the perfect; wobefi. wokofi, wonimefi, won'kofi,
worebefi, worekofi, woremniefi, woreiikofi; likewise the pi'onouns
me & mo are either changed into mi «& mn, or remain.
h) The }}ron. wg- (ihey) with other prefixes before the v. tu:
wotu, w^ontu, wontii, wonntii, woretu, w^orentu; w-gatu, wgantii, woa-
betu, wgakotu. wgammetu, wgarikotu and 6 similar forms in the con-
secutive; wgbetu, wokotu, wgmmetu, wgmmetii, wgmmmetu, wghkotu,
wgiikotu, wghhkotii, wgrebetii, wgrekotu, wgremmetu, wgrerikotu.
This last example shows how many combinations also of each of
the pronouns me, g, e, ye, mo with other prefixes are possible.
§ 30. The difficulties arising from the cases indicated in § 206,
will cease to puzzle beginners if they will pay attention to Gr. § 18
and 24,5. and to the nature of the vowel follow-ing after the con-
sonants in question, cf. § 15,1. To make it plain and easy, we say:
Seek rnma mme mme... under b, mma mme... under m;
))
nna nne nnenni... );
d,
nna nne nni...
»
";
»
iiwa 11 wo invii »
w.
iiwa nwe iiwi
))
inv ;
»
(iiwa) iiwe iiwe nwi »
dw,
nwi iiwii
»
iiw;
»
nuya nnye nnyi »
^y,
iinya nnyi
»
i^.y;
»
nya nye nyi »
J,
nya nyi '
»
"y-
If three m, n or ii be together, the first two are prefixes of
the negative form of the 2d imperative, and the third is either
radical, or transformed from b, d, <i', gy, dw.
XXVIII
ADDENDA,
Words supplementary to the Dictionary p. 1 — 631.
bakua, stalk of a plantain- or banana-tree; obrode b., kwadu b.
abetm-de, symbol, proynosilc.
berede, a red head put among the marks in the pot of a sooth-
saying demon; ahene kokg bi a wgde to koro mu
abo a. s. abebude mu; d\ koro.
bese, a kind of amidet; suman a wgde tgh ade.
abuka, a kind of amulet; sumah bi: s. App. D. IV.
dasiimaii, a kind oipJay; s. agoru,
guam, V.+ 1,1. woguamno atuo abien, he teas killed by two
guns fired at him at once.
kabere,+ wode kyere nipa a. wawu; â– 'when something has
been stolen, a small cord (lihuahama) is tied round a
piece of wood, then the thief will die",
nkn, a kind of amidet; s. App. D. IV. — amamfo, ditto,
mmanim-pe, inf. [gbanin, pe] ye-, to be longiny after men.
amaiini-pe, /w/". sociality; am. nti onyaa amannifo pi.
mmunitinva, opening, door or entrance of the round houses of
the Nta people at Salaga.
e-iiani, 2.+ nsum' uam-yi, ftshing. — nam-kumfo, hidcher.
naiikwanseiii [Salaga] butcher; = nainkumfo. D.As.
nnontwuwa, a kind oi play ; s. agoru.
sansaiiwie: wgde asem ato woso, se nso woadi asem, na wo-
asan, na abgwo.
0-senkam,+ wabgme s. = waka akyere me se gbeka asem a-
kyere me.
asibelete, esono-ne-iie-mma, 6\ agoru.
siiare,-r a beaten path, track, trace, vestige, mark; yehuu sono
anammgn ne wonsuare pi, beboro dakoro kwan po, we
saw many footprints and other marks of elephants for
even more than a day's Journey.
yera, v.+ 6. cans, ode yera nenan so kwah, he seeks thereby to
obliterate his tracks to mislead or frustrate investigation.
7. tew ani yera, to frustrate. Ezr.4,5.
ayera, a kind of amulet; otuo suman.
A DICTIONARY
OF THE
ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE
CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI).
A.
The vowel a, nasal a., is changed or shortened into a, a, e, 0,
e, 0, e, i, and enlarged into a, a, or into the diphthongs ae, ae,
ai, au, aw, aw; Gr. § 1-5. 17,3. 19 A.
a-,pref. 1. of nouns in the sing, and pi. (Gr. § 29,2. 35,2. 42,1.
43. 44. 71. 104,2), of adjectives (§ 69,1 b.c. 70,2.^72.), of numerals
(77. 78,2. 3.) and of a few ^jaWicZes, viz. adverbs {IS'i, 3), conjtinc-
tions (142) and interjections (147,1. 5. 6.) — 2. of the verb in the
perf. and consec. forms (§ 91,4. 8. 92. 95-97.)
a, rel. part, (conj.) 1. having no comma after it, belonging to
a noun, pron., or princ. sent., that = who., which., where, or any other
rel. pron. and conj.; such as, so that. Gr. I5 64. 65. — 2. usually fol-
lowed by a comma, belonging to a subord. sent., if, tvhen, though.
Gr.§141,3c.
a, interrog. x^ari. Gr. §142.
a, e)ni)h.]}art. (inter}.) Gr. § 75,2. 144. 151, — F. (at the end of
a sent., omitting eye at the beginning) = i^ is. Mt. 16, 12. 14. Mk. 14,19.
a = ara, s. under R.
a, a, int. ah! oh! aha!
ai, ai, ai, int. eigh! ah! ah me! alas!
ao, int. what! xchy! hey! ay! fie!
au, int.Y. ah! Mk. 15,29.
am-, an-, au-, pref. 1. of nouns in the sing., Gr. § 29,2. 35, 5.
2. of the V. in the perf. or consec. neg. forms, § 92. (95, 1-5. with
w=o). 3. of the particles ampd, ansa, anka.
B.
The consonant b occurs before pure vowels and a in ba ;
is changed into in, by an m (n, n) before it, or into w, in dim.
forms; or, together with e, i (-eb-, -ib-) into 0, u; Gr. § 18. 19B.
20, 4; is lost in dim. forms and in the verbal pref. be after the pron.
me. Gr.§37. 91,6.
ba — babayeiiteii.
ba, V. to come, i. e. to move to or towards the speaker or
addressed person; — to come forth; to come to xmss, to happen; to
take 2)lace, to arise; to fill: nsu ba, the river fills \ — to produce:
asase ba aduan, the earth brings forth food. — ba mu, to come
in, into; to he fnl filled, realised. — ba so, ^o come vpon, befall, over-
taJce; to succeed (on the tliroiie); to become famous, renoivncd. —
de..ba, to bring; kofa..ba, to fetch. — imp). bOra; inf. oba, odi
ako-ne-abd, waba ha mmae, ne kgree iie ne bae, F. mha, Mt. 24,3.
— red. beba, boba. — Gr. § 95. 104.
o-ba, inf., s. ba. — bo., ba, to beckon (and call or bid) to come;
gye.. ba, by assenting replies to encourage a speaker to continue.
O-ba, jj?. m-, offspring, child, 5on(ob;ibauin,gbabarima), daughter
(obabea); the young of animals; person (osp. in cpds.); me ba, my
brother's child. ba, -ma, -wa, dimimdive suffix; Gr. § 37.
0-ba, a kind of beetle.
ba (in cpds., as bakgn, basin, batuew, mmati) = basa; s. baw.
a ba, (jjI. id.) F.amba, kernel, seed, fruit; f/'.adua, adnaba; eggs;
da aba so, to brood; - ball, knob; jjL abaaba, knots, clods, globules.
aba, welcome, sahdation; ma-,to tvelcome.
aba-o, int. F. ivelcome! hail! Mt. 27,29. 28,9. Gr.§ 147,5.
b<"i, V. to extend, spread oid, s.mpasua; cf. bae. — red. baba. —
ba mu, to make or give ivay bcticeen; syn. yerew mu,
ba, place, spot; mma riliina, everywhere; s. babi, baw, bew,
bea, here.
0-ba, pl.m-, woman, =^qh(idi, o(ba)basia; cf. abawa.
aba, pi. m-, icand, rod, whip, stick for beating, cudgel; pi.
blows, strokes; cf. dua, nsaba, aporiba, poma, twom, mpire, sika-
fere. — Phr. bo., mma, to flog; cf. fwe; di aba, to receive a flogging
or blows. i)r. 31. 1450.2637.
mba, inf., F. s. ba.
hhjpl.a.-, bough, branch of a tree, river; cf. basa, baw, duba.
ba, a play-card with 6 figures in 2 rows. '
baba, a sickness of the genitals,
b a b a, p)l. m-, = boba.
o-baba, jyl.m-, daughter, = qhihea,.
ababa, ababjiwa, jj?. m-, maiden, young woman, married or
not, who has not yet born a child, or only one or two ; syn. abeafo.
babababa, adv. xnofusely, said of raining; c/'. osu.
baba, babae, red. v.., s. ba, bae, anim ababae, anobabae,
bab adorn, an army in dispersion; wgye b., syn. wobg pete.
Babae-ntwa, j;r. w. an epithet of the Asantes; cf. Bae.
0-babauiu, pi. m-, son.
o-babarima, pi. ra-, son.
O-bclbasia, pl.m-, woman; s. gbea, gba, obasia; cf. akatasia,
akatamasiaba.
babaj^emfi, bab ay en ten, s. bob...
"
obdboa — balbw. 3
o-b;iboii, pl.m-, daiiffhtcr, = ohsLhii.
o-h{\hvve, pi. m-, a five, henufifiil, delicate woman.
babi, some place, somewhere; elsewhere; cf. ba, beabi. —
luinabi-niinabi, /// different plaees, here and there. —
biibiara, anywlicre; in negativo sentencos nowhere.
babi-mbre, F. = nea, where'., senea, hoiv.
0-babo, mf. [bg..ba] heckoning and calling to come.
g-biibuii, p?. m-, a poung, fresh, health ij man, a man in the
prime of youth; cf. bun.
ab;il)niiHiia, [r//;».] lad, strijjling.
o-b;'ibnii, j)/. m-, a goitng, fresh woman in the state of pnh erf n,
maid, rirgin.
g-babuiimia, [dim.] girl, lass, young woman of 12-lG years,
abadae, the yearning of boicels for a child, pr. .3182. cf. odae.
a b a d i ii , names of children ; dapen mu nnafna so ab. s. Gr. § 41 /I.
abadomaj obad., pl.m-, a yoioig, fine, tender, little child,
abadomaba, F. id. [infant.
Badu, pr. n. of a man who is the tenth child of a mother.
Raduwi), likewise of a woman, Gr. §41,5.
abaduaba, s. abed...
o-badiicdiiefu, jjZ. m-, randder, rover, stroller, vagabond.
abadVvGj F. a man whose hand is ivithered. Mt.t2,10.Mk.,3,l.
o-badwcmma, j;/. m-, a pensive, thoughtful, prudent, reflec-
ting, considerate, sensilde, intelligent person, [fr. oba, dwen, oba;
ewg obanimdefo ne obanyansafo ntam'.]
e b a d w 6 m , s. lin wonkoro.
bae (mu), V. to disjoin, part, cleave, sunder, rend; to open,
gape; to unravel, loose, nnloose. unstitch, unroll; to distend, extend,
expand, spread, spread out. — red. babae, baebae. — syn. b^i, gua,
gnae, pan mu, sjlh mu, tew mu, terew mu, yerew mu. — Otam no
abac; bae ntama, nhoma, hyen mu abrannji nomu! bfibac asa-
wa no mu! - Mominaem' ! open your ranks! -m alee tvay for going
through! - wabae nc nan mu; woabae won (mpasiia) mu.
Bac, Baebae, Bacba e-antwa, surnames of the Asan-
tcs, as a host of endless coming, or, extending so far that they
cannot be surrounded.
o-baeaiikg(ro), one who came and did no more go;pr.43.
bae bae, red. v. 1. s. bae; dua no ab., the tree has spread;
2. anim baebae, the day breaks; s. buebue.
abaefb [nea obae foforo], new-comer, new beginner, novice.
abaesaba, F. = abasiaba, abofra, ababa, Mk..5,39.
I) a fa I'l, -lie, pi. m-, a child who did not learn to walk within
the first 2-7 years; pr. ,9.5. — sluggard,, lazybones ; onihafo.
bafow, bal'oo, (one who came a-foraging) forager: pr. 36.
abafra — abakyere.
abafra, abafraba, mbafraber, mbafrara, F. = abofra, abofra,
mmofraase.
bafiia, a single thing or person, one and the same thing.
O-bagofo [nea o-ne mma gorn], fornicator; syn. mmea^efo.
ab.igow, F. relaxation or slackness of the arms; eye me ab.
= atu m'abasam, amii mapa abaw.
bagua [bo agua], public assenMy, congregation, council] -
ofra baguam' ov baguafom', he is a member of the council.
abaguade [bagua ade], share of fees for attending a pa-
laver; pr. 37. 370. 2966.
baguat'6, elders and other persons met in council or as-
sembled for public deliberation.
bagya, a fourfooted beast; pr.38.
o-bagye, inf. [gye..ba] exhortation to continue in a speech.
a-bagye, inf. [gye oba] adoption.
oba-gyigyefo, jpZ. m-, 1. nurse-., 2. a mischievous child; one
who gets other persons into trouhle.
bahii (dec. = raposae, com.), dry fibres of the baric of the
plantain stalk; pr. 10. 569. 629.
o-ba-huhuiii, pi. m- -fo, a worthless felloiv; s. ahuhufo.
baka, lagoon, lake communicating tvith the sea; F. lake,
pond; cf. gtare.
a baka 11, pi. m-, the eldest child, the firstborn; the state or
birthright of a firstborn son.
b a kail 6 ma, lagoon-bird, heron, stork &c.
bakasiaiiepo, a bird, s. otwironku.
abako, a kind of shea-tree?), with brown wood used for
furniture; of the seeds oil is made in Akem.
bako, Akp., F., = biako, koro, one; obako, oneperson; Gr.
§ 77. 80,2. mmako-'mako, one by one, each. pr. 2548. 3258.
g-bakofo, .obiak., a single person, pr. 455—459.
o-bakokouimma, dim. of the foil, [oba, akoko-nini.]
o-bakokonini, a conceited, vain-glorious woman (likea cock),
coxcomb.
bako ma, pi. m-, nobleman, lord, prince, person of the royal
family, of high rank or position; high-born; aristocrat; di b.=di
adehyesem, to be imperious, violent, posiiive, stubborn, wilfid, ar-
bitrary, pr. 39. [oba a gnam ne kgn so, gnam na gtoto ne kgn kyea.]
bako 11 [ba=basa, kgn], tvrisf.
abakosem [nsem a aba kg], history, story of past events; cf.
bakroii, nine persons. Gr. §80, 1. [abasem.
bakua, s. kwadu b.
abakyere [basa, kyere], gold and costly beads tied round
the tvrist in honour of one's birth or deed.
bam — gbaii. 5
haul, V. to embrace (in welcoiniug, st/n. fain, ye atu, or in
fightinj^); b. kyinii, to raise a)Hl shake a statc-iinibrella, = i)iim
bamkyinii; - r6'(?. bemniain, boiiiinam.
|);iiir = ba mu; ne dae abam'. Gr. i;t214 after licm. 2.
ham, li;i inltMin, adv. expressing the sound of striking,
clappingi lashing, falling.
al)<iiii, a ceremony performed at the birth of twins, of the
3d, 7th to 11th child, and in their after life by themselves,
before every new crop or harvest. Oye ab., woye abamfo, he is,
they are entitled to the abam ceremony. Wode ad were guare ab,
Yi'A.9., pr.ll27. Se aduamforo biara bg a, abamfo annuare abam
a, wonni hi.
bam, bamc, bamsom, imperiousness, haughtiness, inso-
lence; syn. adehyesem, ahcnenunasem; odi no so b., he plays the
rich or high-horn:^ he plays insolent, wanton tricks. -hanuVi, inf.
bain ma, pl.m- [ban, ba dim.'] the projecting lower part of
the wall in Negro houses, used as a seat. pr. 2252.
b;imma, pil. m-, a stripe of country-cloth; the breadth in
tvhich it is woven; a ribbon; syn. ntaraabamma, Ak. beniT.
ab am m a : woto ab., they put their hands on each other's necks.
bamfo, -foo, a thorny plant, pr. 1676-77. [pr. 1213. 3791.
bamiawu, a kind of snake.
bam kg 11 [s. bam & koh, neck]: gto b. kasa, he speaks
haughtily; gtoto ab., he walks with a majestic air.
bam kyinii (kyinii a wopem di bene so), state-umbrella -^
bams em, s. bam, barae. [pr.l729.
ban, V. to lie or to lay in a proper row, to extend; to string
(ntrama, wo hama so); to pile up, to store (ode, putu so); to hem in
(atade ano, with a ribbon); b. ho, syn. sTi ho; b. ho, syn. toto ho.
— red. beramaii.
bail, 1. row, fence, enclosure, frame; esp. the fence round
the yard of a negro-house; watwa ban mu, he had to do tvith the
king's wives. — c/. faban, dantabaii. — 3. = dua-so, s. dnasee. —
3. esp. in cpds. : form, figure, shape; fashion; manner, nature;
race, kind, sjiccies; syn. su (wo su ne wo bail biara nye!) s. aboa-
ban, abusfiabaii, adakaban, odainman, doban, duaban, nipaban,
nsraban, subaii or subaii; odaban, abodaban, adibah = aduan',
ahabaii. — 4. a fortified place; si ban, to put people in a place
by authority in order to enforce the laws, or to keep the people in
subjection and prevent their falling off; to place troops in a strong
position; to occupy a place as a garrison.
aban, -ne, (pi. id.) a house built of stone, cf. odaii; a large
fine building, palace; pr. 8190. - a large, strong building = abah-
kese, fort, castle.
o-baii, pi. m-, a string of cowries, 40 cowries; wgtoii no b.ih-
bdh, wotonton no abaiiabaii, tlicy sell it eachfor a string; cf. ntrama.
6 obah — almiitid.
o-ban, a beast of prey, ilie loild cat. = aduatia.
b a nail, four persons. Gr. §80, 1.
o-banaiiii, pl.m.-^ grund-son, grand-daugliter, grand-child.
abanas e-abci iiase, a kind of lierb.
abanbiua, a ^o^ (abina) contaiuing pabn-wiue for a siring
of cowries (ban).
o-banimdefo, pi. m-, a person of understanding., possessing
Jcnoidedge; cf. gbadwemma, gbanyansafo.
O-bauimma [obanin, dini.\ cf. abarimawa, gpauyimma.
o-baniin -in ere [gb. -bere], a handsome man; a7i effeminate
O-banim-inoiie [gb. bone], a bad man. [man.
g-banim-p anyiii, an old, venerable man.
o-baniu, p?. m-, man, male person; = oha.i-ima.\ F. obeuyin.
baninfana, armring of a man.
baniiifo, pi. brave men.
baniiiba, bravery; gbye no b., he encourages him.
b a 11 i h h a-h y e , inf. encouragement.
abaniiisein, manful, manliJcc, manly, warlike deeds or be-
Jiaviour, bravery; pr.391. odi ab., he shows manliness, quits him-
self like a man; syn. mmarimasem, mmaninne.
0-baniii-taii, a man that has children, a father of a family.
o-banin-trofo, a lying man, liar.
o-baniii-warefo, a married man.
o-banin-yen, ivisard, sorcerer, magician; s. ayen.
O-banin-y er e, an unborn cbild, designated by a man to
be his future friend or ivife.
bank am, a kind of golden ornament, pr. 1551.
aban-kese, fort, castle; cf. aban, abautia.
bankoroap em, a kind of bead, s. ahene.
o-baiikn, a kind of food, prepared of ground maize, com-
monly eaten when yam is scarce,
abankiia, s. akua.
o-baiikye, pi. a.-, the cassava, cassada, manioc, jatropha mani-
hot; F. G. duade. ^^r. 36. 4U.
aba no ma, step-cltild, foster-child, pr.41.
g-bansini, ^jZ, bansifo, (a man of) a garrison; s. si ban.
g-bansoa, a bird,
bans on 11, Zo»f/,=tententen; n'animb. he is long-faced, long-
banten(n), long-shaped, long (hama, ntama, nsa). [_visaged.
abaiisosem. a tvord talked over the fence, (idle) talk, gossip,
aban-tenteii, tower; pjl.vix- or aban atenteri. [hear-say.
aban-tia, a small fort, as the Mortella tower near Chri-
stiansbors:.
abaiito — biisucwi. 7
a bail to, inf. [to abaii] (tlif act of) hmldliiij a stone-house;
masonry, mason's work.
o-bantoiii, iJ^ a--fo, mason, brlcJclaijer.
ban II, ttvo 2i<-'>'Sons, two tocjctJter. lyr.M-iH. ViUO. 20SL
Ijanum, five persons. Gv. ^ 80, 1.
ban nil a [ban dua], any kind of tree (gf'osow, atoa, ...) used
for foices.
abani'iu;], t/tr court or //ord of tanje liu'ddlnys [abai'i, gua;
adiwo a ewo aban bi mn].
o-ba-n ya nsal'i't, a wise person; si/ii. obadwcmuia, obauim-
deto, ouyansafo.
g-baniiya, a long red intestinal worm,
abanyimla, F. = (nsa) nifa.
bapon, a disease in the jaw-bone.
0-baponinia, 2d- m-, [oba, i)on, oba] a person of liiijh birth,
of wealth, entrusted with an office, from the man next to the king
down to the chief of a village; cf. mmopgmma.
o-baprowc, J;^ m-, a spoiled chUd\ s. porow, porowe, poro-
kyewa; oyen nemma mmaprgwe, he miseducates, sptoilsliis children .
bar a ... i;. bra, bora ... [«• yt^i.
bare, v. (. . ho, .. so) to covers lay over, oversj^read; s. baw;
to sling, wrap, wind, twine, twist roU)td; to embrace closely, clasj)
round. — red. bebare, bobare, bobabobare. -de bare ani, prop.
to twist (the arms, in wrestling) face to face, i. e. to engage in
battle, to fight hand to hand.
o-ba roll via, a cartouch, cartridge-belt all round the loins;
cf. ntoa; ne ntoa ye ob. (when it contains 12 cartridge-boxes);
- di b., to surround.
o-barinia, pi. m-, man, male person, = ohsimh [gbaniri-ba?]
cf.mni; Gr.§41,1.2. — valiant man, hero, cf. oberan.
aba rim a, a man entrusted tvith an office by one superior
to him, cf. adamfo; adherent, client, subaltern; follower, helpmate,
conqxinion. servant, pr. 1077.
aba rim a, -mawa, jj?. m-, boy, lad.
abarimakwan, a ivay for heroes, dangerous way, adventurous
abarimasem, = abaninsem. undertaJcing; pr.l077.
o-barimaye, inf. manhood.
o-basfi, jj?. a-, the arm; the forefoot of quadrupeds; cf. abaw,
nsa;-dua basa, branch of a tree; cf. ba, dubct.
abas a, -sawA, [basa, r?/>«.] a withered ov hune hand or arm;
a person having such.
basil, basabasa, confuted, disordered, disorderly, cf. saka...
basa, three persons. Gr. §80, 1.
basawa bi, some few (two or three) persons.
basaewi, a large sea-fish [G. gba]; apata bi a gte se sire.
basafa — hatakari.
b as a fa, a ciibit, ell; cf. abasamfa.
basafawa,=bafah, obubuafo? obusufo?pr. 52.
basakokom', the inner jxirt of the arm at the joint of the
elboiv, s. kokom; cf. mmotoam'.
basakuram (?), the upper arm; s. nsatu,
abasa-kyea, inf. pr.733.^ s. kyea, abasatoto.
abas am', the space to which a man can extend his arms, a
fathom, the length of six feet-, the strength of the arms. — tii..ab.,
to dishearten, discourage; n'abasam atu, he is disheartened; rf.
ne nsam' agow or ahodwow, wapa abaw.
abasamffi, a measure of three feel, a yard; cf. sin.
abasam-tu, inf. discouragement; cf. abawpa.
basatiri, batiri, = mmati,
abasa-toto, inf. the sicinging of the arms, pr.733.
abasem, p^ m-, a story that happened-, history, cf. abakgsem.
bascwti, a clear-sighted, sJcilftd, respected or ambitious man
in a society; aristocrat (^)-, oye hyew, oye aguasemde.
0-basia, F. = obabasia; cf. akatasia, akatamasiaba.
basiaba, adv. even.
basia, six persons. Gr. §80, 1.
ba-sigyaw, m-, the state of having no children. —
di b., to be without children; s. mmas. .. &1 Sam. 15,33.
o-basimma, a young tvonian, s. obeasimma.
basin, F. a-, stump) of an arm; one-armed person.
abasiriwa, pi. m-, an infant; a child of 6 to 12 or li years.
abaso: di ab., to stand security; cf. a[ka]gyinam, akabaso; -
menne ka, menne ab., I owe no debts, neither for myself, nor
from standing security.
bason, seven piersons. Gr. § 80, 1 .
bata, V. (..ho), to be close to, adjoin, lean against; pr.99l.
to adhere, cling to; to be connected with, pr. 691. — rcf?. batabata;
ebata[bata] ho'kwa, it is a mere appendage.
l)at;i, trade, traffic, commerce. — tu b., di b., to trade; odi
ntama b., he deals in cloth; gye b., to offer trade, to win a customer.
- Wofa da-bone ko gua a, bata butu wo; s. butuw.
o-bata, a beast of prey like the lynx; it has a longer tail with
more hair on it than atoatoa.
batadewa, F. boat; Ak. obonto; cf. korow.
batadi, inf. trading; s. (di) batd.
batafo, (p)l. id.) wild boar, syn. kokote. — batafo-se, a boar's
tusk. pr. 42. 43. — batafo-Sfisono, a medicinal plant.
batagye, inf., s. (gye) bata.
batakari, pi. m-, war-dress, like a shirt without collar
and sleeves; the dress of the Mohammedans.
ijLuitdiii — aljiivi.si'ui.
o-batdin, a simple, silly ^ dull, half-witted felloiv.
o-l>;i-t;i u, obeatan, pl.m-^ a icoiiiaii thdt has children, mother..
o-bataiii, j;/.a--tb, trader, tradesman, merchant; pr.923.ri:iO.
cf. oguadini, onantefo, opowadi'fo. — batatii, /»/"., i'. (tu) bata.
batiri, basatiri, ==mmati.
batw(jw, ellxnv; cf. basa, twea.
baw, V. =barc; to besmear, bedaub; —
baw amiiiine, to smear a twig with lime for catching birds.
l)aw = ba, bea, berc, bew, place; onko baw = bribi, lie goes
nowhere; cf. gyabaw.
l)aw = ba; bo . . baw =: bo . . ba, to beckon, call.
abaw = abasa, the arms; woso no abaw-abaw, theg carry him
on the arms. - Wapa abaw, he has withdrawn or dropped his
arms, i. e. he is exhausted, quite tired, despairs; cf. nc nsa apa, ne
nsam' agow or ahodwo, n'abasam' atu.
abaw-pa, inf. despondency.
o-ba\va, [oba, diyn.^ = obeawa, girl, lass.
abawa, jpZ. m-, maid-servant, serving-girl.
b a w 1 w e , eight persons. Gr . § 80, 1 .
abawu, inf. death of a child, pr. 296.
baya, bayabaya, wide oj^en; n'ano b. ^tetn}; woagyi-
gyaw won adan ano atoto ho bb.
abayg, inf. [ye oba] careful treatment of children.
a b aye 11, inf. [yen ba] the bringing up of children; abayem-
mone, bad education, pr. 56.
o-baycii, j;?. m-, tvitch, hag; s. ay en.
bay ere, a isind of yam; s. ode. pr. 57.58.
o-ba-yoycre, favorite child, the most beloved (son) among
a plurality of children (as yeyere is among a plurality of wives).
bayi, (abayide, -goru, -sera) witchcraft, sorcery; ye or dew
bayi, to p)i'ttctise witchcraft: b. ye abusuade, tvitchcraft is inborn,
innate, hereditary.
aliayidc, = bayi [ade].
o-bayifo, 2^1- ^'^ toitch, hag; wizard, sorcerer, pr.59-62. cf.
bayi, ayeii, baninyen, bayeh, gbonsam ; ob. kgdewe, ua wgkyeree
no kabere. The Negroes describe a wizcn-d or witch as a man or ivomayi
who stands in some agreement with the devil. At night, ichen all people
sleep, he {or she) 7-ises or rather leaves his (her) hoclg, as a snake casts
the slough, and goes out flamhig from his eyes, nose, mouth, ears, arm-
pits: he may tcalk witlt his head on the ground and his feet stretched
upward; he catches and eats beasts, or kills men either bg drinking their
blood or by catching their soul which he boils and eats, ichereupon the
person dies ; or he bites them that they become full of sores. Some change
themselves into leopards, snakes, antelopes; some tise their witchcraft also
for trade in selling things.
abay ignru, :^bayi; ogoru me ab., he or she practises tvitch-
abayisem, = bayi. [craft iipon me.
10 be — bebere.
be, adv. used of the effect of j^i'icJiing: oti me ara be, Jie
pinches me sharply, that I feel it keenly; of. bee, bew, v. d; adv.
e-be, pi. m-, proverb, parable, riddle; bu be, to idler, lell or
make a proverb.
a-be, J)?, m-, palm, palm-iree; the species of palm from which
the palm-wine (nsa-fufu) and palm-oil (nno) is got, the most common
in Western Africa: o'd-x)alm, Elaeis Guinecnsis; palin-nni (cf.
befua, adwe); binieh of jjahii-iuds (hamu); all the pali>i-)iufs ^vow-
ing on a tx'ee; pr. 64-69. cf. nu, dwow, sa, se, pow, tow, t\Va abc. —
Diff. species of oU-palni: obcdam, ahefiifii, abotuntum, abeheue;
other palms, s. adobe, kube, nkresia, kokosi.
I>(', V. io recite, declaim, deliver in a rhetorical or set manner;
be kwadwom, to deliver moariifid songs; onim kwadwom be.
be a, V. [)'ed. beabea] to lie lengthwise, across, io cross; cans.
io lay length/rise; obea ho totote' ; ntamadan no bb, ho, the tents
lie stretched doivn; cf. bew, boa, da, gii, sam.
bea, ^^Zac'C ( = ba, baw, bew, here); j;?. mmea-mmea, at
different pilaccs; manner of state or doing (in cpds. with an inf.).
0-bea, j3?. m-, woman, female, ^= {k^s..) qha., gbabasia, F. gbasia,
beabi, Ak. F. = babi.
beae, place, siiuation:, pi. mmeae-mmeae, at different places.
beae, pl.vcv-, the beam or pole on ivhich ihe rafters are 2^ id;
b. yi ato nkorasimma yim' akyea, this pole came to lie crooked un
these 2><^i>fs.
beae, a swelling in the groins; mmaninyare bi.
abeafo, i;/. m-, a young, lovely woman, neatly, nicely dressed.
o-bea-atriu\man, ^?/. m- n-, s. aguamah.
boa-kunini, cardinal p)oinf: m- anah, the four c. jioints
North, South, East, West, s. beiikum, nifa, apuei, atoe. D.As.
o-beasimma, a weak sort of woman; a despicable person.
n-beatciii, s. obatan. ' [s. gba-simma.
o-beawa, obawa, pi. m-, girl, lass.
beba, l)eba, red. v., s. ba.
beba, beba, ... s. boba, bobji.
bcba, beba, pi. m-, F. = obo, ^jZ. a-, stone.
bebare, bebabebare, red. v.., s. bare, bobare.
be be, red. v., s. hew.
bebebebe: Munnyae b., 2»:
bebee, red. v., s. bee, beebee.
abel)e, pl.m-, As. butterfly; winged insect iu ^eneraX. pr.70.S06.
Rheh ew , 2>l. m-, grassho2)per,locust; cf. boadabi (utunturae),
obiriiikran, otutuafuru, fwidgm, okra, opiti, ewi, otwe, odabo.
abeberese, i. = abete; 3. F. hardship, trouble, tribulation,
adversity.
bebere, much, many; very much, exceedingly ; cf. pi, buru-
buru, twem.
boburcbc — ybuui. 11
l»ol)6rcbe, F. bcbrete, iukcJi, man//: iniirJi, too much, too
iunuij; when reterrod to a c. in th(i ncj^., it incaiis (noO cnomjh:
enso b., it [s not lanic cnoiKjh.
bcbc'ti'i, pi>t-la(Uc to stii* up the coni-ibmgh put on the
fire; (bia a wodo dwuma ana opampaii ascn no tratrii a wode
nu mmore niu; of. beteta.
Itcbrw, red. v., s. bcw.
bebrO, bebrebe, bebrete, s. bebcro . . .
b e b r c b c , buitle, pr. 1158.
g-bobrcbo t"6, an insolent, iinpertinei/f, sane// f'dloic, churl;
n'ano dennonneh wo asera biara ho.
iibcbii, i)if. [bu be], spcakintj in proccrbs.
abcbiisyin, ph m-, proverbial sayimj; s. cbo, akasa-bebui.
bob u t'l = abc'-buh, cf. akyenkyen.
o-bodaiUj a kind of oil-palni whose ripe nuts have no blaek
top, but are red throughout (abe bi a ebere wie na eho babi
mniiri se abe-pa); abso the )ints thereof; cf. adam.
0-bodeWj pi. a-, a kind of basket roughly made of pal m-
branrlic>t\ berew a wuabo (wganwene) de soa adesoa ; wofre bi
se: ahagya, akyemmedew, akuapemmedew ; r/'. akgtwe, kyenkyeh,
apaktin.
o-bcdefunu, j;Z. m-, a chopped and icithered palm-tree, of
wliich the palm-wine has been extracted.
bcdiapiiii, a certain bright star; gsraui wu a, guo na odi
u'ade; cf. owuodi, kosoronia.
abcdua, palm-tree:, more frequently simply abe.
abedua, mortar to bruise palm-nuts in; := abewodua.
abeduabii, abad., a kind of doll, carved out of wood,
abcdwa, abedwewa, a youny pcdm-tree:, pr.70.
O-bedwOj a hcdf-<jroicn X)alm-tree; cf. antweribe.
bee, V. to ticitch off, pinch off, nip off, cf. bew; - red. beebee,
bebee . . ho = tetew ho nkakrankakra; wakobebee nam no ho,
he has pinched off little bits from the meed.
e-bee, Ak. =: bew, a pachydermatous animal,
abilfo = abaefo.
a-befujij pl.ra-, a sinylc palm-nut with the skins, (r?/^. bafua.)
abcfufu, a species of oil-palm.
bogoro, a pjalm-nut without a kernel.
abegui, place where palm-nuts are cast before the oil is
made of them.
abe bene, a species of oit-jJalm.
bekyekyere, jjo# in which the palm-oil is boiled,
e-bcm, riijht, state of being right, righteousness, guiltlessness;
bu b., ma b., ma wodi b., to acquit of an accusation, pronounce
12 bemma — abeu.
guiltless, give right to, JHStif I/; di b., to he justified, innocent, guilt-
less-^ wudi bem ! gou are right, I heg your pardon.
bemma, x>l- °^"> arrow, cf. ben, agyah; bow, cross-bow with
the arrows, cf. ta, kuntun; - otow yen (so) b., otow neb. sa (wo,
si) yen, he shoots arrows at us, discharges his bow against us. —
bemma-dua', arrow, = ben, agyan. — bemma-hama, bow-string.
bemma-tow, inf. shooting with the bow, archer g.
bemma-tofo, pi. m-, archer, bow-man.
bcDibu, inf. acquittance, justification.
bemdi, inf. innocence.
beme, bemme, bemmeme [G. bebe] adv. added to statements
of time, quantity, number: such a long time, such a large quan-
titg or number; alreadg; only\ even, indeed; kan, tete, dabidabi b.,
long ago; mfribyia 20 beme asem na greka yi? of a palaver of
no less than 20 years does he talk? mede memaa no Kwasida b.,
I gave it Jiim on Sunday already :, enye 'ne b. na ofi ye ado yi,
not since to-day only he does this; atiri ba b. na ogyee ana?
did he indeed ask 100 heads?
abememfi, a place out of the ivay, at a distance] eda ab.,
it is far off', ogyina ab., he stands aloof] nnyina ab. sa, na twu
ben me, do not keep away thus, come near to me!
bemmeii, be mm en, red. vv., s- ben, ben. pr.3011.
b e m m u , = bembu.
bemu [abe mu], cluster of palm-nuts.
be 11, V. to approach, come or draw near] to he near] obea
no abusuam', he is a ki)isman of his\ - red. beramen ; syn. ben-
kye[h], pinkye.
ben, pron. what (kind of), which. Gr. § 74. F. eben, ebena.
beii = aben, horn\ won ano kg b. koro mu, they are unani-
moiis, in unison.
e-beii, pi. mmemma, arrow; cf. bemma, bemma-dua, agyah ;-
etee se ben, it is as straight as an arrow, i. e. quite right, pr.80.
be nil, straight {dusL, hama, kwah); etee b., it is quite straight.
beii, V. to ache, pain] red. bemmeh; me ti ben me, my head
aches] won ti bemmeh won, their head aches.
ben, I', to become red by boding, to be sufficiently cooked,
boiled, roasted] to be done well] to become red by dressing (a
wound with hot water) : watoto kuru no na abeh ; to become hot
(a gun, by firing), pr.3386; perf. to be smart, clever, well versed
in any knowledge or business, good or bad, f.i. in political mat-
ters; to be astute] - ne bo ben, he is healthy] ne ho mmeh, he is
sickly, feeble]- red. bemmeh.
-ben, a. (in cpds.), red, yellow] cf. odubeh, oguabeh, osubeh
&c. s. men, kg &c. bere, v.
abeu, ^?. m-, horn of animals; horn, flute, wind-instrument,
musical instrument; hyeh ab., to sound the horn ]- uimeh, pr. 376.
ybciia — hopodwuuia. 13
= mnionhyen, ag^oru; of. bcii & abontul, aborob(5n, botowd, odiiru-
gya, aj^yesoa, kete, ninieiisiMi, aprrulri', aseseb(^n, atentebcu, toro-
b^nto; hkgntwO, adakabeh ; obgnta, osankii tka.
c-beua, F. what, ichicJi] s. beii; ebcna nyiinpa = onipa beo,
what manner of man. c-beiia-dze, F. = ade-ben, deen, den, what
§-bena-ntsiri, F. = edeii nti, wherefore, wherefrom, why.
b 11 11 a [benda], pi. m-, a ireiyhl of gold = 2 oimzes = 32
dollars or ackies = 71. 4 s.
boil a, bera, Ak. = bamma, ntamabeua, stripe of doth, ribbon;
cf. nwa-benii.
bona, boiiri: bob., to wail, lament, mourn; sijn. t\s a adwo.
benabeiia, pr.3344.
Ben a da, Brada, Tuesday. Gr. §41,4.
bcii-aiio, unmixed palm-wine, as it came from the reed un-
der the tree, ef. dodoben; oj)}). mfrasa.
be line, a-, spit, broach(er). — gye or di b. or ab., to act
or be empiloyed as sJcirmisher (before the twafo, van), to begin
Vie attack, to engage in dangerous fighting; kogye b.; oredi ab.;
eyi de, merekodi ab. = merekobere, merekoko mabere wo mu.
g-beiineni, i^/. bennefo, skirmisher, sent to attack the enemy,
abenne [bem ade], fees for acquittance in a law-suit,
o-benem, -nom, pi. 3i-, a stinging fly; syn. tutuhunu.
Q-benem, name of a month, abt. March.
o-beii-hy eiifo, i^?. a-, m-, horn-blower, musician.
beiikum, F. a-, the left hand (nsa b. pr.81.) or side; to
the left (b. so); cf. nifa; north, cf. kwaem'.
o-beiikumfo, pl-s^-, a left-handed person.
beiikye[n], v. = ben, pihkye, to draw or be near, pr.82.
beiikyi, Eng. bench', cf. mano'.
b en s e I" e , i)l. m-, basin of porcelain.
o-benta, pi. m-, a musical instrument consisting of a curved
branch or stick with a cord made of the fibres of pahn-branches,
played in a doleful strain. — obenta-sanku, jwa7^e>"^, lute, rciJl.iov.
0-beiiteii, a word used for a person whose name we do not
know or do not choose to mention; usually: asiamasi se gb.,
Sueh-a-one, What-cV ye-call-him (Ger. derundder, Fr. tel, Sp.fnllano).
abeii tia [aben tia], jvZ. m-, the short horn, the most common
wind-instrument of the negroes, usually made of a young ele-
phant's tooth and covered with the skin of the twom.
0-b entia-h^^eiifo, jjL m-, the king's horn-blower.
b e n 1 a, pL m-, clyster-pipe, syringe, squirt ; bo., h.s. hql02.
obenyin, abenyiii-ndem, F. = gbanih, abaninsem.
bepow (bop. pop.), pJ. m-, mountain, hdl. pr. 489. cf. hew.
bepowa, small mountain, hillock; cf. koko, pampa, pempe.
b e p d w u m a, work done on the slope of a mountain, pr. 84.
14 abepow — obere.
abe-pOAv, inf. the act of Jopitiitg off ill c leaves of an uprooted
b e r a , b a r a ... .s. bra . . . fpalm-iree.
bera, imp.., s. ba; bora ma yehkg, come, leiusyo!
0-beraii, -barane, p/. a-, a stronfj, sfonf, big man:, a poicerfid,
mightjj num. pr.So. 86. 1717.
oberaii-inmotoaur-diiaj s. kvammonnua.
ab eraii-sem, violence-., cf. annoflensem.
abcra I'l-so, (after the manner of strong men, i.o.) ?>// force.
aberante,-e, pl.m-., ifonng man, youth; syn. akwankwa.
a b e r a 11 1 c k w a , a b e r a n t e w a , ptl. m-, id.
O-b e r a 11 - 1 e t e t fi , pi. a-, giant (gbevan tenten. lionton, oberan
a owarc ua gso te se nea tokuni da ne mu).
b e r a p a e, a wiclcet serving for a door, made of palm-branclies
kept together by tliree sticks driven through them ; cf. aserene.
beraw: to b., to faint, siroov (airay), fall in a stvoon:
osukgm ama watg b., thirst has made him faint'., wgAptjm no apem
no ma. watg b., they have hnoclccd him afjont that he is half-dead; -
to cause to faint: oi'\\6 no atg no b., from the flogging he is half-
dead; cf. to piti, tware.
aberaw, a poUte address to a person of equal or inferior
rank, used in reply to a salutation, cf. ya; Gr. § 147,9.
a 1) e r a w - a b e r a ^^' , pr. I'JG:}. 2929. seantdy ? so .so ?
lie re, v. 1. to hring (when a personal object, esp. me, yen,
wo, mo, is mentioned; else 'de.. ba, kgfa.. ba, de.. kgma' is used).
— 2. b. ase, to lay ov put doicn, ttring lou\ humtAe, atiasc, abate,
lessen: gberenelio ase ma me, he InonlAes himself before mc. — 3. to
grow or get{perf.to be) tired, weary, fatigued; to have much to .suffer;
not to come to rest; pr. 89. 734. mabere wo nsa, woama mabere, / am
weary of you; adviumaye am;! mabere, / am fatigued by worl: —
red. berebere.
0-bere, inf. fatigue, weariness; labour, tod; fa gb., to grow
tired; hye.. b,, to tire (out), wear out, weary, fatigue, harass; gde
ne kasa hyee me b.
bere, F. manner in nhich; se here 'te do no, Aky. = senca
bere, s. berew. [ete nen, so it is.
heve,v. to redden, to grow, become or inohe red or yellow; to
cause to redden, pr. 298; here (sika, awowa, kgbere) ho, to polish
(gold, brass, copper); to ripen, grow ripe, of fruits gi-owing above
ground; perf. to he ripe. — n'ani b., his eye reddens i.e. he covets,
lusts after; he gi'ows angry or grieved; n'ani ab., his eyes are red,
reddish, from weeping, excitement (passion, anger, or deep grief),
drunkenness, old age. — red. bcrebore. — qualif. adv. kg, pr. 1.504.
-be re, in cpds, blooming, beautiful, handi^ome; delicate; soft,
gentle ... s. qhahcre, gbanim-mere, tekremabere.
0-bere, pi. a-, female, esp. of animals ; cf. gbii, oben, Gr. § 141,2.
ebere — alioi-ckwasi. 15
e-bere, 1. place (often \n (i])d8, as, daberc, trabore, = dabew,
trabew, tiabea); rf. ba, baw, boa, how, amei'c;-^. fimc, season;
pi. mmore, f/ir sfaffcs of liioiiaii life, of man's age; -3. manner, cf.
boa, abore, amoro; - J. (food lime; fine manner; bloom, floiccr, prime
of life: heaiili/ ((â– sfroif/lh: "nana. niA wo lio boro so e! f.ing. arise
in llni (fhtni and stninjth (t'(»r warfare, lor tho [tacilication of conton-
dinjij parties)." — Phr. Odi bore [pi. wodi ni-), lie enjoifs /lis life,
lives a Inxiirioiis life; he is a loiterer, slngyard, time-lcillcr. Wabu
ue mmere mu, lie has died in the prime of life, in the best of his
years^ prematurchj. Wabg bcr e, he has (broken uj) time, i. c.) done
what nobodji has done, committed a heinous deed.
abere, m-, F. time; aberebi, m-, sometimes, once; nibor dodo
ara, as often as; mber pi n'ara, from time to time; mber iiliina, at
all times, for ever and ever; mbere, time ichich.
abere, (obs.) manner: aber' a wope rr= seiiea wopo.
aber Cj j)^- ^'i *^ antelope with small horns, of a roddish hue
and of the size of a <;oat; = gkwadu.
aberebe, -bee, a quadruped similar to a cat, eating bananas;
cf. apesow.
berebere, b ere b ere, red. vv., s. here, here.
ber ebere, soft, slow, gentle; softli/, gently; pr.3048; eomfort-
ahlji. at ease; gradnall//. bij degrees, by easy or slow stSj)s; - slo2v,
gradual movement, advance or progress, pr. 3043. 3397. 1201; consid-
erateness. pcdience. carefulness, pr. 734. — ye b., to go on considerate-
ly, pr. 3.558; oye n'ano b,, he assumes a modest speech, uses a modest
language.
bertjbere, smooth, glib, voluble, flijipaut : oye or n'ano ye b.,
he is loquacious; ef. betebete. birobire, kfirokuro.
be re bo, m-, liver.
berebn-w, -o, pi. m-, )iest, bird's nest, pr.92.
bere-doiii, troublesome warfare.
b e r e - d u in , v. to be of a deep red tinged with blue, of a crim-
son or purple colour. Ex. 26,1.
b e r e - e u s a , etern ity. B. As.
berefi, basket; Akr. tekrekyi; wode ntoi'i n^ mmew ne kube-
ahabah na ehwene.
berefi [berew, efi], bundle or heap of palm-branches.
o-berefo, pi. a-, a needy, indigent, poor, destdute man; syn.
ohiani, gmanehunufo. Ps.41,2. 72,13.
0-bereku, a bird of the size of a jtigeon, of light brown color,
crying "ku, ku" not only by day, but also four times by night, con-
sidered as a spirit (gsaman) and fortune-teller, pr.y3.726.
o-bcrekiiiii, an eye red as that of the bereku; gwg b., he has
red eyes (considered as beautiful).
abere k ii r i, a kind of fish, probably the eel.
aberekwasi, a certain annual festival.
16 aberekyi — besrade.
aberekyi, pi. ra.-, (joai ; cf. oguah; Ak. F. arapohky^; by-
names: aduonna, aduonnimm;'i (=adu a onua, ouni mma, the fel-
low that docs not sleep, that gets )U) flogging), ank;lma-seperepe, se-
kyerempewo. pr. 94-99. 483.498. abirekyiba, kid. abirckyibore,
she-goat, abirekyinhii, Ak. = opapo, Akr., he-goat. S. abirckyi.
b e r e ni a ii , pr. 1933.
beremba, F. = obarima.
aberentse, F. = aberante.
o-bereiiipoii, s. obirempon.
berentuw, 6-. kwaeb. & ntuw.
berepow, [berew pgw], Jcnot of j)alm-leaves. — bg .. b., to
strike the head of a respectable persou with such a knot, i.e. to apply
to him in order to obtain his patronage in a law-suit ; -c/". bo 54.
berewj tlie leaves of the od-palni, together with or separated
from the midrib ; b. tuatua mpopa ho, the palni-leavcs grow from the
sides of the palm-hranclt ; b. tabah, a single leaf leaflet, pinna. —
Flir. Manya biibi a mibu meb., I liave found a place wJiere I can
live (get food dt drink). Cf. berefi, berepgw, mmerehkenson.
berew, s. berebere, 'merew.
b ere WW, bereo, so/if; slow, tardy, pr.820; softly, mildly; slow-
ly; comfortahly, peaceably.
berew a, = berepgw.
aberewa, pi. m- [gbere, dim.'] old woman, matron, mother;
"m'ab." is even more respectful than "me na". — I'hr. sore kobisa
ab., to get up and go aside for deliberiti'ton, cf. tu agyina; mil yehko-
bisa aberewa-tid, let us go and (ask a very old woman, i.e.) tafce counsel.
aberewa, a sort of )nat, s. kete; a sort of European cloth.
a b e r e w a - a n i - 11 s u , a medicinal plant.
heve-ye, inf. fineness, beauty; cf. -here, gbabere.
ber' o! =: bera 6! come! Gr. § 144.
abesa, inf. [sa abe], the act oi picking out the palm-mds from
their smashed pulp, s. hhoye.
besai'i, ^. =:abe asase, mmesase, aland (piece of ground) on
which palms grow. — 2. a hole in ivhich palm-mds are prepared
for making palm-oil. cf. gsan.
bese, V. to take or break off (abe, palm-mds from the stalk);
to pluck, gather (mako, pepper, from the shrub); pr. 107.
b e s e b e s e , v. to move - ano, tlie lips - as in spealang, without
e.mxiiin^&.so\\ni{,lSani.l,13.tonmrmur, grumble; inf. grumbling, pr.108.
o-bese (gp.) the time (quarter) of the year from the beginning
of the latter rains in October till in January ; syn. adommiirow.
a b e s e b u r o w' (ap.), com grown in the said time ; maize plan-
ted at the end of the harmattan, in March (before the rainy season
has fully set in), the prosperous growth of which is doubtful, pr. 115.
besca, Ky. s. bosea.
besrade, /'a< of the quadruped called be w or bee.
belc — l)cvVLH)iiiui. 17
b^te, betoboto, weak, iuflnii, f'eehic, effeininale ; sioff.milil,
loiirnf; si/ii. boko, morow. No, ho aye no b. -r ontiinii I'lka nolio; *
ii'akwu niu aye no b, = nyo no (k'.ii; no yam' ad wo no b. -= ne yaro
a ewo ne yam' no. euni ahoedcn bio; asem no ad wo b. = nye (Umi
bio ; n'asem ye b., /ic /.s a lenient (noi a hard, tujorous, severe) man.
b e t e b (J t (J , (jllh. voluble. flij)}Hnif: n'ano ye b., lie is loquaeions;
SI/II. berebere.
abote, a common food of tlio negroes, consisting ol roasted
flour of maize boiled in water, and consi(b^red oneoi'tlie worst meals.
fin: 1340. 1457.
h c t e I ;i , a slick to stir up food in cookimj, apotstick; cf. bebeta.
betekiiw, F. patakaw, a species oi' small ants; cf. tctea.
b otciu^ pi. m-, ear of Indian corn or other grain,
o-be t eii, jj/.a-, llie full (jroun palm-tree with along, slender stem,
abelia = abedwea, pr.74.
botu, ad we ho nam, tltc pulj) of llie pahn-nid; r/. sa abe.
abet u \\ i u ni , a species of oil-palm.
abetwa, inf. [t\va abe] to tap the felled palm-tree and eid oul
Ihe ojicnimj (to keep it clean) every day as long as the palm-wine
distils.
be( \va bci'C, ilic time of enllin(j palm-trees, about 2 o'clock in
the afternoon.
bow, r. [^rcd. bebew] to steal, filch, pilfer, snatch aivaij; cf. bee;
ntrama a egu ho mprempreii no, wabebew mu niwa-du kg, he pil-
fered ten of the coivries that icere but just h/inff there; wota bebew
won wnra ade, thei/ often pdfer thinys from Iheir master.
bew, adv. quickli/, snatchinglu; mode ade no mekotoo ho no,
bew na wafa.
b g w , a kind of red d- yellow-striped^nvo'p. cotton cloth, pr. 3334.
bew, V. to lie across; to cross, impede, intervene; cf. bea; red.
bebew; wode abebew won ho, fhei/ have covered (marked) their body
with slrijtes or iceals (wales).
abew, (inf.) hindrance, impediment, detention; abew bew won,
something intervened and pjrcventcd them.
e-bew, Ak. bee, a large animal between the elephant and the
c-bew, pi. m-, F. bone. [buffalo,
c-bcw, place (cf. ba, baw, bea, bexe), esp. in cpds., as dabew,
tobew, gyinabew, sibew; pil. m-, places, countries; a map.
bew, F. = bepgw, mountain, hill; cf. Abetifi, Bewase.
bew-ase, a low tract of count ry at the foot of a mountain.
a b ew d u a , abedua, mortar for bruising (wow) palm-nuts to
separate the edible part from the shell.
beVveoniia, a sweet-scented gum or resin {s. ohilam); the
tree yielding it. The iianio (lit. u-ill eat i.e. misuse a sister) convoys an ob-
scene notion, meaning that the use of the perfume by a girl will allure even
her brother to lasciviousncss; but s. p*. 2503.
18 ubeya — obibaml)iba.
a b e,y a , abeya,! a sort of Uacli, carihcn vessel,
abe3'ca, aboyaj = asaiika, Tiyi\\\ii\ pr.46o.2573.
abe-ye, Inf. the process ly which oil is made from palm-nuts;
[=nno-ye.
o-bi, pi. ebinom, Gr. § 60.1. somelwdii, some one, one, apterson;
o))i/bo(l//; anoiher (person); in nog. sontoncos (the negation being
transferred from the verb in Tslii to the pron. in Eng.): nohodi/,
none; pr. 114-142; - onipa yi, me bi ni =:: me ni ni. litis man is a
relalive of mine, belongs lo my famUy.
c-l)f, Gr. § 60,2. somelhing, some, part, a quantity (pr.2327); any
thine/; another thiny; in neg. sentences nothing, none ; pr. 111-113. 861.
— cf. biribi, ebi-ne-bi.
bi ('i>ron. used as an adv., Gr. § 134,3 h), also, lihcmsc, too.
bi, pi. bi, binora, Gr. § 74,3. a, an, a certain, one, some; any;
anoiher; in neg. sentences no, not any; pr. 63. 499-501. —
bi! F. = biako! f\ve abo bi! Mk. 13,1.
ebia, made into an adv. by elbpsis: (there is) something, viz.
some reason or bkebhood, that..; p)crhaps, pcrad venture, p)0ssihly;
Gr. § 135. pr. 3204. F. bia, aiifwea.
l)ia^ F. = biow, bio, biem, again.
abia, adr. in the way of helping, to one'saidor help; Gr.§131,2.
meye no (aduuma) abia. Ilielp or assist him in doing it (in the tvork);
miso no mu abia, I support him; ma yenko na kgdow me abia, come
with me lo help me in my pi ant at ion- work; enera obedow me ab.,
yesterday he came and helped me in tilling the ground; otc soro te
yen abia = ote s. ma yen; p-. 3349.
abi;i, a kind of herh tlie seeds of whicli are used for bends; cf.
abiirobia, ah en e : p\4tf.?. 7.9-5.
biabia, small round; n'aniwa ye mmia-mmia {opp. akese).
obi-adc (Ht. some one's property) a servant of a high pter son.
obi-adee-wo-wo (another^ s property is in thy hand), an epi-
thet for a thieviish person or animal, as the chimpanzee, dog, goat,
biako, Aky. bieko, Akp. bako, one; single; cf. eko, koro;
Gr.§ 77. pr. 65. 1005. the same (thing), pr. 27. 2832. — one great multi-
tude or mass of people or things : f\ve nnipa biako ! what a great mass
of peopjle! fwe abo biako (F. bi) ! Mk. 13, 1. — biako no, the one he-
sides that mentioned already, the other, another, F. ekoro no; - ye b,,
to become united, to agree; - mmiako-'miako, one by one, cac]i;pr.789.
0-biak 0, obako, one man, person or individucd; pr. 445-454.
0-biakofo, obak., id., a single person; pr. 45.5-459.
o-l)f ara, F. e-, any body, any one; Gr. § 60,1.
e-biara, any thing; every piossible thing; Gr. § 60, 2. cf. biri-
biara; adv. in any or every possible way, to the utmost.
biara, Gr. § 75,3. ajiy, cither.
obiba, a person of good family; oye ob. a onsg 'bi ani.
obi'ba mbf ba. = oba a obi nni no .«o bamsem bi.
abibidnni — obir6biref6. 19
abibi<lurn, vcffrn medicine, roinifn/ lucdUinc.
O-bib i-byefu, pL a- [noa oliye bibiri] di/er in Wuc.
0-bibini, pL a--fo, nrtjro, hJaik man, African; pr. :'}62.
bibiri, dark-Id iie cotfon-ijarii or cltdli: da rk-ldnc colour: Iiyrb..
/() di/c irit/i darJc-hlnc.
Abib ii"i(m"), t/ie Neffro-coiDifr//. Africa; cf. Abiirokyiri.
bibitiri, a skein (hank, knot or nnmher of knots) of dark-
hhte cofton-i/arn ; bibiri a woatce abobo no apowapgw a wotgi'i.
obidaiicbi, [ebi dan hi, .y. dan, ?;.], an (tmahjani, a mixture or
componnd of tico things, each of uhicli depends on, or conforms and
communicates its qu(dities to, the other; f.i. dwete ne kobere ntweo
ka a woakyim abom', a ring made of sdvcr and copjyer tvirc (ihe
copper onhaiKPs the beauty of the silver, the silver enhances the value of
the copper). Kurtz § 228.
bie, V. As. = bue.
biem', Ak. = bio, ar/ain.
abieiV [abienu] Ak. mmienu, fico; s. enu.
abiesa, Ak. mmiensa, three; s. esa. Gr. ^ 77.
obi-hunu = onipa a orafa wolio biribiara, a person of no im-
portance i. e. relationship to one.
C-bi-ne-bi, so-so, half and h(df (o^ii-ne-iCi). middUnr/. in jiarf,
not completelij, not full i/; indifferenth/; iolrrahhi; oye n'adwuma bi-
ne-bi, lie docs his work in a negligent manner ; obaa no b., his coming
ivas not If itli nprigldness of intention ; enye eb. na wobae = wobaa
no nokwarem, woamma no sesasesa, they did not come half-hearted,
hut in earnest and in uprightness; ote ho bi-ne-bi ara, he lives without
anything in particidar or extra-ordinary ; ebi-ne-bi maiisofwe, pro-
visional government.
c-biii, Ak. bini, dirt, dung, muck, excrement; cf. sebew; dross,
s. dadebin, dvvetebin. —
biiitiiw = bin a eye nierew; cf. kyerebo.
e-biiiom, F. birim, .5. obi. bi.
e-bio, biow, Ak. biom', again, further, more, any more; in neg.
sentences no more; minhu no b., omma b., minni bi b.
abirjt, Gr. § 31, 2. the reverse, contrary, wrong way; aye ab.,
it has turned out to the contrary; wakanoab., he has reported it per-
versely. - bo ab., to reverse, to alter to the contrary, to turn the wrong
way, turn upside down: ho asem no ab, ma yenfwe, take the case in
the opposite way and let us see; wobg asem ab. ka a, wonte ase, if
you represent a matter perversely, it will not he understood; - cf.
abirenkyi.
biram, v. to heat, strike, smite with the liands; ode ne nsa b.
nekoko; cf. guram.
bir ebir e, hrawl, noisy quarrel, loquacity, pr. 462. — gye b.,
n'ano ye b., he is hrawling, loquacious, prattling; owo tekrema -b.,
he has a had, quarrelsome tongue. Cf. berebere.
0-birebirel'u, pd- a-, prattler, idle talker; syn. okurokiirofo.
20 obirebe — abirimmuro.
o-birebe, a kind of hi r(L pr.SiTA. — o-bireku, s. gbereku.
abirekyi, (-ba, -bere, -niiii,) is more con-cct than aberekyi, q.r.
o-biremp oil, IjI. a-, F. a--fb, a icealihy, great, poivcrful man.
abireiikyi-abireuky ij Ak.w. ^jcr verse, -li/, distoried; waye
no ab. = bisibasa bi, wabo no abira.
bii'i, V. io grow, he, or tnahe hhicl; darlc, dirty; adniu no
mmiri bebrebe, tlie inlc is not hlaeJc cnougli; jn: 810. 3162. wabiri iie
tam, he has soiled his dress; ntaraaaabiri, soiled linen; m'ani so biri
me, nig head swims, I am giddg; biri n'ani so e! stnn him! obiri no.
mogya ani, he hIacJcens the colour of his hlood i. e. does not care for
his hlood, exerts himself to the utmost, worhs hard. — red. biribiri.
biri, adj. in cpds, hlacl; dark; cf adubiri, akokobiri, gpouko-
birii, F. hlac-kncss. [biri dc.
biribi, Gr. § 60,2. something; in neg. sentences nothing; sgn.
fwe; won biribi a woye nye biribipa biara, there is no good in any-
thing theg do; nea eye biribi ara na wose: enye biribi, _7?f.s'/ that tvhich
is something makes one say: it is nothing, no matter, pr. 3.591.465-474.
biribi ara, anything, in neg, sentences nothing, nothing at all:
wanse b., he said nothing (d rdl; enye b. na eye ntama, it isnothing
hut a garment; pr. 464. — biribi-biribiara, id.
biribiri, red. v., s. biri; anim bb., s. auim.
biribiri, adv. numerously: nnipa no akyere so b., the i^eople
arc thickly crowded; wgbehyehyee odan no mu b., they crowded the
house; syn. pitipiti.
biribiri, adv. (qualifying the ^•^». him, saw, wosow, to shalce,
shiver, trcmhle), very much, exceedingly; ne ho him b., he shivers
very much.
abiribiriw, epilepsy, lunacy \ t\va or yare ab., to he lunatic,
ejnleptic.
biribi \v,i [biribi, dim.] a trifle; b. biara, any smcdl matter.
Ijiriboro, dirty, soiled, hemired all over; dote aye no b., //t'
is grievously dauhed with dirt.
bi ri (lit Vvc in, -twom. adv. all at once, suddenly; syn. preko-
pe, birim.
abirika, m-, a run, running, p)r. 475.; gallop; canter, trot; lu
or tutu mmirika, to run ; ode mm. bae, he came running.
biriky i, r. to trcmhle. shudder, fear; to faint from fear: to he
stunned, startled, hewildercd ; wayi no alii araa wab,, ehfi ama wab.
= nketenkete akita no.
birim, a sudden fd. start ; suddenly, at once; ofwee ase b., he
fell doicn pilump! hounce! — bo b., to shrink, startle, start up tcith
fright, esp. from sleep; cf. bo piriw, pirim (bo 7).
birim, F. = binom.
biri m m i r i m (pi. id.) 1. fni. mpata akyi b. = ntetew. 2. nave
or spoke of a wheel.
abiri'm. iriur('». a thorny plant Avith medicinal leaves.
olu'rinkrau — l»o. 21
0-biriiikrji n, a kind of locust ;s. abebew.
hin'si (G. bfrisi'), durli-blitc cotton-cloth; blue halt.
aliiriwJl, hldrkiiitj, hlitrk painf ; woakaiio, ti ab., tli</i hart; pn'm-
Ird Jiis or /icr head iv'ttJi htiiik fitjurcs, a ceremony pi'rCoriiH'cl on boys
at tlie first shaving- of tiieir heads, or on girls at the bej^iuniiig of
])uberty. (Kai'mo, abot'ra a wadi mfe 4 a osekaii hkaa no ti da, se
woyi no, a.s. ababa boe bra ye a, wghyew odwumil na wode nc gya-
bin'w no asra ne ti so ayi no sam;1.) ,
I)isa, /•. /. to (is/i\ question, put a question to. ii. to inquire,
iiiii/iC inqiiir// (ihoiit, pr. lf)')2. o'O.S'o. kobisa(ne ho), to n.sk (uhicc of an
imaginary spirit. 3. b. .. mu, to hcor, e.rominc, interroijatc, sijn. pe
mu, po or i>epe mu; bisa no mu! cuamine him! i. to a-ilc for, to be(f,
o/ii. sere. 5. to nslcfor, core for: pr. 977. - Phr. obisa n'ase, a) lie aslcs
f ichdt descent or famdi/ he is; b) he tooos or courts her, asks or de-
res her in marriage; (diff. obisa no ase, he asks him for an expla-
ilion). — red. bisabisa; to inquire after, pr. 1686.
abisabisa, i'\ questioning, questions; cidechism; s. aseinmisa.
0-bi.sabis ji t"6, 2'^- ^"» o'^'^ ^^"'"J often asks or inquires for the
way, pr. 479.
abis a-u s ii-ti-am a-n sa, one who gives wine when asked for
inder\ oye ab. = oye odefo, ue yam' ye, he is liberal, generous,
l>o untiful, 7u un ifuent.
bisc, bisc-|»a, bi.sekyiiii, cola- fgoro-, guru-] nut, Sterculia
(iruminata; the tree bearing it; yr. 480.
bisetoro, spurious cola-nut; ef. suabise.
bisl, bisibisi, dark, gloomy, clouded; dim, discoloured;
osoro yeb., n'aniwa ye bb., sgn. kusu, kusukusu; ade no ani ye bb,,
the thing has not the proper colour that it ought to have, whether
dark or light.
bisibasa, confusion, disorder; confusedly, disorderly; oye
ue nneema b. ; gkeka asem no b., he states the case i)i a vague, illogical
manner J syn. basabasa, sakasaka, sesasesa; ef. abirenkyi.
obitaubibci, som>e (distinguished) mother's child; monnkobaw
ob. = onipa no, don't vex that person (who does not deserve to be
vilified)!
bitsi, F. = piti; to b. = to p. Mt. 15,32. Mk. 8,3.
bo, V. [red. bobo] to strike; to be in, or cause, a vigorous mo-
tion. 'J'his aj)parent primary idea of the c. has many ramifications.
We shall arranjre the ditferent sijrnifications and combinations with
nouns and other verbs (Gr. § "200 — 220) under the following heads
^1 — L with the continued numbers 1 — 10(J, and at the end review
in a synoptical manner the combinations with nouns of place and
relation (Gr. § IIS, 2. 3. 119).
A. To be in, or cause, vigorous or excessive motion:
1. to throb, palpitate: ne komam' bog no pa, his heart smote him.
1 Sam. 24,-5. — 2. to hecive, to rise and fall with alternate motions:
asorgkye bg, the waves rise and fall; epo bg asorgkye, the sea casis
up or raises billows. — 3. to break out, burst forth impetuously : asu
o->
abo, the river has overflowed its baiihs. — 4. to become loose: ue yam'
abo, his hoivcls are loose; ebebo ne yam, it will cause him diarrhoea.
— 5. to emit excessive heat: o\via bo, the sun shines vehemently, hums.
— 6". to hlotv vehementl//: mframa bo, the ivind blows; cf.lo. — tr.
to whirl up: mframa bo tutuw, the tvind raises, whirls up the dust. —
7. to start (up), startle: bo birim, pirim, piriw; (from fear) bo mpu-
iiimpu. toyarn. — 8. to rise or cause to rise in tumultuous disorder:
bo bum, to rise at once; tr. to make havoc; cf. 54; bo wi, t\vi, nyiii-
nyan, to alarm, to be alarmed or confused. — 9. to fall bacfc: bo
pemmo (i)do a sitting posture), dompemmo (of au army). — 40. to
ha.^ten: bg fvi i, pahkrari, aperoiiten. — 14. to move forivard tvith im-
pctuosilij cf- tumultuous rapiditij: bo kirididi, to run to and fro; bo
(kirrr) ko or by en.., to rush into; bg hyia or to a.., to rush
against; bg to w or gu.. so, to rush, fcdl, or come upon. — t2. to
rage: bg dam, gye, to run, go or be mad; to drive mad; s. dagye.
B. To emit a sound tltat sfriles ihrough the air (and malccs it
strike tlie organs of hearing):
13. to strike, ring (to sound bg percussion) : gdgn bo (paiin!), tlie clocJc
sfrilccs (hang!), the hell rings. — 14. to strike, bcfd, plag on, to cause
to sound bg beating (of musical, resounding instruments): bg dgh,
dawurum", donno, mma-mu, sanku, adakabeii. — 15. to roar: mframa
bg bil, the wind roars; cf. 6. — 16. bg mu, bom', /o erg (sgn. pae
mu, teetee mu, kekaw mu); bom' na onnyigye! erg aloud! to roar,
thunder: gyata bobom', a lion roars; Onyankopgn, gprannii, osu
bom', it thunders.
C. To increase bg an inward vigorous movement or process (to
i'uU size or maturity): 17. to grow big, large, ripe, esp. of edible
roots: ne nnegma (ode, bankye, koko, ntgmmg, nkate) abo, his
(plaided) things have grown large ; brgde no abo, those planiains are
well grown; n'abiirow abg (= anyinnyin na asow aba, aye akese-
akese, alioa, abere), Ids corn is fullg grown; gde abg, the gam is
ripe: emmge e, it is not get ripe; - tr. n'asase bg (=ba) aduaii, his
land giclds (produces) much food. — 18. to grow big, hcavg, old, esp.
of persons : abofra yi abg se gde, the child has become as stout as a gam ;
wabo duru, (a.) he has become hcavg with eating, has a loaded sto-
mach; (b.) she is big with chdd, pregnant; wabg apa, lie or she has
grown old; bg akora, akwakora, to become an old man; bg aberewa,
to become an old woman.
D. To grow or turn into: 19. to grotv or divide into: dua no
abg nta, the stem divides into ttco branches; abo nkorata anan, it has
got four branches. — 20. to grow or swell into: bg kukudu dii', to
bud ; abg lioronoa, it has become a blister, a blister or pimple has
arisen; abg dodonkii, it is puffed up. — fil. to turn info: abg abira,
it has turned out the reverse; bg no abira, now take the reverse.
E. To enter into close contact, to Join closely C^=striJce togetlier):
22. to agree, be in unison or concord: g-ne no bg, he is intimate, on
friendlg terms tcitJt him; wgbg = wgka, wgafa wgnho aygiiko. - -
23. bg mu, bom' (to strilce togetlier in tlie same place, Gr. § 214.
Mem. 2), to join, unite; to discharge itself into, pir.308i; to agree, be
ho^ 23
joined, laiited, reconciled, m(die friends; wgabom', ///rv/ Imvc become
reconciled; - cdua. kti.. bom', Id reconcile, mtdcc one; kiX or do
(fa)., bom', lo join, unile, conned, cont/xicl, compose, consolidfde;
(If., bo., mil, lit (ulmix, to join with: gdc nebo bo Kristofo imi,
he enlers into the commiinit/f of Christians; cf. bo asaf'o (11). —
.:*!. bo., so, to join, foil bock upon (ot'miUtcuy movements of parts
of an army): Asikfimafo de t\vit\Vi l)eb(jo Akyeue so. — ^'). bo so.
In fd ii/)on, to be eijitol, iir.'l'J'tJ; abrammu no bo so, the weii/hls (ire
e(/ii<d; c'bg so [)e, it is e.idclh/ at ike; to be level; r/. se so, tji so, teso;
Id be well joined, connected, jiimmed. — ^0. bg bo, lo adjoin^ lo
be double; cans. de.. bg bo, to double. — 27. to move in eomjntn//:
bg anan, to join the feet, i.e. to wtdk together; bg nsa, to join, the
honds, i.e. to eid toijether. — ^6'. bg ani, to fall in with th^e eneni/j
(face lo face), lo emjaije in bailie. — 29. bg aiiim', /(; have the fares
set opposite each other, s. mmgaiiim. — 30. bg bye, liyeban, fubye,
lo border upon, confine with e((ch other ; bg aiipam, lo be ni'ii/hboiirs. —
.â– >'/. bg.. bo, lo slick or adhere to, be fastened on: nitiri bg akyeiie
ho, a skidl sticks on the dram, yr. IIIJ. nbeiic bg ue nsa ho, beads are
tied round his wrist; cans, de . . bg.. bo, to fasten, fie to. — 32. de.,
bg, to lie on: gde nhcne abg ne nsa, he has tied beads round his tvrist;
ode hania bg u'asen, he (jirds his loins wdh a rope. — 33. to f/ird,
l/irdlc, bind with a belt, sashd'c. gbg ueho so, he girds himself; wabg
(z^ wakyekye] ne yam' de resu, she has tied her bellij in wecpiny for
a dead }»crson. — 31. lo have tied on or round: ahene, beads, ijr.79.~);
ntoa, a carlritl;/e-bcll, pr.DSL — 3:j. bg.. so, to tie on a roof: bg
dan so, Id Ihtdch a house with palm-branches and (jrass tied lo the raf-
ters, =knrn dan so, de sare kekye so. — 3U. de.. b g . . ui u , to dip in:
gde asawa bg iino mu, Ite dips cotton in palm-oil; lo immerse: bg
(obi, nebo, ne kra) asii, to pterform a purifjimj, indiati)Kj tC- conse-
cratimj ceremontj; to baptize. ■— 37. bg.. mu, to fasten to (by bea-
ting): wgbg no diiam' (pa, pam'), they fasten him to a log; bg {Ae .'.
bg) asenduam', to affix to lite cross; inagye asem no mabg me bo, =
mai'a mato meho so, I have taken the nudter upon my breast i.e. upon
myself, have t(dcen charge of d. — 38. de.. bg, to make lean against;
gde abofra bg nebo, he carries a child on, his arm so as to make it
lean against his chest ^^ gde no afam ne koko, oturu no; - to put to:
bg hamankcT no akgnkgn, = fa to wo kgn bo. — 39. to set before:
mede mebgg u'anim, I pointed it out to him, (in bis face), charged it
to him, upbraided him with it.
F. To remove, resort to a place or person:
â– 10. to change abode, remove to: mede makgbg Date, I have removed
(with my things) to Late, have taken my residence, have established,
settled myself at L. — 11. lo join, attach one's self lo <t person, famdy,
society: gbea yi ati ne kiinn nkyen (ako no, agyji no aware) de akg-
bg okum-foforo I'lkyen or bo, this ivoman has left her husband and
attached herself to (laken up her abode wdh) another; bg afe, to join
one's self to one's equals; bg abusCia, yr. 2054.3458; bg fekuw, asafo,
to join a society, company (cf 23. <S7.) — 42. to apply, take refuge
to: bg kyeame so, to call upon, ((ddress one's self to, the speaker or
reporter (of a king); woankgbg kyeame so a, wurenbu bene anim,
24 bo.
if jjou do not address the specdccr first, you wdl not he admitted to the
Jiinff; mede asem no makobo akyeame so se womina enkodu abeniti,
I have set the case before the speakers that theij mat/ hrinf/ it hrfarr
the ling's court. — bo bosom, to surrender or devote one's self with
all one's property to a fetish. — 43. to resort to a shelter or hidiny-
place: bo dofofi, bo nkokora. — 44. to desert, fall off, run away: bo ko.
G. To hreaJc, S2)oil; to ruin, destroy; to go to ruin, rush into de-
struction, perish; to sink, fall, fail:
45. to hreaJc, hnock out: wabo n'aniwa, he has knocked out his eye;
cf. tu; - n'aniwa abo, his eye has been knocked out, destroyed, his
eye-sight is lost; pr. 3395. — 46. to break (tr. & intr.); to crack; to
shatter, dash; red, to smash, be smashed; bo ahina, nwaw, to break
a pot, a snad, y-r. 3188. 557; ahina no abo, the pot is broken (in pieces
or only cracked); bo adwe mu, to crack p(dm-md-kernels, cf. abo-
bobe. — 41. to ruin, destroy : bo man, to ruin a toicn, people, nation;
syn. see, pr. 3005. omah bo, the toicn (people, nation) is going to ruin,
pr. 1995-98. 1371. — 48. bo bere (to break up the timei) to commit a
heinous act. — 49. bo tuo, to destroy one's self by a gun : wabo (neho)
tuo, he has sliot himself. — 50. to fall hack, relax: bo torn' to fall in,
sink, become hollow; n'ano abo atom', his mouth (and cjieeks) have
sunk, he is hollow-cheeked from old age and loss of teeth. — 51. to
fad, happen amiss, he marred: dote-d\viui a odii no abo no, pr.358.
H. To be removed, withheld from, lost to, taken from:
52. to fad, he lost to: n'ahenni abo no. Ids kingdom is lost to him, he
has lost his k.; n'aduaii abo no, he lacks food ; ntease abo no, he is
void of uudersianding ; Onyk. anuonyam abo yeii, we come short of.
miss the glory of God, Rom. 3,33. n'akatua remmo no, he will not
lose his reward, Mt. 10,43. ne gua abo no, he faded in trade; nam a
mekgto metgne no abo me, I suffered a co)isiderahle loss with the fish
I bought for s(de; emu sika fa abo me, Host hcdf the money invested
in the busi)iess; okye a moakye sika noyi, abo me, by your dividing
this money I have come off a loser. — 53. to be taken away from:
wabo nufu, he has been weaned (from the breast).
I. To strike, hit, smite; to sting, prick; to knock, heat d-c:
54. to strike, smite, beat, knock; to give, fetch or deal one a bloiv; obo
no (ade pr.439, aba, nsa, twere, kutruku), he heeds him (with some-
thing, stick, hand, knuckles, fist); ef. bo.. mmTi, bobg, boro, f\Ve, to
heat with many blows, to flog; cf. biram, guram;-mabg no pO, bum,
I have struck him severely; gbg no berepgw, bere wa, he apiplies to him
for help and protectio)i in a law-suit; - bg. . abo (cf. pa. . abo, siw..
abo), to stone, to beat, pelt or kill with stones; bg. . so, to heat upon
in order to compress; cf. abgso. — 55. to inflict: bg no sotgre, give
him a box on the car; gbg no fe, he inflicts on him a wound in the head;
wgboroo wgn bobgg wgn afe, they struck and wounded them. — 56. to
hit: otuo abg no, a gun has hit him, he has been shot (cf. 49) ; asem
no abg no, the rase has been decided against him, he has been found
or declared guilty ; ntonto bg no, the lot falls upon him; n'ani bog
uie so, his eye fell or hit on me, he glanced at me; cf. mmganim;
n'ani bog no so pe na oliufi no, at the first look he knew him; to
hcfnJl: oyare boo no, n sickness befell him, he fell sick. — 57. to sting:
odowa (kotokuroclu) abg me, a hec (wasp) has stung me. — iJS. bo..
iiiu, to prick, pKnctio'c: gbo ne pompg nui, ne mfa mu, he opens (by
;i puncture) tiis boil, cats open his ulcer eaxsed hg ii gninea-ivorm;
sgn. sa. — 5iJ. to cut asunder: bg abania, to cut the cliiiihcrs picvi-
ous to the cutting of the bush and preparing of tlie land for a phin-
tation. — (jO. to hammer: bg dade, to forge; ef. 8'J. &. tono; pr.S.'i'^V.
— (jl. to (trire into the groand : wabg no dua, lit. he has driven in
a piece of wood in order to produce a magic effect against him, i.e.
he has cursed him. — (J^. to counteract a movement, to stop: bg ano,
to prevent from advancing or spreading, to stop the onward progress;
to ward off, resist, sgn. waw ano, so ano, sorn'; pr. 3.3345. bg gyina,
to ^nuse a stand, to stop; bg.. to hg, to defer, delay, j^nt off, ad-
journ, postpone (a case) ; - bg sonsonku, to stand still, stop, stag,
pause, linger.
J. To give a pusli, to set in motion (other objects, or one's own
body, or single parts): 03. to j>ush a wag, ((side: bg.. to hg, s. 0^;
bg obi asem hye, to distort, misre])resent, garble another's ivord or
)U(dter\ woabg in'asem ahye (.yvV. fam'), ///. thou hast .s-^/v^r/i (attemp-
ted to push away) mg word and put (hidden) it somewhere (under
something) i.e. gou leant to put (i covering on mg word, represod it
onlg on one side. — 64. to drive (by striking) : bg kowa, to spin a
top. — 65. bg,. gu, to sp(mt, spirt: obonsu bg nsu gu soro. —
66. to drive or chase aicag: bg dgm gu, to defeat the enemy; bg..
fwete, pete, pansam, ampausam, to hurst out or dash into and
scatter, disperse (irdr.dtr.); to rout, discomfd. — 67. to set to (flight):
bg woho agua, het((ke thgsclf to flight! — 68. to sliakc, bend, boiv:
mframa bg dua no, the wind bends th(d tree; gbg ne ti ase, he bows
his head; gbg ne mu ase, he bends his back or body dotvnivard, bows
(himself down), stoo^JS. — 69. to move the hand: gbg no ba, he beckorts
him to come. — 70. to set in motion or emplog the organs of speech:
obg nekgn, he speaks through his throfd, Ps. 115,7; gbg ne fwene
kasa, lie spe((hs thnnigh his nose, snuffles; bg daw, to set thej((w in
motion by speaking, to converse, discourse, =ho semgde, bg likgm-
mg (78).
K. To idler sounds bg the human voice; to speak, talk.
71. to cough: bg waw. — 72. to wliistle: bg fwircraa. — 73. to smack
with the tongue: gbg no rikyekyewa, ntwom, he sneers, scoffs at him.
— 74. to laugh: bg seretoa, to smile; bg nserehyehye, to break out
into a laugh, to laugh out loudly. — 74a. to cry aloud; s. 16. bg mu,
bom'. — 75. to shout: bg ose, to give a shout, set up a war-cry; bg..
tutuw=huro, to shout (d, to deride or revile with shouts; bg .. homo,
to welcome with shouts. — 76. to tcail: bg bcna (bona), bg abubuw,
to lament, set up a lamentfdion; sgn. twa adwo. — 77. to make a
noise: bg nne, to clamour, vocifer(de, be quarrelsome. — 78. to dis-
course, converse: bg nkgmmg, bg semgde, to hold or carrg on a con-
rersidion; cf. bg kgh, bg daw, 70. — 7'J. to report, relate: bg kasee,
amanuee, to deliver a message; bg (no ho) nseku, to talk of, spe((k
ill (if. slander, detract, asperse. — 80. to pronounce, f. i. a sound or
26 hQ.
syllable in reading after the phonetic method or according to the
spelling; bg din, to name, mention, sjteaJc of or about; yr. 1640. 1776.
to pronounce the names i.e. tJie qualities of, to praise; si/n. karafo;
wobo no din-pa, - dim-mone, thetj praise, - tjlame or (tisf/race him ;
bo., mmran, to (jive an epithet; bo., nsabran, to pronounce the ho-
nourahte titles of; bo so, to speak out: asem a wode bae no, bo so
(=:ka)kyere me! to touch on, mention, allude to, speak of: wobg no
so = wgbo ne din ; wgahye mom se obiara mmmo so, they forbade
that any one should mention it; bg no mfi, state it in a comprehen-
sive manner, give the main pmnts, essentials. — 81. to utter, speak out:
bgmpae, to invoke, pray, address in prayer; to curse; wabg me bo-
som, he has cursed me by a fetish. — 8:^. to utter and address with
ivords of various purports: bg nkuro, to speak out a complaint, to
accuse; bg.. sobo, to blame, reproacli; bg . . kgkg, to warn; bg..
adafa, to jlatter, (dlure, entice. — 83. to pro/fer: de . . bg . . bo or abo,
to offer at a price for sale or as a prescid.
L. To make, procure, cause, practise dr.
SJ. to strike at, set one's hand to: bg ase, to strike the first blow,
bre(di- the yround, lay tJie foundation, beyin; cf. abgse, nungase; bg
so, to begin; to continue; cf. pa so, pern so. — 85. to create, give rise
to, originate; to institute, ordain from the beginning: Ouyankopgii bog
onipa, God created man. pr. 963-5. Onyk. ammg no sa, this has not
been ordained so by God from lite beginning. Onyk. bgg nna-mmere-
uson, God has made the ages (Heb. 1,2). ho aware, to institute matri-
mony: bg ado, to crcfde the things i.e. the world: IJdoniaiikama bgg
ade yi, since God has crerded tfte world; to found or estalilisli a king-
dom or dynasty: Asante bene a gbgg ade no de Konadu. — 86. to
crccde, m((ke, appoint ov nominate to an office: bg.. safoheue, to
mali'e or set up as a captain; syn. si. — 87. to make by uniting into:
bg asafo, to form into a company, associcdion, congregation ; cf. 23.
41. — 88. to bring together, assemble, arrange: bg gua, (to join seats?)
to sit together in council, to institute or liold a council; gbg no gua,
he convenes an assembly for him, on his account ; bg atwe, to insti-
tute a battue. — 8U. to make by beating: bg asgw, nkraute, to forge
a hoe, a sword ; cf. 00. pr. 3328. — 00. to form into b/dls or lumps:
bg dgkono, abodo, to form the dough for boiling or baking bread. —
91. to form, to sltajir into: bg kaliiri (kare), to make a pad; s. son-
kahiri; bg hahkare, dantabaii, kontohkron, mfamfia, to mafce, form,
or describe a hoop, ring, circle, circuit. — 92. to set up: bg apa, to
erect a scaffold; bg nsra, to pitch a camp, to encamp, also to be in
drilling. — 93. to make by removing obstacles : bg kwan (foforo),
to make a (new) way; bg kwan fita, to level, clear the way. — iJ-i. to
make by digging: bg da, amoa, nkg or nkgmoa, to dig a grave, a
pit, a cavity for 2>lanting yam; bg nkonon, to sink a sliaft. — 95. to
make by aggregtdion : bg kuw, to inafie a Iicap, lay or put to a fieap,
accumulate; bg dwetiri, togatJier, lay up a capital; bg kaw, to mcdce
or contract a debt. — 96. to bring togefJier and fasten : bg no boa,
make it np into a bundle; cf. 35. bg so; - bg tow, to form into a ball,
lump; to gather into a ball; bg pgw, to tie a knot; bg tirim' (pgw),
\^Q. 27
(o make a plan, to plan, project, dcsUjn, coutrice, devise; to nutJce a
imolufioH, resolve, malce up one's mind. — 97. to invent, fdtjrivdte,
forc/r. (a falselioocl, lie): wabg amil me, wabg ato me so, lie has im-
puti'dto tne, falsi l>/ rliitri/i'd me aifli ; cf. oboinafo. — ^(S'. to proiare Iji/
dl(/(/intf, uroopiiiif, fillintf in: bo fa, dote, hyirew, ntwoma, to di;/ out
earth, elay, white elatj, red orhre, vf. tu; bg akgtg, to dijf for rrali.s,
jr. 'J.J'J.oOj. S'j7. bg iisu, to sroop or draw water, cf. saw; bg I'lkyfiie,
to but/ sidt, whicli is tilled into sacks ( - - koto hkyenc; ebia wgbg
no bocl (U()) nti ua wgf'rcno sa). — V'J. to procure by enltiity and
/leelin;/ off: bg apam, to cut sticka for supporting the yam-plant; -
bg aduru, to peel or loosen bark from trees for medicine. — lUO. to
procure for one's self: bg (nnosoa-soafo, adwumayefo) pa, to hire or
enffntje (carriers, labourers) ; bg . . were, to secure one's (own) con-
fidence i.e. welfare or surcess; bg (obi lig) bosea, to borrow moueij
(from another). — 101. to procure ^ov &i\oi\\Q\': bg (obi) bosea, to
lend mone/i (to another); bg.. akgnhama, to oiaintain or support
fwdli food). — 10:3. to apply: bg . . bentoa, to apjd// a cluster', bg..
hyirew, to make strokes with white clay on a person's body; bg nto-
uto, to draw lots; bg aka, to try by ordeal. — 103. to cause, call
f)rth: bg mmusn, to cause, conjure, or do, mischief, pr.55.5. — 101. to
cause to, briny upon, strike or affect with: bg no mnnisu = ka 'mnsii
gu no so, ka ghene utam gn no so ; bg.. huaramg, to disappoint;
bo., dwonuo, to confound; F. to astonish, sur2Jrise; bg . . yare, to
cause a sickness to; bg.. ahohora, adapii, anyampa, to expose to dis-
yrace. dishonour, infamy. — 105. to exert: bg mmgden, to make stre-
nuous efforts; bg mmgforo, to make new efforts. — 100. to jierform,
commit, practise: bg . . bra, to lead one's life, form one's conduct, con-
duct one's self; bg krgn (krgno), to commit a theft or robbery, to rob;
bg ukyekwakyema, to behave proudly. — 107. to exercise or prac-
'ixe. . ayainsf, to treat with: gbg no so dwae, he treats him with in-
â– 'ilence, hauyhty contempt; gbg no kan (kane) or ayamghwene, he
IS illiberal or stingy towards him; gbg no atiriragden, lie treats him
cruelly, is harsh or cruel towards him.
J/. lOt!. bg with an inf. of a tr. v., to be easy to do] f. i. gdah
bg (:bo) si = wg asiye, a house is easily built; gdan mmo si = ye
osi-na, a house is not easily built; gdan boyg ana, na woresee me
dan yi? is a house so easdy made that you are spoiliny my house?
iilioiiia kyerew mmg kyerew, writiny (books) is not an easy thiny;
I'lhuuia mmg (:mmo) sua, to learn to read and write is not very easy.
This bg or bo seems to be the v. ba, to come, of which the 'a' is
elided before the g or o of the following inf.
N. Some phrases in F. (found in AW. Parker's books, ltS74-77).
10'.). bg adze: a) =^hq ade, to create the world (S5); b) = bg ase,
to beyin ((ii)\ c) = bg ase or fam', to strike or fidl to the y round, cf.
abg-de-ammg; to cotne to an end: amaudzehuu no ghkgbg adze da,
tliose torments wdl last for ever and ever; gya a gmbg adze, the cvcr-
lastiny fire, Mt.^5,41. d) bg . . mu adze, to bow down. — 110. bg.,
ham,Vo rebuke, ML 17,18. 20,31. ML 1,25. — HI. bg hfi = h6 dwiriw
or yeraw . ., to be (sore) amazed, ML 1^27. 6,51. 14,33. — 11:2. bg . .
28 bo — ol)0.
an()boba, = liye bo, bye ase, to 2^>'omise, Mt. 14,7. Mk. 14,11. — 113. bo
onose, = bom', di or ye uokoro, to ar/rcc, live in concord. — 111. bo
(ho) aprow, = t\va bo byia or kontonkron, to conquiss, <jo or he round
about, ML 3,6. :i3,l5. Mk. 1,28. — 115. bg wcrdam, = ye agyede, to
(jive (I ransom, Mt. 20,2H. Mk. 10,45,
0. (Retrospective.) bo in various coinbiuations with nouns of
place and relation:
ho: (bo abina bo, to knocJc a pot, 54.) - bo ho, to be double, cans.
to double, 2G ; bo . . ho, to stick, adhere to dtc. caus. to fasten, tie to,
31; to join to, 41. — aky i: (bo pou akyi, to Icnock at the door, 54.)
— mu: bo mma mu, dawuru mu, to sound dx. 14; bom', to cry,
roar, thunder, 10; to join, unite, agree, caus. to reconcile, to connect
d-c. 23; de.. bo., mu, to admix, join, 23 ; to dip in, 3(j; to fasten,
affix to, 37; bo., mu, to crack, break, 40; to prick, puncture, 58; to
hit into, s. botae. — ani: bo ani, to join face to face, rf. bare ani,
28. — anim: bo anim', to face, cf. mnioanim, pern anim, ;J!J ; de..
bo., anim, to set before, 2!J. — ano: bo ano, to stop the onward
pirogress, 02. — ase: bo ase, to begin, 84; bg. . ase, to bend or boio
doicn, 08. — so: (bo . . so, to beat iijwn, 54.) bo so, to begin, to con-
tinue, 84; to be fitting, equal, level, 25; bo., so, to gird, 33; to tie
on or to, to thatch, 35 ; to fall or glance iqion, 50 ; to apply to, 42 ;
to spcidc out, mention, 80.
I'. (Rdrosp.) bo followed by other verbs: gu, 05; bye, 03; gu,
byen, byia, ko, toa, tow, 11; gu, fwete, jtcte, pansam, 00; to ho,
02Ai3.
bo, V. to push, cast down; sgn. sflni; bu no fVve fani', cast him
down ! pr. 488.
bo, V. Ky. ;= boro, to beat, flog; to surpass.
bo, V. Ak. = bow, to grow weak, become intoxicided dc; to
make weak de. F. ne bo bo no, he is astonished. Mt. 7,28.
bo, c bo, 6-. bow, ebow.
0-1)0, promise; sgn. bohye, nhyease; bye., bg, to give a promise.
Ebo, name of a mouth, abt. September; s. gsram.
abo, hods: cf pompo, mpobia.
a bo, odi (no) ab., he server (him) as a hog at table &c. cf. gbOni.
o-ho, pounded â– tobaeco; cf. bgw.
e-bo, chest, breast, bosom; sgn. koko; de abofra bg.. bo, gye asem
bg.. bo, s. bg 38. 37.; stomach: ne bo fono or yerew no, he is qualm-
ish, queasy, inclined to vomit, affected with nausea, he feels disgust;
- the breast, hosom, as the seat of feelings, affections and passions,
the heart; courage: onni bo a gde ko, he has no courage to fight; -
disposition, temper, mood, passion, anger: ne bo nye, gye bo se, lie
is much given to anger, very passionate, cf. bobone. — I'lir. Ne bo
abu, he is out of breath; - ne bo da ne yam', he is confident, of good
cheer or courage, courageous; - ne bo advio, he is in a tranquil state
of mind, contents himself , is appeased, stdisfied, composed, content,
happy; pr.492. rf. abodwo: - ne bo afuw (me), he is angry (with
me); nebo afuw abg soro; - ne bo haw no, = gyare kunia, lie is
\
ebo — Iioa. 29
passionate; - ne bo ahuru, he is in a rnge; - ne bo atg, atg ne yam',
he is well content, Jiappi/, at ease, = ne koma ato no yam' 5 - no bo
atu, he is in consternation; ne bo wiriw no, F. he is f/reatli/ amazed,
Mk. 9,15. - ne bo avvu, a) he is not given to anger, not irasrifjie,
rin(liefirc,rerrngefi(I ; b) he is itisheartened, desponding, tistless, a/n(-
thetie; - ne bo ye duru, he is a hrave, v<diant man; oye gbarima,
oye nnam. — (jbere or otg or gto ne bo ase, he has pidienee, is })a-
lic)d, farbearing, indidgent, wads pidientig; - glioraii ne bo, he jtaffs
himself 1(2^; lie jirorolces him to anger (y) ; - wasi ne bo se g-ne no
beko, he iindertahes, dares, ventures, to fight leifh him; - gta ne bo,
he sets his heart at rest, composes his mind; - otvva ne bo tg neyam',
he aju^cases, stiUs, composes, consoles, comforts him, sets liim at ease
or at rest.
0-1(0, potter's chig; -
tu bo, to dig ap ctag for making pots; cf. anwemmo.
c-bo, pi. a-, a. piece or figure of brass or otber metal, a stone or
seed used for a weight; cf. abrammo, abofi, abofiinu; - in-ice, value
(perb. .-= gbo, stone, — in ancient times round perforated quartz-
stones served instead of money); egyina bo koro so, it is of equal
tudue; enni bo, pr. 1033; — ebo or nc bo ye den, ¥. no bo so, gso
bo, it is dear, cosflg, precious; neboye merew, it is cheap; cf. abo-
gdeii, aboomerew, brabo. — gbg (no) bo, he shows (him) the pirice,
sets or holds out, offers at a certain price; mise raepe akokg matg
a, ua wgde rebg me abo, when I said I songJd for fowls to hug, tliey
offered meplenig; pr. 3291. — wodi no bo, tliey make a bargain about
him or it.
0-bo, J)?, a-, stone; rod-; flint-stone, pr. 490; bullet, slug cut from
a bar of iron; abo, the marhs (cowries, eggs, leaves or other things)
in the pot of a fetish, s. ekoro. — bg, pa, or siw abo, to stone, to heat,
pelt, or fiill witJi stones. Pltr. anka bo anka, poma, all at once; - to
ho, to lag a het or wager, cf. kyia; gto no bo, lit. he puts a stone for
him; fie bets or wagers him; to me bo se gbekg 'ne ! will you bet me
tltat he will go to day? me ne wo gye akyinnye se obi beba 'ne, na
wuse 'dabi na gremma', na gba a, na meka se: to me bo e (= ka
kyere me se, meye gnokwafo) ! na wuse : wo bo ni! if I dispute witJi
you, whether some one will come to-day or not, and you say, he will
not come, — when lie comes, I say: pay me the wager (=^ testify to
my truthfulness) ! and you say: tJiere it is, you tvere rigid! - o, mato
wo bo, you arc rigid! = wo de worn', wo de abam' !
abo, abd, F. door, gate, Mt. 6,6.7,13. 28,3. cf abobow, aboano,
aboenyim.
al)0, = abad! a salutation to a stranger arriving; welcome! cf.
mabo, akwaba.
mbo! F. = mmo, mo, amo ! Mt. 35,31. 36,49.
boa, r. to lie, he p)rostrate, he stretched out ; cf. bea, bew, sam;
hhuaii pi boa abgnteh so, many sheep are lying in the street ; nyisa
banum prcko boa no so, five orpihans lie i.e. depend on him at once;
caus. with de or fa: fa boa bg! lay it there! medc mato hg, / have
30 boa — al)oadi.
laid if ihere. — fr. to jnif hi order: onye onipa a oboa n'ade yiye,
ommoa n'ade yiye, Jic does not Ire}) his ihings in order. — Phr. boa
ano, io Ja/i or hrinri tof/eiJier, i.e. fo gaihcr, coUeci, asscmUc. — red.
boaboa; boaboa neho, io maJce one's self ready, get read//.
h a, r.l. fo fie, fell a fie, he misfaken, he ivronrj ; fo err; i)r.416.17G9.
wommoa (kora), jioh do nof lie, if is frue! cf. ampa! - 2. fo do pur-
2~>osehi, fo feign = boapa; oboa yee, he did if designedlg (n'ani da ho
yiye na oyee); meboa maye, I shall do if purposely ; meboa na ine-
nkyere, I purposely do not show if; mammoa, I did not do it inten-
tionally.
boa, r. to help, assist: oboaa me mji moyee m'adwuma (or na
meyce m'ad\v.), =: oyee me adwuma abia, lie assisted (helped) me in
(doing) my irorl:
0-boa, inf. help, assistance. — mboa, F. heljh grace; cf. odom.
boa, stand, standing (place to stand in) for Lnntcrs waiting
e-boa, F. Akw. net. fishing-nef. = asau. If'^^' game.
boa, id. = atrii: asau bi a wgde hama aye.
boa, j)l. m-, bundle, parcel, pachage, packet; bribe, syn. adan-
mude, anadviode; - dimmoa, to receire bribes; wama no mmoa,
he has bribed him.
aboa, pi. m-, animal, beast, crecdure; in fables: aboa onipa, tJir
animal (called) man; a rude, ignorant, uncivilized man, pr. 1567- —
Phr. di.. aboa frequently used in verdicts, e.g. wukum no a, wndi
no aboa (=? wubu no aboa), if you had lilled him, you nould hare
deidf u-ith him as u-ifh a beast (you u-ould hare imposed upon his
quietness, treating him as a beast that does not complain) i. c. ycm
u-ould have lilled him innocently, undeservedly ; s. aboadi.
a. bo a, aboawa, 2>1- ni-, [dim.] smcdl animal, insect, worm.
aboal) ail, kind, sort or species of animed ; minnim n'ab., 1 do not
know what kind of animid if is.
oboa bo, = osebow, akwabo; a large loaf of boiled bread (wo-
boapa na wobgo no kokiiro sa).
abo-abo, a. [obo, red. pl.l stony ; ok wan no ye ab., the way is
stony. Prov. 13, 15.
boaboa, red. v., s. boa.
o-boaboafo, one who brings together; ob. ne hena? who will
collect or keep together the fatherless children?
boadfibi, m-, a large kind o^ locust, of a dusky colour; syn.
ntuntume; s. abebew.
a bo ad e, [oboa ade, or ebo-ade = abohyede] a thing or filings
2)romised by a vow or solemn promise as payment for help obtained;
thank-offering ; obosom ye nnama, na odi ab., if a fetish is powerful,
he receives thank-offerings, pr. 616. oma no (n')ab,, gye n'ab. mil no,
he pays him his vows. Ps. 22,26. 50,14. 61,9. 65,2.
obg ad ce, F, boadze, creator [nea obog adee, Gr. § 39, % b.=
aboadi, inf [di . . aboa] pr. 538. 972. 1813. [gdebgfo, gbgfo].
boadifo — boba. 31
boadit'o, 0)ie irJio rrrrires n hrihi' [d'x mmofi].
bo a (111 a in, footh-arhc, = adest'^ okckaw.
0-boatV), pL a-, helper, dssisftnif, toipimrier. Hi'tnlV), ]tr. u.
1)0 a To, (( hnnie.r <tf liis stdvd, waiting tor game; .s\ boa.
;i boa-l'i'il'ii, a name of the Jeopard (s.gsebo), usod in tlie bc'arin<;
of a king (also of an osnmanni) when lie is at meals.
1h);i uu I'll, ti hredlciuci out, cutaneous eruption, pnatules on the
abo-fuio, F. =^ abobow-ano. [hands or feet,
iiiboaaiiol'o, F. co)i<jre<jation.
bo ap a, r. fo do purpose} i/, intcntlona.Uy^withprcdcterminntion;
to feitfii, jircteud; oboapa yce, Jie did it on purpose; pr. r)58. cf. boa,?.
O-iioajiawfo, = oboayifo. fpr.1643.
boa pea, a kind of ape or luoulri/; cereopitJiecus? F. adope.
0-boasc, broom ("bound together below"); syn. ohuae, oprae.
boaseto, inf, = abotoase, patience, forbearance, endurance.
boasipOjV
o-boasoinafo, jj/. a-, (civil) commissary, ^'imrposeJy sent" (for
some special purpose).
a b 6 a t fa , (F.adgpP?) akindofr^j^r. which never climbstrees; tlie
f/orilhi? though feeding on fruits, it is said to be so fierce as to kill
twenty men at once^ ote se onipa na oye ticT: na sasabonsam de,
oye tontententen.
aboatsena, ^j?. m-, serpent, F. Mt. 7,10.
aboatwawn: obi nka no ab., obi nhawno, nobody stands in
his vay, throws any impediment in his way; odi won so a obi nkai no
ab., he rules over them without restraint.
oboa-yc, inf. a i)remeditated act; munnsusuw se gkg a me-
koo ho no ye me awerefiri, na eye me oboaye, do not tliinl; tlint I
u-ent there from for yet fulness, I went there designedly (mcboaa-pa na
m'ani daa ho na mekgo ho) ; adaka yi ye oboaye, this box is care-
fully made.
a 1)0 aw a, F.-ba, s. aboji; ramoawa-mmoawa, all sorts of insects
and animalculae, Mf. Gr.p.So.
o-boayifo [nea wgaboa ayi no] trustee, chosen for some special
imrjmsc; pal. committee, board of commissioners.
o-boayifoni, board officer.
boba, red. v., s. ba.
O-bob a, yrinding-stone. a stone of oval form by means of whicli
the negro-women grind the corn on a larger stone called wiyammo ;
boba, beba, F. = gbo. \_syn. wiyammoba.
a boba, pi. id., bullet, slug, square piece of lead or iron used as
shot; cf. gbo, korabo, adarebo.
l)Ol)a' [= baba], bobaw, pi. m-, mmobadua, dry sticJcs, twigs
or branches reaching to the thickness of an arm, brush-wood; wa-
nya ade anya ne mmoba, he has got every thing unto the very least,
= wanya ade ma abunkam so.
32 bobare — abobuw.
bo bare, boba-bobare, red. v., s. bare.
b b Ji y e ra f i , (bab. . .) httndlc of dn/ sfirls.
bo1)a3'enteii, j>o/e, pcrcli, stick (mmoba a cyan lio teuton),
o-bobe, i^/. a-, a species of ivihl cine growing in the woods.
bobesa [obobe nsa] = win, icitie.
0-b61)iri [aboa a obiri, aboa tuntum]. j^/. a-, a species of nnte-
lopc, of dark colour, called also e\Vi; cf. odabo.
0-b obiri, pi. a-, a bhick stone.
bobo, red.v. [s. bo, bobow], to heat or liiorlc repcfdedlij ; bobo
(nnua), to strike with the IteaJc, to peck; to cleave wood, pr. 77'). ■—
to break, shatter (hkuku, pots); to crack, pr.161. - to destroy; mframa
bobo byeii, tlte iriiul breaks shipts, Fs. 4S,7. - to cut (adoto mii liama)
pr.546.6.j2. mekobobo afuw, 7 r/o to chop the stems and branches of
the bush which is cat to make way for a plantation, that all the wood
may be burned completely. Mabobo me nsa ano namakotg m'asase,
I did not let mif hands be idle, (lit. I employed, i.e. worked with, my
finyers) and have bought some land.
bobo, noisy crying, pr. 1158.
abobo = abobow ; As. = aserene.
bobo, quiet, silent, still, peaceable; phlcciuKdic, dull, sluggish;
G. bobokii; gye b. = oye komm, onka neho kora ; etgd. wode wo
won sa, etod. nso a oyare ma wgye sa.
abobo-fiiio, s. abobow.
abobgbe, [abe a nenhviea nye den na wobom' a eye yiye]. a
pcdm-nnt the shell of which may be easily cracked with the teeth.
abo 1)6-1) o: di ab., to bargain, barter, higgle, haggle: me ne wo
di ab. = meye ade memcl wo a, na woma me biribi niidi.
abobo-boa, 2>l- m-, the class of stinging insects (bee, wasp. . .).
ab61)a(lwe, a thorny climber; hama a eho nsoe-nsge; wgde
n'aba tow ware.
aboboc, (pi. m-V) a kind of beans; syn. dtvve.
boboi, inter}, of surprise; cf. boe.
bobofo, onipa b., a humble man; an indolent, inert man;
one who is to be piitied; suusum bgbgfo (Fantesong 13), spirit of hu-
mility or mercy; cf- mmoho.
eh 0-h b n e, projiensity to ancjer, cholcr, violent passion.
abobonim' = ofi no anim, the pilace before the entrance to a
dwelling.
aboboiiua [nea gbobg nnua], a bird of the size of a lark, feed-
ing on insects; tvood-pecker.
bobow, red. v., to imidup, roll. up (asawa, yarn, kete, ntama,
nhoma.,.); gwg bobg neho, the snake is coding itself up.
abobow, the wirkct or door in the fence of a negro-house, usu-
ally made of palm-branches, syn. berapae; entrance or gcdc of a
dwelling or complex of houses; complex of houses belonging to one
abobow — boe. 33
family, court, (outt-iiard : sqiKirc. qxarfcrs; dHcUnitj. (l{nm|)o al).
so kycu IJako do; Kwaw ne Of'oo Waiiyin to ab. Itakum'; Boal'o ah.
lioii alu'inti; ab. ne unipa a wote tako, na wowo opaiiyiii bako a.s.
banu; abgnten ne ininrgn ue unantam' na ekyekye ab. mu.)
aboho w-aiio, the space imracdiately before the door or (jnic;
tliresJiold.
ii bolx) w, = go, a kit],d of reed or nis// used for mats (n. go-
ki'te). Akyomfo tetevv ab. no okwaiimu na woakyckyc asoa akg noa
wnrckgtg I'lkyonc ho; ghg na wgdo ab. no si iikyonc lio \\g bedew
mil soa kg Akyom.
altO-dal»a i"i, 1. bar of lead or iro)i [adaban] from which .slugs
[abo] may be cut. — 2. Turkcy-rcd satin stripe.
.ibodain', 1. courage, spirit; self possession, composure; heart if,
dcfen)i/iic(f jtiirpose. firm resotiitioii ; ye no ab. (= ye no berew, mma
wo koma nntu ho), do it confidentli/; cf no bo da no yam'. — 2. name
of a dance.
0-boda info, jil. a-, madman, madwoman, insane person ; pr. 547.
o-bodaii, jj/. a-, care [gbo gdan, a house in a stone or rocH].
abodan-sein, tcords or doings of madness or of a madman.
abode, ^J?. id. [bg 85 ado] creature.
abode am m 6, bottle of thick Europ. glas.s [ade a ebg dade
[:= ef\ve ase] a, emmg, a tiling which, when it strikes or falls to the
ground, does not breal] ; sgn. tumpaii.
obodede, a full grown shark; ef. esg, fiirefiire.
abo dill, inf. [bg din] F. praise. Wo na abodin hhina ye wo
dea, all i)raise belongs (is dwc) to thee.
bydo, body body, soft, tender, fine, used of things mixed
with water, as mmgre, dough; cf. fekgfekg, nuihOmuhu.
a bo do', bread, baked bread of Indian corn; cf. dgkono, pano. -
to ab., to bake bread. - abodotofo, j^l- id-, baker.
o-bodym, j^Z. a-, dog; si/n. gkraman, gtwea.
bodom, jjZ. a-, a precious coral or bead; cf. bota, ahene.
liodommd, a weight of gold = 20 ntaku, jSYi dollars or
1) d 111 m fii, the half of the preceding. fackies, 11 s. 3 d.
bodua [aboa dua] s. ahiigya.
abodxVe, F. 3Ik. 15,15. 1 Tim. 6,10. s. next,
abodwo, abodwoee, inf. [bo dwo] inward rest, contenfed-
ness, content, contentment, satisfaction; peace of mind, equanimitij.
evenness of temper, imperturbcUion, tranquillitg, sedateness; pr. 3592.
pleasure, delight; n'abodwoee ba, a son according to his liking; enye
no abodwo, it displeases, vexes him; ebg nye wgh ab., theg do not
feel comfortable there; cf. ne bo ad wo; abotgyara, abotg.
abodwo-kyere, inf. longsufferiug [bo, dwo, & kye, to last].
boe! interj. yes! si/n. yiw.
boe! interj. of astonishment, on hearing or roceivingbad news,
or indicating pain.
3
34 aboe — abogyabo.i.
aboe, v.n. [s. bo 23] confluence, meeting or jti-ncf ion of two oi-
more streams; cf. abomma.
mboe, F. creation, = adebo.
boe, V. to begin; boe wo adwuraa ansa-na maba, begin thy
worlc before I come.
I) 6 oboe, red. v. 1. s. boe. — 2. to part in licaps. — 3. anim b.,
s. baebae.
aboedeii, aboeduru, aboemcrew, s. abogd., abood., abponi.
abo-eiiyim, F. before the door, witliout, ML 12,46. = abobonini.
hoewerevf, 2>l. a-, nail of a finger or toe; cf. awerew.
abofi, 1. weights heavier than they ought to be; wo abo yi ye
ab. ! cf. abofunu. 2. a tveight ov price in odd numbers, f.i. any num-
ber of cowries between 5, 10, 15, and 20.
O-bgfo, p?. a-, 1. messenger, ambassador ; cf. bo kasee, to deliver
a message. — 2. angel. — cf. osomafo.
O-bofo, i:»Z. a-, creator; cf. obgadee.
O-bofo, pi. a-, hunter, syn. gbommgfo ; j^r. 549-551. — di.. abofo,
= di.. yaw, to provide a bunter iviih food during his lonely stay
in the wood. pr. 549.
0-b6f6,iJZ. a-, spoiler, destroyer; miscMevous, in jurioits person,
miscreant [nea odi aboro]. yr. 552.553.
abofo [aboa fo] carcase of a beast; aboa a wawu da wuram';
syn. afo, abgka, funu.
abo-fono, inf. nausea, loathing, sickness of the stoma-ch^ pro-
pensity to vomit, pr. 1098.1099.
obofo-tseii, F. x)l. sl-, a regtdar hunter; s. ten 2.
abofra, j^?. m-, 1. child, boy, girl; young; ab. barima, hoy, lad;
ab. bea, girl, lass. — 2. servant, attendant; person subordincde or in-
ferior in rank: [F.abafra; gba, iorowa. = {ofoTO?]pr.841-.'J43.554-592.
o-bofu, the bark of a tree (as, gfo, gpanto) that can be used as
a cloth or sack; s. bofuunua.
bofua, biifua, ]. a kind of tree(?). 2. (ago b.), yelloio velvet;
yellow colour; asawa b., yelloiv yarn; cf. odubeii.
o-l)0-fiifUj tchitc marble.
abo-fuiiii, false (too light) tvei ghts, =^ aholmnw, abo a cmfra;
cf. ebo, abofi.
b f lin niia , pi. m-, 1. a tree of which bofu is taken ; Antiaris
saccidora Dalz. — 5. dua a wgatvra no porow asei'i ano, a pointed
2)iece of wood, taken from that tree, tied round with a string, used
as a charm to remove mischief (yi 'musu) or to curse (bg. . b.). —
3. menase b., the uvula in the throat.
abofuw, s. abufuw.
bogya, Ak. F. = mogya, 1. blood; syn. gkafo, danse. —
2. a person relcded by blood, kinsman, kinswoman, pr. 593-596.
abogy aboa [bogya aboa], pr. 2418.
abofjf.vabuiii — ybyiudCu. 35
;i I) li^y 'd b 11 m , stroJiCS iiftcr which hhxxl (juslics, plenfi/ of blood,
much hiood; s. bum, yr. U7.
a bo j^y a (1 ii;i , an cnlibh^ birri) rcscniblinf; clierrics ; the tree or
shnih producinj; it.
abojj-ya I'ra, hif. mc-neno di ab,, vc both (ire of the same blood.
aboiji:yc, tlw Joirer jaiv or j/(ic-J)0)ir.
a-bogycsg, heard, pr. 417. — bo_u;yoso-i)iU ii, ichiskers.
abogyetiri, the npper end (condyloid process) of the lower
jaw-bove, next to the ear.
ab ogy e vva, j>/. m-, one of the two rafters of a roof forming
tlic gable.
abogy c way a 11, abou abogye a woayi atoa ne yan so. I). As.
boll a, 7>/. m-, .â– sheath, scabbard, case for a knife or sword; |)r.
[2847. 289.3.
o-bo-b c 111 ni a [lit. queen of stones] very hard white stone, quartz.
o-bo-heno i,i}l. a-, precious stone.
abo-horaii, inf. p>t'Ovocation to anger, syn. abufuwyi. Prov. 1.5,1.
abo-hiiru, inf. fury, rage, wrath; cf. abufnw.
boka, F. cast, eastward, leeward; = anafo.
aboka, pr. 1376.
aboka, carcase of a beast; spoiled meat; si/n. abofo; cf. bomu.
0-1)0 bye, inf. [hye bo] ^;mm/sc, vow, = hhyease.
a l> h y e a f , pr. 598. — a b o h y c d e , s. abo ade.
o-bo-liyeh, a white stone.
boko, bokoboko, soft (ntama, teuterehu, ne nsam ye b.);
tender, feeble, effeminate; syn. bete, merew; softly, yently, slowly,
comfortably, quietly: yeadwumano b.=berew ; gyina hob.=komm.
ab6ko,i>?. m-, a species oi wdd fowl; cf. akokokwantenni.
bokwaw, = sukraraan^
bom", = bo mu, s. bo, v. 10. 23. (36. 40. 5S.)
bom, V. to be quiet from fear, struck with fear, overawed, in-
timidated, terrified; osebo su a, mmoadoma nhinji bom; iikura ate
agyinamoa nka nti, woabgm; won nhina bommom (red.) == ehu
akcl won ma woaye komm. — F. to be depressed, dejected. Mt.26, 37.
e-b m", j;/. a-, a small pot in ivliich the p>alm-ivine distilling from
the tree is cauyht; ahinawa bi a ano kctewa-bi a wode sua abe;
pr. 599.946. cf. asahina; porow, v.
abom' [= abo mu], stony ground.
O-bomma, ^j?. a-, a long, but comparatively thin kind o( drum;
cf. akyene, atumpah.
al)0inma, j^^. m-, [nsu a ebebom'] tribtdary, tributary stream,
affluent, branch, pr. 3084.
o-bomafo, [bo 97] calumniator ; one who falsely imputes ill
deeds to another.
36 abomaiia — bonna.
ab m an a, pr. 1382.
abomfifi, desplcdblc person ; syn. ketewil, nea omfra, onni a-
nuonyam ; gye ab. = omfra f'wefvvcfwe; obu no ab., = obuno kakrii-
bi, ketewabi, obu no se omfra, he despises liim.
b m m (), pi. m-, a vabiablc clotli to cover a bed ; mpanyintam
bi a wode kata mpa so.
o-bommofo, pl.ti-.i Jninfer, sportsman; syn. obofo; pr. 600-608.
bommofo-adiia, a certain fruit, very red. //-j-
abomm oy ere: goru ab., s. adam, 2.
bom'moii, red. v., s. boiV.
bo mm oil, red. v., s. bon.
bom one, ]>]. m-, sfinJc-fish, a kind of dried fish hrouj^bt from
the coast for sale. [G.bomono, fr. Tw.niomono, rr//r, or bon, foslinJ:.^
bommonserewa, a kind of borofo-kcnte, q. r.
abommorowiisa, a shrub with edible fruits.
bo mote, a kind of beast resembling a beaver,
alxnnpurn wa [ebom p.], ;y/.m-, 1. a small round wooden box
to keep gold-dust in. — 2. a tree with its fruit resembling the pome-
bum tl, a kind of gun. [granate
I) m u , j>/. a- [aboa mfi] (( hilled heasf of chase, f/(nne ; s. abokii.
A b m in u bmvafre, F. nea wobo abubuw a wofre no.
boiV, V. fo call or cry after or to (from a distance); bon no!
cry after him!
boil, V. to crow; akokg b., tlie coeh erotes, 'pr. 363.1673.
bon, r. to imhie or penetrate, as leaven docs the dough, j9r.,?0^.'>;
to smell, emit an odorir or particular (yood or had) scent; to stink:
pr. 1518.3496. srade, anowatere bon no ho, he smells of ointment, In-
vcndcr-ivatcr; ne ho bon, he stinhs; pr. 315. 1388. 2427. wuram lio boii,
the hush there emits an offensive smell; oko no abon won fwcnem',
they are iveary of, disgusted with fn/htiin/.
bon, V. F. = boe, to begin.
o-boii, pi. a-, hole, hollow, cave, den of animals; cf. etu, tokuru,
amoa; pr. 215. 2359.
0-b o 11, 2^1- a-, vfde, ralley; bed of a river; oborihi'inu, valley vith-
oid W(der ; cf. osubon, oka.
I) 11 , 2^1- a-, ri}id, bark (of a tree, dua ho ab.) ; scales (of a fishj ;
cf. bono. — Phr. gmmog ho bon e, he has not even made a beyin-
abon', F. badness; s. bone. [niny of U.
abon a, Ak. = abon; cf. dwetebona.
bona, stoeh of a musket, ynnstock. s. tubonii, tuo.
bona, Ak. bo bena = tvva a(gya)d\vo, kenkan su-d\vom, to
recite the 2^iiffisc of a deceased 2Jerson, to wail, lament.
bon 11,1, m- : oto (mmea) mmonna. he attacks iromen by niyht
in order to ravish them. — o-bonnatofo [nea otoa mmea anadvio
pe se gfa won] a lascivious, lewd man. ravisher.
boiuiin — Jilxuisr. 37
Ixjiifim [aboa ufSin, haniim] venison, game.
bunc, a. had, evil, wicked; aboa-bone, a wdd, dantjeroKs ani-
mal ; asciii-nionc, a had i.e. hard, unkind word; coil, wicked deed;
had i.e. dif/icidt, daixjcrous palaver ; ir. :iS64-6. 25-18.
«j-b6nc, n. evil; sin, wickedness. [G. efon, esa.] iMayc bone, I
have done evd, I have sinned; odwen no komam bono, he meditidcs
evil in his lieart; fa me bone tiri me or kye me, forijive me mij sin(s).
— hoiu'-MWDsau, original sin, Kurtz § 108. — houc-ral'iri, F. ebon-
f'aiiri, bont'akye, forgivoicss of sins.
oboiic, j'l.a-, 1. = onipabone, a had, wicked nuui; iiiiij)a yi,
woye abone. — ^. = gkwased, a foolish man.
0-boiioro, pi. a-, id. 1.(0 2. — abonetbs(jni, wickedness; foolish
I ricks ; hlockif<h n ess, lit ough ilessness.
boiic'i'iw auc, boucwone, borewore, hagonet.
hoiibon, a kind of beads; s. abene.
o-boiii, pi. abofu, waiter, servant at table; cf. abo.
bouniay [oba a onni ayev] l. nngrafcfid; oye b., he is an-
grati'fid. — 2. ingratitude, u)igratefuhiess.
aboiii'in" [ade a ebo anim] diadem; cf. abotiri.
0-1)6 niu, a barren, unfruitful ivoman or hcust.
0-1)6 Ilk a, pl.-d-., gutter, gullg, furrow, channel, ravine formed
by water; cf. oboi'i, okii, osuka.
o-bouky, j>l. m-, lobster, craw-flsh, crag-fish.
bo Ilka ra, jjI. m-, travelling-basket, sgn. apakan; cf. dehkye-
denkye, gsako.
al)0iiky i-al)6iikyi, a. rough, uneven; okwan so ye ab., the
wag is rugged.
boniio, [boh, do, fdling in a gap?^ work done in leisure lime,
yr.2i'.i7. di b., to do work in short intervals between other work, to
work in leisure time: mekodi b. kakra wo m'afuwm', I will use the
little free time (between mg other work) for tvorking on mg plant(dion;
se manni b. mahkyerew wo na mise meretvveh akosi se menya bo
kwah kora de a, en'de ahka ebekye. — bonuodi, inf. — oboniio-
dwimia, incidental, occasional business; ad\vobaw-kri ye ob. —
bonuo-so, occasioncdlg, incidentcdlg.
a-bonsam', inf. [bo nsam'] clapping of (the) hands.
o-bonScim, ^^Z. a-, ra-, 1. wizard, sorcerer, witch, ^= obayifo. —
2. the devil conceived to be an evil spirit reigning over the spirits
of deceased wicked men; a donon; sunsiim bi a gkyere nuipa
nsemmone; ono ua ne mma ne abayifo, abosom ue asumah.
o-bonsamfo, i^?. a-, = obayifo.
abonsam-kiiro w^ hell, the jil ace or abode of the devil unA
of the spirits of the wicked placed under bis dominion; the abode
of evil spirits.
abo use, [oboh ase], ^fv/. m-, botto)n of a vulleg.
38 (o)l)ousu — bore.
(o)boiisu, icliale or other animal In the sea spoutimj ivatcr.
bonsu[w]a, a kind oi pot; s. ahina; a drinldny- vessel.
abontcii (F. abrontseu), jjL m-, street, the chief street passing
tbrough the midst of most negro-towns, [hron, ten = tenten.]
a b 11 1 e iii-f ci I'l , an esculent herb.
abon ten-nampaii, a house v/ith an open front towards the
street; s. odampah,
a b 11 1 e ii-k , strcct-firihting.
0-\)6ni6, ph a-, hoat; of. batadewa, ahyemma. okorow.
ab on to re, a small edible />-«/7,- the climber on which it grows,
bontori, a tree resembling the poplar.
buiitorOj F. [Eng.] hunting, ntama hatahata, of which Hags
are made.
abontowuku, a climber bearing edible fruits.
O-bon t u, a species of r/oat with long hair, very tame and care-
ful; pr.609.
abonua, pi. m-, axe, hatchet; sijn. atwapo; Onyankopon ab.,
thunder-bolt: a stone resembling a finger, said to fall from heaven
with the lightning and to enter the ground until it meets water be-
low and then returns; the thunder-stone, a bclcmnite (?).
o-bonuky erofo, name of a large drum, bomma. pr.513.
bouVvoiiia, bde, <j(dl. [bore, nwoma = nwene.]
a bo ode 11, dear)iess, liigh price; otoo no ab., he bowjht it dear;
cf. ne bo ye den. — aboodeii-bo, pi. -abo, precious stone.
abooduru, courage, courageousness, bravery; cf. neboye duru.
aboomerew, cheapness, loiv price; to ab., to buy cheap; cf.
ebo ye merew; abosiri, fowfow.
abo-pae, inf. the quarri/ing of stones, pr. 3593.
o-bopoii [aboa, pon] ^vZ. m-, alarge animal, as, esono, susono,
yoma, torom, bew, eko.
o-bo-poii, a stone table.
bor, i)Or, F. = bore, bore, boro.
a I) or a , pi. m-, a European or mulatto-io&man, s. aborgwa.
1) or ade-ky ena, a fine straw-mat.
aboraiikil, -kawa [boro, anka] =^ akutu. r^^^
abor-do, m-, F. = mmoroso, exceedingly, abundantly dr. Mt. 2^16.
bore, V. 1. to dig; h. de or de ase, to dig round about the yam;
F. bor dadze = funu fam', Mt. 25,18. — 2. to hollow, scoop, cid or
hew out, excavate; b. odasem', okorowm'; syn. tu mu. — 3. to search
out; waboi-e (abore abore) akufa adc no, he has found it out; - to
devise = tu n'adwenem agyina. Obore ne nsem hye, (= ompe se
odi nsem nhina wg guam') he buries his matters, keeps them to him-
self, keeps them secret, manages to hide them.
bore — l)()iX)l)()fo. .TJ
bore, v. to stir\ b. asu, to move about in the loatcr to swim;
cf. boro 2. — gbore no kiirum', he (listurhs, hurts his sore, no kurti
iniiKtrc, his sore rcinoiiis utidisinrbcd; pr. 1079, JSli- —
bore so, to he eiujiujed in combat or fujhtinij; ye-ne won roborc- so.
e-boro, venom^ of snakes or insects; odoa boo me; u'anom' bore
(nc bore) wo me nsam'; - j'oison at the point of arrows, pr. 37i'.
Ak. cborg.
e-boro, a kind of reiiomoxs snal-e, ^= gnaiika.
g-B re b ore, a name of God or of a mythical Deity ; cf. bore 2.
aborohude [ade a woabgre ahfi] invention.
bor(!seii [s6n a mmore worn'] a vessel in which douyh is
made or kept.
borowore, bonenwane, bayonet.
boro, V. Ak.bo, 1. to beat, sirihc, smite (nnipa, mmoa, with many
blows, (/. bo); pr. 011.762. osu b. dan so, the rain falls heavdij on
the house; h. dan mn, to bc<d the clay of which tlic floor of the house
is made; b. amu so, to beat (level) tlie (jround over a grave, pr. 612. —
b. asawa, osaw, to bad codon, a sponge of fibres; b. tarn, to stnoollie
washed clothes by beating them with a cudgel (aborobii); b. hiiasu,
/() brush off the dew from the grass and leaves in walking, pr. 25(>. —
2. to beat the ivater with hand and feet: b. asubgnten, po, to baUie
or swim in the river, in the sea; cf. bore asu. — 3. to beat, vanquisJi,
subdue, overcome, pr.3410. — 4. boro so, to sur2}ass, be more tfian,
be abundant; si/n. bu so, fe ho; wanya neho aboro so, he is abun-
dantly rich.
boro nsa, Ak. s. bow, v.
boro- or btiro- in compds. indicates that a thing is from En-
rope or of European origin; cf. aborgbe &c. oburoni, aborgwa.
e boro, Ak. = ebgre, poison, pr. 362.
Jiboro, injury, damage, detriment, Jiurt; malevolence, envy;-
pr. 613.874.901; ab. wg netirim'; qyh aboro = oyc gbofo, he is a
m<devolent or envious felloiv, f.i. in showing how to make a thing,
he does not say all. — di .. ab., to damage, do liarm, hurt; s. aborodi.
aboroba, ^jL m-, a smooth cylindricjnece of wood, serving in-
stead of a smothing-iron. [boro, aba.]
aborgbe, jjL m-, ananas, pine-apple, [borg, abe; it seems to
have been brought into the countiy by Europeans.] —
aborgbe-dua, ilie ananas-plant. — aborgbe-fuw, ananas p)lantution.
— aborgbe-mma, dim.
aborg-bei'i, pi. to.-, European hoi n, Erencli-liorn, trumpet.
g-borobiii, a by-name of the vulture, s. opete. [■'''• ^ben.
borgborg, borgborgborg, sweet, agreeable to taste (aduaba a
abere, aduah a nkyene wom').
a b 6 r g b 6 r g-s e m , a n ice, interesting, entertaining story ; aseni a
ennim a.s, obiuteeda na woankasa abg wotirim ka, a.s. ateteserabi.
boro boro: ohiani b., a really, miserably poor man.
40 oborode — oborgfotefo.
O-boro-de, -dee, iheplunialn; 1. the fruit or fruits; 2. the tree
(}>Z.a-; onam abrodem') =obrode-dua, jjZ. abrgde-nnua. Otwabrode,
he cuts the bunch without cutting the stem; odwow brode, he cuts
small clusters or hands (s. osiaw, pj. a-) of 4 to 8 single fruits from
the whole bunch (oduru, pi. a-). — Diff' l^inils: brode -fuferefu,
-fufu, -hemma, -kokowa, -kwadii; gbosim, agona-ne-toa, gyebum,
niiweretia (nny.), okgm-bekum-wo, mpantfi, nipemnia, gsoboaso.
0-brode-duru, a hunch of plantains, containing 5 to 8 hands
or rings of single fruits (betem, pi. va-).
g-b r gd c-d w c, brgdee-dwo, roasted pihndains, pr. 216.640. 641.
brgdcdiono, the husl- of the phtntain-frud, the ashes of
which mixed with palm-oil are made into soap. — brgde ho bono,
the fihrcs of the plantain-stcilk; s. baha, mposae.
b rgde-s c, pi. a-, 1. the stump of a 2>lanf(i/n-tree cut off, from
which new trees grow; 3. = the next.
g-b r g dew ii, pi. m-, the suclcers or shoots from the mother-plant,
plaids for transplanting. — brgdewd, Ak. s. gbosaw; cf. baha.
aboro-di, inf. action of one seekinci another's detriment; obi
rebeye wo yiye na obi akotiam'; woreye biribi a ebeye yiye, na obi
akgye ma anye yiye a. s. wakotwa iikontompo ama d(d<6de no afi
aborodOj F. = abordo, mmoroso. [wo nsa.
aborodg': 6t\v^ ab., he fei(/ns to he uiudAc to fifjlit, he deserts
(wantumi anko), j^r. 1460. — g-borgdoni, ^J?. a--fo, deserter.
g-borgdgma [borg, gdgma] the European fi;/ or fit/-tree.
borggfa, As. a u-eight of gold, = agyiratwefa; s. borgwo.
b or of ere, i>/. a-, a tropical fruit resembling a melon (fere),
the papaw, and the tree, Carica papaya ; pr. 642. 3265. —
brgfere-dua, the papaw-tree.
Borgfo, F. A-borgfo, pil. of 0-biironi; pr.644... gkasa borofo,
he SjJeaks a Eurojjeaii language.
borgfo-hn uin, paclc-tliread, twine, string, cord of 'European
manufacture.
borgfo-hoiiia, dressed (curried) lecdher from Europe.
bor ofo-kente, striped cotton, s. ntama.
borgfo-mako, a kind oi pepper.
bo rgfo-soiikorau, the tamarind and its fruit.
borgfo-nkatee, the bread-fruit- nut and its tree.
borgfom', in the manner, after the fashion of the Europeans.
borgfo-pe^ inf. gye br., he is (foolishly) fond of, or, seeks to
please, the European.
bo rg f s ii, a string of heads [fr. borgfo nsa auo, hotv the Eu-
ropeans have put it, or siaw?].
aborg fo-scm, words, manners, dealings of the Europeans.
g-borgfo-tct'o, one understanding and speaking a European
language, pr. 646.
boroliuiiiii' — l)usoii. 41
1)6 ro hann c [bSro, liaii, ado] <jl<(ss. D. As.
hurt) lie nc [bdro olu'in'| the Ktiropcdn (/uveniur of t\iv. l*jiig-
lish possessions on the Gold Coast.
l)6i"0-lio ma, boig-nhoma, j>a^;t'>-,- Zt'«///fr.
bor(\L>"0, boroko, brokobrokg, soft, wcaJc, fhihhif. fhicrid,
as witlicred leaves, blotting-pajjer; fcrhJc, e.}^. from intoxication or
seediness; nimorgkgnunorokgwat'o, effeminate, lCor.l>,V. 1). An.
abrokokokote, [akokg akora, obsc.'] a kind of heads; s. ahene.
aboro-kycw, a European hat; pr. :3S94.
o-burom, jo/. a-, a kind of lizard.
aboroina, -inO, pi. m-, a species of dove, wild ])i(jeon, tartlc-
doce; = mnioromrnorom(';, gyamhoho, gy'ahgho.
a 1) 1" g m , gto no ab., he laijs words (riddles) before him to make
liim guess; when he does not find the right answer, he abuses him
in most oft'ensive language referring to father & mother | wgto ab.,
niA yenkgto ab., — an immoral play.
bur 0111 ma [boron, dim.'] narroiv street, alley, lane.
b or 0111]) etc, bod., water-pox, cliickcn-pox (mpcte brafo neti).
a b r m p o, a kind of herb.
boron, j>?. m-, street, lane; cf. abgnteii, F. abrgntsen.
boron, copper wire, kgbere ntwee.
boro-iino, s. biiro. . .
aborgiioma, ^^/. m-, dove, domestic pi tjcon. [borg, anoma.]
g-brotea, s. opete.
borg-toa, cruet, pliial, vial, flask, flagon, bottle-
aborg to to, a certain shrub, perh, Strychnos niix-vomica, and
its seed, nux- vomica, poison-nut, vomica nut; wode sisi ghye, wgde
gyc ban.
aborgwa, abgra, European female (woman, lady); mulatto-
woman ; to distinguish the former from the latter, she is called
Abiirokyiri abgra. — aborgwa-ba, a clnld of a European motlter;
a European lady not yet grown.
borgwo, As. a weight of gold, = agyiratwe; s. borggfa.
aborgwoniiiia [borg, awonniia], lard brought />-om Europe.
abosain, cliff, crag, roch; chain, shelf, layer, ridge or ledge of
rock or stones; roclcy place. F. = abotah, Mk.4,5.
g-bosaw [boro, gsaw] a kind of sponge for washing; gbrgde
a wgadwow na emu dua a wgaboro a wgde guare no. Ak. brgdewa.
abgse [bg 84] inf. beginning, origin; minuim sa asem no ab.
trodo, I do not know the true etymology of that word; cf. mmgase,
mfiase, mfitiase, nhyease.
b 6 s c a, 2'1- m-, pebble.
bo sea, Ky. besea, loan of money; bob., to lend or borrow
money; pe b., to borrow money, ir.2935.:i937. uiabg no (mapeno)b.,
42 bosea-bo — abosoiikwa.
I have lent him money; mekobo b., I am going to I)orrow money;
makobo (no ho) b., mape b., I hare horruiced money (from him); bo
me b. dare dii, na wobo me a, mesom wo auo, lend me ten dollars,
then I shall serve you for it.
bosea-bo, a-bosea-pe, inf. lending or horroicing of money.
abo-seu, inf. hanging up of stones to avert a threatened event,
[pr. 3052.
abosi, inf. [si bo], hazardous enterprize, daring feat.
o-bosim, a kind of plantain, s. oborgde.
abosiri, a low or cheap price; maton mama no magye no ab.
bi, I sold it to him at a low price; cf. fow, fowfow, aboomerew.
aboso, F. most high; the Most High. Mk.5,7-
aboso, 1. girdle. — 2. (boso) batten, the movable har of a
loom, which strikes in or closes the threads of a woof (ade a gtama-
nwenefo de bg asawa no so ma epiw).
aboso-ba, club, cudgel. pr.GU. [bg 54, aba.]
abo-so-nhwi, moss growing on stones.
o-hostm, pi. a-, the moon; a month; syn. gsram'. Mt. 24,29.
o-bosom, 2>l- a-, tutelar or guardian spirit of a town or family;
imaginary spirits, subordinate to God, worshipped or consulted by
the negroes, generally called fetishes by the Europeans, though the
term fetish would better be restricted to asuman, charm, or, to
avoid confusion, not be used at ali. [The word is supposed to come
fr. obg &som(':'). Tete abosom no a mpanyimfo som wgn (a.s. wgde
nsa ne niiuah kogyaw won) no ye abo ara uko; ebi ye nnua, se
abe, odum, onyA; ebi ye siw n.a. ; ebi ye koro (i. koro) ; akgmfo
abosom de^ ewghg-wghg a, wobete se oyi se: mafa gbosom, na
oyi se: mafa gbosom.] — bg b., 1. to surrender one's self to a fetish
or patron spirit. — 2. to curse (another) by a fetish, s. bg 43. 81.
abosom, a potion drunk when in swearing an oath of alle-
giance or mutual fidelity; wgpam a, wgnom (or wodi) ho abosom; a
covenant made valid by such a potion; g-ne no wg abosom; s. nsu 4.
o-b S m-b li w, house or lodging of a fetish.
o-b 6 s m-a k c t e w, -tere, pi. a-, chameleon, pr. 021-023.
o-bosouifo, fetishman, syn. gkgmfo; onipa a gbosom wg no so
ne ue mu. pr. 624. 625.
O-b so mm a, [-ba], jv/. m-, fetish child; a child gotten by the
help of a fetish and therefore given to him.
boso m-m a ii [-bah] enclosure, enclosed space sacred to a fetish.
abosom-mg, inf. the calling upon or surrender to a fetish.
o-bosom-muw, s. gbosombuw.
abosompem-abosommagiia, the fetishes altogether.
o-b s m - p a n y i 11 , ^^/. a- m-, a chief or superior fetish.
o-b s m-p 11, pi. a-, a great, poiverful, mighty fetish.
abosoiVkwa, pi. m-, [gb. akoa] slave or servant of a fetish.
i
.iltosomic — ubotolu. 1."!
;i b s n-n e {pi. id.), a tliiny given or belonging to a fetish.
aboson-scin, fetish-religion, fetishism; fetish-matters.
a b 11 s n-s 6 ii, inf. the currying of the fetish.
aboson-soin, inf. fetish-scrcice, the u'orshij)ing of fetishes or
idols; idolatry, heathenism.
0-b s n s 111 u i, j^l- a- -^o, a ivorshiper of fetishes, a heathen.
aboson-si'i, the ivatcr in the 2>of (koro) belonging to a fetish.
bosoiiopo, bosorOpo, the great sea, ocean, pr. 380.6:20.3070.
bosO w: oyy b., he is melancholy. 130J1.
o-bosu, [e-bo\v, osu] dew; ob. gu, deiv falls; cf. mraosuwa.
bo t a, r. to m((rl; to incise, malcc an incision; wgakgbota onipa
(akyere) uo, to-day they have marked a man destined to be hilled;
gdc sekan abota no (ho) kakra, he has given him some incisions with
a knife; - to get a sight of, catch sight or a glimpse of: wo ani bota
no ho dabiara a, fa bisa no ma me, any day you get a sight of him,
ask him about it for me; n'ani ammota ho = wahhfi ho; obae, m'ani
ammota no, ichen he came, I did not see him at all.
bota, a yellow cored, the most costly of all, = kakawa; s. ahene.
botao, v.n. [bota] mark, target, butt; -watow or wabo b. no
mu, he has hit the mark or aim.
iibotafowa, i>?. m-, a chUd of one or tivo years, pr. 629.
o-b 6 tan, pi. a-, rock; obo a eterew' ho. Ez.;24,7.
abotar, F. = abotoase; nyiT ab. = to wo bo ase. Mt. 18,26.
j\b6tcii, the right or full sum, = abo a eye gkwan mu; the
principal sum; cf. akoteh; n'aboten kofuaa ahannu, ilic complete
sum amounted to 200 (heads of cowries),
g-botiri, = aboa ti. pr.632.
abotiri, tam. ab., to icrestlc. [G. fo abgtiri.]
abotiri, ^>?. m-, head-band, fdlct; diadem, croivn; ade biara a
wgde bg won ti.
abotisa, a tripjle croivn, as the pope's.
abotiteii, a high stately head-dress, turban; abotiri tenten, ab.
a enye ahuhu-tama bi na eye ntama-pa.
hqtq^pl. m-, sack, bag, bundle; syn. atwea. pr.832.
bo to, a powdered medicine in a small gourd; wgahuw (no)
b g to, s. potg. [b. agu ne f vvenem'.
ab oto, inf. [to (me) bo]: laying a bet or ivager; enam akyin-
nyegye mu na ab. no ba, na ete se nkyia.
abo-tg, inf. = abotgyam', ^jeacr, confidence, good cheer.
abotoase, inf. == hoaseto, p>atience, forbearance, endurance.
abo to, empty or blind nut or other fruit containing no kernel
or flesh in the shell or husk (brgde, nkate, ankye &c. aba a eye bono
iiko na aduai'i nnira'); gfil ye ab.
g-bgtgfo, pi. a-, nea odwensg kete so, toho pisses on his mat
[bg tow 9] cf. pgtgfo.
44 botohvihuw — bow.
botohiiliuw, sfc((i)i; b. <afiri. steam-en fjine; b. na ede owusi-
liyeh nam; wonoa biribi ua wubua so a, b. siusiaue mmiiaso no
ho gu fam'.
a b 1 k u r a , 2jI. m-, a kind of moMse, of a dark hue with light
stripes, living in the wood; st/n. odontwi.
boturo, Ak. wabg no b. = wabono obg a ebekum' no, ebema
wato, he sfyucJc him ivifh a dcadJij blow, he beat him so secercJy that
he must die from it.
bo tow, V. to abate, to decrease, relax, become less in vigour,
strength, heat &c. — tr. to abate, reduce, lessen, diminish, remit; -
rifwiren no abotow' = akagyaw, the flower has faded, withered; ne
kuru a etuu kokuro no, afei de ab. kakra, his sore that had become
lar(jc,has decreased; aduru no ab. yare no, or araa gyare no ab., the
medicine has f/iven a check to the sicJcness; nsu no ab., the water has
become I ulcewarm; wabotow, he is cast down, dejected, all his joy
and f/aiet// has left him, = neho afgm no; wgab. gko no, the/j have
suspended hostilities, made a truce; wgab. asem no ato hg, theij have
brouf/ht tlie palaver into an easier way anl have laid it aside for a
while (asem no, wonni no dennennennen na wodi no berew na \vg-
agya mu ato hg kakra).
bgtgwa, pd. m-, 1. small bag or saclc, pouch. — 3. a musical
instrument, bag-pipe? pr.633.
abotoyam", « /?/".• [bo tg yam'] peace of mind, jog, happnness;
satisfaction, contentment ; cf. abotg, abodwo.
abo-tu, inf. consternation; despondencg ; eye no ab. =: etu ne
bo, ema ne bo tu. — abotuseni, news of trouble or danger; report
causing fright or consternation.
botiirobodwo, lukewarm, tepid; nsu b.
bo-fi, As. />// all means, absolutelg, positivelg; with negation:
bij no means; niise, kgfa onipa no bera, bo-u na se wamma a (Akr.
na se eka, no biibi emma na ose gmma a), sah bera, / sag, fetch thai
man; but when he absolutelg refuses to come, then return.
bow, V. 1. to become tough (of clay in pottery). — 3. s. red.
bobgw.
b w, bundle of tobacco-leaves, commonly called ahead or hand
of tobacco.
bow, a charm (fetish) hidden in the ground: wasi or wahye
no b.=rgde suman bi akghye fam' ama obi; ebi ye kabere, cbi ye
sumanhunu bi ne aduru.
(j-bow, = omuuunkum, fog, mist; angpa bgw = angpa busu;
b. atg = gbosu agu.
bow, Ky. boro, to grow tveak, flag, slacJcen; tr. to make weak,
slack, flaccid, flabbg, flaggy; gpe nti lihaban hhina abow, on account
of the harmattan the leaves are all drooping; awia abow (== akisa)
hfwiren no, tlie sun has n-ithercd the flowers ; abe no abow, thtd palm
is no more as fresh as in the first three days after felling it. — bow
nsa, to become weaki.Q. intoxicated, to get drnidi, by driuking much
bowema — bra. 45
palm-wino, or any liquor or spirits^ s. asfibow. — no, ho abow no,
he isdisJicdrfened, d/sinnitrd, has lost all Joi/ and litjoiir; s. aliobow. -
cf. botow, rinobow, ahobow.
bowoma, F. =: boh worn a.
bowiTO w', j)]. a-, Ak. abowero, nnil of a fingor or too; rhov,
clutch, pounce, taJon; s//n. werew.
boworcwua, a disccisc which spoils and blackons tlui nails
of the fingers.
aboVvi, aboVviiw, conirihution, indemnification for ex]»finsos
of war, paid by the defeated party; ra)ts<»ii paid by the contjucred
chief to redeem his people that thoy might not be made prisoners
or slaves. — Ye-ne Asautefo wiee ko no, wgma ycbgo sohkahiri
ansa-na wogyee yea ab. (sika, hkoa, aguade n. a.), when our war
with the Asantcs was over, they made vs serve them and then im-
posed on us a coidrihution (in monci), slaves, goods); woabo no soh-
kahiri ama ab., tltey have submitted to his rule and have given (the
conqueror) monri/ and men in tolicn of their suljmission; ycgye mo
ab. ansa-na yeakg; Asantefo de ab. na ekyekyeree woh kiirow. —
Meyi wo abowuw =-. mebg wo, / slttdl release thee with a stroke (in
plays of children: mmofra goru na nea odi ne yohko so no yi nea
wantumi no a ope se ogyae no ab., enese gbo no).
aboya, aboyea, Ak. s. abeya, asahka, ayawci. F^ Mt. 14,8.
iiboyalb, F. = keka, Mt.8,2S. Mk.1,13. [Mh.6,26.
aboyam", 1. girdle round the tvaist. F. Mt.S,4. Mk.1,6. —
2. (efeh bi, a newly framed word) = nea ebg yam'; wuhii a, na wo
yam' abg, wo kgh do no, wo ani sg no dodo.
bo-yerew, inf. = abofono, sickness of the stomach.
bra, bara, v. 1. to make, enact a law or laws, to order irith
authoriig. to lag an injunction upon, to command, esp. to forbid, pro-
hibit; mpanyimfo kg apam akgbra ade, the elders have assembled
to enact or make laws; mabra no, I have interdicted him; bra no
ne ara se ohhkosi ntew bio, forbid him this verg dag any more
to join in that pAag (ntew-si) again; - to fix (by law) the value of:
wgabra dare ma aba mmah 75. — 2. to settle: matu mabebra ha,
I have removed and taken np mg abode here. — 5. to come (i.e. to
be born) again into this tcorld: owui wg ha na wakgbra (wg) Nkrah,
he died here and has come again at Akra. — 4. to become habitual :
asabow, atoro abra no, drunkenness, felling lies has become habitual
to him, =^ eye ne bra, it is his habit or nature, he is addicted to..;
n'agya nneyee abra no, his father's manners have become his, he
takes after his father. — 5. to deceive, = twa hkontompo, pr.l225.
wabra me = wasisi mo, wadada me. — G. bra., mu, to tcithhold or
kecji back, to hide or conceal something in speaking, to dissemble,
dissimulate: gbraa me asem no mu, he did not fell me the ivliole
truth: yebra no kasam', we disguise our speech before him; woka
asem no ara p«j a, bra mu, ivlien gou relate the case, do not sag all;
gkyeree me kwah no, wabra me mu, when lie shotved me the way,
he misled me; cf. mmrabram'.
46 obra — brakyew
0-1)1* a, (inf.) 1. the comhKj Into this world, the state of cxistenec
or life in this worJd; obra a wowoo me too mu yi, the life into irhieh
I have been liorn; mesore bra yim', I shall depaH this life; obra
akyi wg amane, in after-life more trouble is met tcith than in child-
hood; or, in future days trouble may befall you; meboo obra, men-
nom bi da, as long as I live, I never dranlc any. — 2. manner of
life, conversation, behaviour, conduct; pr. 409. 634.635. obra a eho
nni dem or akasaye, blameless behavtour; bg bra, to behave, con-
duct, to bear or carry one's self; bg bra-pa, to behave well; bg bra-
bone, to behave ill ; gmpe bra f'oforo ming, he shall see?:, to lead a
new life, shall alter his conduct; n'aso awu nti, wgapo ne bra ama
no = wgato no kwan, wonni n'asem akyi bio, they have left him
to himself (nobody exhorts him any more). — 5. the nature i.e. the
metises or monthly conrses of women, euph. asabu; ye b. (bu nsa, kg
afikyiri), to menstruate, to have the monthly floiv or discharge, cf.
bu 5 c. (wobeye b., a nasty abuse). — bra-agoru, a ceremony
performed witli a girl having attained to puberty. — bra-tam =
afikyikg-tam, asabu-tam.
abra, falsehood, fraud, deceit. i)r. 1024. 1025. 2327.2475. syn. nna-
braba, nkgnkgusa, nkontompo.
abra, a kind oi monkey; sareso akyeneboa bi.
mbra, F. = mmara.
bra, s. bena.
bra-ban, manner of behaviour, conduct; ne sa b. nye me fe.
bra bo, [bra, v. 1., ebo], set price or rate; fixed amourd of
fees, fines, indemnities &c. Oman ne hemfoforo no t\vit\va nnewa
fihina bo b., the elders and the new Icing set rates on, fix the price of,
every thing.
abra-bo, inf. [bgbra] life in this tvorld, in: 3060; way, Y.Ps.67,2.
conduct, behaviour.
o-brabralo, pi. a-, a deceitful, fraudulent, person; syn. okon-
tomponi, okghkgnsafo.
bra da, enticement, persuasion, temp)tfdion. — to b., to deceive
by sweet words, to entice, perstictde, talk over; wgto no b. = wgde
nsem dede dada no na wanya amane. — bradam', F, by craft,
Mk. 14,1. — brada-to, inf. enticing drc. ; cf. semmrada.
abrada, F. s. abranna.
0-b r a fo, i^L a-, executioner, hangman; pr. 636. forerunner; a by-
name of the bird apatipere.
o-br afo, jjL brafo, a tvoman thcd Jias her monthly courses.
braka, round-about icay, by-way, side-way; (merekg no, men-
nam te na) mekobuu b. na mede mekofii akura hg, I came to the
village by a round-about way; wabu br. akgfa m'akyi, by a side-
way he came in my back; wobebu yen ho b., they ivill go round to
attack lis from behind.
b r a-k yew: obu br., his conduct is crooked, i^erverse, dishonest.
bram — bil. 41
brum (baram) v. [red. brammram] : J.h... lio, fo overlai/:
wgile sika abram atoa no ti lio, the hundle of the sword is ovcrhiid
H'lth (/old; to s/iiif HP, close, secinr, fasten, stop: brain paiikran no
bo hhina liyia, nudcc the cask water-tUjld all round. — ^. b... auo,
to secure, shut or lock up; fo seal np; bram nnipa no ilno na wgan-
nya okwafi amfi adi, slint up or confine those peoj/le fh/d fhei/ cannot
come Old ; fa nnadewa bram adaka yi ano, tia'd this l)Ox tip; b. pon
no ano i'a nnadewa bobom', secure this door with nails. — 3. b. . .
so, to orerwhelin ^^ kata so, buhkam so; dom yi abrirslm' [akata]
yen so, f/ie enemies overwhelm ns, are more than. we.
bram' = bra mu, s. bra, v. G.
b r a m m r a ni" , red. v. bram.
brammram: n'ano ye b. = birebire, he is a habbler, talker,
tattler, readi/ to spctdc erd thin<js. — o-brammraml'o, 2'^- ^-i onipa a
ne tokrema yaw bebrc, u'ani ye den; sj/n. okasafo.
Q-brammiri [obrah, biri] id. a-, 1. obran tiintum, a black,
strong man. — 2. gye ab., he is a wrathful man; abnfuw ye gb. or
ab., wratli can mcikc a man commit things tvhich othertvise he woidd
never do.
abrammo [bram'abo] weight, ivcighfs; gkari ne sika wg m'ab.
so, he tveighs his gold tvith my weights. — abrammo-kwaumu, true
g-braii, s. gberah. [tveights.
a-branna', F. abradil, pi. m-, sail [G. abena]; si ab., to set a
sail; scrcento keep off the rays of the sun; gallery, veranda, covered
by the sloping roof of the main building [G. ablana] ; portico, piazza,
covered tvcdk, corridor, pillared hall, colonnade, ]ieristglc.
abraiisem, abraiiso, abrante, -wa, -kwa, s. aber. . .
brapa, [gbra pa] F. virtues; s. gbra 2.
brasiam^ s. gkgre. — bra-tam, s. gbra 5.
braw, a-, s. beraw, a-,
bre... bre... s. bere... here...
mbre, F., = nea, where, senea, as, how.
abrebo, F. = abrabg.
abrebretam, F. soft raiment, Mt. 11,8.
mbrehoadze, F. = ahoberease.
iribrew, F. = 'merew, weak; weakness.
brcmba, brempon, F. =^ gbarima, obirempgn.
abrentse, F. = aberante.
bri... s. biri...
bro... bro... s. borg... boro... buro...
bru. .'• s. buru . . .
bru, a. blue, (cf. akase, bibiri, hoa, tuntum)!;
n. queen's blue, indigo blue; blue starch.
bu, V. {}-ed. bubu] A. to bend, fold; B. to crack, break, cid &c.
A. 1. tr. to bend, crook, curve; intr. to bend, crook, be curved;
syn. kyea, koa, kontoii ; - epo abu dgnngn, abu kg asase no mu,
the sea has formed a bay; bu braka, to take a round-ahovi tvay. —
48
bu.
2. to bend, fold: bu an o, to seam, hem a cloth ; bu duku no ano ! —
bu. . to bo, to douhle, ])r. 653. — bu. . due so, (to bend and lay
over,) to double. — bu.. bo ho abiesa, fold it thrice. — 3. to make
by bending, to manufacture: bu kotoku (pr.7(J8), kyew, nipaboa,
ntoa, to make a bag, hat, sandals, a cartridge-box. — 4. to make by
bending or turning one's own body: bu atiri, to turn or cut a som-
erset. — 5. to bend, more or direct parts of the body: a) h n nkgm-
pow, to bend or turn the necl; to look round, about or bach: obu
nk. f\ve n'akyi, lie loohs bach; obu nk. twe won nhina, lie loohs round
about on them all. — b) bu. . ani, to ivi)di at; obu no ani, lie winks
at him (gives him a hint by a motion of the eyelids); - obu no ani-
kyew, he casts squint i.e. evil looks cd him; - obu n'ani, n'aniwa,
he shuts and oj^ens his eyes, ivinks, twinkles, blinks, cf. aniwabubu;
— obu n'ani gu (n'asoodeii) so, he tvinks at, overlooks (his disobedi-
ence). Acts 17,30. — c) bu nsa, orig. to bend the fingers in counting
the (six) days during which a menstruant woman is not allowed to
enter or sleep in her regular dwelling; cuph. = ye bra, to menstru-
ate. — d) bu ntwer, F. to bow the knee, Mt. 27,29.
B. 6. to bend a thing so as to occasion a Haw in it, but not en-
tirely to break it; to crack; cf. bukaw. — ~. to break (by bending,
f.i. aba, dua, dorape, Joh. 19,36. cf. bo ')0): mabu poma no, / liave
broken the stick; intr. poma no abu, the stick is broken; - bu.. mu,
to break in two; s. 29 c. — 8. to break down, demolish (odan, cf. bu-
ruw^ dwiriw); jntr. to break down, tumble down, fall to ruin: odan
no abu. — !). to brefdc off (ahurow, the ears of Indian corn), to reap.
— 10. to cut off: obubu n'awcrew, he pctirs (off) his nails ; — to rid
the hair: obu n'anim = oyiyi ne nhwi ano; obu n'atiko, = oyi n'a-
tiko nhwi ano. — 11. to cut or hew down, to fell (trees): bu kwae
= dgw, to cut the bush, pr.652. meko kwaem' makobu nnua, I will
go into the wood to fell trees. — 12. bu mu, to bre<dc or cut in the
middle, to cutoff: bu.. mmerem', rt)obu ne nimerem' = wasi so [ore-
nyin na onnya hwiee nyiii] na wapatuw awu, lie dies a premature,
untimely death, is cid off in the 2^)'iinc of his life; - b) wabu n6
ramere (a gdebewo)mu = nemmereatwam', shcisjxist age. Heb. 11,11.
— e) bu nna mu, s. abiinnam.
C. 13. hx\.. so, to brcfdc off the end or poird, to blunt (opp.
sen ano), pr.994. — 14. bu.. so, to break, transgress^ disobey (a law.,
command, order, injunction); obu n'asem so = onnyina n'asem so,
he bre(diS his (own) word, docs not keep his 2)vomise; obu ne na asem
so, he disobeys (acts against) his mother's word. — 15. bu.. so, to
go beyond, surpass: ebu n'abasa so, it goes beyond his i^ower or abi-
lity ; adwuma y i abu me nsa so, this tvork is too much for my strength.;
edom no bu yen so, the enemy is stronger than toe are; syn. kyeii,
bunkam; cf. bramso. — 16. bu so, to run over, overflow: wafwie
nsu agu mu ma abu so, he has poured water into it so that it has run
or flown over; Ps. 23,-'); .\ijn. boro so, fe ho. - — 17. bu so, to be abun-
dant, jilodifid, frequent, often met with, common; mama nhoma no
abu so, I have made that book common, caused it to be in the hands
of many: cf. ka. — 18. bu so, to be common, unclean', nni noa abu
so. do not cat unclean tilings. Acta 10,14.
bii^ 49
1). 1'J. To break out or f'ovtii: ohii I'.ui won so, he hro/.e fnrlh
upon iliem. — ^^0. to end or turn out txuJIji: n'asem abu, liis nuillcr
(lid not come to a <jood end, lias turned out badlt/. — 31. to bvftdi:
â– .\h\\ abu no, Ht. a brealdnij liasbroken upon him, i.e. a great eataniit//
lias befallen h'nn. — 23. to fad, fall short, fall off in respect to vigour,
activity i^c. bo bu, to (fet'oid of breath; no bo abu, he is out of breath
(,s\ ebo)^^ no liouie atc^v no; n'ani bu, lit. his e//e breaks, i.e. fie is
vear// of waiting longer; wotVvc obi Uwan na oniina a, na wo ani
bu =: eye %vo abomctew.
J'J. 3o. To count (orig. by bending tbc fingers, cf. 5 c) bu nsa),
to reckon, compute, calculate. - bu akonta,, to cast up an account;
to ciplter; g-ne no bu ak., he reckons with him, Mt. 18,23.34. bulio ak.,
to necnunt for. - bu ano, to cast vj), sum tip in a total; bu.. fra
(inu), gu.. so, byc..niu, ka.. bo, si.. so, tia, to reckon among, to add
to (cf. kan.. fra) : bu yi fi'a (bye) akonta no mu, gu ak. no so, ka ak. no
bo, tia ak. no, add this to the account; bu sika no si so na yenfwe,
adil the moncg to the former sum and let us see (wbat tbe amount
will be); obu n'aka-foforo si dedaw so, he calculates his new debts
and adds them to the old ones. — 3i. bu a k ape re, to balance an
account, counterbalance a debt: obu me ak., he adjusts his account
due to me b// a contra-account (cf. butew) or bg shifting off pagmcnt
to anotficr person indebted to liim. — 25. bu tew, to neutralize or
cancel a delA by balancing against if an equal amount owed by tbe
creditor: medewoka, wonso wodeme bi, namayemmu ntew! wode
me dare 10, me nso mede wo d. 4, enti mebu dare 4 yi matew, na
yi dare 6 a aka no ma me!
T\ 2G. To account (one) for, consider, think, deem, judge (one
able, capable, apt, fit), acknoiclcdge as; to estimate, esteem, respect,
honour, pr. G.51.(J54.G.55. obu no kese, he holds him in great esteem;
mimnni no fwe, / do not respect him at all; — bu.. abomfia, to de-
spise, s. ab. — bu. . animtia, to despise, disregard, hold in contempt;
cf. tiatia.. anim,
G. To observe, pay attention to, regard witfi care; cf. buw.
27. bu.. bra = bo ..bra, to behave, conduct, bear or carrg one's
self; bu brakyew, s. brakyew. — 28. bu man, to observe the so-
cial or civil duties: obn man pa, he comports (himself) well Kith
his felloiv-citizens, behaves, demeans, or carries himself well in this
town, is sociable; fie rules (or manages the affairs of) the town well;
he labours for the ivelfare of the towns-people; obu mam-mone se
biribi, lie is cxtremelg unsociable; ye-ne no mmu man yi = ntra
man yi mu, we can no longer live together with him; ye-ne nipa yi
bu man yi, tee live peaceably together, are on friendly terms; cf.
amammii, amammni. — bu man kwanmu a wompam', F. to admin-
ister judgment impartially.
H. 20. To decide, judge, xnonoiince judgment: ajhw.. bem,
to pronounce sentence in favour of ii person in a law-suit, to acquit
of an accusation; atemmufo (asennifo) abu no bem, the judges fiare
acquitted him.- — b) bu . . i'o, to give (bring in) a verdict, pass sentence
against a person, to pronounce guilty, condemn; wgabu no kum fo,
they have sentenced him to be hilled. — c) b u . . n te n o>' ate n , to
4
50 bu — l)ubu.
judge, to decide a rase, to give, i^nss or pronomice sentence or judg-
ment on (upon) or against: wgabu no nea gyee no so nteh, they have
jJassed sentence against him for what he did. — d) bn mu . to bring
to a decision, do auag with (a case); wgde aseni no aliye duam'
abu mil = vvode abere m])anyinifo na wgawip, asem no di, woabu
fg ne bem (etg-dabi-a wgde dua live dua ntani' bu mu). — e) bu..
nterikyewj to judge unrighteousJi/, to pass an unjust sentence,
to prrreii judgment ; - bu.. a n an ate n, to pronounce an unfair,
2)artiid judgment, to jtuJgc jxirficdtg. — bu Asante-ten, jn-. 740.
J. SO. bu be, to spca/:, utter, use a proverb, to make a proverb;
de bu be, to turn into a proverb. pr.dO. 056. 681. 1361. 1767.
J. HI. bu, Ak. = buw.
1)U in combination with nouns of pbice and relation:
bu.. mu, s. 7. 12. 29 c) — [bu aiii, .] b), - bu anim, 1()~] — bu ano,
2. 23. — bu so, 13-18.
I)U followed by other verbs: bu.. bg ho, due so, to lio, s. 2;
gu so, .5 b); fra, gu so, hye mu, ka ho, si so, tia, 23; tew, 25.
ah u, fall, ruin, overwhelming calamitg, disaster, great misfor-
tune ; cf. asiane ; - abu abu no, a ccdamitii has bcf(dJen him (s. ha 21),
e.s. bone a waye aye a.s. nea ope se gde ye ne yghko no asaii abe-
fwe naiikasa so; - ma abu mmu no I /('/ disaster or rtdn befall him,
i.e. mo)/ mischief come upon him!
h\\ bu, = p\, plentg, ((bundanll//: gsesaw" (nsu, nsa, nkyene,
nno) no bu bu.
bucl, V. [red. buabna] 1. to cover, to shut, close, esp. with so;
b. dan (so), to put a roof on or thfdch a hou.se; bua adaka no so,
close that bo.r; bua aduan no so, cover that food; cf. kata so, mua,
liini ; mniuatama; op}), bue, hie. — 2. bua da, lit. to cover (soil,
the food) and sleep, i.e. to fast, to go to bed without having eaten.
pr.211. — 3. to come down upon: ne'musu abua n'atifi", his mischief
has fallen on his own head. — 4. to grow tliicli, bushy, luxuriantly,
r((nkly (esp. of climbers); to flourish ; ode no abiia kusu^aye aha-
ban j)j; cf. bum. — 5. to answer, reply; mammua no, I gave him
no answer: wgkobuabuaa wgnho, tlicy gave each other (rough) an-
swers, scolded each other; cf. gye so. pr.752. — (>. to congratulate:
kobua wo nua a gresaw no, congrattdafe your dancing brother. —
7. bua.. so, lo charge or npbraid witli. to reproach, to scold or
(d>use by remiiidiilg one of some reproachful deed or matter, to cast
something in the teeth of; s. asobua, — (S. bua ntseii, F. = bu nten.
Mt.7,1. — y. buabna tun, F. to conclude.
abi'ia, ^j/. m-, tobacco-jJil^e; f/. abiirobua, tjisen.
abuabuairyasu : asanka tratra bi a wgde bua aduan so wg gyaso.
ab 11 a da, m-, inf. [bua,X^.] fasting, fast, abstinence from food; odi
ah,, he fasts (once); odi mm., he fasts (repeatedly); wodi mm., they fast.
buber, F. = aburo bu-bere, harvest (of Indian corn). 3It. 13,30.
b u b 11, red. v., s. bn. (2.) to break or boid repeatedly, to double,
fold: bubu nhoma, to fold uj) a letter. — (7.J to break many things
simultaneously; to break in many 2>icces; to pluck: bubu asomerewa
obiibuafo — .ihiifiiw. 51
aliabat'i noa iiom, jiliich- saiiif Irdics to^'ctlicr witli t\n\ stalks of I lie
herb call(Ml asotn., boH thcni (iinl driiil: tlu' decoction; - to hvc(tk
rojitplctclij, Fs. 10, li). 37,17. hnhn.. imi, rs.4iJ,10. Is.9,4. biil)ii abodo,
fo rniiiihle hrciid. — po'f- /" l>c hrolccji down hi/ litirdships, i.o. fii-
lii/Kcd, euJt(tiist<'<l: okwan no ware uti mabubii, from (lie loiuj trail
1 (lime quite tired or undone; Fs.SS,9; to be lame, s. the foil,
o-b 11 1)11 a To, 2>L »-, a man lamed l/i/ sic/,-n".^s, /xilsi/; oiiipa :i
wowoo MO mu na gyare abcye no ana nmirui abcMliirn no na \va-
bubu {^n f'ako na oiitunii nye fWr*; - okasa btil)uafo, a tame i.o.
inrJiinird l(tn(/ini;/e *'i' inuiiner of (•.i-jtressimi one's self.
mbilbui, F. ^^ minubni.
a I) u bum 111 a 1);1 , abubumina, a kind of ironu or molli ; ab.-
aiiweilC, the rv/.sv (made ofbrokcn little sticks) in ir/iieJi itlives,2)r.G58.
()biii)U(i, name of a month, :\ho\\t Noremher.
abubiir, ^j7. m-, F. = aburuburu, Mt.21,13.
a b 11 b u-\v, -0, 1. public inquir// after somet/iint/. :J. u-adlin/, rrifnuj,
from grief, sorrow, fear, for help in consternation and distress; the
ntiise made by the people whilst sheep are bein<^- ottered to the river-
spirit (at Akwam); - gbg ab. = oresu na oredi nkgmmg, he wads,
Itiinenfs: ab., wgmmg no kwa.
a bubuw-bo, inf. wadinfj, lamentation.
biio, r. [red. buebue] fo uncover, disclose, cf. bua. 1. fr. fo
open (obue n'ani, n'ano, ne nsam', nboma mu, he opens his eye,
mouth, hand, a hook); bue adaka no (so), oijen the box; kobue pon,
open the door {si/n. hie); bue gdah no (ano), open the house; diff. tu
ano, sail. — 2. bue .. ano, fo initiate, inaueptrafe, dediccde: yereko-
biie asgredan ano, we are going to dediccde a chapel. — 3. bue so,
to clear (land) from trees: obue n'asase so, he cuts awai/ the trees
on his piece of ground, so that the sun may shine on the land. —
4. b u e to so, fo turn over (the leaf of a book). — J. intr- fo open,
he open: gpoh no abue {syn. ano da ho), the door is open; n'ani
abue or ada ho, his eye is open; n'adwenem' abue or ada hg, his
mind is clear; ne tirim bue, his conscience awaJces.
buebue, red. v., s. bue;
anim rebuebue = anim rebaebae, the day breals. [G. hie gble.]
bue bue, inferj.
buepeii, a j^cy "i" Pf^'ii' of two opposite pages in a book; cf.
kratafa; wakah ma aka b. kakra bi na wawie, he has read it nearly
through, he has read if all excepting a few j^ages.
bufo, F. reaper. Mt. 13,30.
o-biifo, sloven, dirty fellow; slut, shdfern; s. burn, burnin.
biifiia, s. bofua.
ab iifuw^ -fuo, inf. [ebo fuw] (inger, wrath, passion ; fa or nya ab..
to grow angry; yi.. ab., fo excite to anger; gye ab., ]ie is ira^citjle.
o-bufii-fafo, 2)1. a-, tin irascible man, easily 2^>'r>i'oled ov offended.
abufu-liyew, hot anger, wrath, fury.
abufu-iiiiii' [anim] an angry countenance. Prov. 25,23.
52 abui — abuntVvere.
abui, needle, especially a large one; cf. pane, clorowa.
mbui, F. Irealcing, fall. Mt. 7,27.
bilk aw, r. 1. to hcnd: ob, ne basa, he bends Jtis arm; ob. ne
nsa to ii'akyi, he puts Ms hand on his hach; b. wo nan to so, cross
or hcnd your leys. — 2. to hrecdc, cracl-, flair, i.e. to bend a tiling
so as to occasion a flaw in it, but not entirely to break it; cf. bn, 6.
— 3. to shift from one master to another, to desert one, cf. guan.
l)iiku', F. jil- W1-, = brfiku', bool:
bukyia, F. s. mukjia, muka.
bum, r. to spread; to sjrread or la// over; to carer a place or
a tbing canij)lctcJ/j ; wura no abum kiisu, (^^ aye aliaban bebre na
aye fefei'efe) ///r?^ busli lias r/ro/rn r(wlc and luxuriant, filling a wide
space witb its foliage; woto asawn bum mpata so ansa-na woyiyi
won, a net is spread for tlic fishes before theij are cauijht; ode ntama
abum no so = akata obi (a.s, nankasa) so; fa bum me so = kata
me so! [rcf?. bummum.]
bi'im, i^/. a-, a spreading or thorough movement or effect: gua
bo bum, the ichole assemblij rises at once (s. bo 7); wgasore bum =
])rekr), the// have got vp in a state of confusion; oguaii no abebo
m'abTiro mu b., tliat go((t has made haroc in my maize, lias eaten a
good portion of my corn; woabo yen abum, they have 2nd iis into
confusion ; woabo aguabum, they hare brought the marfcet into con-
fusion; ebgg b. no, irhen the confusion began; abogyabum, covering
or bespattering with blood by blotcs.
bum, adv. severely, thoroughly, very much; gbgo no ara bum
preko, he gave liim one severe blow; wgbobgg nnuan no ara bum
bum bum, tlie// gave or deidt the goats vigorous blows; gmanmufo
tan a ban mu to b,
bum a, V. to catch, seize, take by force (nnipa, mmoa, mpata);
buma oguan no bera, catch tJiat sheep and bring it; wgbebuniaa no
akgtgn no, tliey pounced upon him and took liim away to sell him.
l^rcd. bumabuma.]
bum mum, red. v.., s. bum.
e-bu 11, a. Ak. bunu, j;Z. a-, green, unripe; akutu-bun, an unripe
orange, pr. 2344. cf. gbabun. — o-buii, F. iinripeiless.
e-bu 1*1, J)?, a-, abyss, gulf; the depth of the sea; amda a emu do
a ewg nsum'.
abu-nnam' [nea obu una mu] lie who cuts off one's days, an
appellation (or title) of kings; cf. okumnipa.
1)11 Ilk am, V. (so), to surpass, exceed, be superior to (in num-
ber, valour, power, force): edgm b. wo a, wuguan, if the enemy is
too strong for you, you flee; wob. yen, wgab. yen so, they surpass
us in number; wanyTi ade ma ab. so, = akyen so, atra so, he has
grown enormously rich; ngofo borow abicn a wobyiae no, se atififo
b. anafofo so nti, anafofo antumi won.
a bunt we re, a green, hard, iinripe fruit; akutu no ye ab.,
the orange is unripe; s. bun.
.iIhiiiu — iiliTiro. 53
ab nil u, a kind of j^rcat dram'f s. oboniikyerefo. — Cf. ebiin.
Imo, s. buw.
II li iu> I) i- k w aw , a kind of hayero; s. ode.
l)ill»6, a kind of cloth from 'J'oani, .s-. koiiti', iitaina.
abii-iiCMj jJaW, portion, sIkii-c, the result of a division; c/'.
I'lkyeni'.
bu-j)r(_'ku, a bit, luorscl, ov j)iccc, broken o/f bij a single
breaking; cf. teprcko.
abiira, jj?. m-, uelt, cistern\ tu ab., to dig a ivell.
abiiroAv, maize, Indian corn. pr.(i72-80. ab. aben, the corn is
sitfficientli/ ripe for use; ab. ahoa, the corn is ripe to perfection. —
bii ab. to break the car from the stfdk; hiiah or sunsfianc mmetem,
to husk maize; few or tutu ab., to take oid the grains.
aburo-betciii, Xil. m-, cone or ear of Indian corn.
ab u rob i a, a plant gro win "^frequently in the vicinity of towns,
with red Howers and black seeds; Canna Indiea or speciosa.pr.66L
a biiro-bu, inf. the plucking of the ears of maize; corn-harvest.
abiiro-biia, pi. ni-, a short tobacco-pipe made of clay, clay-
pipe made in Europe, pr. (J(J2.
abn ro-dom a, maize full-grown, bat not get quite rijje, as roa-
sted and eaten by the nej^roes.
bui'6-diia, the jitant ov stalk of Indian corn; the spike of a
jilantof )naize, in which the kernels sit; (( cone of maize from which
the grains have been ])icked.
aburoduaiV, food ov dishes in-epuviid uf maize: ybanku, abete,
dokono, kyekyere, ammoagyanewa, inpampa, pimpi, sense, oto.
bi'i r t)-f 11 a, jj?. m-, a single grain of Indian corn.
a b u r o-fu w , a plantation of maize.
ab uro-j^ua, a European chair, arm-chair, chair witli a back;
cf. akentehhua, akohnua.
ab liro-guane, ^= abiirow guannuan, rijje ears of Indian corn.
bviro-g\va, Aky. matches; «//;«. samannya. [pr.673.
b uro-b u n 0, the husk or corering of the cars of maize; pr. 679.
a kind of country cloth, s. kente.
biiro-kii Ihkii], 2)omade, p)omatum. D.As.
1)11 ro-k lira wa, a European jar ^ can, cup, mug tfr.
1) u r o k u r u w a , pjomegranate, s. buruk...
Abiirokyiri, the white man's countrg, Europe and America
respectively. ;jr. dOS-G. Ab. nipa, a man who deserves to be sold to Ab.,
a b u 1' ky i r i- s u a, Turkeg-red cloth. [pr- 664.
b II r o-n a n , the stcdk of maize.
o-b uro n i , pi. borofo, a-, Eurojiean, white man ; midatto. ijr.6G7-71.
b Li V 6-6 II y a , Christmas and New-year's-dag.
buro-iiiio, m-, European oil, olive-oil, sweet-oil.
aburo-pala, pr. 680.
54 aburotscu — abusnde.
abiiro-tseii, F. abtiro a abo yiye pe; s. ten 3.
aburo-wi [awi] icJicat. D.As.
l)U]"ii, fUthincss, dirtiness, itnclcaniicss, slovenliness, sJuttis/mcss
uc b. nti wo ne no didi a, enye de. — oyy b. (e. s. no ho wo fi na
no fi ntew), he is- afiJtiiii, dirty, unclean fellow, a sloven; of. oliem-
murii; buriim, obnfo.
biiru, V. s. buruw.
bunibviru, bbbb., adc. enfircl//, lot(dli/; odi mc nya l». =
obu or oye me akoa papa. [G. bbiblu.]
aburuburuw, pJ. in-, a species oi dove; pr. GSl. (no mniaran
te se akokg de.) F. abubnr.
biiruku', F. buku', j;/. m-, book.
burukiirinva, a large tree and its edible fruit similar to a
pomegranate but larger and with larger seeds.
buriun , n fdfh/j, dirty, unclean felloic; sloven.; slut, daitern;
oy? b., gye neho b. = oye neho tlfi; s. burn, obut'o.
0-b li r U m , a large quadruped ; pr. 682.
aburu-nsiimma-beii. a species oi dove (red).
biiriiWj V. to hrealc down, demolish (odah n.a.),- syn. dwiriw;
to tundde down, fall to ruin; amoa no ab., the sides of the pit have
broJcen dotcn; ne fwene burn gu n'aiiom', he has his nose smashed,
knocked into his mouth, pr. 684
abiiruM'tl, pl.m-, i. nantwi ab., heifer. yoH)ifi cow. that has
not yet calved. — 3 = afanji, a female slave, especially one f'roni
the interior with marks cut in her face.
a 1)11 iMi w;i-ba, j>^ mmuruwd-mma, a vile, despicable person.
bii.sUj s. mmusu, ahabusu, abusude &c.
a b u s fi a , F. -sfiia, pi. m-, family, kindred, relatives, especially the
relations of the mother s side; one of the ori(ji)ial fdmilies of the, Tshi
nation. — bo ab., to join a family or tribe. pr.(>8S-7.
al) us ua-ba H, sort of famdy or people; mo ab., moye a\Vi ! you
are a thievish family!
abusua-bo, inf. wufi kilro bi so aba na abusfia hiara a wote
ne dill a.s. wufim', wode woho akghyem'.
a b u s u a -b o_u e , a sin hereditary in a family.
iihi\su.i\-d6, something hereditary, inborn, inbred, innate:, bayi
ye ab. ; eye no uh.
abus ua-diia, the tail i.e. cord or tic which connects a family.
a b u s u a-k u w , family, tribe, clan. [pr. 086.
a b u s u a-ma ii , tribe.
o-bus u a-iii, ^>?. a- -fb, relation, relative, kinsman; syn. oni.
abusua-yare, family-disfcmper, hereditary disorder.
O-biisua-panyiii, the head of a family, pr.687. F. abusuia-
mpanyin, patriarchs
abusu a-pon ni, a member of an important famUy. pr.687.
abusu-de, a wicked, mischievous thing or deed; ill luck, dis-
aster, pr. 118. F. abomination, Mt. 24,1-5.
i
alMisiiscm — l)\vo.
abiisii-som, wicked^ mischievous words, behaviour, or coiulitct;
blasphemy; cf. innnisubo.
u-b iisii t'o, ^jZ. a-, a wicked, mischievous man, s. obusuyefo; a
frolicsome fellow; a roync (facetiously): obfironi yi ye ob., gtc yen
kasa, litis I'hiropean is a roync, he understands our lanyuayc.
O-bus u-3'(jt"0j pi. a-, a wicked man doiiiy miscliirf \n secret;
royue, k)iavc, cillain, scoundrel, pr. 119.
o-biitcw, inf. conipoisation, the pay mod of a dtbl by a credit
of equal amount; reciprocation^ mutual return; ob. ne se: wode
bi ka na gno nso de wo bi na iiiode atua; a. s, giio ut'a ne tiriin' a,
wo nso afa wo tiriin; a. bn ^.'().
biitu, a-^ 6'. butiiw, abotu.
Obutu, jjr. n. of the language of Sanya. Afutu Berekn, Siinpa
( Winncbah), Apfi, cf. Or. Introd. § 5,2.
bi'itfi, adv. completely cOc. very inwh, = kora, yiye, papapa;
odii aduaii no b. (entirely), ka n'anini b. (sharply); wabo no aho-
liora b. (utterly).
biltubutu, imit. adv. expr. the sound of drununiug-: wgka
b u t u b II t u w, red. v. [akyene b.
biitu-iiu-bete, a kind o{ beads; s. ahene.
abutiiscm, s. abot...
butu w, V. to overturn, turn upside down, upset; ob. n'agua,
he turns his chair (as the negroes, from a superstitious notion, do
when they rise); b. korow, to overthrow, capsize a canoe; - intr.
to lie or stand ujisidc down, to lie on the belly. — kyiVkg (tgmere) b.
pon so, a tumbler stands upside down on the table; pr.202S. abofra no
de n'ani b. ne nji ho, the child laid its face ayainst its mother. —
b. aba so, to brood. — bata b. wo, your trade fails, yoes amiss.
butuw, s. tekrema-butiiw.
buWj c. 1. to sit on and cover cyys or yunny, as a I'owl, to
brood; gsansa kg abuw = gkgto nkesna na wada so na wasow, =
okobntuw aba so, pr. 2776. — 2. to heap toycther, to keep toyclher
under a coveriny (nhe, palm-nuts, till they begin to rot, - abiirow,
maize, in a vessel or under jrround, to malt it fur making ahai,
beer). - — 3. to spare, save, lay up: obuw ne sika de akgware yere,
he spares his money in order to procure tJirouyh it a wife. ■— 4. to
watch, keep sentry, yuard; asrafo buw abaii, soldiers yuard the fort.
— 5. to watch, lie in wait or ambush: obuw no gkwan so, he way-
lays him, s. tew; b. mogya, to lie in wait for blood. — G. to watch
or overtake one in the way in order to call him to account; cf. tware.
abuWj inf.^ s. buw, v. 1.
e-buw, nest, coop, caye, cot, cottayc, hut, lodyiny; cf. berebuw,
akokobuw; gdah bi a wgfre abosom no asamaiifo wg mu =: gbo-
sombiiw. abosonnan, asamanfredaii. — F. =ntamadah, tent, taber-
nacle. [G. bu.]
buwfrefo, 2)1. a.-. = gkgmfo; onipa a otumi fre nsamanfo
ne abosom ne mmousam ma wgbeka won anom' asem.
bwc, bwobua, F. = hue, buabua.
56 da.
».
The consonant d occurs before pure vowels, sometimes before
nasal vowels when they are followed by in, n, or ii (e.g. den, dom,
don, dum); d is changed into ii by an in (n, ii) before it. Gr. § 18.,
and into n or r by negligent pronunciation, Gr. § 19 B. cf. une,
nnera, anadwo, angpa, = eda-yi, nne-da, adadwo, adgpa. — In
several Fante dialects d is changed into dz when coming before
the vowels e & i, seldom before e. In a few cases d or dz in F.
interchanges with sj cf. adze, dadze, dade, adade = ase, asase;
do == so. Gr. § 293, 1 a. h. Ftem. 1-3.
The combination dw has nothing to do with the sound repre-
sented by single d, and will be treated afterwards by itself.
da, V. \juf. nna, red. deda] 1. to lie (of a single person or
thing; deda, of many persons; gu, gngu, of many things: cf. bew,
bea, boa, sam, buw, butuw, teii, tew) ; oda fam'. he lies on the ground;
gda ayannya, lie lies on the bacli. — :2. to he in a certain place, to
he sitnated: ne kuro da bepgw so, me de da boh mu, his toivn is si-
tuated on a mountain, mine in a vallei/; kyckye da gsram hkyen,
the evening-star stands near the moon; - to float, sicim, he huoijed
up: base a eda nsu ani, a floating casli. — 3. to lice in a place :
gdenkycm da nsum', omampam iiso da wuram', the crocodile lives
in the water, the guana in the bush; onni dan na gda wuram'. },r. 6i7.
— 4. to sleep (especially in the pcrf.): gkgda, he goes to sleej); wada,
he is sleeping, pr. 704. oda bebre or dodo, he sleeps much; mesen wo
nna, I surpass i/ou in sleeping, pr. 2802. mcrekasa no, gfaa mu dae,
u-hilst I spolce, he fell asleep; - obiara kii wo sa a, da, if any one
tells you so, sleep i.e. take no notice of it; ne ti ada, 6'. eti. — to die:
ghene dae na wausore. — 5. to he quiet: ne nsa nna, liis hand never
rests, he is industrious, = gye nsi, gye osifo, gdeygfo. — (J. to remain,
rest: n'asem da m'asom', his word remains in m// ear, I do not for-
get it. — 7. to weigh dou-n: nsenea, wotom' torn' a, eda, tvhe7i gou
continue to ]}id in things into the scale, it sinks. — c?. to curd, curdle,
coagulate, congeal, thicken: nufu no ada, the milk has curdled; nno
no ada, the palm-oil has thickened. — !). da, Ak. ;= da so, 6\ 35 c).
Fhr. 10. da aba so, to sit on eggs for breeding, to brood, hatch;
sgn. buw, butuw. — 11. da adagyaw, pr. 699. da kwaferekwa, to he
naked. — 13. da adi, to be manifest, ccident, open or clear; cf.
da ho, yi adi. — io. da dweii, to lie and t'nink, to meditate. — da
f\ve, to consider; s. 38. da tirim. — 11. da afa, to sleep at a sepa-
rate place, pr. S84.705. — 15. da fam', to be level; ehg da fam', it is
a lerel place. Fs. 26,12. — 16. da ogya (ho), da gyentia, to sleep at
the fire ; pr. 559. — 17. da hg: a) eho da hg (pefe), it is mani-
fest, evident, obvious; it is open, accessible: asem yi ho da ho, tlie
matter is now plaiti or clear, = asem yim' ye pefe; - emu da hg,
if is clear, pilain, intelligible, ojjcn; opp. emu asivv me: - gpoh ano
da hg, the door is open. — b) n'ani da hg, he is modest, soher^ care-
ful, attentive, mindful, heedful; sgn. n'ani ka ase. — - i6'. da ho,
= daso.69. 35 c). — ID. da liyia, to border upon, to confine with; sgn.
bghye (hyia), bg hyebau, to fuhye. — 30. da kapCia, to importune,
i
d;i — (la^ 57
to tirpe; to he bent iipon. — 31. da inu, dam': a) to he or lie hi or
bdicccn; da akurii inii, to be full of sores, pr. 700. - tokuru da dua
no mil, t/iere is a hole in t/te tree, the tree is hollow. — b) to be heard
Hiiiouij other voiecs and noises: nnawnta da nni. — c) to be (jiiilli/,
in fault: to be bound, to be under obligation (to perform a duti/),
Mat. 23,10. — 3:3. da a no: ne ti da nkrante ano, 6-. eti; dua no da
opori iino, s. 1. — 3H. da inpaii, F. = to be or lai/ enqtti/, open; cf.
:.>7. — 34. da ase, a) to lie under (Gr. § 118,3).'— W to thank (lit.
to lie down); yda no tji no so ase, he thanJcs him for the tobaeco;
meda wo ase, / thank i/ou; miyi mn yam' meda wo ase, / thank
i/ou heartilij; meda-ase mcda-ase, / am mueh obliged (to yon); meda-
ase aberaw, id. (s. aberaw); cf'unu ada-ase, the corpse has passed
(a person or house) without pushinc/; s. afunsoa. — 3'>. da so, a)
to lie or sleep npon. — b) to sleep after baving lieard a message &c.
waiikoda so, // did not let him sleep; gtee no, wanna so, lie obei/ed
it forthwith : wanna so na ybae, he c<(me on that vert/ day. — c) to
(JO on, eonti)iue in doing- something. When put before another verb,
to denote continuation of tlie action expressed by da so, that other
verb may be rendered in Eng. by tlie adv. on, still: oda so kah, he
(joes on reading, he reads on; oda so yare, he is still sick; in Aky.
so may be omitted : wgda (so) di ako, thrg are at ivar still; cf. kg
so, toa so, & Gr. § 107,1 G. — F. da-lio, da-do, da-ro, Mt. 19,6. Mk.
5,3.5.9,17. — d) oda nelio so, lie is wary, cautious, circumspect, heed-
ful, careful. — e) n'ani da me so, s. ani. — 30. da nsow : oda nsow,
ne ti da nsow, lie bears a mark, has a characteristic, is marked oid
or distinguished by some ^ign or character: onipa yi, ne duabah da
nsow, the figure of this man is of a particular shape or make; cf.
dansow. — 37. da nsram, Ky. Gy. = da yafumpah mu, to sleep
with an empty stomach. — 38. da tirira fwe, to consider, deliberate:
asem a woka kyere meyi, meda mafvve, or, me(re)da me tiriin ma-
tVve, the matter you tell me, I will consider.
o-da, inf. asase no da wgn da, the country lies open to them.
da, s. daw.
oda, 2>l- ""a, a day (of 24 hours; hkwa-da a nngnfwerow 24
wom'; emu 12 ye adekyee, na emu 12 ye adesae); a time definite
or indefinite; da nhina. all day; every day, always; una hhiua, all
days, always; s. da; - eba nua-una, it comes at times, now and then,
occasionally, seldom, = etg-dabi-a eba, it Itappcns sometimes; da
se 'ne, a day or time (occasion) like this; pr. 696-8; this day week;
Gr. § 248,6. — wonnim nna, or obi nnim nna, one does not knoiv
what time brings, = perhaps, peradventure. Cf. da, da, daben, da-
bi, dafua, dakoro, nnannu... da du, Gr. §80,5. nnagha, nna-mmerc-
nsoh, nna-no, 'ne. — Oregyc nna awn, = ne wuda abeii or adu,
ne wu adu so, ne nna rebi = oreye awu, orebewu, his days will soon
be at an end; wahye da, he has fixed a day, it is his intention; wato
no da, he has appointed him a day; watu ahye da, he has deferred
it for another time.
da at the end of negative sentences = da bi, any day, ever, or,
together with the negation, never, pr. 596. 1479. 1587. Cf. dabi, pen.
58 oda — (labidalti.
(Sometimes it merc^ly gives emphasis to the negation: minnim no
da, / do not knotv him at all.)
O-da, j^Z. a-, (/rave., toinh; F. nda; (/. obo-Ja, odamoa; - bo da,
to di(j a grave.
nda, F. 1. = nna, inf. sleep. — :2. = oda. — 3. pi. of eda.
da, V. 1. to open (the mouth to put food in): ne se apam nti
wode dade da n'anora ansa-na wode aduan hye mu. — 2. s. dada.
da, adv. & n. alwai/s, ever; confiimalli/, constanflij, every day,
daily ; often; eternally; eternity. Ote ho da, a) he always sits there;
h) he lives for ever; - da anopa oba or oba angpa da, alicays in the
morning, every morning he eonies; da afe, every year; da adekyee
ne adesae na mode meye adwuma mema, no, I tvorJc for him always
by day and night; oba me fi da, he often comes into my house; gye
sa da da or da na ota ye sa, he altvays does so. — da hkwa, ever-
lasting life. — Cf. dapem, daba.
da , dawa, pi. n-, 1. a little hell, as hung round the neck of
sheep or dogs, pr.l76S\ cf. odawuru, nnawuta. — 2. meniise d., the
uvida in the throat.
daba, d. nhina, (hibate, (F.) always; cf. da, dapem.
g-daban, jil. a-, bar of iron. — adabaiiip;iL-6w, bar of lead.
dabanka, iron crow, crow-bar. Ak. akokobane.
0-dabaw,y^/. a-, (pair of) tongs; )iij)pers, pincers; cf. a\viri,f('m.
dabedabc [Kru lang. id.'\ = dabodabo.
da-be a, = dabere, dabew, 7>r. '^iOL
dabe-l'rama, climate. D.As.
dabekyiri. As. = dabere akyiri, bed-room, sleeping-room.
da-boii, which day or time, when?- d. na obae or gbaa d.,
when did he come?
o-dabeii, red woollen stuff; = nkra-i'dionia.
dabere, v. —- taforo; gkramari d. na okg.
dabereko, flirtation, flattery, hypocrisy.
da-be re, a place to lie on or sleep in, sleeping-place. i)r.2298.
d abere-akyiri, s. dabekyiri; okg ne d.:=gkg piam' akgda.
da-be w, == dabere ; wat'om akoda ne yoiiko d., lie has by mis-
take lain doivu at his friend's sleeping-place.
dabi [eda Ki] 1. one day, one time, some time back, once, in
time p)<^st, formerly ; = dabihg; cf. nna-no, nna no bi. — 2. some
day, one day, some time, i.e. at a future time; another time; cf. da-
kye; pr. 69S.1644. — o'. any day, i.e. ever, together with a negation:
never, usually shortened into da. — 4. no, never; in this meaning it
is the only remnant of a whole negative sentence, s. Gr. § 146,."^.
dabi-ara, any day, ever, at any time.
dabi-ara-da, together with a negation, never.
dabi da, no, never, not at all, by no means, - a more emplia-
tical form of denial than dabi i.
diibi-dabi, I. [red. of dabii.J long, along time, along while:
obue il. yi, wunliuu no ana? he has been here a long time, did i/oit
not sec him':' Joh. 14,9. woaninia uteni, ehe na woko d. yiV //oh are
comiiKj late; irhcre have ijoti been so loiuj':' d. btlinnu', loiuj a<i<>, loin/
since, a i/reaf ivhilc atjo. — ^. [red. of dab i // no, not at all.
da hi ho, — dabi 1.
(labu, a. smooth, soft, said of cloth; si/ii. torotorotoro ; opjj.
hutCdiuti).
o-dalto, abiirow dabo, corn roasted irhile ifet in the ear.
o-{\\\\)(), pi. a-, 1. antelope, - the, gftucral name, or only a spe-
cies of antelope with horns, si/n. abere. Other kinds are: obobiri,
adowil, ofrotii, gkwadu, otwe, owansan, c\Vi. — :*. a kind oi' locust;
s. abebew.
ada-l>0, inf. previous attempt; oniaii-iihyiani' ho ad., a preli-
minarif jmiliament.
dabodubo (^>?./f/.?)[Kru: dabedabc] duck; ninirai'i: kwakwji.
a da bra, ^ odompo.
o-dabrabafo, i>?. a-, deceiver, liar, hi/pocrite, impostor, rogue
dr. onij)a a n'asein a oka nh. na biribi kotow akyiri; F. ndabraba-
ny'i.Mt.a, 16.7,0.16,3. — s//n. gkoiikgnsani, okontonipoiii ; cf. nnabraba.
dad a, a. & adv. Ak. = dedaw.
a dad a, a blutsh earth brovight up in digging gold before the
f ;i whicli contains gold.
da da, red. v. 1. s. da. —2. to spread (of trees) : dua a wgtewe
enkyee na adada se yi ! — .5. to persuade, win over, tolull ; pr.708.709.
to cheat, deceive, delude, impose upon; s//n. nuX ti da, gyigye, sisi,
di kusum; - inf. nnadji; onnim abofra nnfida.
o-dadafo, ^v/. a-, deceiver, impostor, swindler. pr.710.
dadada, F. alwa/js, = daba.
dadadaw, F. long long ago.
dadare, F. s. dare.
dadavv, F. == dedaw, old; alreadg, long ago.
adada w, F. oldness. Mf.Gr.pr.lOl.
da daw in', s. dodom'.
dade, adadc, F., As. = asase.
dade, 1. iron. — 2. p)l. n-, iro)i instrument, tool, weapon,
sword, dagger; vvgaka no or wgato no dade = woakuin no. — 3.
the barrel of a gun (s. ohum).
dade-biii, slag, dross, or recrement of iron.
dade-gy a, 1. the first pain of a cut from a sharp iron. — 2.
the flashing of bright iro)i; Nah.2,4. cf. gsekannya.
dade-kot'i, tin-plate, wliite iron. — dadc-kvvasi, iron-plate.
dade-ky o w, iron cap, helmet, pr. 389.
dadepoti, a kind of beads, s. ahene.
dade-seii, j)Z. n-, iron pot, iron vessel.
dade wa [dade, dim.'jj'l. n-, a small piece of iron, nail, spilce;
cf. prego, darewa.
da-du, inf. dag-breaJc; wgkoe fi d. so kgpein anadwofa.
60 dadu — duucrc.
da-du, ten dans, daclu-dabako, dadi'i-nnammien' &c.j 11, 12
d((ijs lOc. d-ddn-uuinuium, a foiiiii(/ht; Gr. §80,5. adadiionu, ada-
diiasa, adaduanah &c., 20, 30, 40 days d-c. Gr. § 78,2.
dnduianyi, F. = deduani, Mt. 27,15.
o-da-dwen, inf. meditation (in lying down), care, mental anx-
ictji; odi no ho d., he is in anxleti/ about huii; od. rokntn no, cares
are wearinu him to death; s. da J,5.
adadwOj Ak. = anadwo, nhjld. [eda, duo.]
dadzc, F. = dade, iron.
dadzc, F. = ase, fam', (jround, shore, (on the) land. Mt.lS.iS.
Mk. 6,47. — nnin d., to walh on foot, Mt. 14,13. — I'sVc d., to fall down,
Mt. 18,26. — dadzc-fwe, = asefWe, fall.
dae, v. d. nui = bae, giiae nui, to sejxirate.
dae, (an unusual form) inf. [da]: da nkwa da nnipa nliina
dae, eternal life lies read// for (dl men.
o-dae, pi. a-, dream. ■— so dae, soso adae, to dream.
o-daOj a sickness of the stomach and bcdly; cf. abadae.
o-dae, palm-wine of the precediuf/ day (anad\vofa-sa a wodc. nsu
afrani' dc, asi gya so, na adc kyc anopa a, wodc fra anopa-s;"i mu
ma eye den).
adae, c. n., a jilace of rest or lyiny down.
ad;U!, a festival day, returning every forty-tliird day; one
feast, called adae kese, akwasida(^ (advVedae), is celebrated on Sun-
day; another, 24 days later, called awukudae, falls on Wednesday-
The king receives all his elders and honoured guests in Ins residence
and gives them drink and presents.
o-daci'6, o)ie who causes separation or discord; so me mu saara,
ntie gd., do not listen to one who wishes to cause a separation between us.
adac-s6, inf. dreaming. — o-d a e s 6 f o , j^?. a-, dreamer.
add fa, bo ad., to call, decoy, allure, entice, persuade (gen. with
a good intention); obo no ad. = woka asempa kyere no a.s. wode
biribi ma, ohii se wope so oba wo nkyeh.
adafi, twa ad., to betray, disclose, discover, show, yive notice;
to warn, forewarn, caution; wo £ino atwa woho ad. = wo tino adi
wo ho adanse, akil'asem no ama wo, wo ano na akum wo, 2 Sam. 1,16.
woatwano ad. se onnuan, they (jave him notice that he shotdd flee.
Acts. 23,30. adafi-twa, inf. (A native in searching for the etymol-
ogy thought of the phrase otwa neho da f;l, watwa ada fa^ wadah
neho akgda ne nkyen bako: ete se onipa no ada wo asem nom' na
onnim; na woka kyere no a, na ete se wokonyah no na wadan afi
ne benkum so akgda ue nifa so, e.s. wall nea obenya aniane ho akg
uea orennya amane.)
da-fiia, pi. n-, a single day: nnafua nnaawotwe = nna nifua-
mfua or mmako-mako awotwe, one day after the other for eight days ;
gbaa suku gsram yi mu nnafua du.
dag" ere [Dan. & Dntcli: hdc] sealing-wax. pr. 7 12.
dkgo — ads'uri. 61
dAijo! interj. if is a lie! no.i woku yi nliiiin, d.! dlU/idf ijon arc
sailing is a lie, a falsehood, isnotirne; Imw d., to tell lies; cf. atoro.
dat^niil, clear, fair, brif/Jif, of a shining, radiating surface:
;if\v('t\Ve anini ye d., the loolcing-glass is fine, bright; oniu iikoinmi')
1)i (li nti, n'iiniin twori or aye d. — n'auim nliiuri ye fVifd, because
he has no sorroir, he has an open, cheerful face.
{idaf>'3'aw, nakedness, nndifg. — da ad., to be nah-cd.
dajj-yawc, a naked man. To d. nko a, anka wof^oru asafb
Ai\,pr.S2S4. fjn-.i'OSr).
iidn-tiy c w, a2,'yo\v, time, leisure: minni ad., I hare no time.
(la-uyc, sleep- iralkinif. night-walking; gbo d., he gets mad
(getn iii>, runs about, fights) in sleep, is a soiunanibulist, lunulic.
daliii, the leaf or learcs of the adobe, a species of palin-tree,
used by the negroes to cover the roofs.
da-ho-a-choinOj a precious cloth in the possession of tlie
iiinjj^s of Asante.
(la-Iiiima, ^'^ n-, a ro>j(;<w^/ (not festival) dag; wonko abo-
soinpow nm n. bi.
a (1 ;i k .-i , jil. n-, box, case, chest, coffer, trunk, pr. 71.1; (closet, cup-
board;) rectangle, parallelogram.
adaka-baii, the manner or shajic of a box (Cr.
adaka-bn 11, /'/. n-, harmonium, jiianoforte, clavichord, organ;
cf. abeii.
adakaniaii, F. tombs; Mt 23,29. = ada.
adakaii i, (2}l. id.) the lock of or for a box, case (Cc.
a daka-te ii, a jn-css for clothes.
dako, dakoro, one dag; (gba snkfi) dakoro dakoro, nna-
koro nnakoro, (he comes to school) onlg now and tlien ; cf. dafna,
dakye, dabi. pr. 694.2114.
g-dakuro, s. gdekuro & the foil.
adfikuro, nea gdakiirow, one who rules over the town.
o-dakii-d\Vom, s. dCvom.
diidv yc, dakye bi, same future dag ; in future; another lime;
abofra liyew iie nsa a, d. gbefvi e neho yiye ; afei de waka wo ho
asem yiyc, d. de, gbeyaw wo. R.p.l6-j.—pr.902. ffr. eda c^ kye, v.]
Cf. dabi ;>.
d a m = da mu, to be or lie in d'C. s. da 31. — dam, F. s. rlem.
dam [Dan.] draughts. — to d., di d., to jdag at draughts.
O-daiii, madness. - bg d., to go, grow or run mad; pr.975. gd.
na ebg no, wabg d., lie is mad; abg no d., it has driven him mad;
cf. bg t2, gye.
-dam, a. red, scarlet; cf. gbedam, adam 1. 3., aniadam, dam-
nia, dame, damram.
a d a m , 1. the crest of the cock. — ;?. the shell of a kind of shell-
fish, red on one side, pr.714. — S. a certain play or ceremony of
hunters; osi adam n.s. wngorn abofo, abgmmgyere, bgmmgfo-agoru,
62 dauima — dan.
e. s. wo a wnknm aboa no wnknva otuo na woto dwom na wotow
tno no na obinom bo mma mu a.s. woka akyene [akyoneflam] a.s.
ugbg dawurum' [dawuriidam], na ebinom nso saw ka wo ho.
da 111 111 a, a small ircight of (j old equal in value to 2 ponce 1
farUi'nKj; pr.716; s. sika.
dailima-l)('), the red seed of n certain shrub, used as a f/old-
iccight; d. ahaban ye owaw-aduru, the leaves of ilie danuna sliriih
are a medicine used to cure a eouglt.
g-dammaj [gdan, ditii.^ snudJ house or room; eof. eoffar/e.
iidamba, nnamma, F. ML 26,64. hereafter ; nd. asendzida no, of
the last daii of judgmod.
adani ma kwad\v6, a by-name of the leopard; s. gsebo.
o-dam-iii a 11, the l-ind or sliape of a house; gdan yi d. ye f e ;
ef. ban, sibea.
daniaiikama, s. dom...
damaram, jd. n-,( a Hower with vermilion leaves; the shrub
damaramm, i on which it grows; scarlet, cinnabar red.
dam as [Eng.] damask. - Am.3J2. - ahiafo d., mod; sidin.
dam'dam', chequered; yam atotow no ho d. mmako-mriko.
dame, a red powder from iron ore: 'mosea kgkg a wgascw
a wode twa (wgn) anim a.s. asafo.
gd a 111 I'd, pi. a- [gdam] madman, pr. 719.
damfo, friend (used in addressing a person). F. Mt. ,96,50.
a da mfo, pi. nnamfo(nom), 1. Ak. [nea medan no] master, su-
perior, p(dron. — /?. Akp. friend ; s//n. awe, gygnko: cf, abarirna:
fa ad., to m(d;e frioidshij). — .V. host, who receives or entertains and
lodges a guest ; sgn. ofiwura.
a d a 111 fo w ;i , hostess; the wife of the host of a house where jour-
ney-men are lodged and entertained.
dammirifiia: gpompono ne nsa bye ne d. inu=r=gde ne nsa
hye ne nan 2 ntam', he folds his hands and puts them between his
legs (wode wo nsa hye hg a, na wo were ahow nen a.s. ade abia wo);
wgde atnmpah rema no d. (= due), theg condole irilh him tig lje<ding
the drum. pr. (717.) 1153. 2660..U00.
ad dm m 6, inf. [bg dam] madness, pr. 1-354.
0-dani6a [oda, amoa] grave, tomb, scpidchre.
0-dampaii, [gdaii, mpaii] a house or room tcith an 02^en front;
= odaii hunu, gdan a gpon nsi ano; gdan a ano tetre a wgtram'
awia di asem, bg semgde na wgnom nsa na wodidi mu. F. Mt. 20,58.
Of. abgnten-nampah, nammgn-nampah.
0-d amp a re, i^?. a-, rafter, spar, frameivorl; of a roof; d. ani,
inside of the roof, [gdan, house, aparew, Wfe.]
d a m r a m , -iii a , s. damaram.
adam-si, inf. s. ad am o.
dan, V. [inf. a-, red. dennan] 1. to apply to, to seelc the protec-
tion of, put one^s self under the protection of a. man of distinction &
(i;ii'i — (liiiiiiai'i. 63
influoncp, piiw (one's self) over or vp to, adhere to ; to depend on ; ode
iiclio adiiii Brofo; ode uolio abod.in bosom; Ahitoi'cl do nclio hedan
Absalom; oiiipa yi dan mo (— gdo nelio bg mo bo) na waiiya biribi
aili ; odaii me or ndaii me da-yi, lie (ilie<(ijs aj)j)lies or romes to we
(for bis liviiij;); pr. 7 :,'(). LK~);)5. — J2. to (ippedl to: gdo asem no kg-
daii Kaosaro, lie appeiiJed to Cesar. — :■]. to eliiim; to desire; ino(bin
so mt'iiya ad\Vuma-pa bi mayo na manya biribi ma-li, the oidi) thin;/
J (isle ov cure for is. that I iiiiii/ ijct some jirojier leorli to do in order
to (/if soDiethini/to eid. — i. to eidl in, demand, exact jHii/ment from:
<'i(biii me ka, lie demands pai/ment, ealls in a deld from we; ef. aka-
ihxn; pr. 721-723. — 5. .v. donuan. — ad an, inf. elientship, a state
of boing- under tbe protection of a patron; no nkyen a gte yi, enye
gsom, na eye adah.
daiV, r. {^red. dan'nan] to turn, to (jive another direction, tcn-
dcnei/ or inclinidion to; to change, idter; to turn, transform, eliangc
into, to become bii a sudden transformation: pr. 724. gbayifo dan nelio
gsobg, a ivizard transforms himself into a leopard; to convert, to he
converted (into): to retract, rerohc, recaU, remove nsew, a curse;
wadai'i me dua a gbgg me no. — syn. kisa; san ; sakra; yc, nyiri. —
]*hr. odan nobo, he turns round; gdannan nebo, == grl. no nsa, s.
Ixl.; odan n'akyi (kyereme), he turns his back (upon or to we). —
d a n .. g y a , F. to lea ve, MJc. 1,20. 14,o2. -da n .. k y e n e = gy fi kyene,
to (live up, relintjuish, pr. 510.15.53. — dan mu, to idtcr ; wad an n'a-
benni mu, he has changed the fashion of his rule, -dan an i, to turn
one's face, i.e. to turn round; gdan n'ani guane; to turn the face, i.e.
/() change, pervert, subvert; gdan asem no ani, he gives a ivrongtnm
to (or, he missl(des) the matter, per verts judgment. — dan nsa, to tnrn
one's hand; to trade, negotiate; gdannan ne nsa, he trades, deals;
Lid:. 10,15. he is industrious (gtg biribi na gtgn. a.s. gtgn ni'nvinne). —
daii asem, pr.2855. = d. asem no ani, s. d. ani.
o-dai'i, pi. ix-, house, negro-house (R. p. 166); room, apartment;
ef. fadan, aban, ofi, asan, gsan, nnanso, pantantwgre, and tbe difF,
parts or kinds of lionse or room: abankua, abranna', abgntennam-
j)an, dabokyiri, odampAn, nammgnnampan, nnantvverem', pakusu,
])ato, piii, pnmpunu. asaso, ntwironod.
o-(l;i I'l-il 11 o, house-doiyr, door-irag, opening or entrance of a liouse ;
gdanano-pon. tbe door by wliicb tbe ontrance-way is cbjsed ; ef.
gpon. R.J). 166.
da 11 11 an, red. v., s. dan', v. to turn mang times, repeatedly;
to turn, move or throtv this wag and that wag; mframa d. byen; -
gd. nebo, gd. ne nsa, s. dan'.
adanii;in, inf. repeated changing, alternation. — di ad., to
change, undergo changes; wodi ad. ye, theg do it alternafelg, bg turns.
adannaii-di, inf. change, changiug, turn; ad. abgde, organic
creature, Kurtz § 174.
0-dann;in, a kind of gam ; s. gde.
dannaii-\Ve-ab6, obi a wodan no a, w6\ve abo, an unpro
fifable master; s. under fow.
64 fliii'idiia — danta.
dau-diia, pi. nnanniia, a tree (pole or sflclc) cut for the build-
ing of a house; timber.
O-dclli-iie-na, a kind of lizard -— ntafontafo, .■>. okctcw.
adanniin [gdan anim] fro)7t of a house; place in front of a
house; wosi dan a, wgpaw nuna pakyeii ad. aiisa-na wokyeii adan-
kyiri, tchen a house is built, the best sticks are taken for the front,
and afterwards the sticks for the bacJc-ivall are put in.
0-d a 11 k a , pi. a-, powder-flaslc, powder-horn. pou-der-case ; cf. toa.
adaiikOj^L n-, hare. pr. 504. F. asoaso, asoketc. ipr.69...
adaiikum, s. adenkum.
daiikwanscrc, a kind of bat; s. ampan.
O-diiiikyeii [gdau fikyen] the side of a house.
adaii-kyeii, inf. [kyoii dan] the marlcing or lininr/ out of the
sides of a house and fixiny the sticks fur the walls; cf. adannini.
adaiikyiri [gdan akyi] the back, back-wall, rear of a house;
the jdace behind a house; cf. adannim; mfikyiri.
o-daumii, the interior or inner paH of a house; masiosic med.,
I hare put mji house or room in order.
adaiiinudc [dan mu ade] jj?. /r/., bribes; sijn. boa, anadwode;
di or gye ad, = di ininoa, to accept bribes.
o-daano, the stick in a bird-trap on wbicli \.\\c. bird stojis and
causes the trap or snare to spring so that it is cauglit; ilie iri(/(/er
of a springe; cf. ntercwso.
o-daiiiiow [gdan-gow] a house in decay, out of repair, in a
ruinotis state.
ad ansa, handcuff, manacle; wgato no ad. or wgde ad. ato no,
he has been handcuffed.
danse, F. dasc, mogya a abiri kg, gore, thick, clotted blood.
adaiise, witness, testimony; evidence, xrroof; deposition of a
ivitness; - di ad. (inf. adanse-di), to give testimony or evidence, to
bear witness, to witness, testify; - bye ad., to call or take to witness;
pr. 114.164. — wo adanse, thou aii witness; gnoara ad., he is witness.
0-d an s efo, jj?. a-, one wlto gives testimony, a witness, drponent.
dansebere, s. daascbere.
a d a n s e -k r u m , false tcifness or testimony.
d a n s e krii m fo , a false witness.
d a ii-s , the upper paH or floor of a house, garret ; cf. abansoro.
da-nsow, a. [nea eda nsow] easy to be knotvn, retnarkable,
conspicuous, paiiieular; pr. 3254.
da-nsow, densow, v. to be distinguished dr. ne nko ara na
od. [gda hg a gte senea wgahye no nsow ; gyi densow, c.s. wo ho wg
ade hi na nnipa hhina nini wo; ne ti d. = esono ne ti nko, ete se
Onyahk. abye no gyirac; onipa yi, ne duaban d., this man has a
singidarly formed body.
0-d an ta, a kind of gun.
danta, tmdcr-garme72t, loin cloth of the negroes, = amoase,
gdena, gtam; wabg d.
(l.iiilati.ii'i — (td.isriwii. G5
da lit a li;i ii, circle; s>/ii. konlonkron ; wohoo (\v(tt\Vaa) no lio
(1. = wotwaa no lio liyiao, ///r// tiiirroitndctl hint.
i\ d .'i 11 1 a 111', jd. n-, | Hclau iitam' kwan] ira//. jxissai/c. iitfcrrniiiii/
space hcfirCCII llDKSCS.
a da 11 I ;i lii' |m'a oda or eda utain'l iiiliriiicdidfc. middle (used
(>. }^. ill apjiosition to a j>ro|ii'r name for tlic sake of distinction, as
Adnohc Adantain': Adiiobc biakn di |ianyiii, na adantam' di lio,
na akunia ka akyiri).
adaiitofo, F. = abantofo. Mt.:>l,ii.
adaiitaim, ?
g-dii 11 til w, -tuo [odai'i iituw] ii)i loiiii/tahiled Imuse or room;
ofio d., a forsaken divcUiny.
o-daii ya, a certain medicinal plant; pr.89~K
d !i-|»;i, 2)1. n-, a i/ood. Jnchij. frsfiral ddy.
ad a pa, disiiracc, dis(/raccful trenfmevf; r*/'. adagyaw, alioliora,
anyainpa; wobo no ad., t/iri/ maltrrnf. di.'^ffrnce, drf/rndr a respec-
table man, as by Hofrjiing bini in tlie street, taking- away bis clotbes,
fastening him to the block (rf. edua <>). — V. Mk.fi,12.
O-dapa 11 i, pj. a--fo (nea ne ho da ho korjl, gtam nkata no so 5
onipa a ota ye aholiorade) a shameless person; one tvho arts dis-
ijraccfuUij.
d apt' 111, (t ihoimind times dad y; a long time; always, ever,
often ; d. nhina, for ever; d. na woye ade bone yi! ijou ahvays com-
mit this n-ichedness ; .<!i/n. da, daba.
dapeii, jj/. a-, or n-, iceck; = nnaawotwe. [da, pen, prop.
a set of days.] R.p.167- (The names of the seven days, s. Gr.§41,4.)
dapciisoni, weekly report.
da poll 11. a, pi. n-, a hiyh. festival day. [da, pon, da, = eda a
eso,] Yedi d. 'ne, to-day tee have a feast; Adae nna ye n., tlie Adae
days are festival days. Cf. dapa, afahye.
diirc', (j)!. id.), dollar ; piece of money, silver coin. F. dadare
[fr. Dan. d(der. Dutch daaldcr.]
ad.irc^, pi. n-, Ak. adere, hcjok, Ijill-hook, larye knife, hush knife,
used by the negroes to cut down branches and shrubs, pr. 728-.W. —
Own ad., pr.34Sl. fig. the destructive poicer of death. Death's scythe.
Phr. me nan tia ad. so, I am on the point of startiny ((or work on a
]dantation or for a journey). Cf. adatia, adawa.
adare-bu [dade bo] musket-ball, bullet of iron; cf. aboba.
dare k ana, a sympathizing expression in condoling; ma d.
= ma due or hyeden, to condole.
darewa, ^j^ n-, a small fish-hook; cf. dadewa d- tonkog^-ei.
adasa, F. men, jicoplc (in general). Mt. r>,ll.ir).i9. Mk. 9, HI. s. adesa.
adasa-mba, F. men, children of man ; syn. nnyimpa.
o-dasaiiyi, F. s. odesani.
o-dasawa, a tree and its fruit| s. adesa.
5
66 dase — adaworoma.
dase, F. = adanse, Mt.8,4. 31k.6,ll. dzi d., ye adase, = di adanse,
dase, F. blood, gore; s. bogja, danse, kafo. [Mt.2.-^ySl.
da-ase, to thanh, s. da 24. — ndaaso, F. = nnaase, asoda.
o-daase, a log of wood scooped out longitudinally to serve for
a modar (cf. owoaduru); fodder-chest or irafer-troiig/i for sheep.
Odaasede, edaho [edaase. fam'], owgadnru uso si hg^ gd. do, akura
na woye, nanso won a wokyi wgadurnm' fufu Kwasida na wowgw
worn'.
daiiscbero, ffr. mada-ase mabere, / have thauhed I have
Itecomc tired] a title given to kings: a benefactor so liberal that he
makes one grow nrarg of returning tha)iJ:s.
adasefo, F. iciinesscs; adase-torfo, false witnesses. Mt. 26,55.60.
(\ i\ S \, tight (?); wgkyeree no hania d., the// boundhishandstight.
da-so, to continue, s. da 25 c.
O-dfi S u, pi. n-, coverlet, blanket, qnilt (ade a eda [mpa] so); the
cloth on which one sleeps; cf. mmuatam.
o-dasii, j)Z. a-, [gda su = hovow] a division of the night, uighi-
wafch (of which the negroes count three: from G to 10, lOtol and
1 to 4 o'clock. Woda na wunyjln a, wgfre no d. biako; gd. biako
twam' a, na omuniii'ikuni ne niframa abetwam'.) Wayi (or wada)
d. biako, he has slept the first part of the night; wgada ayi d. fa,
theij lie in the first sleep: wgada ayi ad. abiefi, tJieij have slept from
the beginning of the night till after midnight; wgada ayi ad. abiesa,
thei/ had slept till about 4 o'clock in the morning; gbaa gd. abien mu,
he came in the second watch; ednu gd. kgiikon, it was in the middle
of the night; gdasi'un , at midnight, in the night. †” F. dosii, Mt. :.'4,43.
ad a tew a, a sort o{ cloth; s. ntama. i±s.W,4.
a d a ti a, = adare tia, pr. 412.
(la-tia, a short term or space of time granted to a debtor for
discharging his obligation; wahye no d. bi.
0-da w, ]. tliejaw, = abogye; osum d. = ode ne nsa sTini n'a-
bogye, he sujij^orts his chin with his hand. — 2. conversation; gbg
daw = gbg semgde, he ("moves his Jaw'' ^) holds a conversation.
da \v a, j>?. n-, [eda, dim.'\ a short dat/ or time; yekodii nuawa
bi wg hg na yebae, n-e spent some few days there and tlien returned.
dawa, pi. n-, /. (a pair of) fire tongs. — 2. a bell of native
manufacture, hung on sheep's or dogs' necks, .s. da.
adaw;i [adare, dim.'] a small bill-hook.
adaWti, = adewa, a certain j:/?rt?/ and song of women,
daw ad w a, stomach (of man); cf. furu, nsonokese.
da- w r , a day fixed, yet not punctually kept, a slip>pitig day
(as it were); wahye d., he set a time, but has not kept to it.
a d a w 6 r o in a , favour, kindness, grace, mercy ; the word is used
in an elliptical way, and scarcely as the subject of a sentence. - Wo
ad., you are very Icind! n'ad.ntia, ank;l miwui, but for his kiud)iess,
I shotdd have died; ohene ad. ntia, anka wokum me, btit for the
;i(l;iwiil)c) — (lu. 67
kiiui's incrvfi I shtnihJ have been put to deatli; midi no ad. ansa-na
iiiaiiyA (jdan madam', o.s. mosom no ansa-ua omafime kwai'i nu^daa
ne dan mii; - woye biiibiara do ma obi na otua wo so kaw a, wuse:
midi no ad., I procured permission, his favour, to allow me... pr. nt4.
ilda \v ii-bg, inf. = adawuru-bo. — i\ k w uvo, pr.-WVi.
g-dii w I'l riij j>Z. n-, a kind of hell to he strurh with a slick hi;
the public crier in niakinj;- |noclamation, also used at j)iiblic meet-
ings, at certain pbiys, in the frantic (bmcos of fctisli-men I'^cc. cf.
nnawiitA. — (lawiiriidaiii, n. a(bun, ,-;.
Ad;n\iii-aiilii-;!(la\vai'.i-iilOa [\vu(bin won (bosom) Ntoa] a by-
name of Komai'i or Akfiropon in tbe Uuiguaj^c of th(\ great drnm.
adayo, inf. [da yiye] a yoodsitnaiioii ; n(0ii1ro-ban wo ad. ma
eye few, the town is heautifulli/ situated.
dii-yiycl dayiy'o! interj. sleep well! (Jr. i? 147,3.
do, F. 1. = se, that; osc de, bora ! =: oka so : bera ! — ^^. = se,
as, even as; de-bre, de-mbre, Mt.6,3. = senea, lihe as. — 3. = se
(used elliptically) ; ekaa de = ekaa se, it wanted as (little as possible)
i.e. (dmosf, nearly. — /. = s(j, vert/, verijmuch. — '>. = den, Mt. 26,66.
d(.' (dgw), red. dede (dodcw), a., 1. ayrecable, pleasant,
sweet, is used of eatables and drinkables: eye de, it tastes well,
pr. 642. 1942. :.'103- — of sound, e.g. of the horn, of the drum, of a
tune, j;r.r.9. 9.9.5/'. of words: akwanmusem i\Q.\v ., pleasant news, pr.l899.
of a person : oye de, he is an agreeable man, pr. 1318. — 3. right,
righteous, used in judicial decisions or sentences: n'asem ye de, he
is (in the) right; n'asem nye de, he is wrong. — Fhr. me ho ascm ye
(won) de, a lawsuit about me (i.e. mg being or getting involved in a
lawsuit or misfortune of an// kind) is or would be pleasaid to them.
i.e. / am hated by litem. On the simple or variously reduplicated
forms and the predicative and attributive use of them, s. Gr.§ 68-70.
0-<le, n. s. odew.
de, ?;. (Ak.) s. dew.
nde, F. = nne, to-day.
do, V. 1. to hold, have, possess; to own: gno na ode kiiro yi, he
is the possessor of this town ; pr. 713. ode n e h o , he po.'isesses himself
i.e. Ite is free, his own master, not in bondage; pr.713. — 3. to owe:
ode (me) kaw, he owes (me) a debt; pr. 747. 776. — 3. to have seized
or befallen: awow de me, I am cold; okom (osukom) de no, he is
hungry (thirsty). — 4. to contain, to he: ne din de den ? trhat is his
name? — to have the name of, he called: ode Kofi, his name is Kofi.
— ').to hold on, keep on, persist in, continue: ode no f\ve ara, he hejit
on flogging him; wode bone yo a, mede wo fwe ara, if you continue
to do evil, I continue to flog you, i.e. as long as you do evil, I shall
always punish you. pr. 739. — li. to use, be accustomed to: gnne apem-
pensi na epe n'ade, lit. he does not use extortion and seels his things,
i.e. it is not his manner or fashion to enricJi himself by extortion. —
7. to mean, refer to, allude to, aim at: ode me yonko, na onne me,
he means my friend, not me; pr. 1907.1383. — 8. to mention: oman
bg, na menne sika, the fwhole) town or nation is lost, not to mention
68 ^ jde.
mone//, pr. 1998.3524. se wonne sa or se wonne n ne a, asram abiesa
wohyia preko, lit. if tJiei/ do )iof mention (meeiiny), in three memflis
the// rneel once, i.e. at 1 east once in 3 months theij assemble. — [This
r. is mostly used in the contin. form only, Gr. § 91, 2. 102, 2. U17.,
sometimes in the pret.: okgm dee me, / n-ashioHfrj/: seldom in other
forms, as, proyr. : awow rede me, I am be(/innin(f to feel cold; perf.:
awow ade me, cold has now (hi/ degree.9) come iq)on me; fid.: awow
bede me, I shall feel cold.] — The v. de expressing a state, the
action by which the state is produced, is usually expressed by
other verbs, as, fa, to iaJce, nya, to obtain: obefa neho adi, he 7ciU
become free; obenya kaw, he irill ran into debt.
d e is very often used as an aii.i . r. introducing an object to
which tlie action expressed by the principal verb refers, or by means
of which it is performed, or of which some other thing is made; e.g.
ode afoa bye bobam', he (has a suvrd 2»ds i.e.] 2)>ifs a sword into the
scabbard; ode nkrantetwaaduba, he harinr/asu-ord cat off a branch,
i.e. he cut of a branch with a sword; ode nhoma bu kotoku, lit. he
takinci leather makes a bay. i.e. lie makes a bay of leather. Intransitive
verbs like ba, to come, kg, to yo, fwe, to fall, tra, to sit, when con-
nected with the anx. r. de, assume causative signitications : to bring,
conduct, throw dovn. to cause to sit or to put; but de never par-
takes of the iuHection oi'tho jtrinc. v., and in all ney. and imi>. forms
it is replaced by the inflective verb fa, to take; e.g. wode no betra
aheiinua so, they takiny him will (cause him to) sit i.e.. they uiU set him
on the throne; fa no tra agua no so, lit. tidiC him sit i.e. place him on
ihcd stool : woamfa no antra agua no so, they have not set ov placed
him on the .<<tool. Cf Gr. § 108. 2()5. (pr. 770. 774. 781.) 20(5. (pr. 7'>6. 757.
771. 77 S.) 2(KS. (pr. 7.18. 764. 760. 779.) 234. (pr. 734. 746. 754. 755. 761-63.)
2:-57. (pr. 733.736-39. 749-51. 753. 765. 767. 769. 777. 778. 772. 780. 752. 782.)
240-12. (pr. 740-45. 768. 737.)
de, Ak. (lee, emph. jnirt.dconj.. by which a person or thing,
or an action (or sentence), is made prominent or opposed to another
or others. [It is derived from tbe n. ade (s. hel.) which again is de-
rived fr. the V. de.] It means tidcen apart, conccrniny, as for, as to
(Gr. § 7;').;}): me de, meiiki'i, my thiny or part i.e. as for mc, I do
not yo. When the sent, or part of a sent., which is made proininent
by d e, jtrecedes a corresponding coord, sent., the. latter begins with
n a or n a n s o , but, and d e is usually not translated (if we will not
express it by indeed, it is true. t(d;e it for yranted. Gr. j:il4().2')l,r.);
but when it follows after the corresponding setit., de is translated
by but, however: mafre no de, na omma, I have called him, hut he
does not come; obekg, na me de, metra ha, he will yo, hut I shcdl
stay here; me de, mete dan mu, na me nua de, gye adwuma (wg)
adiwo, I am sittiny in the house, but my brother is trorkiny outside;
Abiirokyiri (de). gba di n'agya ade; eha-yi de, ente sa, in Europe
a chUd inherds his father's yoods; here, hourver, it is not so. — The
particle may be used twice: asem yi de de, minhii ase, as to (the
concerns of) this matter, I do not understand it.
d e, «lee, d c a, pron. put instead of a previous noun ffr. ade,
thing] Gi\%Q'2. me de, mine, also my part, my portion; yende, ours&c.
fpr. 823. 824.
ode — dea. 69
0-<l('«, Ak. odcc, F. ('(l\V(t, jitun, i\ larj^o csfulrnt tuber or root
of various cliuiltiuj^ jilaiits, of the j^cnus J>i()si(irrii. foriuiuj;, when
roastt'd or boiled, ;i w liolfsouir, |ialataMi\ au<l nutritious food;
jn.SJ.'i-'JIf. 'riu' diif. kinds have each its particular names: J. ((de-
pa Jie; }!:yawu, akwako, krukrujta, I'lkantAuii, dika, nirido, odanuah,
odc-kwasci, anini;l-ui;iuni-au\vu (Ab.), aniauyaku, iingnko-noiikg,
osu, |K'|toa: ,;\ukaui: I'lkaniiuMU', I'lkuku, juiiwa-aniwa; J/, bu-
yer c: aliabayore, ouvaiMc-bayi're, kade, kokora, asabiiwi, asante-
ai'iliii litem, ulonto, obuobi-kwaw, aduoku, kuini-ya\v,k\vabena-afwi,
kwame f\\ I (tbe last .') are names of men who lirst planted these
kinds); i. afasew; afase-kani, afase-tuntum, apuka, adi-amma-
\vo-b»; ;>. mensj'i (ye frcmfrem). iikamfo (ye I'lwene); ayamkaw-
<le. — .v. fua, bore, i)an, tu i^c. mmotokromii, mjtow; fuffi.
adc, Ak. a<lee, F.adze,7</. aile, nneema (F.nnyemba, nd/.emba),
unewu, I. t/iitiff, SKhsfatKC, espee. a/i iiKininiofe ohjcd; miif object of
the senses or of thouglit pr. 783-S8... (rf. asein, a hi/ object of speech,
fniiisiiition, occurrence, (iff air, erent): stnnctliUifi, si/ it. biribi; ade-
kgkg, somethinii red; jn: IS'). ISU. 140.811. (sometimes it is left untrans-
lated, Or. ^ 2u2, 1.) cf. adebone, adepa. — ^. ressel, instrumoit ;
/tl. elfect.s, fur nit lire. — :!. propcrtif, jMi.s.iesaioii ; part, portion ; j)!.
ijoods. irares, merchaniJise, pr.820. ijoods, riches, foiiunc, wealth;
pr.81S.821.1U2:i.2ol4-l(}. (di, pe,'iya ade, .s. 8-10.) — 4. sonic tinknoicn
aycnt, poiccr or caase: ade ato no so mS wawii, he had an apoplectic
fit from which he died. — o.irstrikiuij act of strenyth. skill or curniimj;
a feat, deed, erjiloit: woaye ade, iiou liave performed something ijreaf
and praise leorthti! — d. ^/7/ //////r/.s taken together, the ivorld; bo
ade, to create t/ie iror/d; to found a kingdom; s. bo 6'5. ■— • 7. the
thinffs risible in da/flii/ht or performed in the dai/-time: ade kye,
///(' things apjH'ar, liecoine clear, visible, i.e. the day breaks; ade a-
kye, it is daiiliijld, morning; - ade sa, the thinr/s disappear, vanish,
come to an end, i.e. the daij closes, ends; ade ascl, the things are done,
i.e. it is evening, night, pr. 808.810.811. — 6'. Fhr. (cf 3) di (obi) ade
a) to feed or live upon one's property, he supported bg, get presents
of. enjog benefits of one, pr. 860.872.876. — b) to inlterd one's pro-
perty; pr. 844.877. to succeed in ones office or on the throne. — .9. pe
ade, to seek i.e. endeavour to make a fortune. — 10. nya ade, to
make a fortune, become or grow rich ; pr. 975.2.511-16.
Jide, a kind of beads, s. ahcne.
. de, v. to open wide Cgdei'ikyem ade u'anoni' rebekame; de
kotoku no ano, na menifa ntrama no niinnu mu); to extend; Avotwa
(mpasua) d*-*? mu, theg e.rtended their lines for fig/ding, ranged tlie
battle; sgn. terew; cf. dede.
di^, adv. stdl, sdenf, quiet, calm; softly, gently, carefully : fa
koto ho de, usee no! — syn. koram, berew.
0-de', friend, used by a female addressing a female friend; cf.
awe, hwewe.
dea, Ak. = uea, Akr.; F. nyia, Jte wJto; dzea. dza, that which:
a.\so place where, manner in which, pr. 22.54.2259.2116. (2113-2283.)
70 ad(3bisa — detedele.
adc-bisa. Inf. consuUatton, Inqidrf/ o( nil't'iah or fortuneteller.
O-debiSflto, i>/. a-, inqitirci: pr. 1700.
a dob 6 [ada-ebo, koko so nkataso] an amuld worn or "I/fi)i;/ on
ihc hrcasf", of cloth, leather itc.; nkTirofo dc sebe n. a. ye mu; -
hrcaat-inlaic, cjihod.
ade-bo, inf. creation. — odebufo, creotor, = obofo, oboadee.
ade-boiie, j>L n-, a bod iliimj, evil, ill, sin; cf. bone.
o-deboney efo, pi. n-, sinner, evil-doer, malefactor, crindmd;
cf. gbone, obonefo, onipabone.
ad ebon da, pad. — adeboiida. akindof />c«r/.s. <S'. kabgnoa, -ri.
ad e b 11 o v ii w a , hoUtcr: s. kabgnoruwa.
ndeda, V. = unera, /jcsterdai/.
nde-dayi, F, =: nne-dayi, to-daij.
adedade, an old; iveU-lnoirn, common thing; = adc dedaw.
deda-dcdaw, red. a. or ad r. 1. verif old. — :2. long ago, hnig
since, for a long time.
dedaw', Ak. dada, F. dadaw, pi. a-, a. J. old (used of thiii'^'s,
seldom of persons, cf. apa, ])anyin, akora): gdau dedaw' or gdan-
nedaw, im old liouse. — 2. long hiioirn, long acquainted: gdanifij
dedaw, an old friend.
dedaw, Ak. dada, <ulr. alrcadg: waba d., he is come olreadg.
dede, red. a., s. de.
Dede, 2>r. y?. of a female, said to be the mother of the Ga peo[)le
and the elder sister of Kgkg, q. v.
odede, Ak. sagings. fame, rejiort.
dede, F. ~ gyegyej^yc, noise, fa in alt. Mt.g,ii:j. Mk.o,38.
odede, jmssessor, owner, propri(;tor.
adede, Ak. = dwae; a certain jdag; yej^-org ad.
dede, ycd. r. to .<;ncak, slink, cratvl <tfler, to icatch, liir/c for,
lie in wait (agyinamoa dede nkura; gbgmmgfo d, aboa aiisa-na
wakuin no; dede kgkyere aboa no I).
adede 1*1 k ru ma, the rostor-oil jjfaid. Jiicinas.coiinnKnis, Palma
Christi.
ade-di, ////•. inheriting. — y-dedifo, jd. a-, heir.
o-de-doma, s. doma, horghorg.
0-deditani, 7V. nneduafo, [nea gda duam'] captive, prisoner,
one fastened to the hloek, cf. dua a. — F. daduianyi.
dediia-fi, = nneduafo U, jtrison.
dee, adee, Ak. s. de, ade.
(hU'e, a. soft, sweet, fledtering; softly; gye n'ani akyi d. = gda
n'ani akj'i fefefe (gka n'ani gu so se greda, nanso enyenna na greda),
he hlinTiS, twinldes, winks, casts a smiling look (at).
defedefe, red. v., to fledter; sgn. hoahoa; gdefedefe no agye
n'ade adi, he flatters him in order to inherit his propertg; gd. n'ano,
he S2)eaks sofUg. appeasinghj.
k
;uiufcm — (Ifkiult*. 71
ade-roin, bif. bori-owiny. — o-delVjmlb, one tvho borrows.
a (Ic-rcrc, ////". )>irf/f, rcU(jioiisnvss, reverence, veneration, awe,
holii f'vnr. — o-dorori'li), yV. a-, a pious, (jodiy, religious, reverent,
careful, conscientious, scrupulous, person.
ado-riri, /»/". yicing or setlintj on credit.
0-(lefii'it'o, 7>/. a-, debtor, = gdofemfo.
o-dol'o, pi. a-, a ninn of weultJi, wcaltfi//, opulent, rich man ; s/ju.
nsikani, olionyai'o.
o-dr'Tt'io, benefactor, a ;/(>od, hind, bcnif/n, cJiaritaldc, tilicnd.
Iiouutifid, munificent man, used as a resi)ectful or Hattering address
(i» a man of rank, [nea ne ho adc ye fow? adgeyefo?]
adc-foiii, ////'. offence, transgression, tresjiass. fir. 2167.
O-do-fiirii', I. a pudding of yam, s. fufu. - ;?. a kind of btUtcrfli/.
a do-fVv c r u, inf. (the act of) expendimj or wasting money; ex-
penditure. — a dt'l'Vvei'ode, costs, expenses; charges.
u-do-u'U fo, pt. a-, founder, caster; type-caster, Icttcr-fuunder.
(id eh a, \\\\n) possesses the forest] a by-uame of the leopard, s.
osebo.
ade-huiiu, a vain tiling, vanity, = ahuhude.
g-dehy «i, pi. a-, 1. free man, free tvoman; noble man; member
of the King's family; me d. ni, this is one of my sister's children (when
they are iVeeborn). j;r. l-J:2.8.j9.Sd.'i-4?.lo44. — 3. the st(de or rank of
a free man; pr.So'O.S-W-SS. kg wo kiirom' na kodi wo d., go to thy
country and lire there as a free man. — 3. (adj.) free, not in bondage
free-born. Y. no bogya dehye, his most precious blood. Frk. —
â– 1. (n.) gd., an eruption and swelling of the eyelids.
(_»-dohye-ba, ^jZ. nnehye-mma, free people's cliildren.
adohye-di, iiif. liberty, personal freedom.
O-dehye-kofuni, Inight; baron. Hist.
O-deliyc-pauyiu, count, carl; gmantam niu d., landgrave. Hist.
adehye-sem, t)ehaciour of a free, independent man; arro-
gance, presumptuousness ; As. = ahantan. - di ad., to be presumi)-
tuous; to live as a nobleman, pr. fi49.
adchye-som, inf. service in the quality of a free man or re-
lation, not of a slave.
o-deliyc'wa, (young) nobleman, pr.84S. -pi. n-, nobility.
ade-kaii, the first thing; first-fruit; cf. abakari,
a d e-k ai'i, inf. counting, reading; cf. gkan, gkenkan, nhouiakan.
deke, s. dekye.
dekedeke, carefully: wgso no (wokura no) d., they carry
(hai^dle) him cautiously.
deke deke, softly: gnani uc nan ano d., he WfdJiS silently on
tiptoe; syn. berew.
dekodc [ado ko] w1iat, which thing (in indirect questions,
Gr. § 60); kobisa no dekode a gfwefwe, go and ask him what he is
looking for; eden ua aye no ma osii? minnim dekode.
72 adekora — demerekii.
ade-kora, inf. securbxj of ilihigs, pr. 7lJi.
O-dckiiro, adekiirow [iiea ode kiirow] /;?. a- -fo, 1. Dintcr or
chief of a town or riUnr/e (used as a respectful title or appellation);
kurow yi mu dokuro ba ne no. 2. ghene safohene a gte uc kfiroui'.
(â– /'. ohene, gmanhene. - o. hny(/omastn\ niai/or, prefect.
ode-kwasea, a kind o( ymn; s. ode.
dykye, ndv. 1. pefccpiibly; ;3. sliuhili/. (?) Waka no d., lie
has touched if injurioush/ ; ade a mede mato ha yi, nka no d., /he
thiny Ihdve put here, do not touch it low/hli/! nie wura a mesom no,
onkA me d., mi/ master nhom I serve, does not treat me in a hard
manner; wgsoaa funu no, ankii. d., when the cor))se was carried, it
did not more in the least; gnka neho d, tie no, he ohe/js him irithput
any reluctance or opjyosition.
ad(';-k3'ej inf. 1. dividing: yebaa adekye, or, adekye nti na
yebae, we came to divide the thin(fs. — ,V. the act of preserdinij,
making presents.
adekyed(''j (id. id.) ijift. jircsod. also adekye, akyede.
adck yOc [cf. ade kye] 1. doii-brcaL, morning (cf. anopa). —
;?. the ne.rt or following dajf. :>. dag-light (cf. awia), the whole dag
includinii- morning, noon, afternoon and eveninji: (angpa, o\\ igyi-
nae, betuabcre a.s. nifaretubere, anwuniinere). Mt.:^0,6.
ade ky ec- li a mil, the first rag or streak of light at the hori.:on
in the morning skg; morning-tu-ilight. diurn. dag-Jjreak, dag-hliish.
the purple glorg of the morning.
;i dc ky cc-s (I I'O m;i , inorning-sfar. dag-star: s. ko-soroma,
owuodi, kyekye})eawave.
adc'-kycrc, ////'. insfructinn. troching.
deui, 1. hurt, i)ijurg, damage, loss; fault, defect, blemish; wadi
dem, he has received a hurt, suffered damage (in his h(!alth, from a
previous sickness): onni deni (^)r dem biara nni neho, hf is faultless,
without Ideiiiish (eli ne soro bedn fam' nni yare biara). — ;^. a last-
ing impression : residue: a sticking fast, resting, continuing (in the
ear); edi ni'asom' dem, it remains in mg ears'.^ obi tu wo fo-pa a,
ina enni wo asom' dem.
dem 111. a. still, quiet, calm; sgn. dii'in, komm.
dem, F. =t)a, sa, so, thus; Mt. :2,'),').16,J9. dem no, whereupon^,
Mt. 14,7. dem yi, thus, Mt. 3,lo. on this fashion, ML 2,12. — deinara,
= saara, so, even so, the same, likewise. Mt. 5,12.46.47. 7, 12.
deni-iitsir, F. = ne sa nti, therefore. Mt. S,S. .5,46'. (1,2.
ademene, As. -= sumana, pr.74S.
demmere, n-, F. ndzembir, reed; difL kinds: 1. nifia, used
for wicker-work; 2. kete, used for a kind of tlute, k^tr, odurusj^ya;
3. gyee, witli many thorns (eho wg nsge-nsge sr).
0-demerefua, hush-dog. catches fowls; = odom])o, r/. v.
demereyiij -ku, adobe 'mcrenkensono a wgapo, a branch
of the Sidioh<i- palm, from which tlie fibres (edgw) are or have been
taken out.
;i»l»'iiiiMlt' — (Iciiiiau. 73
;Hl('-mil-(lc, (i>l. id.), ti lliiiKj /irrsrrrcil, frcdsiirrd ii/) in a lutx
iK:f., fnasiors, fdlitahlcs; («.<;■. julcmiilu'iK-, ndt'inusika; iidcmiilam,
II jinrioiifi vloili, not used always, but kojit for festival occasions.
(Iri'i. r. to orcrcoiiic. iiuisfcr, coiiqiirr, on'rjxnvcy; don so:
fit (Uilirvhili. iirrr/)(>is(\ orcrhdiinicr : folic more Hutu, siirjiass, ex-
rrvd, prcjntiidmdc, prrrit'd. AVodi-ii no no se: nnipa baiiii fuw bako
f\Vc no, ilirii lai/ hold o/' It/iii (and iloj; liini); 'f\Vo no\ tlioiiuli it bo
iimittod, is nndcrstDod; but it may also bo addod: woadoii no afwe
no, ///(â– // liarv fot/cflwr i/ircti him ii /lof/t/itti/; nsenoa ofa yi adoh so,
Ihis .side of Ihc Ixdaxcc iri'iffhs down; edon nie so so adcsoa diiru-
duru, Ps. :iS,4. onijia kara don abode nhinii (bebro, abogden), tiuin^ti
soiil is more ridiiid)h' fhini <dl mtdmrs; no yere a okovvareo no den
no, his irip' is viorc (in rank and every tiling) than hr; n'asem a
waka no den no, he has (/one foo for in s(ii/in(/ find.
((j-)deiV, y. den, do, Ak. deeben, doeii, sen, pron. iidcrroy. Gr. §
()0, 2.5. 1. u-hof':' nhid fhiiifiY ose doiV V ichid does he sai/'^ wgfro yi
don ? irh(d (or hoic) is fhis cidled? edon nx, n'hid is fhis'f' It may be
used in the })0ss. ease: edeiV asem ni? = as^m ben ni? eden asem
na moka, irlud (fliiuifs irord) are i/ou fidkivf/? — :J. edon, odoii nti,
for ifhid, from irhnf r((i(se, irhji? woyee den na wofwee aso, irhid
did i/oi( do (i.e. hiiir iras if) fhiif ipni fellY nioye den na mugyina lia
kwaV hoir /v // fhof //on iirc slandinf/ here idle'^ — o. hotv'i' wgye
lino lien? hon- is fhc jndm-oil mode? — i. don, F. how much? Ak.
sen V Akr. alio? — Edon , contr. — oyt^ don : odoi'i na W(»fwof\vo,
whni is if flinf //on seek?
(lijiiiV, red; s//n. kg, kgkg, yemmenn, yonn.
dcii, i\ to I/row or be hard, secere, diffieidf; n'adwuma no don
no, his work is (too) hard for him (gye adw. pi); anya adeh wo neii
= ama woabere, now //on hiirc hod otongh of it ; ne yare no ad.,
his sickness hns become severe; awia no, asem no aden me, the hent
of the snn, the jndarer has become too mnch for me, I imi in a strait
nbont. in fronbic on nccovnt of it; gko no aden so, f]ie fxjld has
fjrown hot.
den, dc 11 null, deunennennen (dendoii, dondoudondeii) or
dennonnen, if. Gr. § 70, 1-."). liard, firm; strony; hard//; sitarp, se-
vere; cruel; dif/icult; opp. morew; - dado ye den, iron is hard;
dna dennen, hard wood; ntama no ye den, this cloth is stron/j; gye
den, he is hard, cruel; he is firm in his resolution, does not eusiltf
/field; neho ye d., he is (bodily) .stronf/, healfh/j; nekgh ye d., his
neck is stronc/ (to carry loads); ne koh rau ye d., ne tirim ye d.,
lie is ridiant, powerful (said of the leader of an army); emu ye d.,
it is hard, im/mrtant, difficult, troublesome; o\Via ano ye d., the sun
.■<hines hot; ebo ye d., it is dear, s. ebo; pr.8:30. — n'ani yg d., n'ano
ye d., ne nsam' ye d., no tirim ye d., s. ani, ano, nsa, tiri.
e-dofl, n. streu/fth ; gbehye nea eye mergw no gden.
g-deiia, = danta, amoase, loi)i cloth; mokgfaa gd. meinoe.
d (3 nil a li, red. v. s. dan; to s/iread, be extended ; obobe no aden-
nan, tfie vine is spread out, fuui/js over, Ez.17,0. dua no ad., the tree
74 odeneha — odesani.
has hccowe tJiiclJif coveycd fvith folinfic ; wode ohenenkyinii abed.lio,
the xAuce has been cro/rdrd icifh the kint/'s iiinhrellas.
o-de-ne-lui, = odeha, q. r.
deiineu, red. v. s. den.
adenneii, inf. equal balance, he'uKj in a sfatc of equilibrium,
equipoise. - di (adesoa) adennen, lo carrif (a load) on the head tcith-
out holding it; odi u'ahina ad., = oso n'aliina na ne nsa iikuram';
odi nebo ad., he lives carelesslij ; wudi wobo ad. a, wonkye wii.
den n oil, dennc'imen, 1. a. s. den. — 2. adv. hard, siromjlij,
â– vehemently ; sltarply, severely.
ade-ninij inf. = uimdee.
O-doniinfo, = onimdefo, a well-instructed, prudent, clever man.
deiikese, hush//, brushy; ne ti afiiw d.; odotg bi abu afvie
afuw no so d., the whole mass of the tliiclet fell on the plantidion.
a d c II k Q m, a small ecdabash witb a long neck, used for play;
toa a mmea de abene abyebye bo na wobo wo agorum'.
ade-iikye-o! salutation on taking leave in tbo evening: may
you live to see the next worniny! — syn. nnopa-o !
de Ilk ye be 6, a kind of European cloth.
deiikyedeiiky e, suyimj), boy, fen. marsh, moor, quagmire;
marshy or boggy ground, deeper tban atekye ; cf. dontori.
d e ii k y e d e ii k y e , adv. in a sh(d,ing, vacilhding manner:
ebini d., it s]t(da's to and fro. — )i. hammock; cf. abainank.l, osako.
0-deiikyeiii, ^d. a-, alligator, pr. 8.')9. crocodile; gdchkycm-
mirempon, pr. 'iSoO. syn. asuboa. — denkycmmerefii, -hinn.,pr.ll71.
o-de I'l k J e in m o-q.^ 1. a glittering, precious stone said to come
from tbe bead of an alligator. — ;J. a certain food (nut?) pr. 745.
adeiisa [nea eda nsa], Ak. = kapo.
d e 11 s w , s. da-nsow.
ade-nj'a, inf. becoming rich, acquisition of ivealth.
a de-pa, a good or precious thing, something good : goods.
ade-pe, inf. seeking for riches. pr.lMl.
depo, ganglion, a tumor or excrescence oniliQ back of tbe band,
adere, Ak. = adarc.
adesa-mma, ^ nnfpa mma 5 s. adasa, gdesani.
ade sa', -sawa, tbe eatable fruit of a large tree, of tbe size and
sbape of a lime, of a yellow and rcddisb colour, and of a sbai'p
sweet-sour taste; tbe tree on wbicb it grows.
adesae [cf. ade sa] 1. evening-time. — 2. the whole day from
morning till night: Mot. 20,13. maye adwuma ad., I have tvorked till
night.
O-desa 111, gdas... pi. a--f6. adesii-mnia, man as a rational being
("mmoa na efre onipa sa") 02U»- aboa; gd. nye nea [entia ese se]
wgye no yiye, vuoi does not deserve to be treated well. pr.o09.861.:J-37o.
;i(I('S('' - odcyyib. 75
adeso, tooth-ache; gyare ad.; siin. b»')a(hmm, gki'kaw.
tides 6 [ado aso a aka, ivh(it is left (it the Ijoltont of a thinii\ sedi-
ment, resiilimm, (Ircijs; a mean, useless thing; cf. puw; - ad. 'J'wi,
a jargon ov patois of the Tshi tanguage.
o-desruf, ail('st''iii, j>/. a- -fo, = nnipa a wginCia, men of low
Kindition. loic, mean, common jteojile, the dregs ofsocietg; if. akwaiii-
liuinani. V. peojde tiring in the bash, not on tlu; coast, hash-peojile.
;i de-see, inf. waste of things, Mt.36,S.
ade-so;i, inf. [soa ade] carri/iiig loads: ad. ye yaw, — is
fronblesome.
adesita [ado a wgde soa biribi] a basket (tekrokyi) or anotbcr
thing in which women keep and c((rrg their tilings (abode, atani).
adeso a [adc a wosoa] ^>/. a-, nnosoa, haul, barden.
iidesoii-kyeiio', an execssirc burden; ad. yi de, miutumi!
o-desoaii i, pi. a- -fo, carrier, porter.
ade-sua, inf. learning, studg.
i\des(iil-(\i\ii, school-h(a(se, school -rooin.-i\(\{ishi\o, school; s. snkfi.
o-desualbj^y/. n-Jearner, student. — udesfia-kri, inf. ejamimdion.
ade-to, ade-tg, inf. buging. — o-detoto, ;>/. a-, buyer, customer.
ade-tgn, ade-tgn, inf. .celling, trading. — adetoii-daii, sho/K
g-do(out'o, 2'f- ^'i '^<^'llc>', trader.
ade-to-w 0-8 0, a single fit as of epilepsg, not of repeated or
frequent occurrence 5 ef alinnum', abiribiriw.
detse, F. = dote.
dew, r. to flare, flame, lilaze; ogya redew, the fire is blazing;
dew bayi, to exercise or practise witchcraft; to bewitch; s. gl^ayifo;
gdew se okanea, fig. he is very lirelg, actire in bis business &c.
dew, a. s. de.
0-dew, sweetness, agreeablcness, pleasantness; agreeable taste,
tastcfalness, relish; flavour; pileasnre, joy. comfort, benefit; wosom
Nyame yiye a, wobete mu dew, if you serve God well, you will have
the bcnefd of it, you will see lioiv happy it will male you.
dew, i\ joy. Mt. 1.3,2(}. 44. 25,21. 28,8. — dzi dew, to rejoice,
Mt. 2,10.5,12. — dew-do, = fewso, gladly. Mh6,20.
a dew a [ade, dim.] a little thing, trifle; enye ad., it is consider-
able, important, = eso kokiiro, eso sg, eso ampa!
adewa, tet. adawa, a name for several kinds oi play, s. agoru;
a play at funeral customs.
adewa -dVvom, a song used in that play, pr. 174.
adewaib, women engaged in tfuit play, pr. 3237.
adc-wu, inf. basJifulncss; sy'n. adefere.
ade-wia, inf. .stealing, theft; cf. krgno, akrommg.
iide-yey inf. doing, doings (cf.nneyce):, activity; efficacy.
a d e y e d e , (jjZ. id.) instrument.
o-deyefo, -ygfo, />/. a-, an industrious, diligent man; syn.
osifo; gye gd. == gye nsi, ne nsa nna, fic is diligent in his business.
76 di.
di l^rcd. ditli] F. d/A [dz'ulzi]. This verb of nmltii'ariou.s signi-
lications seems to be related witli tlic v. de; but wliilst de cliietly
means to have in hands or hold, and describes a state: di meaus
to talcc (in hands) and fo handle, or /o use, malce use of, employ, and
describes actions. It is. however, not coufiued to actions, nor to
objects taken with the hand (for which we have the vv. fa, gye,
yi, som'...), but is most fref|aently employed with abstract nouns,
and the activity expressed by it is more of an abstract and com-
pound than of a concrete and simple nature. — As in the case of
bo, we arrange the various significations, which di h;is in connec-
tion witli its common or specific objects or other coni}denu'nts. iti
groups marked by A - Z (to which we su])erscribe some general
meaning), and subdivided by the continued numbers 1-110.
A. To take and use; fo receive, obtain, suffer.
1. to eat, to iahe c(- taste (i'ood): odi aduan, de, fuffi, mo, kwadu.
nam ; cf we. pr. ;?26\ 862-65. 870. 8/o. 882 f. 005 f. 9U. llUi. 2690. 3111.—
The red. didi is used, when no object is mentioned and the act of
eating is denoted in a general way : mekodidi, / am i/oin;/ to cat;
odidi, lie is id his mcid, sits at ialde. — ^. to e(d, lire ajxm: onui afinv,
na odi ntodii, he has no plantation, bid lives 0)i boia/ht thinf/s, has to
hnif his rirfiKds: di..ade, s. ade 8 a. — 3. to spend, use up, waste:
wadi ne sika nhiua. lie has used up all his moiic//: watgn no adi, he
has sold him and eaten i.e. used up the money received. — 4. to use
in traffic: Akyemfo di sika, Akuapemfo di ntrama, the AJicms use
tjold-dust, the AJcunpcms cowries for their currency; pr. 917. — 5. to
tidce or hre}) and use for one's self: pr. 1070. se m'akoa di da a, mi-
gye no rnmah du, if m// slave tidces a day for himself (staying away
on one of the 3 days [Sunday. 'I'uesday, Saturday] beyond which
even hard masters do not set their slaves to work, instead of comins;
to work for me), / tidce from him ten strinr/s. — di here, to be a
loiterer, slui/f/ard. time-i,dler. — 6. to use freely, to e)ijoy: di here,
to enjoy one's time, to live a luxurious life; pi. wodi mmere. — fa
neho di, to obtain the free use of one's own self, to become free, be
emancipated; to live independently, to enjoy one'sliberty or freedom;
pr. 1075.1439. — 7. to use naturally (Rom. 1,27), to have se.vu(d inter-
course with; cf. fa (obea, gyere, sigyafo), cujdi. ko.. ho, hu, hyia
(2 S. 13,14); di neho. pr. SSi. to practise onanism, masturbation ; of
beasts, j^r. 3411. — S'. to receire, yet, accept o/'and use up; to partake
of, have the benefit of: di ade, .s-. ade .s' a: di abaguade, to receive or
draw fees for idtcndiny to palavers ; di mmojl, adanmude, to receive
j)rescnts or bribes; - cf. odi amanterenu-ade, he is a double-dealer,
insinuates hi)nself with both jxirties de. — .9. to inherit: odin'ade, he
inherits his goods, is his heir, he succeeds him in his office or on the
throne; s. ade Sb; odi uhyira, nkwa, he receives, inherits a blessing,
life. — 10. to oldain: di nim, nkonim, to gain oi get the victory,
be victorious, triumph. — 11. to suffer: opatafo di aba. the peace-
maker receives blows, pr.2637. -r- obedi mmusu, niisehief will come
upon or befidl him : wadi ko-musu, nkogu, he has suffered a defeat.
B. To be meet or fit to receive, to be worth, becoming, rigid.
12. to require, demand: di ntonui, utewso, ^;»-. 2934- — 1-3. to have
di. 21
or fifth (I prici; fo he icorth: ntama yi sin di dare fa, two j/nrrU of
fliis cloth nist h<tlf K dollar. — .//. to deserve: odi (.^7//^ pso) aniinkA,
t'\Ve. kum itc. lie deserves reiisure. a tli>ii<i'niii, to be hilled. — 15. to
hi' itiett. fit, heroin ini/, riijhl : odi sa, se odi ara noii, U is or nuts duly,
di'srrredh/ doue so; odi yo. he is ri;ihf in doimj so; odi wo tVve, kiun,
he is riijld in /li>il(jin(J, IciUiuij i/on.
C. To hove. po.'<sess, eontidn.
Ui. to hove efijioeitii for, to be able to lii/ce in, to hidd. rontnin: aliina
yi di nsa siisukora du, this jtot holds ten rididutshes full of jmlm-
nine. Joh. :>,(>. — 17. fo have, he inferted with: odi dem, he has a
(|iliysii-al) fdilin;/: odi (loin, it is di'feef. Cf. 2'J. — ]^. to possess: odi
iiya, he i>ossesses a .•<lave (di/f. (10). — lit. net/, niii, )iot to have;
pr.nor-O:^:^. (eacpt. 914.0 17.) rf wo. Gr. i; 102,2.
J>. To have or orenp/f a jilaer. rank, order: to e.iisf .^omciehere.
^0. to be. e.iisf. or live at a ])laco. in tlio affirm, oxprcsscd by wo;
(/'. .iT. — ^'i. neij. nni, not to he in a place; nni lip, not fo he pres-
I lit; nni babi, not to be ani/irhere, not fo e.ri.^f ; jn: 468.509.1.'>0G.221()f.
(Jr. 8 102,3. — 22. to he in some situation (outward circumstancos):
kiiro no di ka mu. the town is blocked up, blockaded, invented. —
2.J. to be (first, next, last) in the order or row, or in rank: odi kaii,
he is the first (rf. 3'>) ; odi ti, ]ic is at the head; odi won mu tibaii,
he is their leader; odi panyih, he is the elder or eldest ; cf. 42. —
wadi me abrikaii, he has seen me //r.s/ (before I saw him); - odi lip,
he is the second ; odi so, he follows after (cf. 35); nsem a edidi so
yi, the irords hr.rc subjoined; - di akyiri, fo he la.'it, cf. 35. d' ka
akyiri.- di dibea, n. dibea. — 24. di mu, to fie amonff the number:
oili mu bi, he is one of them. — 25. di mu, to be prominent ainoiuj:
wgma edi mu dodo, they make too much of if.
Fj. To exist in a certain number.
20. to amount to: maliu amane a edi aduasa nhina, I hare seen cdl
the thirfif misfortunes, i.e. / have had every possible misfortune; okasa
a edi aduasa, idl the innumerable languages.
F. To spend or live or hist a certain time.
27. to sjioid or jH(ss time, to remain, stay, tarry, continue at a place:
odii ho dadu, he passed or stayed there ten days. - di gyina, s. gyina.-
^'.s. fo attain tosome aye: wadimfe (mfrihyia) du, he is fen years old.
Cr. To be in some state, condition or sifutdion.
2ft. edi mu, // is comj)lefe, entire; odi mu, he is ivifhout blemish or
defect; cf. 17. — 30. edi nse, if is equal, an even mtmhcr ; edi don,
it is odd, an odd number. — 31. odi bem, he is right, innocent, guilt-
less; odi fo, he is wrong, culpable, guilty ; pr. 247.1611. odi so, lie is
blamndjle, guilty; mindzi so wp nc bogya ho, F. Mt. 27,24. I am in-
noceid of his blood. — 32. di hia, to he in poverty, poor, indigent;
di tamu, to live in opulence, affluence, luxury, to be opmlenf. — 33.
di sij^yaw. to live in single, unmarried state; di mma-sifjyaw, to be
without cliitdrcn. — 34. di yiye, fo be doing tvell, prosper, thrive.
If. To he in a simple, compound or reciprocal motion.
35. ili(..) kai'i. fo walk before, precede, cf. 23; - di(..) anim", to
tcalk in front of, go before; - di .. aky i, Ak. akyire, a) to walk
behind, to follow (after), pr. 89:-i.S9H f. to be younger ; to be subordi-
78 â– dL
nate. - h) to pursue, pr. 300. - c) to prosecute, folloiv up, pr. 873.895.;
to visit (sius upon); - d) to be ivifh, assist, support, hetp, Rath 2,4.
1 Sam. 17,37. — d i a k y i r i, id. (a-c)', ef. 23. — odi no ntentcso, lie
f/oes alotKj with him, over against or beliind him. — 36. di ahurusi,
to cjult. — odi at\\-asi, lie moves in a circle rcturniny to his i)tacc. —
mmoa di sare no so atsVagu, beasts pass over the grass// place in great
numbers. — odi me so akorokorow, he intrudes upon or importunes
me Ijij frequent visits. — odi antu eri no so aforosian, he goes up and
down the ladder. — odi yen mu abyemfiri, he goes in and out among
lis. — wodi yen barehyia, iheg surround us. — edi kyinliyia, it
tvhirls round. — odi ahodannah, he often turns or changes himself
or 7//.S' dress. — odi ako-ne-abao>' akosan, he goes to and fro. — odi
atweba, he draus (it) baekirards and forwards (?). — 37. wodi
atiibg, atubra, thei/ frerpirntl/f ihange their abode, have migridori/
habits; ef. 77. — 38. wodi atata, tJteg run after each other; - wodi
nsianelio, theg pass hi/ each other ; wodi ntwitvVar'ano, id. in run-
ning a race.
I. To be active inwardly.
39. odi ne tirim, he meditates, ponders, revolves or resolves in his
mind; he musters resolution or courage; he taJcesjifiins; di wo tirim
mai wonsuan wo, bear the bleeding manfulhj; - odi no bo dadweii,
he is an.rious about him. — 10. to bear, sust((in, to stand: obedi yare
no, he will stand the sickness; wadi yare no, he has recovered from
the sielness; nea meyc no no, orcnni, he will not be cdAe to bear what
I sh(dl do to him; ose n'asem wonni (= nea oma woye no, won-
tumi), he is liaughtg, overbearing, read// to repress or subdue bg in-
solence or effronterg, (lie tltinhs himself irresistible?). — ■:^1. to neu-
tralise, render h(trmless (a blow or cut) pr. 482.
J. To be active in some office or eapuciti/.
42. di bene, amrado, kyeamc, sgfo, to be and act as king (cf. 47),
governor, speaker (linguist, interpreter), priest {ov minister) ; odi
panyih, he is entrusted with ((n office (odi me panyin, he is older
than I, cf. 23); - odi adiakyiri, he holds an inferior office; - di
srani, to serve as a soldier; - di bakoma, to plag the superior or
nobleman (s. bakoma); di debye, pr. s:i6. cf. 53.
K. To be active in some octupation.
43. di.. so, to rule: odi man no so, he rules over the counfri/; odi
kiirow no so, he has authoriti/ over the city. — 44. to perform some
business or duty: odi boa no = oye no abia, lie helps him in what
he is doing. — di adwinui, to do skilful work; di d\vuma, to profess
some trade; odi ne dwuma, he is at his work. — di boung,./o work
fd intervals, intersecting other work. — di abg, to attend <d table; di
pia, to act as steward, chamberlain, valet. — odi no nkgmmaran, he
is his disciple or accomplice in his fetish-practices; di pa,- to serve as
a hired labourer or carrier. — di abgfo, di yaw, to provide a hunter
in tbe busb with food, pr. ri49.3389.- — 45. to carri/ on (trade): di
bata, to traffic, trade; di gua, to earri/ on a trade; di nsesa, nsesa-
gua, to barter, exchange, truck; di mpewa, to peddle, hawk. — 46.
to perform a play: di dam, to play at draughts; - wodi asrayere,
they perform their ceremonies for their husbands absent in the camp.
di 79
JT". /(> exhihil in a showy or ostentatious manner: di alienc, to
niulxc paraih- of r(>i/((Hi/, to crhihit roi/id riches and junccr. cf. i^.
L. To ir<nis<(rt or uc(/oti((tc some <in<iH(fehieiif.
â– is. to nej/ofiiife, to sfijndnte, to tuolce an ai^rt'oincut : di bo, to make
(I txinitdii; - di abobobo, to Ixoter, Itatifdin, lio'inlc; - di ano, to
((If ire, iii((kv (or cow*/' to) (ii( (((jrroiioit : di kasasie, to n(((I>e d 2»r-
rio((e! (KfirciKCKt ; - di niuiiua, to (d/rec ((/)oi( d Itac. — d'J. to enter
into, ineur oihe under an obligation : wodi abosoni, t](e(it(iheano(dh,
jiled(fe themsetres leith an (tpjic(d to the fttishen (or t(del(ir spirits);
odi nsew, he binds himself Iti/ (in, oath, declares njnin 0(dh, confirms
bjl oath, protests icith solemn assevcr(dions; wodi ntamniara, thei/
sieear oaths on both sides; odi nliyoase, he (/ires a sol em)/ promise;
— odi a(^ka)gyinam' or akabaso, he st((nds.sect(riti/. — odi me adanse,
he bears or (fires iritness a) concerin(f me, b) lief ire or to me. — ')0.
to ph((d. to carr(f on a suit or phuc odii dii dii, na antetam', he did
his best in fileadinff. Iiid it ie((S of no avail; - to discuss and settle a
pabvver : di aseni to c((rrif on a laiv-snd, compose or settle a Hli<f(dion,
jnd(je de. di aiisem, to arran(fe famdi/ matters, sctde domestic quar-
rels; di amansem, to iiecfotiate or transact jniblic affairs; odi ma no,
he pleads for him, in his fav(nir; odi kg n'afa, he strives or 2)1 ends
for his fxirtif (oka or odi ma ne mfefo) ; odi ntam', he mediates, inter-
feres : odi (ntam') mingw, he medicdes, acts as (jo-between, tries to
lirin(j ab(nd a reconciU(dion.
M. To be active in a (jenercd waif, in word and deed; to exercise
or practise some manner of dc(din(f, to exhibit or dis^ihiif somequ(ditif
or character.
't1. to proceed, act or de(d irifh: me neno bedi no bono, / sh(dl deal
irith him in a most unpleas(()it waif, leifhouf inerci/. — 5j^. di asempa,
senkwanmu, to W(dk upri(jhtlij, deal houestlif, lead a (food and lionest
life. — di nokware, to s^xudc truth, act faithfully or frustworthi/, to
be faithful. — di auem, = ye anem, to be dilitjeid, industrious. —
di do, to exhibit one's love. — 53. di debye, to live as a free man or
nobleman, pr. 836. cf. 42. — di tumi, to exercise poiver or autliority.
— di bam(e), to behave proudl if, arro(fantlif. — di abransem, abo-
edensem, tumisem, to commit violence, exercise 2>f>wer or antliorify
(£'C. — di abensem, abeneramasem, adcbyesem, to boast of being a
Icing, prince, notdeman, to be inqn'rious, tyrannical, arroijant dr. —
(li akakabensym, akokobirisem, akrankransem, aporisem, ntintim-
uiansem, asennini, to deal violently dc. — 54. di asemmone, to lead
a bad life, commit a wicked deed, evil deeds d-c. â €” di asennini, atra-
trasem, to deed rashly, commit a crime. — di sehkyene, to })crp)ctr(de
an atrocdy. — di ayeyesem, to commit a ^^erverse or exorbitant ac^
Hon; to be stubborn, wdfid, caj^ricious ('^) — di nkwaseasem, to act
foolishly, ivickedly; di abiibusem, to make nonsense, act frivolously.
— di ntuntunansem, to act insolently, impudently dc.
N. To be active in some or other way concerning other persons.
55. odi no aboro, he envies him, wrongs or injures him. — odi no mfi-
akyiri, he docs something without his knowledge, wdl or approbation.
— odi no kusum\ he defrauds, cheatshim: odi no amim, /(/., he over-
reaches him, takes him in; — wadi me buanung, he has disappointed
80 dL
me. — 56. wodi no kasa, fhei/ make him account ov pay for, fine Jiim,
talce redress from him. — o~. odi no were, he i((kes receuf/c or ven~
geanre on him. — 56'. wodi no infuaufwe. the// hold and flor/ him.
give him a thrashing. — :J!J. odi (no) awu, he commits a manler (on
him). — 00. odi no nya, he treats him as a slave, hard or crnclly;
cf. 18. — 61. odi no ni, Ite renders him honour, inti/s him respect or
homage. — 6V?. odi no tow, lie renders or pays him tribute; cf. y\
tow. — 63. odi no adaworoma, he applies to or craves for his bene-
volence, favour, kindness.
0. To be active in certain ivays of talking, in gestures itc.
61. wodi semode, theif hold or carrg on a pleasant conversation; wodi
awerebosem, theghavea coloqug (on disagreeable matters) ; dzi awere-
lio. F. to wad; wodi nkommo. the// converse, discourse, hold conver-
sation. — 6:j. odi no nkommgdom, he condoles with him with a hjipo-
cyitieal mind. — 66. odi no lio few, he tnocks at A//)/ = ogqru no ho;
wodi no oi»oref\ve, the// mock, deride, ridicule him (in liis back). —
(i7. odi no (ho) likasagua, he mutters, grumbles about him, publichi
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his presence. — 68.
odi no nkgkodesem, he flatters, coujlcs, wheedles, hmnbugs, hoaxes
him. — 69. odi no or no ho nsekii or nsokode, he calumnicdes or
slanders him. — 70. odi no atem^ he scolds, (djuscs. rerdes him. —
71. odi atoro (Ak. toro), he fells a lie or lies; odi nkgntoro, s. iik.
P. To be active in some W((y of doing one's business, in observ-
ing or keeping a command or a speciid dag.
73. to observe some manner of doing: edi adannaii, it undergoes
changes; wodi adannaii ye, or, wodi no nnyigye, they do it (dter-
nately. by turns. — 73. di so,^) o^ftOvv an injnnetion, promise, law:
odi n'asem so, he keeps to or acts according to his word ; odi mniara
so, he keeps the law. — to adhere or stick to; to bepunctucd. to arrive
at the ((ppointed time: da a wohyee no se onsah mmera no, wanni
so na odii nnannu gun so, he did not come (d the day (ippointed to
him, but stayed two days longer. — 71. to keep some observance :
odi abuada, he fasts, wodi mmuada, they keeji a fast, observe fasting;
di afofi, to (djstain from plantatio)i-work on some week day. — 75.
to observe, celebrate, solemnize a certain day: di fotlda, to observe
the day of rest by abstaining from jilantafion-work; di homeda, tokeep
the day of rest (Sabbath-day); odi n'awoda, he c'elebrtdes his birth-
day; di dapa, daponna, to have or celebrate a festival day, a feast; di
afe or afribyia, to celebrate a yearly festival (s. hye fa); Brofo di biiro-
nya, the white people celebrate Christmas or new-year's-day; Gnaiifo
di hum, the Guang people have their yearly harvest custom or festi-
val. — 76. to keep a day for some purpose : wodi asennida, they
keep a court-day.
Q. To practise habituidly.
77. wodi atiibo, they arc given to fretjuent change of abode; (cf. 37.)
wodi atiibo, they have the jiractice of shooting themselves. — 76'. odi
awommawH, she bears chddren who nsucdly die soon.
a. To act in mutucd engagement a) in a friendly way.
79. wodi atirimusem, they are on cm intimate footing. — 80. wodi
adi (-ne-adi), they make each other presents, send each other portions
(li. 81
from their food or nicdh. ^7. w.idi iii'iuainiiioa, ihcii unite in huy-
iiii/ i( siteejt to kill It 11(1 shiire it; woili iitVvcbom', utoilto. tJtCtj have
jiiiiird iiitrrcsf. hnre Kssiiciiitcd, hare iiiadr loninioii i-aii.se, ((re in
i)((ifnershi/>. — S^.\ wodi t\Vaka, twawo, usawoso, Ihe/f hare eoinintt-
nian, eat ttujvlher dc, (tre on (food or f'ricndl/f terms, on (( fainili((r
l'i)ot(U(i; wodi imakranna, theii are on (( familiar or intiuKde footinf/.
S.'L wodi akajtimatOvc, thei/ h((re close eoiiitnnnion. far(n(r each other
in tnri(. — wodi aniwalnibu, there is (t in(it(((d nnderstajidin;/ or
(Kireenient hetireen them. — Sj. wodi luinoa, iinoboa. liiafwo, the/f
aid e((eh other, are allied, tcork to(iether. innfaalli/ sn/if/ort each other.
— .s'.'j. wodi aware, the// internKtrr/i.
.y. To he in niiiti((d rehdion b) of an indifferent nature.
R(i. wodi atVa, ///c// ((re intermired. eonuniiKjIed : edi afuntunifra, it
is (or, tlie thin^is ((re) thoro(((/hlif coinnii.red, jionhled or huddled to-
(jeJher. — S7. woadi anahwurain', thei/h((re tni(t(((dl//e)it((nf/ledthem-
selres, crossed or ihn-arted caclt other. — SS. wodi nfwcanim, mmo-
anim', the// face each other, looJ: each other in the face. — S'.t. wodi
a<i:iuna or ayensiu, then icrestle or struf/f/le in a eonibrd for exercise
or /'(*/■(t prize. — '.)(). wodi atifra, atipira, the if Inioch their heads
together, s. pira.
T. To act in a mnttad ijn(ja(jement c) in a hostile ie((i/.
til. wodi dom, the// ((re at tear ((cifh e((ch other) ; wodi ako, the// arc
fi()hlin(/ (vilh r((ch other). — !t^. wodi akainckamo, anobaebao, a-
poropere, ntawntaw, atutinv, twemainontwc, the// ((re in co)dcnlion,
strife, contest, .struc/ffle, dispute, hickerixc/. (p(((rr(d, (d variance d'C.
with each other.
U. To act hostilel// tou-ards one's self.
.v.?. odi ueho dgni. he (ranniifs suicide, dcstro//s himself. — Ul. wodi
wonho doininata. the// fii/ht of/ainst themselves (their own companions,
h// a mistale).
v. To he disen(/a(jcd or s(:j>((r(ded.
9:'). wodi nkotewmu, nkotetem', the// midu(dl// desist from, or learc
off (hrealc off, (jire ap) figldin//, none of the parties having gained
tlie victory. — .%'. wodi mpapaeni', the/j part, separate, divide, are
divided; wodi hkra, tfie/j jntrt, separate, hid eacl( other fareicell.
W. To meet (cith or experience.
1)7. odi.. ye-na, he ntcets difficult// in doin(/ (it); e.g. wodi no pata-
na, th(?// have difficult// in ((pjteasin(j him, lie is not casdi/ pacified ;
asempa no dii ho hyen-na, the (jospel found no cast/ entrance there.
X. US. In the verbal phrase: gye.. di, to believe (migyc midi,
/ believe, ogye dii, he believed) the first verb, gye, means to receive,
and the second, di, probably means ti, use. to transpose or convert
into action f^or. to enjoi/'O- '/• J^ys- tie.
}'. '.)!i. 100. Other meanings of di red., s. nndor didi, S. 4.
Z. 101-110. Some phrases in F., partly identical with some
of the preceding, partly new (f<mnd in A. W. Parkers books) ,s\ un-
der dzi.
^4-1]'. lietrospective view of tlie previonslv gi\ en princi[ia1
meanings and verbal phrases:
6
82 di. ^_____
a) (li with common objects and other complements, or without com-
plements: io eai,!. to live upou,^. spend, 3. ^7. use, 4. G. 7. Jcccj), iahc
for one's self, 0. reeelve,8. inherit, 9. suffer, 11. deserve, 14. heivorth,13.
be meet, fit, right, 1'). eontain.Ki. hare, xiossess,17-l'J. to he,23-2f>.3!l.
30. to sustain, stand, endure, 40. to neutralize, 41. ner/ofi(de,4S. plead,
50. to deal (with), :')1.
h) d i with specific objects and other complements, alj)habetically
arranged: nha, 11, abaguade, .s. bakoma, iA-*. bam,bame, r>o. abanin-
sem,5o. barehyia.oVy. abarimasem,.'>,3. bata, io. bem,oi. here, .0.6".
bo, 46'. ab5,ii. abobobg,i(S'. abofb.ii. bonno,ii. aboro, .1.-7. abosom,
4!). abransem,.}.'). abuada, 7i. bnronyri,;.^. An,'). 37. dadwen,.3.'>. dam,
4f). adanmude, .V. adannah,7^. adanse, W. dapa. dajionna, 7."). ada-
woroma, ^;.V. ade.<S'..V. dehye,'/^^..^^. adehyescm, .>.-A dem,J7. adi(-n<'-
adi),(SY>» adiakyiri. /;?. dibea,4''.7. (\o,'}2. d(nn,!H..')3. dommata, .'A/.
don,.W. adwini, /i. d\vuma,J/. afe (alirihyia),;?.s'.7.j. i'e\\,(i(l. mfia-
kyiri, .->,â– >. atisera, :'jO. (o,31. afofi,; /. fohda,/.'}. atbrosian,.'>7;. at'ra,.SY;.
afrihyia,^AS'.7.j. mfuai]f\Ve,56'. af'untumfra,iS'6'. f\Ve,jfi. ntsVeanim,.S'6.
Tif\Vebom',<S'i. gua,4.j. aguma,tSYA agyinam,i.9. hene,i^. ahene,</7.
ahenemmasgmj ahensem,.-).?. h\a,,32. hiaf\ve,6'.!i. ho, 23. 37. neli6,7. a-
hodannan,.W. ahoedensem..>V. aliomasin,.;. homeda./'.j. liiiammo, .55.
abuhuseni,.'Ji. ahukan,<?.7. hnm, 7;I ahurusi,.76'. nhyease, i.'>. ahyem-
firi,.vV>. nhyira,.'y. akabaso, akagyinam, I!>. akakabensem,.'>.V. akame-
kame, .'yX^. kamu.A.-';?. kah,33.3'). akapiinaf\vc',,s'.';. kasa,;>6'. nkasa-
gua,^7. kasasie, /tS'. ako,.'y7. nkogu,7i. akokobiriscin, .'1.7. nkoko-
desem,6'.s'. rikomm;1ran, //. iikoiiimo,07. iikominoduni./;.>. komiisn,
11. ako-ne-aba,.V6'. I'lkonim, :/0. hkontoro, 77. akorokorow,.V6'. ako-
san,,56'. iikotetem'.V.*. nkra,.%. akrankrrinsem,.O.v. kum,7i. kusum,
.'J.5. nkwa,.V. i)kwaseasem,.o/. kyeame, iX^. aky i, akyiri,i?.=)..7.'7. kyin-
hyia, .->Y>. amansem,.'5(). amanterenu ade,<S'. mmara, i6'. rnmasigyaw,
33. amim,.'A-7. mmoa,.s'i. mmoa,(S'. mmganim..S'<V. mmow,')0. amrado,
43. mu,^-i. mu,^.'y. mmusu,77. nri,.'>7. nnakranna,(S',3. anai'iwnram',
87. anem,.;;?. ni,^7. lum.lO. anim,.V.'"i. aiiimka,^/. aniwal)nbu,.s'.'>.
jino,/(S'. anobjlbae, .'y^^. nngboa, (S/. nokware, ;5;?. I'lnuaiiimoa, .S'7.
nya,]s.(;0. nnyigye, 7^. pa, //. paiiyin, i;?. mpapaem,.%\ operefwe,
(iC). apere})ere, .'/^^. mpewa, /;;». pia, //. a])orisem, .l.v. nsawoso, .S'5.
nse,.30. nseku,6'.'y. aaem lO.ijO-')!. semode, 6i. asemmone,.'5i. asem-
pa, .{»5. asennida, 77/. asennini, .VA .{ii. senkwanmn,.'j^. scnkyehe,.W.
nsesa, nsesSguaj i.'7. nsew,4.9. nsianeh6,.76'. sigyaw,.?.?. sika, .9.-i. so,
43.73. so, 31. sofo, 43. nsokode,^'.'y. sriini, /;?. asrayere, i^/. ntam',.^^.
ntamniTira, /.'). tamu,.5^. atiitil, .7<S'. ntawntaw,.V^. atcm,7^>. ntenteso,
35. ntewso, 7^^. \i,33. atifra,.W. ntintimjinsem..-";.?. atipira, .W. tirim,
39. atirimusem. 7.'A ntodii.^. ntomu,7,?. ntontg,.S'7. atoro, 77. tow.^,?.
atratrasem..!/. atubo.77. ati'ibo, .V7.77. atubra, .97. tumi,.-3,5. tnmisem.
53. atuntimansem, .7 /. atntuw..'yA:'. atwagu,,'?^'. t\vaka,.S';j'. at\vasi,.96'.
twa\ve,(S'^. t\ve, 7. atweba, .96'. t\VC*mamentwe, .'y<2. nt\vit\varrino,.9(S'.
aware, .S';j. awoda,7.-5. awommawn, 7(S'. awu,.';,'y. \vere,.'j7. awereliosem,
64. ynre, 40. yaw,//. jiyensin^cS'.'A 'ayeyesem,.7/. yiye, .97.
(This list of objects and coiuiiienieiits may lie increased.)
c) di combined with other verbs: di boa, 44. di ma, di ko n'a-
i'»,50. fa neho di,6'. gye Ai.98. fa di, ,s-. fa ^^6'.
;i(ll — ;i(li(liil<vin.
83
m\'i, v.ii. aiiimj, I'va.siiuii; s. atli-bone, adipiiw; wndi adi, ///ry
.â– <rntl lunfioiis to one tiiiofJirr = wokyokyr woiilio :uh\ pr.!)()L if.
(li .SY>, adi-ne-aili, adiaiiiA.
;i(li, = adiwo, mi open or outer spaee, opp. to a shut up and
covered space or hidden place; out, outside, without, tOn'oad, out of
doors. — da adi, to lie ojien. tie luauifest; fi adi, to eouie or (jo out,
fortli. V. pue; yi adi, to liriiiif forth or out. to Iiriuf/ to tiffht, rciuJer
risilde, diselose. wnhe moiiifest. pr.O.'id.
adi, contr. ^= ade yi, this thiiiif, this. that.
ad i-a ky iri, y^/. -to, u suhordinatc officer, subaltern: onyATi
ad. bi dii, he otitained some inferior nffiee; s. di o'5fl. /;?.
ndi-aina, seudiiiff of jiortious. pr. 9S6. Fjst.fi,22. ef. afli-ne-adi.
a d i-a 111 111 A-\v (t-lia (wudi a, \vnin'in;i wu b.l bi) a kind of
iliiui. s. ode.
diasckai'i, a disli of Indian corn, a kind of abete.
ad i-a sic [nea woudi asie| a matter jireriouslii arrauf/ed or
settled l)eforehaiid. pr. u:}{i.
adi-i>a iV, -banc, Ak. food: s. aduaii'.
d i-h c a , place, position, rank, occupation ; nnipa a wodi d., men
of rank; ne d. so, he is in a hi(/h position; wode no kodii ne d. bio,
he teas re-instated in his office, restored to or put in his former state.
diho [Eng.] deal-lioard. — dibo-dua, ^V. d.-n-, fir, ei/press.
a d i-hoii c, had food; pr. :2600. t^^- ^^^5,i7.
adide,/V»/7/o;<. usufruct; enjoi/ment; henefd, profit; share. D. As.
didi, red. V. (s.di) 1. to eat; to he or sit at meals, td talde;
pr. 923-933. 1691. lH70.213i. — didi me, to eat enouijh. pr. 932. —
2. to lire on. make one's livelihood tu/: Brofo ho na yedidi = Brofo
ade na ese se wowia, ivh<decer we can (jet from a white man, by fair
or unfair means, is rii/ht, because he has plenty (!) — .9. to sj)read
(of an ulcer <.^c.), to diffuse itself; = bore no adidi ako ne honam
nhina mn, .s-. fxVete /. — i. to soak, to r/et tfirough, to penetrate.
ad id I, inf. eatini/. feastiuf/, meal; pr.97.93o. 2S92. ne kara kg
adidi.
adidi, Turlcey-red thread or colour; - adidi-pa, crimson;
adidi-sika, i/ellow thread, oranye-rcd yarn.
d id i-a in I'oe, a man who etds much and yet lias no fat.
adidi-hcti, manner of eatin;/; dinin(/-room.
a d i d i-l t u r e , time of eatin<i.
adidi-de, 1. eatables. — 3. mmoa adidide = adidi-ade, aduan-
n.'ika, manijer.
didifo, (pi. id.) (juest ; kofre me didifo na wommera!
0-did ifo, pi. a- (nea odidi ma etra so) a (jreedy eater, (jlutton.
a didi fii r u ni , (jhdtony, voracity. f(/ourmand.
adi dii, jilaee or time of eating; ad. ase, id. — adidii-fVvefo, the
master (ruler, f/overnor) of a feast, steward. Joh. 2,9.
adidiikyiri, the time after a meal.
didikaw — Jidiukiira.
didi-kaWj a debl for vietnal>i.
didi-me, the act of catuKj oiouijli, so as to be satisfied, cuthuj
o)ir's fill: heuce (i fcdst, feasting, h(tiiq/iefi)/</, incliuling the idea of
drinkinj;' copiously. pr.9o4f.
ad i d i}»6 I'l, iiihle. (Jiriimj-fdUc ; diinnr- table; r/". opon, dan-
riuopoii.
adidi-traso, f/Jiiftoin/, rorariti/, crerss in ratinr/.
adidi-tVvea, 1. tJir. stoinarJi, -^ nsonokese. — ^. a ha;/ for
virfHats.
ad i-l'i^ adifi, inf. [fi adi] fjoinr/ oitf, (joing forth. Ps. 12],S. Mic.o,2.
adifiide [r/l t'ii] plent/j of tilings, gsi^gc. etttahlcs; manyaaduaii
ad., I have got food (^or victuals) in excess, for nothing; odi, ope vr
gye ad. =^ oyc amiin, he is greed y. — adifudc-]»e, inf. greediness,
cupidity. — o-difudojKjfd, a greedy, vnsatiablc fellow or person.
u dill a, a stone connneinorative of a shameful or criminal act
as rape or murder, committed at the place, on which every passer-
by puts a leaf to protest against the deed. — adi-ho, s.adi, adiwo.
o-dili 11 n 11 111 J rerel. rereling; greediness; oye od. = oye adi-
fude, he I ill's to eat (dt lie can get. or idt he has to-dag.
d i lea , a kind of gam. s. ode.
adikai'i-(), a salutation addressed hy a travcder to one who
ivent before, after having come up with him; answer: ya aberaw.
ad ik a I'l fi't, one (or jil. nnoiii) gone befire. the fore- most, first.
dik ])('!, [da I dart.
di 111-1110, hif. s. bg dill, nnimmo.
diiii-iiioiic, = din bone; dim-pa = diii pa.
o-d i I'l, 1. name; ne din de den? irhat is his name? wgato no din,
theg hare given him a name; cf. Or. § 205, 4.5. — pae din, .s. pae.
bg dill, /() mention; pr. 1776. on account of; cf. Gr.§24.'i?^. (the last
ox.^ (Ill jiretence of: gbgg adwumaye diii bae, he came on pretence of
worhiiig; gbg ne d. so, he mentions his name; gbg ne d., he calls ujion
him. — X.\ the good name, reputidion. character; bg diii (j)a), ti>
praise; bg din bone, see din, to revde. slander, defame; wgde wgiihn-
ho dim-mone bae ^= wobekail wgnho-ho asein, thei/ reprociclied, iij>-
braided each other. — .5. a well-lcnown name, fame, renown: wagyo
(ne) d., gwg d;., he has become renowned, celebrated, famous, he is
rennirned; oni]>a a gwg d., a man of rank or distinction ; ne d. ada
kakra, his name steeps a little, i.e. he is no more sjndicn of so much:
ne d. ato nsum, he is no more mentioned.
d 1 11 11, d 1 1*1 11 , a., adv. still, silent; quiet, calm ;pr.30G9. Mh:4,o!i.
sgn. demm, knni, krananana.
ad 1 nam [ade a wgde di nam] (jil. hi.) fork, table-forl'.
adi-iie-adi, miitucd communication offoml; cf. di SO. & adi,
0-dinimfo, ft\ onimdifo. [adiama.
adiiikctrii, linen fnviera) bought of the Europeans, which the
negroes wear as mourning after having variegated it ivith red and
black strij^es. pr. 387.
diiisij c — do. 85
diii-sm'', htf. slnmh'r. ftdniiniif. i>r.'JHH.
;itliii(nilll (obtiC.J jifilcrKsf; won ii wo-uc iiiiii;uiiii;ul.i ; r/'. tuium.
.1 (I i-|» II w, cnrssirr vathiii; pr. !):>S.
adiwu, l\m i/<tnl of ji iu'j;r() dwcUiiii;; adiwu lio, old of iloors,
•ri(/i(tii( ; if. adi i<: altaiunia.
di-NVO-;il'r-iM mil. a bird ol \nvy lar;;t'r than akruma, lirii/(/
mi lite fioioifj of other birds.
adi-yi, inf. iiKiiiifrs/aliini. rrvrhifinn.
;i d i \' i s o III , jirojilii'iii : the bool: of rcrcldlioH.
od i_v i n 1. jil. a- -to, jiroji/irf, Chr. (iikondiyt't'o, iVA.)
do, r. [ri'il. dodo] 1. to increase in qnantHif or nnniber, to iniil-
tiply, to become nttnieroits; ue sika do, his inonei/ increases; ewo no
ado, the lioncji has increased. h((s filled the comb; pr.7'il.Sl;{. 134S.
woado -• woaye bcbre, woatVw ; cf. doso [do & so], lew. — ^. to
brimj forth abnndanfl//: asu no do nimoa nianyii-inaiiya, the wider
swarms irith animals. Gen. l.-JO. — .V. to jirodace. aflracl. (jather: do
siadi', awoiiiHia, to ijalher fal, to fatten, fjroa- fid (only of beasts);
{ir. am. tlo nkanai'i', to i/idher riisf, to rnst. ijrinv rasli). — i. to fill,
become fall: wado \Vu\v (wadidi pi, ii'at'iiru ahye), he is crammed,
stuffed, cloned (fall); wado utwom, tie is full of ilch. — 5. to become
hot: nsu no ado, the tenter is liot; dado no ado, tfie iron, is red-Iiot;
nie bo acb), / om hot -- niayc liycw, byerebyere. — U. emu do, to
become dce/>. to deejien: asu no mu do, tfie river is deep; ebg de,
emu nuo, tttere it is shidlotc. — 7 . do asuko, to dire. --■6'. F. to sinic
limb r the iriiter, sink down, =: mem ; Mt. H^SO. Ijecholed, Mk.o, IS. —
'J. tosiidi, infiltrate, penetrate : do mpuuijiunase: asu no ado m[»., tfie
riridet has lost itself in the ij round. tb»\viiig or oo/dug- below tbe sur-
face. — 10. to enter, lose one's self in : ode iiebo o/'ue ti ado wuram',
fie luis absconded, concealed himself in tfie bush. — 11. do m u , dom',
/(* I/O abroad, into foreiijn countries: ankye ua gdom' koe, not lonij
aflericards fie set out on a journey ; wadom', fie is atvai/ on a journey,
abroad; gdom' kg Iliiam, gmmaee, fic went on a journey to Krepe
and is not yet bacfc; won nhina dodom' kgg nkurow so, they all went
abroad into foreiijn countries. — 1'2. to enter (tbe uose, said of tlie
smoke or scent of soinetbing burned &c.) : aduru no (mako no) adg
me, tfie smell of If i at medicine (pepper) has eidered my nose (causing
me to sneeze, making nie sick &.c.) — 13. to enter deeply, to ijrieoe:
asem no ado me (= ye me yaw), tfie matter i/ricves me. — 11. to
take refuije to, have recourse to, resort to: wabedg me, he has tafcen
refuije with me; raadg panyin no. / ftare resorted to tfiat yentleman;
gpanyih ua, ade bia wo a, wuguan kgdg,.j/o« fiave recourse to a man
of Consequence wtien you are in distress. — lij. to swear by: medg
(= meka) Onyankopgn se asem a mekii yi woni', I swear by God
that what I say is true. — 1(1. to lore: dg wo ygnko se wobo, lore thy
neiijlibour as thyself; wgdodg wgnbo, they love each other. Gr. § 57.
pr. 2378. - to nice, prefer ; pr. 21(14. cf.])e, pe asem. — 17. dg..bo,
to spare, save, take care of: gdg ne nan bo, he does not like to exert
(tire) his fret by walking, pr. 283. — Is. ..bo dg, to be of impor-
86 do — dododo.
tancc to, excite an intense interest or si/nijxdJi// in : Icsu ho do (= hia)
yen a, anka yeuyji ne ho ascin bi ka.
I'Jir. JIJ. lie kon do, his tliront deepens for. i.e. Jte has an ajt/ietilc.
a longinfi desire for, caf/ert/j desires, tiisis after. — A^O. do iikran,
to become irild, fierce, friffhtfat ; u'ani do iikran, he rae/es, chafes. —
^i. do., iicl, to distike, s. na. — ;Jj:J. do auiwii, to be tjftshfid. — ^^.7.
do so: to talcc precentive measures: gdo so uteni siesic ho na amma
sa, he qnirJct// ttdces precautions that this mai) not come to pass. —
21. do, s. Aow. pr.o:}S. — 26. do, do., so, to suffice, be sufficient;
eyiara do me so, thrd uitt just do for me; ado me so, it suffices me;
anno me so, it is not enout/h for uic.
(1 o, r. s. dow.
do, F. = so, Ak. soo.
do, Ak. = ho; pini do = t\Vi\v kg ho; s. d6ha;i.
o-do, s. edow.
O-do, inf. love, ajfeetion. pr.'.)42-9M.
o-do, a kind of river-iish.
o-d 6, fi jdai/intj-half made of i)alm-leaves.
ado, a /)iec<' tif jxdm-brancfi or liamboo made into a kiiul ot
needle for the striiij>; of f ra used for tyinji; tlie j^rass in thatching
roofs.
d . adr. slarii/i/t//: of\Ve inc; do, Jw stares at me. J Ki. s,ll. s//n.hf\.
O-do', a sickness in the belly; eye wo yam' kiirii ma wukyima
g-doa, adoa, s. odowa, adowa. I.i'ioj^ya.
iidoha, F. =^ unobae, Fs. 67,(i.
do ban, the line or border of a j)iec(! of ground selected for
making a ptantidion. on which the bush is cut lirst, to show how
far it is to be cut.
adolx' [edow abe| a species of palm-tree, the leaves of which
called daha, are used to cover roofs. — adobcj-aba, 1. nuts of
the said jjalm. — 2. a kind of beads, s. aliene. — adolx'-ni'iwain,
abird; ef. onwain, pr.94j. — adobywa. jd. n-Jhe i/tninij luMn^-patm.
o-d oil ('11 [dowe a ebere] red-hrown (colour), rudd//. ha//.
adobodobo, a kind oi' beads, s. ahene.
dobosa, to- d., to faint. Jon. 4,S. s//n. ye nennan; okgm de wo
na woaye sijimo a.s. woanom nsa na egyinagyina wo ani so a. na
woatg d. nen ; cf. tg beraw, piti.
adobow, 6si ad., adol»(')\v-si, inf. a custom to be observed by
a woman at the death of one of her husband's relations.
a (lod (', a favourite tiling, pet. darlinij. F. lionam adgdze, sinful
uffcetio^ns.
adode, oi/ster (nwora mu nam bi). pr. 'J40.
dodo, red.v. s. do. — bgre no ad. no honam mu, s. fwete I.
dodo, adv. much, veri/ much, too much, eJ:eeedin</l//. F. dodow.
dodo, Ak. ( F. Mt. 22,14.) s. dodow, ft.tC-n. — o-d(»do, F. hosts.
dodo-ara, F. mani/. Mt. 7,22. — dododo, F. e.rceedin'jli/. Ml;. 0,26.
0(lod(»l»eii — (Ml('»k<'). 87
((-(li'idoln' I'l. (lor..., a piece nf lioUnw rt'i'd ov hanilxn) throiif^li
wliieli llie |i.ilm-\viiu^ distills from the felled tree iiit<» the, \cssel
|d;iecd under the hole cut in it. prJUlif.
diMldln', dadawm', /he jxiltdc, roof of the iinnifli; adiiaiV no
afam me d., the food clcnocs to lui/ /xdalc.
thtdom', V. — kokoam'.
(lodoi'iki'i, (I strrlliii;/, hidthlf, hli-^/cr; (Uii/ IIi'ukj bloivn /ip,
intlfcd II IK or, as it were, strol/cu; ade, bi a aye kiisil ua wiiunim de-
kode a ewom'; ade bi a ahoi'i; wokyekyere boa bi a, wiise: bo no
il., na obi aidifi nea ewom'; ogya bi hyew wo iia abg horoiioa a,
wosc: abg d. — biirohouo d. pr. 079.
(lodow, red. r.^ s. dow; /. to livnnitc broivii. — :J. to hcronie
sii/: 1)1/ c.rccssirc t'(d'ni;i. (Oyari" ko onipa tiintiim hoiiarn a.s. n'ajiow
mil ua oye kg a, eniia wokiT se: wathulow. Wadodow no se: wa-
didi ma atra so na gyare), — 5*. wgdodow won yam' su, they irccp
front secret loHffiti;/.
dixlo w, II. niiir//, iiiiiiiii. — II. ijiKUil/f/j, iiiniiher. iiiiiiiliers. iiiidli-
fiide: dgte dodow a in(tboe beye ahe? /loir iiiiicli irill the ijuinitifi/ of
iliiil dinj Old hij ijon lie':" wgn d. si ahe, ivhid are their HHiiil)ers'(' (ey*.'
biako pe, it is oidi/ one; wosi abien, the// (ire two; wgdgso, thei/ are
It ijrent uiuiiij.) — a i/reat number of people, pr. 948-dO. odi d. akyi
kwa, //(' me ret If follows the muss of the people, the multitude, the many.
di'tdi'iw: po d., to stammer, stutter.
dodow a, j)l. niiodowa-nuodowa, a. .small, little, liny; gde nn-^
abiM-ow un-j ef. nkgkgre; si/n. nketenkete,
([('mIowm, a weacefs spool, bobbin; ^^ nkyokyeree.
do do wo', n-, a., n. brown; brown ness.
dod o w II ra, s. nwuradodow. (Nnipapi wom'a wghyed.kwa.)
a doc, yoodness. /,iiidiiess. tori ny-liind ness, kind-heartedness ; fa-
vour, benerolenee ; affection. Opanyin yi, gye adge = no yam' ye,
he is charitable, lieiievolent, shows his hindness {hy presents or other
manifestations of his love); ode minorgScX ye wgn adge --^ ye won
aye, ye wgn yiye, he inyridiates himself irdh them, eourts their fa-
vour , by dealing rum totJtcin; Onyankopgn adge a gye wgnnipabo
{or ode ye nnipa) ayi adi wg Kristo mu, God's looiny-lcindness to-
wards men Jias manifested itself in Christ. — F, adoe (adwe), aels
of love. — a doe -ye, inf. the act o^ practising charity. — Q-doe-
yefo, pi. a-, a charitable, beneficent person.
o-d ofo, 2>l- ^-5 1- lover. — ^*.one beloved; me d., he lehom I love.
(lofoa: bg d., to hide, see/c a hiding-place; = kohintaw, bg
ad ofo no, a kind oi' beads; s. ahene. [ukokora.
dglowa, pi. n-, lover, paramour? d. ha., pr.oL3:S.
doliaa, Ak. ^= nohoa, nohg.
do h 11 w a, y^/. n-, amulet; =^ sv'iman.
o-doko, a sickness in the bowels leading to diarrhoea, (perh.
prolapse of the rectum?)
88 dgko — dom.
do ko, dokgdoko, fuie, soft (of dry things, ground to powder);
ofe dd. = ate aye betebete, = f'eko.
dgko, dgkgdgkg, sircci, a<jfce<ihh ; mcJIijIiioil. invJlijlnons,
smoof/i ; sijH. boroboroborOj dede, fremfrein.
adgkgdgkgdi', = ade-fVemfrem, somcfJuii;/ -sivcii, pr. 406.
dgkgdgkgseui, = nngko-nngko-asem, mellifluent, sriuioth
or sweet words, flatterif.
g-dgkono, boiled lucdd of maize; <f. abodO. pr.'JoSf.
dgkoH-kaiikycu, As. id. - pr.9o5. — adokonni, pr. 3012.
<k)ku, pi. n-, F. iiiohl-e//. — gdgkye, pr. 2787.
do 111, r. F. t(i tivloiifi to; odora won, = ofi won imi, Mt. 26,38.
dgiii, r. F. to (jo into (mother countrij, Mt. 21,33. '" '" '
dom', r. /V/. [/7y/. dodom'] .s.doll. to jieref/riiKtte, Ijcaivai/;
wadom', F. = onni ho.
dgni, r. to vr/.' (illics or (oi (dlianrc iritli; asafo a wosfia no
kodom nea eso na woafvie won hiada; gye adorn, to secJc, t(il<\ vn-
(jage (is idlirs, call in the nid of; wakogye ohene bi ndoin. 2 Ki. 7, 6.
Q-d g 111 (pi. id., dom horow, d. afanu) 1. a host, mi ariii//;pr. 6S.').
956.!>o7.D60. — i\ the hoslde (irmij. the enemy, pr. 95!). 2268. 2 176. —
di dom, to liv of irar. — di neho dom, to conniut suicide. — gye dom,
s. dom, r. — ko dom, to irfu/c inir, (joto war. — y i dom, to ocercome
the eiienif/. ijaiu the cictori), pr.2952. woayi dom, nanso woadi nko-
nim, thvt/ have vanquished tin' eiicmij (O/d triumphed. — edgm gu,
a host or tlie enemij is defeided. pr.4.^6. — C2nls. dgin-hene, (/eneral;
dgnkunini, thr main I/od// or t/ross of the (tr mi/, main arm//; dgm-
ki'iw, II division, l/rli/adr: dgm-tow, a reijimcnt. Cf. asafo.
dom, V. to favour, ijrant favours; to Ijv (jrarious; to pardon
(a malefactor); to hclj) in distress; to tje useful, favouridde, to serve
ones turn. pr. l-'>07 ; to liajiprn. — Wgadom wo, iinu are favoured;
dom me j)reko, for oiae do me thr favouv! Onyaiikopgn adom n'a-
niwa: wahu nyansa bebre, God has favoured him .w, thid he Jias ob-
tained mnili ivisdom ; ene de, osu abedom yen wg ha, to-day ice liave
been favoured trith rain here; ghene* adorn no kora, the Icinij lias
granted liim his life; wadom me akye me ntama. (ense me, nso m'ani
nni so,) he presented nie irdh a lioth, (undeservedl// and unejpertedli/);
mekg lig na se gdoin ba ho a, mekfl no asem bi, / shall go there and
if he liapjien to ronie there (as 1 wish he may) / shall tell him some-
thing.
g-d 111, inf. grace, favour. Unyafik. dom nti na yetiya iikwa,
bi/ the graee of God we obtain life. — F. adoin, 1 I'd. 8,7.
adom, inf. a favmirijig : tfie second rain// season in September
and October, t/ie hitter rain upon tlie maize; = adommere, adom-
inurow, adonsu; ef. asnsow.
g-dom, a kind nitree. rhe bar/i^ of which is used in performing
an ordeal.
doiii, V. F. = dome.
(l«imm.'i — .•i(lniiiiiit''n'. f^O
(Idiii iii;i, (I ivviiihl of iioltl; Asaute dgimiul is t'(|iial in value
to iitaku 11. or 7 s'. lo^ji <l. Akyciii d. -^ ntakii 18, or 10 s. i'/j d.
o-(lomiii;t, /'/.a-, (F. oilomba) a f'niif similar to a fiij ; tin; tree
hfaiiii- it. F. Mt ?J(i. J I, HI
adt'i III iiiil [(jdou, dim.] hell; -: uiionnoiiiiua, iiiiyi'iii'iniyciicimna.
-drtlllA, in epiLs., s. uimoadoma, adoiiiakwaJec, doinankiliiia.
(16 Ilia, doniawa, doinadoiriji, i(. soft, tcjidcr, (hiii, fine, ffv.sli,
ifoKftij; '/• oba-doiiia, abfiro-doni.'i; inU'-doina nii ode horolioro a
(!nnyiiii ua wodi no, Ak. - ode- tofoio, Akr. ; obiodc no ye dOinu-
doin.i, fiinyinie; onij)a no ye onipa dd.
a^loiiia, II., somrf/iiiKj soft; pr.4!H. — cf. abadonia.
do 111 a, })l.n-, ft i/oKiiff, triidrr frrc; ony;i, oduin, otVain, ne
uiioina no. wgde si dan.
doiii 111 a-IVi, a ivi'iijld of (/old. the half of dointna, q.v.
a d It 111 a U w ;i d c r iihina, nil .sorts of tluiKjs.
doina III t"i ri: liye d., tit arcmsr; s. hye.
ado 111-111 a 11 Tid (' [ade a wod(! inra odoin] sdcramcnt. Chr.
o-doiii-iua 11 i I'l, ])l. n-, odoiii-niariiiiaj a <jreat icarrior, hero.
' fin: nil.
do Ilia Ilk a iiia,-koiiia, a. niaiiij. manifold ; plrnti fid, abiinditiit,
copious; si/ii. bcbre. pi, pewd. — Ne yiye d. a ode yee no no, wan-
yi n'aye (wanna n' ase), fie did not thiuik him for his manifold bene-
fits: [Onyankopgn yee ade nhinil d., God made all thinc/s. R.j). 166-]
aseiii d., a icorld of jialaver, <i prolific, incessant, perpetual, inter-
minable, endless jialarer or Utiijntion.
()-(lunirii'ika ma, -koina, God, the Creator ("he is much above
all. oyii bcbre, woko babiara a, wulifi no"). Ouyahkopon Od. abo
ade I'lhina, God, ffie creator, fias made all tftinr/s. R.p.lOO. (Jd. bog
nna-inmerensoii, wgtg ade a, wontna kaw? since God fias created
seven daifs. has it not idivai/s been so (is it not eqiialli/ true) tfiid,
what is boU[/fd. must be paid'^ i.e. ivfiji is it that //on do ncjt pay me for
sucfi a loiKj time? (F. Nyanko])gu no Doiiiankoma Ba, the Eternal
Son of God ; Nyankopun gnye Oudoniankoina Sunsfun, God is an
Eternal Spirit. Frk.J The word as a name of G(kI seems to mark
him as the boundless, infinite, iiderminable, immensely ricJi Beimj,
or as the author, owner and donor of an ine.rftaustible abundance
of things. (The etymology in Mf. Gr. p. } 2 "thi- sole benefactor''
is untenable.) Cf. Onyankopgii.
doinai'Oj [J^"o-] romal, a kind of elotfi (silk, half silk, or
cotton fabric, orig. from the East Indie.;).
(i-do 111-111 an' Ilia, pi. n-, s. gdommanin, osabarinui. pr.Ooi).
doiniiiata, wgadi wgnho d., tfieij have fouyht against tficm-
selves, i.e. tfieir own jjcojjIc. by mistake or envy.
<loino, v.[inf.n-] to curse, e.recnde, imprecate evil uj>on; si/n.
bg dua, hye nsew. (Wadome no, e.s.ose: <mwu, a.s. nhyira mm'ma
no so da.)
a d r» 111-1110 re, tfie second rainy season: s. adoiu.
90 adomfiraw — artona.
a d m f i r a w : wato ad., he luta hiadverfcHf?// f<dU'>t iiilo the (diiip
or Info an (nnhush of the enrni//.
doml'rasc [Dan. dohhelf-fhis/ir] a f'our-conifrcd bottle.
d o 111-111 a To [dgm, boa] <i lielper in irar, an atli/.
0-domono, the best sort of j) film- wine, s. nsrif'ufu.
dompe,^>?. n-, hone, si/n. kasae, F. ebew.
doin})(^-l»oa, />/. n-, reiietn-atc animal.
d 111-}) c 111 111 o : edom no sau kgbog d. wo A., tlir. anii// re-
treated to, fell back upon A. ; cf. bo !) &. pern, pemmo.
g-d iii-p i a fo , pi. a-, commander of an ami//.
O-doiupo, pl.n-, icdd do/j, huah-dof/, black, feeding on carcases,
snails &c. cf. odemerefna, hatvvea; pr . 505. 530. 8o.j-o7 .070-72. SBM-
dompdiiiiii, a weifiht <>f <J'>l^l (■)'•) little money snfficient to
buy something to eat. pr. :2D43.
doiuinriiiij pl.n- [edgm bum] jirisoner of war, captive. —
kyere d., to talce prisoner, eapture; fa nn-, to make prisoners.
doiiiiiiri Ml I'ji . inf. captitrc. capfirit//.
adoiil-mi'irow [adoni aburow] ]. mai^e jdanled in tin' second
rainy season. — ^. tlie time of t/ie latter rain, in which maize is
planted^ the second rainy season; cf. adorn, adominere.
doll, V. [red. doiuigii] to soak, steep, drench; to saturate wUli
ivatcr or other liipiid; to soften in water; to penetrate, permeate; a-
burow no adon, adonngn, tlie corn is so<d:ed, softened, well sodden;
ne gyigye donngii onipa mu, its sound thrills throuyh one's tvhole
frame.
do 11, V. Mf. Id prejiare '"sn-ish" for building purposes.
d g iV, r. [inf. n-, red. dgiinon] to walk softly, ycntly, slowly, in
(I measured jmre; to crawl, to more or advance slowly; gdgrV se
ayeforo, ^;r. ^JO. (s. donii); odgiingii se gbgmmgfo, se agyinamoa a
grekgkyere aknra.
dgi'ii'i, .softly, delirately. slowly niiA finely ; gnani d., he wallcs
softly d'c, yraccfully (gnantew uiinerantesem inu, for [)leasurc or
show), he promenades.
g-dgii, Z^t'ZZ; e-dgn, cloclc; bg don, tostri/cethe bell or clock; wo-
sow dgh, to riny the bell; edgn bg, the clock strilces ; cf dgiifwerew;
abg dgnkoro, the clock has struck one, it is one o'clock: abg nngn-
abien, it is two o'clock d'c. Gr. § 80,4.
d Oil, 0(W (number); edi don, it is odd; i)jip. edi nse, it is even.
adg-na [dg, ua| prop, a difficulty in lovimj,- disaffection, dis-
pleasure, dislike, ill-takiny, disfarour; wafa me adgna, he has con-
ceived a disaffection, dislike ayainsf or aversion to me (oj)p. wanya
me adgye, he has found it easy to love me); yeka asem yi a, gbefa
yen ad., when we say this, it will awaken dislike in him against us,
it will hriny us into disfavour with him; osuro adgnji, he is afraid
of incurring disjtleasure, of yiviiiy offence. — F. keyi n'ad., yo and
tell him his fault. Mt. 18,15. [Cf. the name Dowuona = dg owuo na,
adonaten — dontori. 91
III' (fis/)lc(ist'tl icilli Dentil, ticil. tluit the procciliiig (Iircf or luort^
cliililrc'u of" tlio siiinu motlior diil not live; do not ascribe it to men.]
ii (loiiA-lt'M, /. pcrnrsf Jiiih/iiiciil from fear of incurrin}; dis-
favour : mmii me ad. — iitVve nea wodo no anim mmu me nlenkyew.
— ,;>. oyinti ad., /ic f.rjnrsscs (ii liiiii fiis (/rivf, irtjnf, rc.sciihnrfif,
not as a complaint.
o-d(i 11 (luii \\ a, pr. U7H.
adoiiiM^ [odom adi'| ijifh of (/rare. Chr.
<!(» I'l f\V o re w jodgi'i a af\Vere| ///. n-, an lioiir; d. biako, ofie
hour. — V. dgnfwer', .1/^ ITU'S. Akj). (1omIi('h-('»\v.
J d n-ii' 111. V. (h'fiuit. Mf. Gr. p. 77.
0-d6lik('), /. a kind of ,y/n;(/>/;/r/ iii.scct. — ;:J. .siviinf, sw'uuj'nig
liiiv; otow nelio (a.s. ne mui) donko, he sivin</s (his brother); bvofo
d., pnndlit bars, pnrattrts (for j;ymnastics).
o-d o I'l ki'i, o-doi'ikitiii, yy/. nnoiikn, nngiikofo, n nciiro from thr
iiilrrior, such as are bron<;lit tlienee and sold as slaves in the coun-
tries nearer the coast. (.>>. Nnonko, Gr.p.XV ); hence a slave; jn-. 97 If.
(J don ko, ))r. u. given to a boy as the slave of some fetish,
doi'ikoc' (n-), iv<(r, irarfare, wariihe dvrds. inilitdrii concerns.
(j-dou-kor 0, one o'clock; s. edoii, Gr. i; 80,4.
do I'l k iidoiikii, deep; eyed.>-emu do; aburad., a deep well;
si/n. h('i, lioho', kfironkuron.
o-doii-kfi iiiui, a chief iforrior (n//;/. dginmariina). Zcph. .3,17.
d('»j"ii'iO, bde cost oid lijj contiliutj; bninVoma a ayarefo fe, =
fenrin; wafe d.
o-d on 11 6, o siH(dl drain; akyeiie kettnva bi a eto ue ano terew
na mtinimfini ye tOateJi. pr. 078.
doiiiioniina = kgkodomma; c/. nngnngmma,
don no 11, red. r. s. dgn.
don'ngn, red. v. s. dgn'.
donnon, a bend or bendimj, 1. in a road, a roand-abont icai/;
2. in. the sea-coast, forming a bai/ov bight, or making- the land pro-
ject into the sea; epo, asu, asase no, dgm no abu d. ^=: abu b;iraka,
= abukaw abefa babi.
O-donsoii, a kind oi s( ring-instrument; s, gsankii,
adon-sii, the tatter rain; cf. adorn. Adonsu to a, na adommil-
row ben. Ad. uye ade a eta to da, enti etg dabi-a ema biuoni abfirow
how (gets fjlastcd); na enti, se Onyk. doiii ma, osu to gu so na eye
yiye a, na gdom na wadom wo, na cnte se asusow a en'de da etue
afrihyia.
adon-tuii, the main bodi/ or gro-is of the arm if, main a ring, or
rather : the centre of an army.
o-dont('), a jwt full of pat in- u- inc.
dontori, mud, mire; stoiigh, puddle, iniiddg jita.sh (dgte ne
nsu a afrafram'); ef. denkyedenkye, atekye.
92 odontwi — adowa.
o-dontwi, := abotokura.
adon-we, ivf. [weoclomJ/Z/e chciciHij of the hark of the o^\o\ntrcc.
ad(}ii-wowa [edgm awowa] hostiujc.
adun-iiya-de [ade a wodc uya gdoiii] means of 1/ rare. Chr.
adoii-ye, inf. [ye dom] state of irar; iitobllization.
a dope, = aboatia, a kind of a^jc.
dorba, F. = d<H-o\va. .1/^ i;>,24. Mk. 10,25.
dure [>T(7. dodgre] intr. to beeome nuieli, inereasr, arcioindafe,
gather: won ho adore fi, thrii are covereil with dirt ; ue kaw adore,
won akaw adodg-dodgre, his debt, their debts hare sicellcd to a y real
amount.
O-ddroboii, s. gdodoben.
dorowa, As. needle of native niauufacture; /*»-. 738. cf. pane,
a d s as e [adgw, asase] arable land, plouyh land. [dorba.
doso, V. [do, so] to be maeh, to be enoiKjh; edgso, it is enoni/h,
neff. eung-so; when a personal object is added, it stands betwei-n
the two parts: edg me so, // is enouyh for me, enng no so, it is not
enough for him; pcrf. adgso, adg no so.
adusoa, F. adosoea, Mt.2,lL s. adesoa. — udo.soaiii, s. odes...
dote, Ak. nngtee, F. detse, suil, earth, clay, mud; syn. efa.
doiQ-(\.\v\ni., potter's uork. — di d., to make earthen vessels,
adotelxj, pr. 146. fpr.2o8.
dots, do to, adv. to f g w : wa(gw d., he is soaking wet.
0-doto, thicket; dua tentci'i bi si hg, na hania nldna kg ho.
ado tow a (dim.) a sm(dl thicket.
do twa, glove, pair of gloves.
dow^ V. to till or cultivate the ground: to hoe, to weed; to cut
the weeds or the bash; to how, pr. S481. d. afnw, to prepare or work
a plantation (by clearing away the thicket &c.). — intr. to do agri-
cultural work; d. adare, nkrante, asow, to work with a bill-hook, a
sabre or bush-knife, a hoe.
adow, the cutting of the bush; the tilling of the ground; agri-
culture.
o-d() w, the-//^/v'6' (hania) of the young leaves nf the adobe p(dm;
a kind oi' twi)ie made thereof; - adobe nkgnnui "nierenkensono rnu
na woyi dgw; wgmfa uye riiiiiahama; wgde bg asiiniaii, wgde nwene
gtan, na Alatafo na enwene ntama nso; cf. demerekii.
edo\v-tam, a mat-like woven cloth.
dow, V. \_red. dodow] to become or be brown; uneema a wg-
kyew idiiua ho d.; s. asabra.
o-do Wii, 1. p7. n-, bee; pr.fJSn. — j2. a kind of bird; pr. l'.)55. —
3. a swelling or ttumj), in the arm-jiit. the nape, the loins &c. the
appearance of whicli is ascribed to a wound, j^r. 1857.
adowji, a species o{ aidelope, the smallest of all antelopes, said
by the negroes to be the king of animals, yr. OSlf.
a d (') wa. the handle of a door made of palm-branches, by which
dru — atlim. 93
it is opened or shut; berajtae mu ham a a wode kyekycre a wosom'
hie na \vo.soin' torn'; wosi lU) ad.
(Ini... s. dui-u.
(Ill, r. Ak. duru, /o trucli, (urirc; to he snffiiicnt ; — odmi ha
'nera, he arrived here i/estenlai/; yebedti (fie) utem, ire shall soon
inrire home: adgw-bere or kwaebu adn (ho), the time for jtrrpa-
rimi the plaiitiitidus or for eidtiinj the hush is come; - sika no n iiu,
the iiionef/ is not sufficient: adn ])e, // is cjiictli/ the sum: - adii ni<i
so, lit. it has urrieed on me, i.e. // is mi/ turn: wiinnuu l)iilti (korae),
ifou hare )iot come fur ifct. — I'hr. ne ho du iic hTi, hr jirospcrs (in
his doin<;s), fares leell.
«lii, (lildu, Ak. = duru. durudurn, a.
v.-du,ten. Gr. §77. 78,1.2.
Adn, pr. n. of men, found also in by-names of tlie kontromfi
and the goat: aduonna, aduonnimma'.
diia, in the foil, words, is pronounced in F. as diiia, diiya.
d u ii , r. J. to jilant (in general); to put into the (jrou)iil (abilrow,
ase, abrobe...). [Other verbs used for peculiar ways of planting
are: gu (mo, kokote..), to soie (rice, (juinca-eorn): f u a ode, to plant
jiam: tew abe, to transplant palm-trees.'] — to transplant. — ^. (fig.)
(/) to plant, establish (anew religion): wode asgmj)a no bcduaa
Akiir(tpon akye, the yospel has been brcmyht to Ahr. lour/ ago. — h)
to transphnit (inhabitants) : Eniresi-brofo de nnipa kodua A'lata,
abedua gman bi wg Adata, the English have made a colonij at La-
gos; wgatu no Akuropgn akodua Aburi, thcij have removed him from
Akr. and placed him at Ab. — c) to station, to ap2)oint to the occu-
pation of a post, place, or office: wode me akodua Akyem ; woamfa
yen an kodua Aky. kora, na yckodii nnawa bi wo ho na yebae, we
were vol reaUy stationed in Ahem, hid stayed there only a short lime.
o-dnsi, pi. n-, 1. plant, tree, shnih. — 3. stem or st<d1c of a plant
or its leaf or fruit. — 3. wood; piece of wood, pr. 9!)4. something
made of wood. pr. 1014. — 4. sticTx, pole. — '). handle, helve (of a hoe,
asow dua, cf. sokum, Ak. sodi'iro, F. sobakura). — 6*. a block or log
of wood, to which prisoners are fastened by means of an iron fixed
in it and closing round the wrist: bo (As. to)., duam', lo fasten to
the block, to arrest, imprison: da duam', to be arrested, fastened lo
the block: wode won ano abg no duam' = wode won iino aka akyere
no se: iiko babi na trji nea wode wo atra ho ara. — V.priri). neces-
sary, consisting of a scaffold of poles outside the town: oko dua so,
he is gone to the privy; cf. duasee, tia &c. — Phr.: S. bg dua, lo
cnr.^e, orig. by driving a piece of wood into the ground and mut-
tering words in order to produce a magic effect. — .9. si so dua,
= hye mu den, ma etim.
e-dua, dua, the tail of quadrupeds or birds. Wat via dua (used
contemptuously), he is circumcised.
adiui (III. id.), kernel, seed, fruit (of trees); odiad., he cats fruit
(ogua, akutu, gdgma, asa...). -syn. aha, adiuiba, F. eduiaba, eduia-
dzewa. Gen. 1,11. Mt. ■J1,.U. ML lh,:». Luk.lS,'!. 20,10.
94 dua — aduau.
dua, duawa, F. duiaba, (dim.) pi. n-, 1. a small tree, shriih. —
^. a small piece of wood, stick, splinter, pr. WJl.
diiciba (= dua aba), aduaba, pi. n-, 1. the fruit of an// tree,
si/n. adua, aba. — 2. lemon, lime; cf. ahka.
dua-biiu, 1. land of tree; - 2. peculiar sliapr of llic hod//; cf.
dnnsow; - s. ban.
(lua-basa, ^j?. n-, ^= dub;t, branch.
adi'ial)OU, a by-name oi' the goat, s. abirokyi.
diia-l)6, a tree remarkable for tbe bardnoss of its wood, com-
pared with tbat of stone: kwaem' dua a eye don sen nnua hbina;
ewu a, eye den sen n'amouo.
dii a -bull [dua abon] hark of trees.
(liiii-biironi, lit. a tvooden European. Phr. maye melio d. —
maboapa, I purposelif misrepresented, the matter; wgyee won lio d.
ma gbene aso tee, theij secretli/ informed or apprized the king of it.
(lua-dan, odan a wod(r nnannua asi, a house of wood.
dua-dai'ij = duase-daii, tiafi, &c. privy, necessary (house).
a-dua-daii, inf. [odan a wodah nnuabo bi] the removal of a
curse; the sheep, money ((c. given to remove a curse.
dua-de, F. = bahkye, cassada, manioc.
(1 II a d (' w a , p)l. n-. a kind of ntgrewa ; pr. (174.
diiafo,^j^a-, pAanter; sower; c/. ogufo, okuafo.
o-diiafoo, j?;Z. a-, Ak. a circumcised man; Akr. tvVetiafo.
d 11 a-li ill, s. dubin.
d II a - li - n h \v i , moss growing o)i trees.
d 11 a- h 0-111 1110 r<' J a spongy cicrescence on trees, tnushroom.
o-diia-iiyeiV, pi. a.-, Ak. efoo, a species of monkey, colohus bi-
color, having the body black, the extremities (face, fore-neck, legs
and tail) white, [dua-hyen = white-tail.]
diiakoro, a kind of chintz ; s. ntama.
a d u a k r (') u , ninety.
adiiak wamoa, Akw. = abiribiriw.
d ua m', d ua m'-d a, prison, enrprisonmcnt ; pr. 297.
adua ill iiia'[aduan ba] greedy eater, glutton, gormand; cf. odidi-
fo; sa abofra yi ye ad. = oba a ope adidi dodo, ohii aduai'i biara
a, ope.
adiiainmcii, a by-name of the owl.
aduam-foro [aduan foforo] new yam or other victuals.
a d uam-mono [aduan momono] raw food.
a dua iV, aduane, adibane [fr. di, ban] 2^1- "-, food, victuals, esp.
vegetable food, consisting or prepared of edible roots (afam-duan)
and grain; the flesh or soft, i>?<Zj»/ substance of fruit, the kernel, cf.
aboto ; dish; meed; woawie ad., dinner (breakfast, .<iU2)per) is ready;
wgte ad. bo, they are eating, sit at table; - ad. no atu or ato me
ho, s. tu.
adimmuika — due. 96
ad iiau-na k.-i [aduaiV adaksi] 1. a ho.r nmiaininij food or
/iKtiiaioHS. — :J. crib, mamjcv.
,1 d II a nil ;'i n [aduah' dan] store-house, curn-maiiuzinc.
a d II a II a I'l , /"«;*•///. Or. i? 78,2.
a d II a fi-li H I adiiaii a aye nifiii] pJ. n-, sfnlc food, jn: 2fio.93:i.lll5.
a d u a M-k a I'l (pi. n-), first-fndts.
adiiau-.sii, Litid of food: ad. Ixjii ni?
ad II a iV-su, a fruitful rain; ad. na eroto yi.
a d u a M t a, food uithoiU sidt. D.As.
a d 11 a lit u I'l k dm , .iour-soj) iCx. (tlu- Iruif and the Irrr) ; if adu-
kuiitunki'iin.
d iiiia fi Vvo, the Ixirk of a certain trcr in Wasa snulliii';- likf
onions (s. slnwo) and used instead of such.
aduaii-yi fadiian', ayi] : abofra no besee nie ad., that boif has
invited mc to talde in an iniprnpcr. impolite manner.
a d II a I'l-y i, ////". the frtchimj or tahinii off of the dishes (from the
kittlicn or from the table).
d II a - J M » r i w a , s". pori wa.
ailiiasa, thirti/. Gr. i> 78,2.
d lui-asc, the trunk or root of a tree; ef. dnliin.
duaRce,^>W»7/, necessary; cf. duaso, dampen, kaasee, nkyeree,
niankyiri(-so), tia, teasee, yane. — diiasC'-dai'i, cf. dnadan.
d II a-s in [dua sih|^;?. n-, block. lo(f: diff. dunsiii, rp r.
dua-so, ko d., .s. dua, 7. & duasee.
d u a-t a u n u r ii [dua tannuru, dutan] pi. n-, a large, mif/hfi/ tree.
ad iia-t hi , j>Z. n-, a short-taihd beast ; 1. a heasf of j^ re// of the
eat family, attacking sheep; of the size of a country dog; si/n. oban.
— X'. gtwe ad., jn: :-iil2.
du-ba [dua ba or basa] pi. n-, branch.
e-diidtako, eleven. Gr, ^ 78^1.
o-diiben [dua ben J a kind of tree, the ifellow wood of which, is
used to dye bofua, q. v.
adudn'ri [aduru biri] (black) ink; black paint.
e-diidtiako, eleven. Gr. §78,1.
ad lid) one, ptl. n-, [aduru b.] poison.
odi'idu, a medicine, consisting of the juice of some plant or
bark and water, kept for weeks, to dress wounds with,
dud urn, red. v. duru; F. red. a. <luru.
<1 no, V. [red. duedue] 1. the orig. meaning seems to be to stroke,
or, more gener., to handle, manage, manipulate, nse; senea wodue
ye afiri no fa no, en'na wofre no sum, the manner in uhich the//
handle or jdaee and prepare the trap is ejpressed In/ the vord 'sum' ;
fwe n'ilno seiwa odue kasa fa, look at his mouth and the manner he
uses d in speaking! s. duia.b'. — ^. to daub, besmear amulets or
things connected with fftish-worship with blood, the yolk of eggs,
96 due — ducduc.
white and red clay etc., in order to niipart x>revenlive or itaUiailve
power, to atone or expiate, or to make tldnys turn oat favuurahhj ;
wgde mogya due akyene ; odue suinai'i, e.s. ode rikesua a.s. adurn
n.a. srasra suinjih ho na suinaii no adi; due suman Tmo, -pr. 117. —
3. to use as a preventive or ]>aHiative (evading accusation or respon-
sibility): Opanyih due: mante, mante, an elder (when called to
account for misdeeds of his own people, uses as an amulet i.e.) a2io-
loyizes: I have not heard of it. I knoiv nothing attoid it! pr. 2001. —
4. bu due so, to doutde (up), i.e. to bend or Jjreak in the middle
and fold or lai/ one part upon the other (woto no nan na wobu no
due so = wobu no fa so, the// break hi)n so that the feet take the n-ajf
over the head). — 5. fred.j to feel or search for with a long instru-
ment, to poke; to probe (a wound): to sound, fathom : fa dua yi due-
due nsu no mu, search in the water with this stick. — <>. [red.] to
search or inquire after, investigate: nierekoduedue gmah nui^me-
kofvvefwe omah mix asem mafwe, / tvill try to gather information
on the sentiments of the people or to obtain a favourcddc disposition
among the people. — 7. fred.j to stroll about, wander, rove, ramble;
r/". obadueduefo. — H. 'J'he significations given under ;2.3. have given
rise to a peculiar use of the v. in the imji. to express a) pitg on any
misfortune that befell the addressed person, t)) a threat or jiredic-
tion on account of some misdeed: a) due! hush! soothe or ajipease
thyself, set your heart at rest, compose y(mr mind, cdlcviate your pain
i.e. may your pain be (dlcvi(ded! (Ade t\va obi a, wose : due, due!
obi ni wu a, n'abusuafo se: due, due!) — due, gener. repeated 2 or
3 times, has become an appeasing and consoling interjection, pro-
nounced towards a person who has liurt himself or met with an
accident' the thing afflicting or incounnodating is added with nii:
due ne amanehu uu = due, na woahu amaue, may you ttcar your
afflictiun easily! may you recover from your affliction! nu'innue n c
ko! I p)ity you for the trouble and ill success of the fighting! due ne
adwumaye! miiunue ne adwumaye na adwumaye bekfim mo!
you are to be pitied for such hard or grievous ivork, it wdt kill you!
It is also used in several common forms of salutation: diic-ne-
a wo-i'), said in the morning, when it is cold; due -n e-w i' 6, said
in the middle of the day, when it is hot; due-ne-h win'6, said in
the evening, Avhen it is cool; due-ne-su-o, said after a shower of
rain, — meaning, at is were, may you easily bear the inconvenience
caused by the cold (awow), the sun (a\Via), the coolness (ohwini), way
you recover from the effect of the rain (^osu). — Jj) due! woe unto
thee! miinnue! u-oc unto you! (Nea woaye yi, due! this thing whieli
you have done will have grievous consetpienees! e\ ade na murewia
yi? nii'innue! ivhcd! yon arc stealing? you u-ill suffer for it!) — !J.
due., adwerewa, s. adw...
due (the intcrj. or imp. mentioned under due H a), used as a
nonn) a pitiful state or conddion, pr. 604. expression of pity. — ma
due, to condole, console, comfort, soothe. Biribi a eye yaw aye
onipa na woko ne iikyen kose se: 'mgbo 'mobo! na woania no due
a.s. hyeden nen. pr. .567.604.700.1039 f
duedue, red. v., s. due 5 — 7. Cf. obadueducfo.
odik'loo — (ii'iku. 97
()-<liiolV»o, pi. a-, Ak. hcsnimnr; — uea odue snmfin — okomfo.
l»: :J:!(i:i. (Ivataucrc konifo bi, Agyemanc <>ti Ascn, ua wa^ye din
yi iiyt' lu' dc.)
d II fy k V I' , " /'"ft' that has /'(///r^/ (huni and lain on tlic ground
/or some iiiii'r; a lanjc, rotten hlork, loyovpioev ofiuoO(l.pr.lO.'i9-41.
(1 n-roro, pi. n-, sucker, a shoot from the roots or lower part
(if the stem of a tree; a iioumj tree, [dua foforo; dua a aiifi wo dn-
nsin ho.]
;ulii-fra, inf. [aduru, fra] p/nirntuci/. — adiilViisriii, id.; plitir-
inaeopoeiay dispensatory. — o-tliUrafo, pi. a-, apofhccari/. ('in:
d u fud 11 f u , a. feeble. — pr. 58.
diifu;i, 2>l- ""' " >'(»iyfi A"///r/ of seat made of a hlork; n piece
of irood with a handle, [dua a woafufuaw ho kakra.]
d II f 11 a w, a medicine or medical preparation formed into halls;
jidiini hiara a wgayam no ne yissl afra abo no tow ahata.
(1 ii-li ill, pi. n- [dua bin] a root of a tree in the ground,
;id ii-li iia 111 , pl.n- [aduru huamhuam] perfumes, su-ecf Jierhs.
su-eets, sn'eet-smellin[/, odoriferous spices; ode ad. aye, she has ruhhed
or anointed herself uith sweet odours. Si/n. obiiam. Difiercnt kinds:
kiirobow, beweoniia, osi'ko, ofwenti^a, mmowa, pepere (= aloe).
din a, F. (.dwia, Prk.) 1. = dua, r. to plant dc. Ml. 13,3.. 31. —
:>. dnia (mu, do kc.) â– -= nam or fa (mu, so &c.), to (jo alone/, to take
one's waif thrnut/h. over dr. - okoduiaduia mpoano, he went hi/ the
sea-shore: okoduia abrokwa nui, he went through the corn fields;
wodze mpa no duiam' si dadze, thei/ let down the bed through (the
ojiening); Mh. 2,13.23.4. - duia hen awuradze do sii fre Nyankopoh,
call upon (rod, through our Lord. — o. (= due 1.) to take a (cei--
tain) course, to proceed, deal, act, treat, use, manage in a certain
manner: mbre woboduia ahyira no nyi, thus shall he he hlessed,
Fs. 128,4. woatse babi-mbre oduia tu won fo, gou have heard how
he admonishes them ; wokii mbre oduia ye' nyimpa no kyere' wgii,
tlieg told them h o iv it befell to the man, Mk. .5,10. oduia d e ri bo' nyim-
j)ay how did he make man''^ yeboduia den afwefwe yi? how arc
we to seek this'f mre yeboduia afwefwe Nykp. no mboa nye de,
yebodwen do da yeduia mboa u'akwan no do, we are to seek the
grace of God in a constant and careful use of the means of grace;
akwaii yi, oduia do nda ahen ? how long is he to use these weans? &c.
woiifwe babanm' nsukoko rabre woduia nyin, 3It. 6,28-
duia.F. =dua, tree d-c. — duiaba = dua, mote d^c.Mt.7,3..
aduiaba, aduiadzewa, F, = aduaba, frud. Mt. 21,34. Mk. 12,2.
duiafo, F. = oduafo. Mt. 13,3.
O-d I'l k I'l , small cask, barrel, keg; cf. ahkora, okwadum, opdiikrilii.
duku, dukiiduku, a. dt adv. reduced to small particles; abodo
no abu dd., the bread has been crumbled entirely; wabubu dua no
mu dd., he has broken the stick info small xneces; mfgte awe ntania
no hhina dd. = pasapasa, the fermites have eaten up the cloth, re-
ducing it to very small shreds; sare no aye dd., the grass has crum-
bled i)do sinfdl fragments ; gpohkg a\vc sare no nhina dd.
98 dukiiduku — diiom.
dukuduku, a.d-adv. fat a.ndfme, stout; wayed.; oguaii no
ado srade d. — dukudi'iku, id. gwo mma d. anarij he has four
stout and ticch/ children.
dukfi', ^>L n- [Dan. dug, Dutch dock] handkerchief; a yard
of cloth: nnuku' abien ye sin, two yards ctrc a fathom; cf. nnuku-
nnukuwa, dint.
dukudoiVj linen; grey baft.
a d u k u -n t ft ii k fi m [G. alngundugu] sour-sop, A.nona mnri-
cata ; siveet-sop, Anona scj^uaniosa; cusiard-applc; the fruit and the
shrub or tree bearing it; cf. aduantuhkum.
adu-kviro, p7. n-, a hole in a tree or stone in whicli water
gathers; dua mu tokuru a nsu ta mu na nnomji guare worn'; oho
ad. nso wo ho; nsu nnini' a, wose: ad. a\Vo. pr.2917. cf. nnukiirogua.
duiiij r. [red. dunnum] to go out (of fire); tr. to put aid, ex-
tinguish, quench (fire or a light); pr. .3080. — ogya- no adnni, the fire
is gone out; dum kanea, jJut end the light. — bere-dum, to be of dark
red ; ntania yi b.
o-diiin, 1)1. a-, 1. the Odum-iree, a large tree; the wood is used
for tindier, furniture, fuel. — 2. As. edum, pillar, supporting a house
or erected for remembrance; tomb-stone; monument; - adum no
i>ea wode gyinagyina gdan ; abo a Brofo de sisi ada so no ye adum
a wode ye nkae.
o-dumafo [aduru, ma] s. oduyefo.
adii m fo, a kind oi executioners at Kumase; s. dunnyi, obrafo,
duni-t^ya, jjZ. a-, (a pair of) candle-snu/fers; ecctinguisher.
e-du-miGii', du-mienu, F. du-abien, twelve.
c-dii-miensa, F. du-abiasa, thirteen.
dum pen, ])rivy, necessary; cf. Aiiasce.
e-d I'l-n n an, fourteen. Gr. § 78,1.
dun dum, F. .9. dfim.
O-dunni = dumni, s. pd. adumfo & dunnyi.
e-d I'l-n krd n, nineteen.
e-d u-n s 1 a , sixteen.
du-nsi 11, i^Z. n-, the stump of a tree. pr. 403, [dua, sin ; dua a
wgatwa so na esi ho no.]
e-d u-n s u n j seventeen.
c-du-nnum, fifteen. — dunnum, red. v., s. dum.
e-d li-n w 6 1 w 6 , eighteen.
dunnyi, F. = gbrafo, executioner. Mk. 6,27.
aduo, .S'. adiwo.
duo bo, V. to be wanton. Jer..oO,ll. anugdeh a etra so ye.
aduokii, a by-name of the rat, s. okisi.
aduoku, a kind o{ yam (bay ere), s. gde.
duo in, V. only used in the imp. [prob. fr. due mu]: proceed,
.go on, come on! Wo-ne bi kg kwan na gnam berew a, na wuse:
duom na yenkg e! munnuom!
adiiomia — juliiru. 99
adi'i-ouiKi =- adu }\ onna, a nick-iiamo of the goat; .v. adu.
aili'i-OMiii-innuV, — adu a oimi luina, ilitii), s. .ibirckyi.
ad ii-o II II, Itvcuiy. — a d ii-o ii I'l iii, ////y/. Gr. i; 7H, 2.
a d ii-(» s i a , sixtj}. — a d »i-6 w ('» t \V o , ciyhti/.
dii-pa, ph n-, it II old, liin/e tree [dna a anyii'i a.s. nbo apil;
nnuj)!! = nnua akesc a esosoe yiyi']-
d u-p o II, pi. n-, [dna, pon | a Idttjr free. pr. 426.
d iipow, s. ntetca-d.
d il-|» u I'l, 7>/.a-, the btoittl itiid lanje part nf the rout of ceitahi
tioes above groiuul, i)rojecting like a buttress from the low part of
the stem; dua kesc ntiiii a ati adi aye kokfiro; odum, ofram, ofo,
oiiya, owataku, owowa wo uuupuii.
diir, F. 1. -= du, r. Mk.lH,:iS. — x!. = duru, a.
dura, r. \^iid. duradura] d. ho, d. so: to cover, deck, line; to
coat, cni-it, orerlui/ ; d. mu: to U)ic. to finish or overtoil, to cover or
put ill the inside of. Ex. 2'),11.:^8. 26y29- — Wodc twom-ulioma dura
akukua no mmentiJi ho.
adiiradc, uj)2>er-dress, upper-garmenf, e.g. of Mohammedans,
aduro, aduruo, Ak. s. aduru; cf. soduro. [pr.HOSo.
duru, Ak. x. du, r.
duru (dru), r. Ak. du, 1. to descend, dismount, alight, come
or go down; duru (bera) ! = si fam' ! cf. shin. — 2. d..mu, to de-
scend into, to .â– itrihe, of lightning: opi'anna d. duam' a, eso gya, if
the lightning strikes ii tree, it c(dchcs fire. — .5. to feel a presenti-
ment, foreboding: nsem a eye hu duru no, he has a presentiment of
or his heart forebodes fearful things; obra a awerehow nuim' duru
ne kara, his soul has a presentiment of or anticijMdes a life without
grief. — i. waduru afiforo, he has entered a ncw-huilt house and
conseerided it by a solemnity of 1-3 days. — 5. waduru afu, he
has a hunch-back. — (J. esfim duru, darkness descends, it gets dark;
owia duru sum, the sun gets dark, is eclipsed ; n'adwenemu aduru
sum, his mind is darkened or obscured, [red. duduru.]
duru, duruduru, (t. Ak. du, F. dur, durdur, duduru. l.heavi/,
weightg, ponderous; gbo yi ye d., this stone is heavy; obo duruduru,
n heavji stone; ne kotokum' aye d., ne tam ano ye d., his pmrsc is
ircll filled; - burdensome. Mt. 23,4. burdened or bowed down witli grief,
Mrk. 14y3S. — 2. wabo duru, she is (big) with clnld ; ef. yem, v. —
5. with mu: thick; dote yi mu, ofasu yim' ye d., this dag, this wcdl
is thick \ - important, difficult, serious; asem yi, emu ye duru, this is
a difficult matter. — 4. n'anim ye d., he is grave, earnest, re.^pice-
tablc, venendAe. — 5. ne n sam' ye d., I'e is wealthy, opulent, pioiver-
ful = gye osikani, owo atuo. — 6". ne b o or ne koko ye d., he is
courageous, valiant, brave, stout, undaunted.
duru, duruduru, n. heaviness, weight.
o-duru, ^>/. a-, the iiholc cluster of fruits of the plantain- and
banana-tree, consisting of several smaller clusters (siaw.)
aduru, ^j/. n- or nnuruwa-nnuruwa, Ak. aduruo, aduro, pow-
der, medicine, drug, physic, ne yare ano ad. ui, this is the medicine
100 odiirugya — dwa.
ar/ainst his sicJoicss; - pcrfamcr)) ; any chemical 2)re.paraiion ; (oi//
kind oi poivdcr or //««? not used as food, e.<j. <i}tn-poicdcr{iii\\([\\Y\\)^
inl- (adnbiri), paint...; hence also = aduru-bone, adubone, poison:
wato no aduru, Jie Itas poisoned him; - wabo ad. = okgwawae diia
ho abon abeye adnru.
0-d urnti'Y ;i, a kind o^ flute or pipe used in tlie ])erforinaneo of
mournful music before a king (dcmere a eho apgw-apgw ne nsge pi
a wgfre kete no bi).
o-duru-innfo, s. odumafo.
jKluiMi-inu-pCj chemical analysis. — adnni-imi-sciii, chemisfn/;
plnirmacji; pharmacoloffij. Chr. — ef. adufrasom, kilfra-nyansa.
ad u r n-l ();i, -toa, 2'1- ^-^ « case, box, phial, or cruet for any kind
of powder or fluid, e.g. an inJi-stand; a medicine-hox.
0-dnru-yefo, -yofo, s. odnyefo. j)>-. 1045.3540.
dutai'i, pi. n-, [dua, gtrn'i] ]. a lan/e free, cf. dnpa, dupgii;
2^'. J 047. — Ji\ the .stem of a tree.
d ii-t ail 11 u r u , pi. n-, a large, miylity tree.
adn-lo, inf. [to aduru] poisoniny. — ndu(6-diini, jn>/so}?, ap-
pliance used to poison apfrson ; cf.hoYo,. — o-i\n{dk),j)l. a.-, poisoner.
dll tra, J?)/, n-, shinyle. [dua, trii, j>/. nnua nlra-ntra.]
a di'i twf, a moveable pole supported in the middle, for children
to play on; wgtrjl ad. so, wokjin ad., they sit on or turn the pjirot-
2)ole. pr. 104S.
adiihViiin (oriy. pr. n. m.) a kind of cloth, s. ntama.
adiiwa, F. beans; s. ase.
diiya, F. s. dua, dnia.
o-diiyefo, ^j/. a-, [i\Anv\\-y gU^'\ pliysician. F. Ml. 9,12.
I>w.
'i'he combination of these two letters (d\V) is not a compound
of the common dental d and \V, but a ])alato-labial transformation
from the gnttiiro-labial combination uw, which has still been re-
tained for it in parts of Fante ; s. Gr. § 1 2. — 'J'his transformation
originally took place only before o, o, i; but these vowels, when
followed by a final w or m, liave usually been transformed into
0, o, 11, and have retained this form also when the final w was
dropped (cf. dwom, dwonto, hnwonkoro). In Ak. the combination
liua or j:,\A'a (F.) has likewise been transformed into dwa or even
into dzua [G. dfa = dsiia]. —
By the nasal prefix (I'l), dVv is changed into I'nV (ni'iw).
dwa, Ak. ^ giia or gwa in Akr. and F.
Words not fomul under dwa ai'e, therefore, to he looked for under gna.
dwa, V. Ak. 1. = giia, to carve, cut up, cut in piieces; to gut,
eriscerate. — 2. = kyia, to salute, pr. 143.
d \Va, V. 1. to stand out, be prominent, lyroject; ne fwene dwa
ahun mu, his nose stands out in the air (perh. Jte sneers, shows con-
temj^t by turning up his nose); - 3. to state, rep>ort; to expose, propose;
<l\v.nl\V:i — (1\\(>. 101
otl(i nscin no abt'dwa Iio = abcto lit>, he lulilf/ic iiKi/fcr /i/itilicJi/, in
f/ic pilhlir Jildcc.
d\Va(lw;i, <((lr. (It'iiotini;- soiui' S(niiul(V): o(l(^ iif"s\ ircii no fwci;
asu no iiiii d\\ .
:i (I \Vji, Ak. -- agiia.
o-(lwji, an etliblc, iViiit; <•/'. oj^ua.
adwabirein, Ak., d-. aguAbirt'.ni ; a |ilaic at Iviiniasc; d /ilacc
for ((ssctnhlini/. iiiarkct-pUire. pr.^ioO^L
(IVvac, /t(iii(//ifiiicss, an'o<janvr, insolence, /uesninjifnottsncss;
hirnnnif; gyo ilwae- =gye mpanyinyo, oili uipanyiiiseui, oyc ahan-
tau, he is Inutijltfif and confoniitnoiis, (tnoijant, prcsuinjitnoiis; gbo
luv so (Iwae, =^ obg mc so abantanseni, he f reals me irilh insolence,
h(iiii/h(i/ contenijil, tyrannizes over me ("as African kiuj^s (](!spiso
others and think they can do with them whatever they like"); :=-
odi bam, q.r. — Cf. dwae-dwom.
dwao-bo, inf'.han<ihlinessdc., tyrannical behaviour; 6'. d\va(^;
il\V. ye wo de! yon only delight in overbeariny behaviour, effronlcry!
dw. abg no dam, he is mad with tyranny.
dVvao-dVvoin, (t son(j of a defying character, siiny by the
dancers in the play called dwae.
o-d Wiic'ui, />/. dwiiefo, dancer or sharer in the said play.
d \V a k ro, a kind oi snare; osum dw., lie lays a snare; s. atiri.
(IVvaiH!, Ak. = guan, to run aivay, flee; to trouble: wodwane
me ho dodo, yon trouble me too much; me ho ad wane me, I am in a
strait, in trouble = me ho hia me.
u-d\Vaiie, 2'^- "â– > ^^- =â– oguan.
chVariiiVvaii, Ak. = guannuan, j>r. i^.Si'.
dwarc, v. Ak. = guare, ;;r. .5,9.
adwaree, inf. Ak. = aguare, bcdhiny.
dVvc, a. (inich; brisk, nimble, used in an elliptical way (without
the verb ye): ue ho dwe = wadi; ode ade no niua me no, me lio
(|\ve, ^^ migyei, ichen he gave me the tiling, I took it at once, using
it forthaUh; cf. pr^hn; gkyekyere adesoa kakra de mail me, na mi-
gyei, mc ho dwe, he gave me a heavy load, but I took it at once.
dvV(!, adv. completely, entirely, totally, utterly; wadi dwe =
pe ; wanom nsu dvve, dua no abu dwe = abu wg so ara we.
dwcdwe-dwedVve, adv. id. — dua no abubu dw..., the stick
is completely broken into many particles; ahaban no aye dw.,., the
leaves have become utterly dry.
dwO, dvvoiiu, adv. id. afuw nniatauna ahyew due, the heap
ov pile of wood on the x)Undation is burned comjiletely ; ode a wode
kgtoo gya mu no ahyew dwenn, tJie yam which yon put in the fire
is totally burned; otam no ahyew dwehh, ehka hi.
dwt', v. F. = dwo, V. {Prk. jui) to be harmless, Mt.lU,16. to be
meek, Mt. :il,5. to be kind; - to cease (of the wind) 3Ik. 4,30. - to wither
(of the hand) Mt.Pi,L(). — dwedwu, red. v. F. — dwudwo.
102 dwe — odweii.
dwo, n. 1. Icernel, s. adwe; fig. plili, marrniv. heart, strength;
Wcitu no mu d\ve = alioodeii. — 3. somctliing contained in pustules
in the face, white, round and hard(V), j;?r.s, flatter? (wumia infowa
a, ua biribi fitafita korokorowa tim' na eye den, na yefre no dwe;
wutu kuru na emu dwe no tu a, ehkye wu). — .•>. perhaps = mpeV
m'ani asare dvve, =nna amnia m'aniwam' bio, lui/ eyes have got so
that I cannot sleep: cf. sare. — i. =gye? perplexity, madness; asem
no aye wo so dwe. tlic matter has hernme a mad jxdaver to thee, hard
to settle.
adwe, pi. hnwea (hhwewa), pahn-hernel, the stone or kernel of
the fruit of the oil-palm, together with its hard shell, enclosed in the
pulpy substance of which the palm-oil is prepared; any other nut
or Icernel. pr. lOoO.lool-oS.looo. bo adwe, to crack a kernel.
dwe, dwedwe, adv. expressing a feeling oi' pain; me yafu-
nu(m') kaw me or keka me dwedwedwe, mg hrllg aches, I Jiavc the
gripes.
dweti, poet, a fine, girl, lady.
Dweada, Dweeda, Ak. s. Dwoda.
adwe-advVc, a. [adwe] fall of Immjts like palm -nut-kernels:
afasew munuukum bi ye adw.
a d Vv c ha w , n. ad wobaw. yr. 40.
adw ('-1)0, i)if. cracking of palm-keriiels. pr. loo?.
adwe-dae -- akwasidae, s. adae.
dwedwe, s. after d\ve. — dwodwo, red. v. V. = dwudwo.
dwodVvewa', adj. close together, narrow (of an opening or
passage); s. adwoku. Cf. hihia, muamua.
dwedwL'wa, the throat, gorge, ivind-plpe; the larynx, head
of the ivind-pipc; waso ne dwedwewam' -- watim no ameuewa.
o-d \V c h c 11 e , pr. 2472.
adwc-ka, a ring made of the shell of a palm-kernel.
dwe 11 11, s. dwe, dwerebe.
dwell, dwene, v. to think (of); to medit(de; to consider ;pr. 309.
— odwen ne komam' bone, he meditates or devises evil in his heart.
— dweh so or ho: to think about, to mcdit(de on, to consider; to
mind, regard, care ahont; medwen asem (so), Ifhiidi about a matter;
odwen ne nua so or ho, he is thinking about his brother; ade a wo-
kgye yi, dweh ho yiye, consider the thing well which yoii are going
to do; n'asem I'lhina ye ntwiri, mihhweh so, aU his talk is slander,
I do not mind it; - V. wandwen do antse (= antie), he neglects to
hear, Mt. 18,17. — ne iisem a okae hhina, raadweh akyiri mahu,
I have fumed over in my mind all he said, and found it true. — cf.
susuw. — Bed. dwciirnVeii, to care, be (Oixious, distracted, take
anxious thought. Mat. (i, 2.5-34. cf. dadweh.
e-dweii, Mt. egwen, grey hair: edweh aba nctirim, neti afuw
dweh, he has grey hair.
o-dweii, a lost thing; athing fou)id and appropriated; a single
person met on the way and seized as a slave; pr. 4ol. 1051. — woafa
ilvv'L'ii — dvVunso. 103
no (I\v(Mi, Of wato dweh, lie has been svixc.d <tnil made a shirr. Onipa
nam nn oto dweii a, obi na okyere no kw sxi\, jir. l\Ia(o dwcMi niitiliu
ni-a nu'-i'iko, / diii at d loss ir/icrr fo ;/o; n'aiiiwa ato dwci'i, /ir is lost
ill lltiiilciiKj.
o-(lVvon, Ak. udweiic, a kind of forost-ticf; wodi; yij wonia,
wodo n'ahaban bo abodo. pr. 1057. lo.'lS.
;m1 Vvi'M, a (I \V Olio, a coininoii /is/i in tlie river Volta, sihtrKs,
sihirr. shrat-l'isli P pr. 7SH. 1052-35. 1.T22.
(1 wouiia, ^j/. h-, the first aj>pcav<uicc of fniH alliu- Uic falling
of tlio Hower; tenih'r, carJi/ fruit; Cant. 2, 13.15. — waporow (watc-
tow) akntu dw, no nliina; pr. 1505.
dVvoii-dwoi'i, red. v. F. = dwcninVen,
(IvVouo, r. s. dweh.
0-dwoiio, a-, s. odweh, a-.
adwoiio, inf. (pi. id.), thouyhf, pr. 1056. conception, idea; mind;
sentiment; intention, ojiinion; rharartcr. M'adw. baa wo so, (As.) /
tlnnKjIit of i/oii; n'ad\V(;ne ahkosi bo, that did not come into his mind,
that never entered into his head. — F. fa ad wen (J'r/c. ajuin), to
care, consider, be musini/. Mt. (1,25.27. Mk. 6,52. Fs. j'9,o*. — Nc tirim
wo adw., he has ijood natural capacities, is talented; - osakran'adw.,
he elianijes his mind, repents, is converted. — n'adwene ye betO,
he is feeble-minded, ficJdc, unsettled or tasilij chan(jed in his ojjinion.
— n'adwcnem' tew, his thoiufhts arc clear, he is intelli(/ent, clever,
.sliretcd, brisk, liveli/, spri[/h(f// ; - n'adwenem' nt(;w no, he has mis-
ijivinijs, is mistriistinij. — n'adwenem' abue or ada bo, he has tjood
(common) sense, is intelHyent. — n'adwenem' ye (no) bare, he is
iujJit-minded, frivolous.
ad\veiiO-fre, inf calling for attention; abebu a. s. asentifi bi a
wode ti asem ase de, adwene na wgde fre.
adwoiioin-haro, -sorn, Uijhimindedness, frivolousness.
advVoiiom-tow, inf. clearness of thouyht, intclU(jenee, shrcivdness,
spriiihtliness.
dVv6i"i-t"a, 1. inf. appropriation of a tliinrj ov person found. —
2. a kind of amulet or charm.
ad wo I'l-li u hu w, light-mindedness, frivolitg; tirim' adw., fancy.
0-d Vv 011-11 111 i, pi. a,-, [oguan or odwane, nini] ram. pr. 1059 f.
Oye no odwennini-bewo-ba, he makes him believe that a ram icdl
lamb, i.e. he flatters him (Udwabeh Boateh na gkue).
o-dVvoiiiiimiiui, a young or small ram.
adwciiiiimineii, a ram's horn: wasi adw., he has put a ram's
horns upon, his head.
O-dwei'ikobiri, a kind of forest-tree; o woma n'akoa (odweh no sa).
d w 11 k u , s. d wohkn.
a d w n[e] s a kilr a, inf. change of mind, repentance, conversion.
dwonso, v. to urine, to make water; is more decently ex-
pressed by gu nsu. pr. 1061.
dwell so, n. urine, loater; dw. abo no, he is sick of ov su/fers
104 dwensotofi — dwese.
from disurt/, ischurij, is affected icifJi strinKjurij. pr. 34jo. — dweiiso-
kuku, -kiiruwa, pi. h-, chamhvr-pot.
dweiiso-toA', xjI. U-, the hhidder.
dwen-to, inf., o-dvVentofo, .s-. dwouto, odwoutofo.
0-d weuiiwaii, -ne. name of a month: s. osrani.
dweimweii, red. c >-. dvien.
o-dweiinwemi, -newa, a tree. pr. 1057.
o-dwendVvenekoina, pr. 1038.
udVvera, F. (Prl: njira) = hh wera.
adweii inVere, Akp., s. adxvere.
dwere, r. to crush, desfroi/, Icill; to he cut up, crushed, de-
stroyed, Idled. Yekoe no, yoantumi won, ua wodvieree yen nhiiia.
Boaten baa Kyebi no, r)\vabenfo a ode won bae no Vdiina. odsVeree
won (wg) ho. Osee Yaw dom a ode baa Akantamasu nbinji d\\ eree
wo bo. Cf. dwerew, Akr., nsed of things, *.^ kuni.
dweiH', V. to hind, tie, tie up; syn. kyere, kyekyere; d\V. uo
hama=rkyere no h., hind him with a rope; odwere nnaworopcwa,
she ties her Jiuir into the liheness of a tittle siich. — F. to draw to the
shore, hriny a ship to poii or to land. ^[k. 6,'>.3.
adVvere, = amoakua.
adVvcro (Akp. adwennwere), a kind of herh. used in religious
ceremonies to S2)rin}de uudcr with it for purification or otherwise to
talc away unchanness; ababan betebete bi a etc se fan a wgdc guare
asum'; wode bi guare abatn; woyam bi de tare pgnipo ano nia etu
ntem ; wode adw. a woayam ne nno due suman se wgde reyi fi a
akji suman no: - s. advverewa.
dVvcrebe, arfr. = dwe, dwehn, kora &c. completely, entirely,
totally, utterly; dgm, gmah, kiiro, afuw no ahyew d\V. : ope ahyew
nwura dw., aduafi no aye dw. (too much hurned on the coals); g-
maii uo abg dw.; kuro no aseedw.; kuro no lihina ye dw., the town
is ipiitc spnded, hurned to the (/round d'c. - Akwanifo aye Huafo dw.;
nimoa adi m'afnm' aduari nbina dw.; wgabefa ne nhina d\V., wgan-
nyaw ebi; - anka "bi kora wg ho a, na wose no se : dw.
adwerebia', a kind of hejids, s. aliene.
dwereWj Akr. = dwere, to crush, shatter , dash to pieces or
into fragments (nktiku. nkesua &c.), stronger than bg, bobg.
adVverewa, adwera', sprinlde, sprinldiny-hrwsh; a means to
remove fdfh i. e. falsehood or misrepnsentatio)i (hlame, accusation,
slander?) pr. 1802. due., adw., to confirm; to prove; to hear witness
for or against, to convict; kase a merebg no, mahwie na obeduee
me adw.; gsah se ennim' a, medue no adw., // he deny its heing
true, I will prove it against him; osennifo no araa adansefo no redue
nea wanya asem no adw., the judge has c(dled ujj the witnesses, con-
fronting them with the indictee (culprit, defendant), that they may
take away the fidsity of the culprifs assertion and leave the matter
hare as it is.
dwese, warp: == nsa, .s-. ntamaiiwene. — dweseboro.
(Iwote — dVviiiw . 105
dwety, F. gwete, silver. — dwoto-bii'i, dwote-H, dross of
,^ilocr. — dw('t(!-l)oii;V, j>/. li-, siloer-roiti, sHverluuf. — dVvctij-
ilwiimfo, pi. a-, silrer-smit/i. — dwcttj-tiio, (( t/nii inlaid tcif/t silccr.
dvVe-tiri [guatiri] (t capital or siocl; of nionri/ to beyin trade
icilh; a fniul emploiied in business or (ii/if iii/derfahin;/. — bo d \V.,
to (/itflier siieh <i lapifal. pr. lOtV-i.
dvvL'tiwii, [dwetiri dim.'] a smnll eujiital, stork or fund,
d V\' (' t i \\' a 111, a possessor of some little property, not exactly
ridi, but on the way to become so; a spdrimj, suviny, thriftii person.
dVvidwi: nc ho d\v., he has a roiajh skin.
t'-dVvie, Ak. = dwiw, dwuw, pi. n- louse.
adVvima, F. (Trk. ejuima)=: adwuma. — dwiiiitb^ F.=od\vuintb.
adVviiii, artificial u-ork, as work in (fold, sdrcr, brass, leather,
wood; any trade or mcrhanie art reducing raw materials to a form
suitable for use; plastic art; sculpture, carved work; the art of draw-
ing; design, delineation. — di ad\V., to make artificial work, to prac-
tise a trade or art; odi sika-adwini fefew, he makes finethin(js of gold.
Cf. odwumfo.
ad winiiado, /d. id. or n-, [adwini nnade] tool or machine for
artifaial work.
adVviniic, ^>/. id. or h-, [;ul\viui ale] a thing made artificialli/,
artifaial work, ivork of art.
adVviii-ni, ad\vin-ni, /;//'., iha practise of a trade or art.
adwiuni- (Iwiima -dan, manufactorg.
adVviiini-iiyansa, art, talent for ang art.
dwira, c. 1. to dash ov strike against, to spatter, sprinkle. Osu
bo dwira nie dan ho nti, eho hyirew rihina ahohoro, because the rain
strikes ceheinentlg against ing house, the tvhite earth (with which the
wall had been whitewashed) has been entirely washed off; ode prae
dwiraame, lie struck me witli a broom; ode usu dwiraa m'ani so,
lie dashed water in my face. — -2. to cleanse from guilt or moral
and religious uncleanness ; to sanctify; to consecrate. — Obi kum
ti (ofi aba fi bi) a, wodwiram', if one makes a dwelling (ceremoni-
ally) unclean (if a dwelling lias become defiled), it is purified; wode
niniah mogya n.a. dwira ofie. tfie habitation is rendered clea)i again
with tJie blood of slieep dx. — Se ebia mefom mekodi biribi a mikyi
a, wgtew adviehhwere no ovigkom' ntwoma na wgde ad\virad\Vira
me nsa ne m'ano. Wgde nsu dwira no, or, wodwira no {}yq) usum'.
Okodwira neho wg pom' e.s. gsorgkye no bo ba a, na wakogyinam'.
Cf. ahSdwira,
0-dVvii"a. tlic gain-custom, an annual festival celebrated in the
month of August or September, when the tirst yam is eaten, being
considered also as the beginning of a new year. — t\Va dwira, to
celebrate the yam-festival. — Wot\Va odwira wo Kumase, Akwam,
Akuropgii; rf. aberekwasi, ohum, akonhuru.
dvViri, dwiridwiriw, s. the foil.
d wiriw, dwuruw, f. 1. to separate, disperse, scatter; odw. gya
(no mu), he scatters t/ie fire-brands or coals as with a poker, rakes
106 dwiw — dwoag^yina.
out the fire. — 3. to break up, J)rcak or puU down, to dcniotlsh (odan,
pempe, siw); to prostrate; to ruin (gyare no dwiriw' iiipa no pasa).
— 3. ue ho dwiriw no, he is shocked, struck with surprise, horror
or disf/HSt, he is astonished, amazed, hewildered, confused; me ho
(a)dwiriw me, ^ me ho aye bete, metirim aye me kosenenene, awow
agu me so &c. Cf. ahodwiriw.
dwiw, V. s. dwuw.
e-dVvnv, dwuw, Ak. edwie, j^i/. h-, louse.
dwo, V. 1. to cool; nsu no adwo, the water is no more hot;
ma fikwaii no nuwo ansa, let the soup cool first. — 2. to he calmed,
appeased, allayed; to abate, subside; to become or he soft; to relax
from a state of excitement; to be calm, quiet, gentle, mild, meek, tame,
l)eaeeablc. humJ)le, especially in \hQ perf. and with bo, ho, aui. —
3. tr. to make quiet, soft, tame, cf. dwudwo. pr. 1064-66. — Aboa yi
dwo, this animal is sitting quietly, not mooing; oguanteh dwo (ne
ho dwo, u'ani dwo), na abirekyi ani ye den, the sheep is gentle, hut
the goat is hold. Epo adwo, the sea is calm. Onipa no dwo, he
is a quiet man; odwo, he is humtde (not proud, == onye mpanyin-
sem); ne bo or n'abufuw adwo, liis anger is appeased; n'ani dwo,
ne koma ho dwo, he is mild, gentle; nehodwo, he is meek. — 1.
to come to rest, feel comfortable, pr. 748. Kan-no oye hiani, nnansa-
yi dc, ne ho adwo, formerly he teas poor, but nou- he is better off;
mc ho adwo me kakra, I feel a little better. — Oman mu adwo, the
town or country is quiet, in jieace; afei yen here so adwo, now peace
has come back again. — N'asOm' adwo, he has become free from dis-
turbance, has come to peace. — Ne kete mu dwo, his bed is soft. —
Ne kotokum' adwo (= aye duru, 02ip. awow), his xmrse is well-
fdled, well-stored. — Dwo wo ani, lit. cool thy eye, i.e. moderate your
haste, modrrtde your demand, restrain your passion or desire! dwo
w'ani didi, eat slowly; dwo w'ani bcrco! act or proceed softly, gently,
slowly! pr. 622. IOCS- — lied, dwiidwo, q.v. — Cf. abodwo, ahodwo,
asomdwoee.
dwo, V. s. dwow, V. to cid.
dwo, 0. F. {Prk.]o) to crush; obodwo no sam, // will grind him
to powder. Mt. 21,44.
e-dwo, V.yam; fa dwo here me, bring me a yai)i;cf.hrodcQ-d\vo.
Jidwo: ya adjVo, reply on salutations, addressed to one born
on Monday [s. Kwadwo] or to any other person.
adwo: twa adwo or agyadwo, to cry aloud, to lament, wail.
iidwo, F. {Prk. nju) 1. roof = ntini. Mt. 3,10.13,6.21. ]\Ik. 11,20.
— 2. fringe, tassel. Mt. 9,20. 14,36. 23,5. {Prk. njo, njuo.) s. edwow.
adwo, a kind of plant.
Ad wo a, -owa, F. Agwewa, pr. n. of a female born on Monday.
dwo a, dwoa, orig. dvveba, gweba, /</. li-, a weight of gold =
ntaku 64 = iS' dollars or ackies, half an ounce or 11. 16 s.
(1 w a-^" V 1 n a , the same amount minus one taku or d^f d. i. e.
gold dust balancing the dwoa weight in equal scale, without the
usual over- weight. pr!747.
dVvoasurii — udVvoiitulo. 107
d \v a-s 11 r u , j)7. n-, a weUjIif of (j old -- ntaku 32. ((ir28?)
ad \V('ia-al)i i"i (nhrnva tnutum) a kind oi' heads ; s. alione.
adwoltaw, adweb. (pi. id.) the (eJiiefJ branch, tiv'uj or shoot of
the i/din; ode a osi kiisu na no nsa ayiyi na wgka batabata lio; hania
no aid a eti kankyciHikycre no; - ode no ayi ad\v, — ot'upc si a, na
worcka adw.
d Vv.ol) osii re, d firi;/ or shoot jj:;i'owini^ tVoTn tbo root beside
the [)riucij)al stem; n'ani bi a efi worn' bio; eli koti (lar(ie) na cm-
I'oro pam bio.
adwobdtoku, a kind of Ijcetle.
DVvoda, Aky. Dwceda, Dweada, Mondaij. Cn\%\\,\.
dVvodwo, adv. softl/f, slowli/, easdj/, safcli/; monkono d\v.
na mommcra no d\v.! — dviodwodwo, id.
ad \Vo<j;ii, 2)r. 2V2H.
d \\' g k o , the palsy ; parahjsis.
dVv6-k6ro\v [edwokokoro] the middle part of a yam, which
in roasting remained hard; ode a wgatoto na ainvie ben na woa-
twitwa ho, na nea aka mu na animen no, mfinimfini de no, na wgde
ato gyam' bio atoto. pr. 1068.
adVvoku, Ak. akye, wed, tvielcer-hashet, snare or traj) made
of twigs for C(dehiN(j fish, -=nfiow a; cf. eboa. i>r. 3066. Wode mpojuT
nwene no sc kyerenkye, ne ti tenteii, n'ano dwedwewa, ne to ken-
tei'in ; na wgaye mn kanyann (nwriinn, nnya-nnya), na mpata fa
keutenn no mu ho na wobefi a, na kanyann no asiw won kwah.
dwom, V. dw. ano, to draw or tie together, contract (a bag,
purse, pillow); to jHicker; odwnm (gmom) n'akatawia Jino, he shnts,
puts KjK his ainhrelta; gdwom n'ano, he purses, puckers up, his lips.
e-dwom, Ak. edwom, jjL h-, song, hymn, jJsalm, poem. — to
dwom, to sing; — f re dwom, to lead the choir; - ye dwom, to com-
pose a poem. Owg 'ne to dwom, he has a (good) voice for singing. —
Kinds of dw.: ebadwom o/' linwonkoro, gdakudvv., dwaedw., agye-
mannare, akorododw., kwadw., onnibiamanedw., sahkCidvV., antgre-
pira n. a.
d Vv om 111 a, ^\ nnwgnima.
0-dwoni-frefo, the leader of a choir, precentor.
dVvoiiki'i, dwenku, the hip, haunch, Itip-hone, thigh; cf. asen-
niu, the loins, sere, the thigh; - tg dw., to walk fame, liohhld limp:, cf.
to apakye, to halt, he lame.
a-d Vvoiiku-ben, a protuberance on tJie hip-bone. pr. 2280.
a d w u I'l k ii-t 0, inf. s. tg dvvonku.
dVvoiiiio, confusion; asem no abg wgi'i dw. = aye wgn so
nnwgmma ne hno, aye wgn sa, siamo, wohhii as§n-ko a wgnka, that
word has confounded or xtcrpleored them, they can find no word to
say or no ansiver to it.
dwon-to, inf. singing. — dwonto-boa, (jd. id.) air, tune.
o-d \v ji to i\), dwent., j^l. a-, singer, songster, poet, bard.
108 adwotwji — d wimiadi.
adwo-twa, inf. lameidaUon, ivailiny; diff. dwowtwa.
d wo w, v.l. to cut, sever, cut up, cidto pieces, cut down; otlwow"
no, lie cid him doivn, slew him; 6d\vow abe, he cids or severs the
single p(dnMnds from the stalk; pr. 310. odw. brode = otwitwa no
asiaw-asiaw fi osaw lio, he cuts the hands of plantains from the ivhole
bunch ; ode sosow dwow wuram' bay ere, lie takes old wdd /jam with
a di(j(jin(j-iron ; pr.lOG7. cf. t u (afum' bayere). — 2. to (jrind rou(jhl//,
abiirow, maize, awi, Guinea-corn ; cf. yam. — 8. to f/irash, thresh-
Q-dwow, pi. n-, tassel; frinyc. Cf. ndwo, F.
d \V 6 w : otwa no d\v., he kidnaps him; he robs or plunders him.
adwow: y i ad\v6, 1. to kidnap; oyii no adwo ton no, he kid-
napped and sold him. — 2. topanijar, i.e. to take bn force as a pawn
for a debt which one of the seized person's countrymen owes to the
seizor; a creditor may thus seize any person of the debtor's town
or country, when he has in vain tried to get payment by other
means and has asked permission from his own king and elders ;
and the person thus attacked may in defending himself wound or
kill his aggressor with impunity. — 3. Wudi wo yoiiko anira na ofa
biribi bye wo a, na wofre no adwo-yi; ofa neho kohintav/ wo a, na
wofre no saara. — 4. yi agyew, Mf. to seize the propert/j of one's
debtor for one's own pitijment.
dwuw-twa, inf. o})cn and habitu(d robbery, dcjiredfdion.; cf.
akwanmukii; diff. ad\v6t\Va, lamcidation.
o-dVvowtwafo, ])l. a-, a (h(d)ituat) robber, freebooter, hiffhtvat/-
man; si/n. gkwaiimukilfo, an occasional hi[/hioa/j robber.
ad\V6w-yi, inf. panyurrinfj; kidnapping.
0-d w o w-y i f o , pi. a-, manstealer, kidnapper.
dwii, V. s. dwuw, V.
o-dwii, s. edwiw.
dwudwo, red. v., s. dwo. Further meanings: 1. to softeti;
to tame (with ho): dwudwo aboa no ho, tatne that beast. — 2. to
become soft or t(niie; ne lio adwudwo, he has become tame; he is tame
in consecjuence ofa severe threatening or treatment, or from aston-
ishment. — o. with m u : asase no iiiu adwudwo, the soil has become
soft, damp, moist.
0-d w lima, the trumpet-tree; its wood is used for fences,
dwiima, business, occupation, emplogmerd; dutg, office, func-
tion; trade, profession; - ne dw. a odi ue nnuapac, apra, asuko,
ntamahoro n.a., his occupation is cliopping wood, sweejnng, going
for water, tv.ashing cloth dr,. — sgn. uea gwo ye & the foil.
adwfima, jjZ. n-, F. agwima, adwima, work, hdiour, espec. agri-
cultural work, manutd work; emplo/jmcjd oi any kiud'^ business, dutg
(advv. a mewo ye ma nipa, mg duty to man); — ye ad\v., to work,
labour; nkiirofo hhina ko won mfum' akgye won nhwuma, all the
people are on their pi ant (dions to do their work; - gu adw., pon adw.,
to give u}> or cease working. Cf. obere; gsom.
d\Vuma-di, inf. avoeation, profession, business, employment,
professional labour or exertion.
odwninaru — (l/i'iul/ci'id/cii. lOO
o-fl Vv II m JV t'o , i>/. a- = odwumayeui. (F. Mt.30,1.)
adVv iiniri-i>ii, -pQii, ceasing or cessation from woi/,\
ad \V fimri-y y, '"/• icorkiiuj, lahoHrimj ; vf. adcye.
0-<l \V fi ma y (jiii, pi. a- -fo, icoylcnuiii, [((hoiircr.
D-d \V iiiiiro, y'/. a-, loi/sf, ((vtisau, irorkniaH, our doiufi iirf/ficiid
work as a (•(trpcntcr, joiner, (/old-, silrer-, or eopper-sniHli, hro'/cr,
jienierer, tinman, saddler, nmhrella-maher, sJtoe-oi'sand(d-m(d:erSi(i.
(noa oseh apoh ne nnaka a.s. nkoiunin, oye ate, gpam I'lkyinii, obu
ii)])aboa, obu ntoa, a.s. onipa biara a oye biribi a eye nwonwa iia
nnipa iilMiifi ntumi nye).
a (1 \V 11 Mi-i)('> 11 [adwini, opon] ivorJ: heneli, joiner's bench, (tnr-
)iin(i-)lidlie, fnrn-hencJi, shop-hoard, irork-fahle, writin<j-desl- d'c.
dVviiniw, r. F. Akp. — Aw'irhv .{']m-n,Prk. Mt.24,2.2G,(il. Mlc.1.%2.)
d wiiw, r. 1. to scrajte, remove bi/ scrapiny: wodwuw aduru,
theii pass their finders tliroayh a medicine rubbed over one's bodi/, \vo-
(1(> aduru ye won bo biibi na wgde won nsatea nworahworan nin. —
A-*, to clean a place bi/ scraping witb a piece of bark or anytldng. —
3. to scrape or rale tocfcther, amass, accuniahde; dw. sika, to draw
out a (/ood quant if// of (/old from tbe bag; dw. ntrama, to 2nlc up
cowries in a lan/c lieap (boa., a no, to collect in a snudl heap). —
•i, d\V. dan, to rcjiair (renew) a h(mse in decaij; odan-iio\v bi wo lio
na woremiamia nui aye no yiye ; odwuw a wodwuw odan no da.
yi lie, eye sikasee ara kwa, this constant (or repeated) repairinfi of
th(d h(mse is mere waste of mo)ieij. — 5. to revive, return from (the
reedm of) the dead; ote se nea wawu adwuw, he looks as if he had
been dead and had returned from the other irorld (said of one who
is jjining- away bodily and mentally); r/. sasabonsam ; red. woawu
adwudwuw.
Oz.
The combination dz is found in Fante dialects instead of simple
d before tbe vowels o {= o) and i (exceptions: dede = gyegyegye,
dehye&c), seldom before e; before a only in dza = dzoa, dea, nea.
dz, F. = d before (e) e i.
dza, = dzea, F., Ak. dea, Akr. nea.
(Ize, = de, se.
dze, = de, 1. v. — 2. ((dr. J/ardl//; thou(/h, hotvcvcr.
adzo, i)?. ndzemba, nneemba (Mf. Gr. nyemba) = ade, nneema.
adze, = ase, Ml. 11,2.3. 23,12.
dzea, = dea, nea, person who, thin;/ whicJi.
dzel)Oiiyefo, pi. a-, = gdeboneyefo.
dzedzc," red. v. dze. ML 26,47.
adzefuradze, apparel. 1 Pet. 3,3.
adzejiyan, vaniti/.
dzckO, = dekode. Mk. 5,14.
adzekye = adekyee, dai/li(/hf; adz.yi nhinara, all this day lo)t(/.
dzeni, = dem, blemish. Eph..'),27.
ndzemba, = nnegma, s. adze,
iidzembir, = demmere. ML 11,7.12,20.27,29.
dzeii, dzcudzeiidzcii, = den; dennOnnen, straith/. Mk. 5,43.
110 adzesa — e.
adzesa, = adesae; adz. kg, ihe darlncss goes mvaii.
adzes(j, = ade-see, ivastc. Mt. 26,8.
adzest)ea, = adesoa. 3/^. 11,30.
iidzesoeade = uuosoa. Mt.23,4.
iidzeye, = nneyee. Mt. 5,16.
ndzeyetseiiene, = (nneyee) treno, rigMeoiisness. Mt.5,6.
dzi, V. [red. dzidzi] = di [didi] .s. di 1-100.
101. dzi = di ano, to covenant (for). Mt. 36,15. — 102. dzi ada<;;ya,
= da adagyaw, to he naJced. Mt. 2.5,86. — (40.) dzi dase, = di adanse.
Mt. 26,62. — 103. dzi dew, to rejoice; s. dew. Mt.2,l0. — (17.) dzi
dzera, = di dem, to have a hlemiih. — lOi. dzi adzibew, = di di-
bea, to he in an office. — 105. dzi.. mfamfanto, to follow .. afar off.
Mt. 26,58. — (SO.) dzi afora, = di at'ra, to have one's portion icitJi.
Mt. 24,51. — 106. dzi.. hiilmliu, to murmur against. Mk. 14,5 107.
dzi aliyem', to make a covenant, testament. — 108. dzi ahyia, to he
gathered together. — (35.) dzi ..nkyir = di .. akyi, to visit (sins
upon). — (2!J.) dzi mu, = di mu, to he lehole ; to heperfect. Mt. 15,.^1.19,21.
— (!)G.) dzi mpapem', = di mpapacmu, to he divided. Mk. .1,24. —
100. dzi primprini, to he ichole, strong, well, in good hecdth. Mt.9yl2.
Mk.2,17. — 110. dzi .. nsembon, to rail at, revde, hlaspheme.Mk. 15,29.
— (61.) dzi awerelio, to mourn, wail, lament. Mt. 24,30.
adzibaii, = adibane, aduan.
adzibew, = dibea, office, rank.
adzidzi, tsena-, = tra adidii, to sit down at )neals. Mt. 26,20.
adzidzitb, = didif'o, guests. Mt. 22,10.
adzilulzi, = adifiide, i)demperanee, excess. Mt. 23,25.
edziii, pi. a-, = ediii, name.
dzuo... dzui... dzo... dzii... F. (jue, jni, jo, ju, l*rk.) s.
d\ve... dwi... d\vo... dwn...
£. E.
1'he vowel sounds o, e, e, 0, and 0, o, o, e, and po, o\, and
ew, ew, ('\v (.s. Gr. § 2-5. 17. TJ A)fV('(jncntly interchange and are
sometimes intermixed in the alphabetical arrangement, especially
in compounds.
e in our books represents two sounds: 1. the full o, and 2. the
narrow o. Cf. Gr. § 1 liem. 2. and § 2.
e in Fante books often stands instead of a = a before i, u or
other close vowel sounds.
e- or e-, pref. of nouns in the sing. (& pi.) s. Gr. § 29,2. 35,4.
43.44", of pronouns, §60,1-3., of numerals, §77.78,1. — is usually
dropped in close connection with a preceding word, Gr. § 40,1.
e- or C-, a pron. for a thing or things, which is p)refi.ved to the
verh, Gr. § 54. 58.; in F. also for the 2d. pers. sing. Gr. § 58 Ixcm. 1.
e, emph. part., an enclitic sound giving emphasis after a wish
or command, Gr.§144.; ditto after the negative preterit tense, §170.
e, an enclitic sound after names in the vocative (§ 46,2. 144.)
and in songs.
o — fa. in
o, intcrj. expressing plpasure, joy, &c. oh! hey!
I'i, C'i, intcrj. exprossing surprise, astonishment: indeed!
c = eli6, intcrj. iinjtlying af'lirniation, approbation, assent, con-
sent Sic, lies! sifn. yiw, yie, \Vie.
F.
'J'lie Ic'ttiT r lias the same sound in 'J'wi that it has iu English,
except in the combination iVv, on which see a later page.
The consonant I" occurs before pure and nasal vow(ds. It seldom
interchanges with other consonants; ef. fotow & potow; fromfrom &
F. prgmprom; few & fwew; funu & hunu; fintsiw, F, =: hintiw,
Al^. fwinti, sunti.
fa, r.[rcd. fefa, fofa] fo take; cf. gye, kukuru, tase, ma so, som'
yi, & de, fua, kita, kura. — 1. to talcc to make use of: pr. 1081.
fo 1(1 ji hold on for xse. In these senses it takes the place of the anx. v.
de in all negative and imperative sentences; s. Gr. § 108,26-29.
200,5. 206,2. 208, .3. 4. 237. 240r/.c. 241. Cf. 2(i (below). — 5. to
f(dce au'Uij: hena na wafa me tuo? who has taken my gun'i' — 3. to
carry off (said also of inanimate subjects): nsu afa no, the water
has falcen hiui, i.e. he is drowned; pr. 389. 3085. mframa afa me kyew
kg, the wind has carried off my hat. — 4. to lay hold on, to seize:
wafa no gyaw, he has embraced his legs i.e. implored him, hcygcd
his pardon. — 5. to t(die up and keep, to appropriate what is found:
pane yi, mahu wo fam'; memfa ana? / have found this needle on
the floor; may I keep itY fa! you may have it! fa abofo, to find a
dead animal (game) in the bush, pr. 497. fa or tase hwaw, to take
up or gather S)iads; pr. 1080- F. to gather (fishes in a net) Mt. 13,47.
— 6. to take i.e. keep for one's own: wubu kyew yi ma hena? mibu
mafa, for ivhom do you make this cap? I make it that I may keep if,
i.e. for myself; Ps.3;?,19. cf. Gr. §109,32. 243 Z;. Bern. 2. — 7. to take
jwssession of what is left or prepared by others : asase a Germanefo
no gyawe no, Wendefo befae. — F. fa ahemman tsena mu, to in-
herit the kingdom, Mt. 25,34. — 6'. to obtain jmssession o/" by force,
fo seize, capture, conquer: fa dwen, to seize for a slave, to make booty
of; woafa no dommum, he has been made captive; wofaannommum
pi, fltey made many captives (in war); wafa kiirow no, he has con-
quered the town. — 9. to take and use or misuse: fa obea, osigyafo;
l)r. 167. fa oyere (fa kun, F.) to take one's wife (husband) illegally,
i.e. to commit adultery. Mk. 10,11.12. — 10. to take, get, wnn, acquire:
fa abarima, to engage as a servant; pr. 1077. fa adamfo, to enter one's
service; or =:= fa oygfiko, to make friendship with, pr. 1078. — 11.
fo obtain, get: wafa afuru, she has go^ a belly i.e. she is (big) witli
chdd. — 12. to bear in mind: mafa me tirim, / have got (it) in my
head, i.e. I have taken the sense or the warning, I understand it =
m-ahu ase; I remember = makae. — F. fa ad wen, to take thought,
concern one's sc//'=d wend wen, Mt. 6,25^34. fa apam, to t(dce coun-
sel, Mt. 27,1.7. — 13. to take imvardly, to conceive: ofa(me) abufuw
da, he often grows angry (with me); pr. 1079. wafa me adgna, he has
taken a dislike fo me. — 14. fo fake, admit ; to choose, elect. 1 Tim. 5 9.
112 ftu
— 15. to tahc in a passive sense, io gd or catch: obere, fatUjuc,
weariness, gyare, sickness: gfa obere ntem, he soon (jets tired; wafa
oyare, he greiv sick, has been taken ill ; fa mmusu, to incur a eaJa-
mity; to suffer the results of a mischievous deed, j^r- 398. 555 f. 1738.
— 16. to take a road, a course, to take one's n-ay over...pr. 1071.107(1.
me wnra k wan ni, obi mmfa ho ! - wofa benkum a, mefa nifa, Gen.13,9.
wamfa abonten so, na ofaa mfikyiri, he went behind the houses, not
along the street. Cf. 26. — 17. F. fa kwah mu, io be right, lawful,
permitted, Mt. 12,10. 22,17.27,6. — lf<. fa mu, a) to walk through, take
one's ivag through ; gfaa mfenserem' guane, lie escaped through the
window. - b) gfaa mu dae, whilst this was going on, he fell asleep, -c)
me.m^km\\,=m(^x[\^khb^\\Q, I do not care ((diout) . - d) F.yefamubeii,
wind mail we gai)i hg it? — I'J. fa s o ^ a) with kwan : wgfaa gkwan
foforo so kgg won kurom'. Mat. 2, 12. — b) instead of nam so in imp.
& neg, sentences: (to do) bij means of, s. Gr. § 108, 27. — c) to fall
i)do oblirion, to be forgotten or neglected: afa me so = m'ani apa
so, me were afi. — d) to overcome: wafa n'atamfo so, he has over-
come his enemies; eyi na efaa no so kora, at this he ivas quite over-
come; — e) to make profit, io gain. =famfaso. — 20. fa ase, io act
as an aperient, to evacuate the bowels; aduru no bcfa n'ase, iliat
medicine wdl purge him. — 21. fa ho, a) to more along, to j)ass bg;
cf. siane ho, t\va ho, tvvam'; mmil mframa mmfa wo ho bebrobo,
do not let the wind plag about gou too much, i.e. keep gourself warm.
— b) to touch on, to concern, affect, import; to have io do with: eyi
fa lio biribi, tins has some relation to it; efa ho den? what has that
to do with it? wofa ho den? tvhai is it to gou? asem no mfa mc ho
fvve, or, memfd asem no lio fwe, that business is no m(dier of mine,
does not concern me; gfa mo ho biril)i, he has something to do with
you = g-ne mo wg asem bi; gmfa ho fwe, he jcill have nothing io
do with it, keeps neutral. — gmfa (= emfa) no ho, F. he shall be free,
U is nothing to him, no business or cancer )i of his, Mt. 15,6. 27,4. —
22. fa neho di, lit. to f(d:c and disjiosc of one's self i.e. to become
self-dependent, independent, free, to be ema)icipated;pr. 1075.14:39. —
gmfa neho nni, he is not his own master; Kwasida mo nhina moafa
moho adi, on Sunday you all are free, have your time for yoxirseJves.
Cf. gfadi, fawoho-kodi. — 23. fa di, to take and use tip, to consume,
spend, tvasie; cf. afaadi. — 24. fa (mu) to partake' of. — 26. Very
often fa in its imp. and neg. forms and in the inf. is used, in con-
nection with another verb, as an au.r. v. introducing or referring
to a passive object of the principal verb, and at the same time im-
parting to the princ. verb a causative meaning. Cf. de, Gr. § 108,
pr. 130-169. 1072-74. 1083-88. 3176.'E.g. fa bera! lit. tfd^e come i.e. bring;
kgfa bera, go take come, i.e. fetch; fa kg! take go, i.e.itd.e it off, away
with itlia. tom' or fa to so, lay (it) in or on, add â– it! fa firi me, for-
give me! Cf. 1 (above). — 26. In other cases fa is used as an aux. v.
referring the action of the principal verb to a place, as taking its
way through, or to a means employed; cf. 16. 19b) above; it serves
then to express the Eng. prepositions through, by (C'c. Cf. Gr. § 108,
27.109,30. 223,2. — In pr. 3374. fa supplies the place of the Eng.
words up io, as far as.
o i'ii — oradi. 113
o-fa, Ak. F. 1. earth, rJny, mvd; soil; sivish; Akp. dote; tii fa
— tu (Igtc, to (li(f eartlt ; bo la — bo iit\vomfi, liyirow, to dhj red
or irh'itc airfli and forw if into Ixills; pr. 151}. rf. bo .%'. — i^. the
earth rontainiii;/ (/old, underncatli afafiinii (It adada. — 5. F. ^7?^?^-
asase I'a, dasf of the earth.
ul'ii, t)etlo/rs. — ka afa, to tdoie the belloirs.
uxi'ii, weft, woof, the threads thid cross the warp (nsa) /» weaving.
fa, adv. pJaitdi/, et earl if. reidlii; — fr, pofe, trcnonono, fanh.
fa, r. to heeomc hoarse; no 'nr afa, he (his voice) has become
or is hoarse.
of a, ala, pi. a-, feast, festiral, holida/j; - hy e fa or afa, to ccle-
lirate a festirtd, e.s. wgye afribyiadc biara, wodi afe; ohene hye fa
= oh, behye da.
g-fa, pi. afa, afa-afa, ]. the half o( a iluw^ or number of things;
moietii. — 2. the other side or j^ort of a thing or placo, a separate
place. — S. part, piece; ef. sin. pr. 04. 1L>S(I. ISoS. SllO. .3481. gfa-nc-
fii, h(df and h(df; only in 2>ort ; ogyina fa or fa babi, he stands apart,
aside; da afji, to .'ileep separateli/. pr. 384. ef. Gr. § 80,7. 84., fako,
afanu, afasa, afanah, it frim'.
afa, 5. efa & gfa. — afa-afa, F. hif halves.
Ill fa, mfahjima, the Guinea-worm, Fdaria medinensis, a whitish
worm tliat burrows in the liuman cellular tissue; it has the thick-
ness of twine and may attain a yard's length. Oyare mfa, mfa aye
no, ]ie has cfof a Guinea-worm: mfa ahyc ne gya, the G. app)roachcs
the surface, .scratches, itches, pinches, the skin is raised by it; mfa,
no atwe, na aka nebobo; mfa no abobg kakra. [G. fakpa le edse,
si efe dframo, Zim. Vac. p. 43.65.07.]
fa, ffifa, a. adv. 1. flexible, flexile, limber, lithe, pliable, pliant;
tenacious, tough; syn. fakafaka, fann, hxia, sa; - mframa bo dua
no a, eye fa (,s. sa) ; onipa yi, ne mu (ne nan, ne nsa) ye fa, wanyfi
nsa fa. — 2. reeling, tottering, vacillating ; onam faf<i, he totters,
walks iottcringly ; ef. to ntintdn.
0-fabafo, ^jZ. a-, = ofako-ne-fdbafo, intriguer, tale-bearer, tell-
tale. Prov. 12,2.
fa bail, pi. a-, = dgteban, tmid-wall, pise-wall. [G. fence.}
e-fa-b eii, red or yelloiv clay; cf. kotofa, ntwoma. Afaben, ^;r. n.
a fa-bo, (pi. id.) clod, glebe; a Imnp or pieces of strish (i.e. the
earth of a ptise-wcdl) from a i-uined building; ruins.
fa - 1) - 1 - m e - 1;- y a m' flay a stone into the fire for me] name
of a sickness, = kukru-me-ta-awiam'.
f a- b r e b r e , a by-name of the aturukuku.
f a-dji iijpl. a-, dgtedan, mud house, mud cottage, building in pise.
i\\' A da (2^1. id.) gain, 2^^'ofd, lucre, acquisition, jn-oceeds: booty,
S2)oil, p)l under ; cf. asade, afowde; earnings; - ade a wunyjX wo obi
ho fa no tumi so, a.s. wunyii no osom mu.
0-fadi, inf. 1. using up dx. s. fa di. — 2. liberty, emanci2mUon ;
s. fa neho di, ahofadi.
114 mfadi — efam'.
mfadi, inf. ilic (talinr/ and) Ticephuj of a thing; for one's self.
afa-adij spend-iltrift; lianl-nipf, insolvenf dchlor; woaye wolio
afa-adi, you have made yourself hanlcrupi.
iX.i'AQ,, pass, defilee, in mountains; rf. mpotam'.
afa-afa, j:)?. of of a; s. afa.
- o-fa-fa, inf. j^artnl-inr/, pariieiparion.
o-lafafo, pi. a-, parialcer.
mfafato, F. s. mfamfanto.
afafauto, afef., afof., j;Z. m-, IndierfJy; cf. abebew, oyfma.
fafaraha, an herh poisonous for goats.
mfafekuwa, F. members. Eph. 5,30.
o-fa-firi, inf. forgiveness, luirdon; syn. ofakye, fa-asem-kye.
mfa-foi'O, inf. F. a renewed faking or undertalhig: ma yemfa no
mf. nsom wo, grant that we may serve thee in newness of life.
fafu, adv. [obs.] entirely = kora e^c.
afa-fuiiu, motdd, a sort of earth dug up first in digging gold;
rf fa, asasohono.
t'a o- u d e''',. metal [efa, gu, ado, things from the soil that may
be molten and cast],
m (Ti-h a ni a, .s. mfa.
iaho-falio, adv. (fa ho, to move along) wofa faho-f., they sail
along the shore; cf. wonam ano-Jino, they walk along the shore.
in fall u^ tinder; abe ho boh bi akyi na wode ye mf.
afa-hyo, inf. festival, cclchration of a festiv(d ; af. bi dvii, some
festival came on.
faka (taka?), epo f., hay, gulf. Nig. Exp. Voc.
fakafaka, a. fle.rihle dr. s. fA.
infa-ka-ho, inf. (the act of) adding, addition.
o-fa-kOj s. ofii, Gr. §80,7. of. a yegyina, where we stand.
fako-be w, place where to prnt a thing, pr. 2008 f.
Ill rA-kokoiiiii i, a cutaneous eruption caused by the Guinea-
worm being about to manifest its existence in the body.
o-ia k 0-11 e-f aba, inf. talc-hearing; damfo, woye of., friend,
yon tell tales on hoth sides! — o-fAko-m'-Wiha-U), ==tale-he((rer, hnsy-
hody, officious, meddling, meddlesome person ; nea otie nsem koka
na okotie bi beka; rf. ateakosewa.
o-fa-k^'Q, inf. = gfafiri, forgiveness, pardon. F. ye f., to he
forgiving; cf. fa-asem-kye.
fam' = fa mu.
e-fani [efA mu] soil, ground, floor, hottom; in the ground, on
the ground, at the hottom; down, helow; syn. ase; asase, asase so;
cf. Gr. § 119. 124, .3. Ofii diia no so sii fam', he came down from the
tree; ofii pohko so sii f., he cdighted from the horse; ofii hyeh mu sii
f., he came from the shi2^ to land, he disemharhcd. Osoro ne fam',
liimiu — lauii. 115
/tcurcn tniil citrth; ffvin' luN nsu ani, hif laud and hi/ sea ; t'fi no. soro
hcsi no t'iim' dein bi iini lu) ho, //'oyii tlw head to the fed. from head
Id f)()t. fniiu toj' to tor, there is no Idemish in him; cf. '^ S(im.li,l''). —
iifjunji n<i inn tew abicti ii soro de-bcsii fjiin', the veil was rent in tiro
from the top tothehottoiii. Mat.:i7,51. — lied, fanr-faiii', adv. vcrijloiv.
iVimm, a., adv. red; i/elhic; si/n. Ko, kgko... Wgdo sika ayo
ho f . ; wgde ntwoma akwaw dan no mu f.
fain, V. [red. I'onitain, t'otntam] 7. to encircle with one^s arms,
to cml)raee; si/n. bam, yy atil; abotVa no abcfam nu'; aye me. atfi,
the child embraced and Ituijijed me with his arms. — ^. fain ho, to
adhere closet ii, to cleave, clinij or stick to; ef. bata (ho); hama f'ani
dua ho, t)ic climhcr adheres to the tree. F. sure f'am ho, // is coupled
trith fear, 1 Pet. 3^2- — Cf. afammoa, mtomfamho.
o-l'dnr, a kind of thin ealce; wgtoto f. ne se: wodc nno fgtgw
mmgre na wgde teretorew asaiikam" na wgde ahaban moniono kata
so, na wgde nsramma gii so ma ebeh.
fa 111" [ofamu] what is on the side ov part of, part, concern, due,
datif, rifjht; manner; rccjion, direction. Owg dgm fam', he is on the
side of the enemy; me fam' de, biribi nsiw wo kwah, on my part
nothiny sh(dl prevent you; me ne wo fam' dc, ciihia, it is of no eon-
sequence to me tend thee; Onyame f\\ e fam' ye nwonwa, (the way of)
God's providence is wonderful; eha-fam'^ hereabout; ehg(nom) fam',
thereabout; epo-fam', seawards.
atain', F. district, reyion. Mt. 15,21. Mk. 7,31. n'afam' dze no, for
his part.
iiifauiba, F. seed. Mt. 13,31. Mk. 4,31.
afam'd c, (j/l. id., = ade a ewg fam' a.s. efi fam') earthly things;
low or mean thinys; earth, stones and minerals. Kurtz § 173.
a fa iii'd u a ii [fam' aduan] food yrowiny undcryround, as yam &c.
infainfa, a small brass pan used in weighing go hi. pr. 1G33.
infaiiilanto, F, dzi .. mf. == di .. akyi wg akyirikyiri, Mt. 26,5S.
[Mk. 14,54.
Ill fa 111 fi ci, circuit, compass. — b g.. ho mf., to yo ahoutov round,
to compass; to surround; to encircle; - bg dan no ho mf. = okyini
dan no lio, he compasses the house in order to see whether there is
any danger, or to find a place to enter ; gko bg yen ho mf. = t\Va
yen ho hyia, there is ftyhtiny round about us; afafanto rebetg ka-
neam' anadvVo a, gbg ho mf. ansa-na gtgm' ; auonia no bg ne bere-
biiw ho mf.
iiifanimiri [fan biri] a dish of dark-yreen pot-herbs, the poorest
meal. Prov. 15,17.
afaiu-inoa [aboa a efam obi ho) an animal that clinys to one's
person or clothes, pr. lOtiO-
e-f a 11, herb, vegetable, pot-herb, cabbage, greens, pr. 1340.
fan 11, a., adv. =fa, hiia&c. tough, flexible, elastic; ne mCi buf.,
he has a pliant back; ne usa bu f., he has supple fingers.
faMi'i, a., adv. dear, distinct, plain; open, straightfoneard ; -
116 faiia — mfaredaii.
S[in. feiin, fc, ])efe; m'ani tuaa no fVuin se oko, I saw him distinctly
going mvay; ka no f. kyere me, tell me plainly. [G. idJ\
I'iiiia, V. to troiible, harass, fatigue; = fena, fonii; syn. liaw.
a fan a, a kind of tr.ee, used for fuel; the fruit is eaten,
afiiiia, Ak. s. afoa. — o-ranafoo, Ak. = ofoasoafo.
a frill a, afanawa, F. -ba, j>L ra-, femide, wencli, especially /"rw/r^/c
slave ; maid-servant.
nifanri-hyia, inf. ohyia no mf., he marries her as if she were a slave.
fane, Ak. = fan. pr. 106.
0-fa-ne-fa., s. ofii; of. Kristoni, a half-and-ludf Christian.
fanes, G. foundation; syn. fapeme, nhycase, mfiase, ntoase; -
to f., to lay the fomidation (in building).
fanini, v. impers. to he less had, more tolerahle, to he prefer-
ahlc (when a choice is to be made between two or more unfavour-
able things). "N'ani wu" anase "n'anim gu asc", cfanim nea ewo
he? efanim aniwu (na cnifanim animguase), wliich is the milder
expression: "he is ashamed" or "he is ahashed"? "to he ((shamed"
is not so strong as "to he ahashed" ; efanim eyi, na emfanim eno,
this is less had than tlud; eyi ye afanim, this appears to he mdder.
fa - u 11 , petroleum. D.As. fP^'- ^091. 2451.
mfaiisii, a kind of head; s. ahene.
F{\iit6, F. Mfantse, ///c i*>n^/r (Fanti, Fantee) country and
the language or dialects spoken there. — V an ( «!-k;isa, the Fanfe
language. — Fan tc-in ;i I'l, the Fante nation. — (J-raiitcni,
2)1. M--fo (F. Fantsenyi, Mfantscfo), a Fante man, Fante people. —
F ante-pern nhina, all the Fantes and their confederate trihes.
ofanto, -bia, -biri, s. gfonto...
fan tony a in pc: gye f., oye fantonyampeni = oyc kwasia-
mankwli; cf. an woman woma.
0-faiiny a, pL m-, a hill-hoolc ivitlund a nose; = adare.
fa-pcme, F. foundation. Mt. 7,25. cf. fanes, nnyinaso.
afar, afarbo, afarbodze, afarpata, F. = afore, -bo, -bode, -miika.
far a, s. fra. â €” afaraw, s. aferaw.
fare, v. [a strengthened form of fa] s. fefare.
fare, m-, mfarow [fa de?] the trunk of an elephant.
a faro, a kind of hcrh, very tender, used as a medicine; ne
tirim ye merew se af., he is tender-heatied.
infare, fresh air; light, cool hreeze, gentle wind; mframa a eye
a awgw nnim\ nso ahohui'u nnim'. Mekogye mfare, / am going to
take the air, I want to take an airing; - mfare tu nnon-abiesa ne
nnon-nau mu, the cooling hreeze comes hettveen 3 and 4o^elock.
ofarebae [nea ofa' bae] the author or originator of a new play,
song or other thing; onipa a ode agoru hi ana dwom bi ana biri-
biara a wgye wo oman rau ba; sa agoru no f. ni! pr.1098.
m far e-d a ii, parlour for cooling, summer house. .Twig. 3,20. Am. 3,15.
iiiIju'cIio — fe. 117
111 fa ru li 0, ////'. [t;i lio I cow/jxwi', cinuniferenvr, piiijilurij; cf.
atVt'iire.
nifurc-tri-ln'ri!, tlio tiiui! Irom abuiit ." tu 1 o'rlock iii tlic (iftei-
noon; if. intaro & bctwabcre.
Jil'arlo, F. --jipof'ofb, fis/urs. I\lh: IJll.
.•ifarpahi, K. — atorcinnka, Mt. 2:i,lH.
I'a-sa', (uU\ lit. iahc U so, \'va. ju.st as it is, — lafher, sijn. miiioui.
Xoa wode kosoin Asantelo no, fa-sfi kgsotn Aborofo, instead of svrc-
iiiij the. Asauti's, serve rather the Knrojieans. — K;rs;'i(l;"iiir;is(!, (Be-
ronteut-with-H-thank-me) pr. n. given to a slave.
afaascduru [adurii a efa asc] punjatioe, aperient.
i'a-;isgin-k >'e, for(/ioeness; ounini f. pi, there is not in itch
plaeabUity in him; ef. ofakye, gfafiri.
at'ascw, Ak. -sec, an inferior kind oi' /jam; s. oi]ii. pr. 858.1004.
arasc-kaiii, arascw-tuiiluui, *-. ode.
ml'aso, inf. gain, profit, benefit, emolument; pr. 1095. - wafa mf.
pi :^ wafa so 1)1, he ha.'i made or (jaincd much lyrofit.
in I"as6-p(_', inf. (jreedincss, self-interestedness.
luraso-pcjlc), a self-interested person; (/reedy of gain ov profit.
o-fasii, pi. a-, wall. pr. 328. — to f., to build a ivall.
alasu-to, inf. building a wall. — inlasu-siii, ruins; cf. af'abo.
fata, V. to fit, suit, meet; to become, pr. 28G4. F. to be tvorfhg
(if'. Mt. 10, 10. — f. so, to agree, accord or Itarmonize tvitli; to be fit,
fitti/ig, suitable, proper, appropriate. Cf. se, se so, & sen, kyeh so,
boro so.
fa t a 1' a t. a, fa t a. fa, t a , a., adv. reeling, staggering, fluctuating,
lUclcering, ficlde, unsteady; ainpan' tu fatafata, tfie bat flits, flutters,
flie/ccrs; ef. fere, v.
infatac, mfatasu, inf. fitness, aptitude.
fa-to, inf. building in pise (swish).
nifa-to-ho, inf. comparison, similitude, application of a simi-
litude, pr. 1096.
lufa-to-so, inf. a false charge or accusation, imputation; defa-
mation; syn. mmotoso, adansekrum.
o-fa-twa, inf. denunciation; sycophancy, t(de-bearing; treachery,
perfidy; cbia avvurakwa akgka ne yohko awurakwa bone bi a waye.
o-fatwafu, i>L a-, denouncer, sycoplumt, tale-bearer, traitor.
fpr. 1097.
fa-wolio-ko(li f'faJce thyself go e(d"] a name for leprosy (cf.
kwata, piti), because a slave seized by it was set free i. e. left to
himself. Cf. di 6".
fe, few, red. fofc, fefcw, fofefc, &c. (Gr. § 70.) adj., adv.
1. fine, pretty, nice, beautiful, amusing; pr.lUlS. 2950. 3553. — after h 6 ,
handsome; ■pr.2S.1392. syn. guaiin, kfima, oso. — 2. glad, in the ex-
pression eye me fe, it matccs me glad, gives me joy : eye me fe(w) se
inoaba, I am glad that you are come. Cf. few, n., ahoofe.
118 fe — efe.
fe, v., s. fefew.
fe,iJ^a-, a Ueedinn wound especially in the head, s//n. ainra.-
kuru; wobg no fe, wgbobg no afe = wopirano, wopirapira uo, the//
ivownl him; ode ne fe no kge, }fc went ic'dh his Konnd ; ne fe no atu,
Ms ivound has become ulcerous.
fe, V. [red. fife] to he or become fine, tender, soft, smooth by
grinding, pounding; said also of woven things; - kyekyere no afe
dgkgdgkg, that menl is very finely ground; fufu no fe, the doiu/hi/
mass of pounded yam (or plantains) is soft; ofe a efe yi, mirensiw
bio, as it is so fine already, I tciU not jioiind it any longer ; aduru
no mfeie, the poicdered medicine is not yet fine enough: ntania yi
ani fe, this cloth is soft, smooth, fine. Cf. ie. fei, r. & fekg, a.
fe, v. l^red. fefe] 1. to eject from the stomach, the throat, the
mouth; to vomit; pr. 190. — fe ntasn, Ak. ta or to ntasu. to throw
out saliva or spittle, to spit out; pr. 2347. — fe hohgre, to throw out
jihlegm ; fe ahohora (fig.), to foam out shameful words, to commit
shameful deeds. — 2. fe ho, to flow over; cf. fere ho, tere ho, bore
so, bu so. — 3. to yearn or long for. to desire, desiderate; to be home-
sick: mafe (= m'ani agyina) me ua, me kiirom, me ygtiko yi: gfc
no, wafeno. — 4. fe neho akyiri, to rejjent; asem a midii no,
mafe meho akyiri se, I repent very much (of) what I have done.
F. id. Mt. 21,32. 27,3.
e-fe, inf. vomiting, pr. 1098.
fe, V. s. few.
fe, ndv. completely, entirely: thoroughly: cf. korji, pe &c. Gr. §
134, 3 r. Wadi nenhina f e ! wapra gdan mu hg hh, fe; wasesaw
nsu no lib. fe. Cf. fefefe.
fe, V. s. fei.
fe, adv. openly, phtinly. ilearly: rf. fann. fenn, pefe. Eda hg
fe; mihCiQ no fe.
fe, adv. dee]), deeply, far down, far below the surface. Edaasc
fe; ehye mu fe; me nsa akg nsu no mu fo na mifihii.
fe, f 8, interj. a challenge to fight and its answer, Se wo asem
te se me de a, twiw bera na yeiiko! feie [= fOe] a word of con-
tempt, pr. 1099. cf. mfi, F.
afe, jj?, (F. id.) mfefo, a person of equal age, size, rank; ptlay-
mate, companion; comrade, fellow; F. afe, neighbours. — wo afe ne
nea wo ne no se afe; pr. 1826. wgye me mfefo; pr. 1104. bg afe, to
enter into fcllowshij) with; pr.6S2. — ode me hye afe, gdenafe hye
me, he deems me his equal, he obtrudes himself upon me; cf. afehye,
mpekua, fekuw.
M fe, 2^1- ™'j >/<'fi>'; syn. afirihyia. — di afe, to celebrate a yearly
festival; cf. afedi & di ^cS. 75.
a fe, jj/. m-, comb.
e-fe, a kind of fly-brush, fan for Hies, made of the tiny sticks or
fibres of palm-leaves, tied together: berew mu nuua a woayiyi a-
were ho na wgde abom' akyekye ne ti de pra won ho ohurii, gten,
I'lwansana ; omw akese bi wg hg a akgmfo de kgm. Cf. mmefo, asafe.
mfti — Iclefc. £19
liilc, -ban, fhe side of tlie hod/j; of man and animals. — mfcm',
the side of the bodi/, viz. f/te inner part of it: mi; mtcm' ye me yaw,
/ hace jMiin, in my si tie.
fra, a tliiltl that died first in a family (before any of its bro-
thers or sisters); "abofra a wawu yi ye fea". pr. 680.
I'ca, r. 1. to lay np or hy, to keep, jireservc; fa fea ma me ^^
fa kosie ma me [obs.] — ,'.■•. to tjire i)t addition, to add, to rejteaf (a
blow, shot, punisliment) : wabo no twere wafea no; wafea aboa no
or watow no tiio afea no = watow no tuo bio; ofea no, he yives him
the la.sf, deadly stroke. — fea so = pa so; ef. foa so, pua; fea ho,
to enlarye. — foa fea ho, to puff (up), to give a better appearanec
/rt< set off to the best advantaye, to improve on reality; mofeaf(!a atoro
ho to me so. — mfeafcalio (inf.) enlaryement. (luymentation.
fea fea, a. ]>ointed. taperiny, as a pyramid, obelisk, spire,
sugar-loaf; thin, slender: kotokurodu ayaase ye f.
feaiiT, an amulet to bring about a (|uick delivery of a child,
g-foa HI, ^^ ofiam. pr. 1100. fv^- 178.
infe-ban, the side of the human body.
nifi'da, F. last year; nifedan, ne.H year; Mf. Gr. p. 136.
afo-dcin, inf. lit. the turning (rcneiviny) of the year; afedan
sese, a twelve-month ago; eha af., a ttcelvcmonth hence, next year.
afe-di, inf. festival, feast-day, anniversary.
fee, V. with ase, to propagate, to continue, increase or multiply
by generation or successive production (of animals and plants) ; to
breed abundantly. Akoko no ase afee, that hen has got a goodly num-
ber of offspring; mefee m'akoko yi ase, I let this foul of mine breed;
ode no ase afee, that yam has propHigated or spread; mefee me de
ase, 1 2}ropagatc my yam; duaba a wode maa me no, ase afee. Cf.
fefew, foe.
ft^fa, fofa, red. v. 1. s. fa. — ;?. with ho: to wind round about;
owo fefafefa dua no ho, the serpent is wound about the tree in many
windings.
fefa, a. flexible dx. s. fa. Diff. fifa.
fel'are, fofare, red. v. [fare = fa] 1. to dry to a certain degree
(ill pottery). — 2. to seize, take possession of; to occupy, to fill (a
space). Ekaw afefare me amene me, I am deeply involved in debt.
afefare, i«/". extension, extent; the space occupied by some-
thing, the surface included within any given lines, area; circum-
ference, comjiass; - odah yi afefare ne tiiro yi de se, the area of this
house and that of this garden are alike; dua yi afefarem' beye
anammon anah, the circumference of this tree will be four feet.
fe f e, a. s. fe.
afefede, fme, nice, beautiful thing or things; s. mfefew-ade.
fefe, red. v. s. k\. pr.llOlf.
fefefe. a., adv. Accurate, exact; exactly; completely, tlioroagh-
ly; oka asem a, gkyere ase f.; okyere me ade a, mete ase f. ; syn.
pepC'pe. — cf. fe.
120 fefefo — fem.
fefefo, mighty men? Jer. 26,21.
fefere, red. v. s. fere.
fefere-fefere, adj. flickering; okanea no aye f., the light
fUekers (before dying).
afet'e-sem, a delightful thing or matter; odo ye af., enye akyeh-
kyeune, love is a matter of free will, not of constraint or compidsion.
fefew, s. fefe, a.
fefe w, red. v. few, to hud, sprout, shoot (out or forth), to put
forth ahoots; to groiv (up), prosper, flourish, espeeially of plants; -
ma wo adwuma nif. wg yen mu. Cf. few, fee, froinra.
fefew-bere,t spring.
mfefewa: yi mf., to teaze; oyi me mf., lie teazes me, excites me
to ungovernable anger, = gliorah me bo =- oburii me bo, oyi mc
abufu, oyi me ahi. — nitefcwu-yi, inf. teuzing.
mfefew-jide, = afefede; pr. 1103; pomp, state, luxury.
mfefo, s. afe, pr. 1104.
mfe-ho-akj'ir, F. repentance. Mt.3,11. cf. nnubo, abonii.
afe-hye, inf. impudence, insolence, arrogance; disrespect, dis-
paragement, cf. bye afe; - qyh af., instead of associating witb his
companions of tbe same age, he xnits himself on a par ivith elder
persons, intrudes himself, forces his company ujjon them ; - den af. nil
fei (or fe), v. to search by opening or entering into, to pricli,
to pofic; to pidc; wofei won aniwam', asom', onipa bo akwaii nb. mu,
ntamam'; wafei n'aniwam' fwe me (fuj,), he loolcs at me sharply,
keenly, with clear eyes. — Ited. fefe, fefei, feifei; wof. nenbwi mu;
wufeifei kuru nom' a, anka wobebu nea pane no bye.
a t' b i [iih yi?] adv. noiv, at present ; after that, tlien; ekan-no
wokoe, afei de, woye biako. — F. afi, amfi, mti.
afe-kae, yearly cdebration, anniversary; awoda-di, odwira-
twa ye af., tfie eelehraiion of the birth-day, of the yam-custom, is a
yearly remembrance of the real birth-day or tbe first institution of
the custom.
fcko, feko-feko, a. cC- adv., fine pulverized; yam no f., grind it
quite fine; aduru no aye f. = afe aye betebete, muhumubu (of dry
things), bodgbgdg. (of things mixed with water),
mfekoropa, As. innumerable years.
fekiiw, [afe kuw] a Iteap or company of persons liaving about
tJie same age; any number or body of people forming a company,
society, association, club. Mefekuw so kyen wo de, my contempor-
aries are more numerous, my company ov party is larger tJian yours;
obo feku-bone, fie keeps bad company. — F. oyer nya okuu bo fe-
kwu, tlic wife enjoys tlie company of the liusband. Prk.
0-fekuni, pi. -fo, member of a company, society dDc, comrade.
I'eku-niuyede [fekuw auigye ade] social pjleasures.
feiiij V. 1. to lend, loan; to let (for liire), to lease, to hire out;
syn. bo bosea. — ^. to borrow; to fiire; syn. pe busca. — Mafem no
ai'ijiu — iufciibii. 121
sika, I have h:ni him monvtf; mafein ne lio sika, / luivc borrowed
tnonei/ from him. Cf. liri. — 3. to jiinch, sqiwczc, compress bda'ccn
or to seize and hold with the fiujrers, pincers, tongs c^c, to nip; to
cramp; ode dabaw a.s. awiri fern gya, he takes a fire-brand tcith a
pair of totujs. — o-f"yni, inf. — <jliyy fetn = ofem.
alV'iii, a kind oi leopard, smaller than osebo and asabontwi.
frmui, adv. 1. low, loicli/, ccrif low; okotow no f., he bowed
or stooped down tjcfore him very low; wgabere no ase f., lie has been
deeply hwmbled. — :2. quite level, even, smooth; nsu no ani ada f.,
the surface of the water has become perfectly smooth.
foiii, V. to (jrow blunt, dull, to be set on edye: me se afem, my
teeth are set on edye; iem ano or sc, to disyust, to cause or c.icite
dislike, distaste, disrelish, disyust ; to tire, weary; j);! a mekodii no
afOm m'jlno a.s. me se, = adwuma a migyei se mekoye no, eden me
so nti, mintumi menye, I am tired of the work which I cnyaycd to
perform, I have enouyh of it, can do it no more; mema afem wo ano,
I shall make it loathsome or disyustiny to yon; kuruwa no afem
u'ano = ne nom ye den dodo, the cu}) is too bitter for him.
mfeni', = mfe mu, s. mfe.
infOinlY'm, mustache, mustachio; the whiskers of a cat or other
such animal.
feu fen, hasty, hurried steps, leaps, bounds, jjv. 1107- — onaia
fen fen fen, he leaps, skips, capers, hobbles.
fciin, a. s. fanh, fe, &c.
C-fei'i, Ak. efeii, efeue, Ab. ofen, a. newly framed, amusing or
pleasant word which for a time becomes a favourite expression; a
jocose, jocular, sportive, droll ivord or exp>ression, jest, joke, sport.
Wodi f. ne se: asem biako bi aba na nnipa nhina kiiram', te se abo-
yam', oyima; asem yi, unansa yi wgde di f, ; asem no adan feue a
wodi; ofen bi aba nnansa yi, wofre no oyima; efene hyia a, wonui
bio (pr. 1108.); yedi won ho fen = few, ive make sport of them ; wode
no di fen, they make a fool of him; ntama yi ye fe: ma yenni uo
fen = ma yento na yen banu hko ara mfura nkyere.
fena, F. = faua, fona, to trouble; to be tro^ibled. Ps. 90,7. Mt.
8,2i}. 15,22. wgrefena akwau, they tvcre toiling in rowing. Mk.6,48.
afena, F. = afoa. 3It. 26,47.. 51 f
fen a 11, bde thrown up from the stomach; fe a nea oyare atiri-
dii no yam' ade sa a, gfe kata akyiri; = bonwoma, doni'io.
mlendzc, F. wiadze mf., the ends of the earth. Ps. 67,7.
fenenun, fenemfenem, .s. frcmm, fremfrcm.
afeii kw a [fern, akoa] a slave hired from his master.
mfenewa, mfenowa, a kind of bead, s. ahene.
mfe us a [s. afe, esa] 1. lit. three years; mahye no mf. se omme-
tua ka, I have given him three years' time for the payment of the debt;
pr.847. — j:J. a long time; wotgg ade mf. ui, wommetua kaw? mfe-
nsa yi ara wuinvic nhoma yi kyerew ana? mamma anku a, mf. yi
woda so gyiua hg, duom! mf. ni a gbo yi fi da ho ara; senea wo
122 mfensere — efcre.
de wobetraa ho (=; wiase ha) mf. ara ni na woreuye adwuma bi?
— 5. [= mfe a ciisa] years ihut have no end, always, for ever.
[pr. 1878.2620.
m I'e n s ere [Dutch rensfer, Ger. fenstcr'] ivlndoiv, ivindoic-sJmtter;
cf. apomma. — mfensere-dua, ivindoic-framc.
fentem, v. to level, plan}; to make even or level, asase, the
ground; cf. fetew, funtum.
fentem, a. d- adv. even, level, plain, flat; smooth; levelled tvith
the ground; lazy, idle; quiet. Oda fam' f., he lies flat on the ground
and does not stir (or, idle, without stirring); woaye kiirow no f. =
wgasee k. n. abubu ho adan nh. agu fam' korji, they have levelled
the town with the ground, evened it tcith the sod.
mfentoni', inf. [fem, to, mu] interest, usury; migye no mf., I
take interest from him; ma mf , to pay interest; wofein atiri 2 a, \vo-
ma. atiri 3, wo da si asram 3. (at. 10, — at. 15, — afrihyia); sika
a ode fem no no, onya ohamu anum da afrihyia, lie gets 5 percent
on the money he lent him. — syn. nsiho, 50 per cent, or less; mpem-
anim, 100 per cent; cf. huruw sika.
aferaw', pi. m-, a large bird with beautiful (greeu) plumage,
feeding on fruit; the clock-bird, said to announce the hours by its
cry; by-names: oto-abere, tuakwan.
afere, Ak. id.
f er e, v. [red. fefere] 1. to string, brandish, flourish. — 3. f. mu,
to bore through, pierce, perforate, drill; ofere ahene no mu = ode
fitii a.s. sekan n.a. fiti mu tokiiru. — 3. f. ho, to trifle, fribble, dabble,
bungle, tamper about or with, to touch here and there. O'ftjre aduan
ho, = odi ho ako-ne-aba, ot\va ho pe nteui na onnidi. Ofefere a-
dvii'ima no ho: eso kyei'i no nti ontumi nye, onennam hu kwa; osom'
a, fatafata; oto ko, to ba.
fere, v. [red. ferefere] 1. to respect, revere; to fear, to shun;
gmfere Nyaiikopgii mfere nnipa, he fears neither God nor man.
LtiJc. 18,2. pr. 866. 2169 f. — 2. to be cautious, wary, careful, heed-
fnl; 8. 7. — S. to be ashamed of. pr. 1929. — 4. to be shy at, to be
bash fid, timid, to be afraid of. pr. 1114-17. 1929. — 5. to be disgraced,
to pine under disgrace, pr. 1113. 2287. — 6. to feel emharrasscd or
under restraiid. pr. 547. — 7. fere ade, to be conscientioKS, strict, cor-
rect, duteous, moral, religious, superstitious.
e-fere, a I'e re, inf. respect; bashfulness; shame. pr.Ullf. cf.
adefere.
e-fere, 1. pot-sherd, j^icce, fragment of a pot. — 2. a pot with
a hole, used for meltiug lead, gold &.c.. melting-pot, crucible.
fere, F. — fe: wabo no f , he has wounded him.
fere, v. [rcfZ. fefere] f. ho, to fail, to miss hitting, reaching,
attaining or finding; syn. siane ho, tere ho; to have not sufficient
room; nhoma no afere ho wg kotokum', the book stands fortji or out,
is projecting sideways in the bag, from want of room. Cf. fe ho.
fere, s. anifere, cf. fei, v. — fere, a. cf. ferefere.
e-fere, gourd, Cucurbita, pr.lllO. â–
afere — olcwa. 123
afcrc: gdah af., ihc small sides of a honsc(?)pr. 3:385.
fcroforc, a. dean, hare, exposing the hare (f round; yv ho f. ;
gbotan f. Eze. 34,7. rf. fcafea. — fei'crei'Olere, adv. clcanli) ; poj)?!
poll no so f. ; wapra ilan mu bo f.
0-1*0 rol'u, pi. a-, 1. a person respected or revered by ain>tb(!r;
mo f. lie nipa a meferc! no. Wn I'ivviu f'tjrc a, na wojilV-ic!, jJr. IIIH.
— 2. one who resprcts or reveres auotber, pr. lll'J.
Ill lore lit), />//'. iiiissiu(j one's aim.
lei'die, a. e.iecssive, -Ample? pr.SSJo. Of. gkwanlerene.
argro-seni, (pi. id.) a disi/raeeful, sliamefid word, deed or
matter; ascm a wiuli a.s. woka a, eye aniwu; woadi af. 'ne! to-do//
you have committed a very stiamefid deed!
in fete: tvia mf. = kyini.
fete fete, a. light, thin; syn. b/itahata, bamaliaina.
fetefete, v. f. bo, to tear up or 02>e)i, to sli(, rend, cut open;
syn. buebue bo, titi bo.
fetefete, pi. rnfetemfetewa,.s»;fl?/; syn. nketonkcte; bonemf.,
ade, ascm mf. — iiireteiiifetewa-de, trifles.
fetere, v. to sfrij> off, draw hacJc. draw up, fucJc up (a cover-
ing-, a sleeve); sy7i. worgw. — afeterefetere (R.pr.l39.) ilie denu-
ding of the glans by drawing tbe prepuce or foreskin.
feteWj v. to hoe and level the ground; to j^lottgh. cf. fentem,
fnntum. — fetew-ade/ plough.
afeteWfi, a kind of ^reewitb edible /"/^/fs.
mfetcwe, a plouglied place; asase a wgafetew.
f c w, V. \^red. fefew, q. t;.] to thrive (of men and beasts) ; to pros-
per, flourish; to multiply, to become numerous; wgafew = wgadg,
wgaye bebre.
few, V. to Squeeze, ptinch; to jam, to wedge in; syn. fern, pen,
ti, titi. Ode n'akantanhua afew me nan; waka no afew dua ntam'.
— f. aburow, to talce out the grains from the ear of maize, = tutu
ab. fi abiirodua bo.
few, V. F. few ano, to Jciss. Mt. 26,48. ML 14,44. = few ano.
few, a. s. fe, fefe.
c-few, n. 1. fineness, beauty, fairness, handsomeness: ade no,
nef. ne den ! ne f. ue biribiara use! nc few de, wgnka, Us fineness
is unspealcahle. — 2. gladness; efew a eye me no, enye adewa! F.
dzi few, to rejoice. — 3. spo)i, mock, moelcery ; di.. bo few = goru..
ho, to make sport with, make a mockery of, mock at.
few, (;. \^red. fifew] to sip; to lap; to suck, suclc out (dompem'
hon, the marrow of a bone); few .. ano, to kiss; mifew n'ano, / Iciss
him. Cf. nom, num nufu, fwew & F. few.
mfewa (pi. id.) 1. icooden spikes fastened to tbe strings of a
drum. — 2. screw; ihe screws which hold the lock of a gun; ef.
kyerewa.
ofewa, a kind o^ tree, very hard, but only of a man's height;
124 ofewabiri — ti.
unua mupanyin, deunenueu, ketewa se; wgtle fwc unipa, wocle tow
siikudon. — ote wa-l)iri, another similar kiud of tree; wgde ye
osoku ne utvieri.
mfew-aiio, inf. the act oildsslny, a kiss.
few-di, inf. the act oi moclciny, rnocJcerij, sportive insult; =
nnoruho; cf. ahlyi.
0-fewditb, 2)1. a-, mocker, scorncr, scoffer, derider; cf. obiyifo.
fi, V. Ak. firi fred. fifi, q.v.] 1. to come aid, come forth, issue,
appear; syn. pue; owia fi, the sun appears (comes forth from behind
the clouds; diff. pue); osram fi, the moon comes forth i.e. the new-
moon ap)pears,pr. 3044. — mogya bebre fii, much blood ran out; nsu
pi fi bae, Num. 20,11. — 2. to come up, spriny, shoot up, out or forth,
to rise above the yround; aba a miduae uo afi, the seed which I plant-
ed has come up ; cf. fifi; to yrow. — 5. to yrow fit for proper use:
u'aui afi, his eyes have come forth i.e. he has arrived at the aye of
discretion. — 1. to be prosperous, advantaycous, come out well: ade
yi afi. — .5. to yo off rcadUy, sell well, meet ivith a ready sale or
market: m'aguade fi; me ntama a metgne no fii. — 6'. to come out,
become public, be revealed: asem no afi, this ihiny is known. Ex.2,14.
cf. fi adi 14b). — 7. to become clean: m'atade afi, my dress is clean;
kuruwa no ho afi, na emu mfii e, the outside of thejuy is clean, hut
not yet the inside. — 8. to be justified, be declared yuiltless: ne ho
afi. — U. to come or yo from, forth from, out o/'(a place, person or
thing); to proceed or beyin from; in these meanings it is followed
by a locative complement (Gr. § 207. 208,5), and serves most fVe-
(juently as an aux. v. showing the direction (from some starting-
point) of a movement expressed by another verb aiul su])i)lying the
Eng. prepp. from (with the complement mu, out of J and .'^ijice; cf. Gr.
j^ 109,30. 31. 208, 5. 223,4. 224. 229,1. 230,3. 239,1. 240 r(. 6. 2G5,1.
Uhuruw fii hyeh mu tgg pom', he sprany out of the ship into the
sea; wotow no fii hyen no mu kyenee po mu, they cast him out of
the ship into the sea ; ofii dua no so durui (= sii fam'), he came down
from the tree; wanyah afi nna mu, he has awoke from sleep; nam no
abeii, yi fi kutu mu, tlie meat is done, take it out of the pot; efii se
ue ba wui no, gnserewe da, she has never lauyhed since her child
died. Cf. efise. — 10. to come or be from, derive, have oriyin from a
place (or person): wufi he? where do you come from? tvhat country-
man are you? mifi Nkrah na mereba, I am cominy from Akra;
mifi hayi, I am from here: ofi nsuase (ba), he comes up from the
bottom of the river, pr. 2716. me na asem yi fi me, this matter is from
me, 1 Ki. 12,34. Jolm 8,47.9,16. 1 John 4,1.6. — 11. to leave, to yo away
from; ofii ho kge = ogyaw hg kge, he departed from thence; fi me
so! (yo) away from me! mifii n'auim' hg mifii, I icent away from
before him. — 12. to escape; wafi mu afi, he has escaped from it. —
13. to emerye from or appear <d a place : Filipo kofii Asoto, Philix) was
found at Azotus. Acts 8,40. Cf 14. IS. 20. — 11. fi adi, r?^ to yo or
come out: ofii adi fii ne dan mu, lie loent out from his house; cans, to
briny out: koyi adaka no fi adi, yo and fetch the box oid; - b) to
come to liyht, become manifest: n'awi afi adi, his theft has come to
ofi — eli. 125
lUlht. — If), fi }?ua, to appcdr pnUichi, tnanifesi or reveal one's self
in piddir. — ii gua so, ^n-. 14oL'. to come out ^= iil>); fH/f- pr.JlM.
— JO. fi .. akyi, k) especially with tiio iiif/rrssirr prrftx be- or kg-
(cf. l.'j), fo rome or (ippair hcli'ntd; wabcli m'akyi, he has turned up
in nil/ rear; ef. waba m'akyi;' obi anifi m'akyi, nohod// came to suj)-
jxirf. assist, or hrlj> Die. pr. 1190. — !>) to do l)chind one i.e. without
onc\s liioivledi/c: miiitumi mimfi obeno akyi menye, / eannot do it
without the loiowledije of the himj. — 17. f i a k y i r i , a) to (jo t)e(fond
the limits, he carried ox pushed too far ; n'asem a oreka no afi akyiri
= akgboro so. — b) to eoiiie after, eonic to pass afterwards = ba
mu (?) — e) to remain behind, be behindhand or backward: wasaw
m;I afi akyiri, := wansaw akyene a wgka no ano pepepe, dancing
too sloirli/. he has not kept up with the drum. — J<S'. befi .. mn, fi
mpaaso, to come iine.rpectcdJti, unawares: onipa yi abefi me mii;
wgato won kiiro ho t'asu na dgm bi ammeii won mu; Asantefo abefi
yen m])aasc. — 19. fi .. nsa, to he lost fo: me mma fi me nsa a, na
wgafi me nsa, Gen. 43,14. anoraa no afi me nsa = afi me nsam' or
me hkyeh agnah. — J20. befi .. nsam', to come into one's jwssessi on:
wabefi me nsam' = waba me nkyen, manya no. — 31. fi ase, a)
to twfjin, commence, syn. boc, fiti ase, hye ase, tu ase; wafi n'adwuma
ase, he has hcf/nn his work. — b) to lai/ the foundation ; syn. hye
ase, bg ase. — c) to beyin at the beyinniny: fi ase ka, repeat or re-
late (it) from the l>eginniny. — 22. fi or fi.. so, to bey in from, with
or at a place, time, person or thing (often supplying the Kng. prep.
from or since): won nhina bohu nie afi woii mu akfimii so akosi won
mu kesc so, Heb. 8,11. Mat. 20,8. ofi baa ha enye 'ne, Gr. § 230,3. —
23. fi tan : ofi tan : she yocs out the first time after her confinement ;
ofi bra, she returns from her retirement during her monthly courses.
— 24. tr. to cause, to come forth, to send forth, emit: ti fifiri, to emit
sweat, perspire; fi mogya, to send forth blood, i.e. to bleed: me nsa
refi mogya, my hand is bleediny ; fi ani, to yet eyes; pr. 3119. fi se, to
teeth, breed or cut teeth.
0-fi, o-fie, pi. afi, home, the place a man lives in, mansion; -
hence 1. a man's oivn house, in contradistinction to other houses and
the street; a dwelliny including all the houses and the yard be-
longing to a single family (diff. fr. gdah & abah, which denote the
house as a particular kind of buildiny); bera me fi, come into my
house; yenkg ofie? shall ice yo home? mesoe ne fi da, I ahvays take
up my lodyinys in his house* pr. 2782. Gr. § 124,1. — 2. town, in
contradistinction to the forest and field or to the villages belonging
to it (diff.fr. kiirow, denoting the tow)t as a collection of houses, and
/)•. gman, usually denoting the inhahitants as an organized political
body), pr. 7 5 3. 1129. 1680 f. — 3. home, lasting abode: yen fi pa wo
{or ne) gsoro, our true home is heaven.
afi, F. = afe yi, this year. — 2. — afei, now, then. Mt. 26,65.
amfi, iiili, F. = afei. Mk. 1:2,6.
niii, F. tlien, expressing defiance; cf. fC.
c-fi, filth, dirt; n'atade aye fi, his dress is dirty; ne ho aye fi,
he is dirty; efi ak;! no or wagu nehd fi = n'akyiwade bi akil no,
126 efi — fifa.
he has defiled himself (by catiug something tliat was forbidden to
him); ne yere de fi abekji no, his irife has defiled him (by adultery).
C-t'i, fifi, j>?. a£i-afi, f(. filfhi/, diiii/, nnsiii, ntuieAin; ef. bum,
burum; ne ho ye fi, he is diriij, nnelean; oye n'ade flfi, he does ev-
er)/ thing in ri nasty manner; ohye atadefl, oftira ntamafi or ntama
afiafi, lie ivears nastij clothes.
e-fi, j;Z. afiafi, bundle, sheaf; safi (= sare fi), nnua-fi, aliabaiifi,
berewfi, a hiindlc of grass, of siiehs (ef. babayemfi), of leaves, of
palm-leaves; mmurouan afiafi, bundles of maize-stalks.
afi, (in compounds, as abememfl, aliafi, akwantemfi, atifi) the
middle or midst of.
mfi-infi, F. = miinimfini, the middle, midst.
infia, Aky. s. demmere.
afi-adze, F. treasures. Mt. 13,52. = afi-ade, akorade.
afiafi-auoma = atrangr. pr.1125.
afiafi, ^i?. 1. of efi, fdthy; 2. of efi, bundle.
nifi-akyirij inf. [fi 16 &] odi no mf., he does it tvitlioui asking
him; odi ohene mf., he does not hold or side with (adhere or stieJc to)
the hing, he acts against his icill and trithout his l-nonledge.
o-fiam', a kind o{ shreiv-mouse. pr. 1100.
fia m p a k w a, hedge-hog; ef. apesee.
fiamparakwa, ^^ nkontompo; twa f., pr.3402.
afiase [ofiase] the lower part or story of a house; hence ]. store,
store-honse, icare-house, magazine; cellar. — 2. prison; ef. deduafi,
nneduafo fi; pr. 1126. oda af., he is in priso)i ; wofaa no too af. ; me-
kof wee no wo af. ; oyii me fii af.
nifiase, inf. [fi ase, s. ^ 21.'\ beginning, commencement; syn.
nifitiase, nhyease, mmoase, asefi, asefiti, asehye.
o-fiase-fwefo, pi. a-, jailer, jail-keeper, keeper of a prison,
a f i b a (pi. id.) s. afieboa. fturn-key.
Fida, Friday. Gr. § 41,4.
o-fie, s. ofi. Mekg fie, / am going home: wo agya wo ofie ana?
afie-boa, 2^1- ''I- or m-, ofie-mmoa, domestic anim(d, such as
cattle, fowls, sheep, goats, cats (tc.
O-fic-bofo [ofie, gbofo, the Jiouse-hunter] a by-name of the cat,
s. agyinamoa.
o-fie-da-ntu w, ofiedentuo, ofituw [ofie a eda ntuw] a dwelling
witliout fire i.e. without people living in it, desohde dwelling; fusty
mansion, pr. 1131.
o-fle-fwe, inf. stewardsldp. — ofiefwe -(a)d\vuma, /(/., admini-
stration; 1 Cor. 9,17. Col. 1,25. cf. afisiesie.
O-fic-fwefo, pil- ^-j stetvard, manager of a household.
o-fic-manso, civil ivar; cf. amanko.
o-fi'e-nipa, a home-horn slave.
o-fie-paiiyiii, steward.
fifa, a. iveak; syn. sijimo.
liii — aliiuiin. 127
fifi, red. V. s. fi; to come forth or up, to spr'nKj (of water and
plants), to shoot up, out or forth, to ijrotv uinltitudinonslii; mmcre f.
siw so, mushrooms <jrow on (iiit-hills; - to cuitde, sweat, oosc, perco-
lufr; aliina yi ye fot'oro nti, efifi.
a fi fide, j>l. id. [ade a efiii] phiuf.
riCiri [fr. liri, red.] su'eitf, pcrsptr(di(>n; no ho fi t'., ofi f., 1'. ii
no, he perspires, siccots; f. guam no, pram no, he sweats cojnonslfj.
fifise [filiri asc] prirjdij-heaf, a cutaneous eruption of red
pimples, attended witliintenseitcliingoftliepartsaHectcd \s. ahokcka.
!i fi-f oro [oil, f'oforo] (I new dwelling; duru af., to remove or
euter iuto a neuiij liudt mausion and consecrate it by a solemnity of
lr3 days.
!iri-fi,ii, inf. desi ruction of a house or famili/.
afi-liiia [ofi, huri, lit. house-sweej)i)iff] a present atpartinfj, given
by a guest or lodger 5 wama me af., e.s. greko babi na wagyaw me
biribi.
(ikiiw, (ikwu, F. household. Mt. 24,45.
al'i-kyiri, m-, place behind a divclling. pf.535. = okg af. =
wakyima nelio, obu nsa, oye bra. — afikyiko-t;"im = asabu-tiim.
mfikyi-fuw [infikyiri af'uw] ])lanfafion, garden, or other land
behind the house, -- afuwa, ojip. afuw-pa.
Ill I'iky i-sasc [mfikyiri asase] land behind the house or houses,
within the precincts of a town or village; suburb, Jos. 21.
fiin' = fi mu.
iiit'iin", nifimii, inf. [fi mu, s.^O.lS] 1. an inconsiderate loord:
asem yi ye mf. = asem yi fii no mii, this tvord escaped his lips un-
awares, he spohe it otd at random, inconsideratelg. - — -?.''' a deriva-
tive word. Gram.
in-fimrin, F. = mfiuimfini. Mt. 18,2.20.
rill, adv. [Dan. fin, G. fin] finely, nicely, exactly; oye n'ade
nhina f. = fefefe, pepepe.
-fi 11, nifi a, a. stale, old, not fresh, hcj^f over night, having lost
its flavour from being long kept : aduaii no aye mf., tJiis food (having
been kept over night) has become tasteless; aduamfin ne aduaii a
ade akye so; fufufiii, likwamfin ; (/. nnyafiii.
mfina, F. = iihina, all. Mt. 22,28.
finam, v. to male fine or smooth by grinding, ^nyunding, pla-
ning; to grind a second time [G. fra]; it is also used with mu or
so: wafinam awi no (mu) or fufu no ma afe; fa apaso finam so!
inliiiiyycr [Eng.] vinegar. F. Mt. 27,34.
Ill rill i-m fin i, tlie middle, midst (of a space or thing); in the
midst of, in, on ; mihyiaa no okwan mf., / met him on the way.
o-fi-nipa, .s. ofienipa; mefree me fi nipa bi bae, I called one
of the people in my house (a relative, paten or slave).
(iiitsiw, V. F. = hintiw. — f.-duia, = hintidua, Mt. ll,G.iri,i2.
afi-pani, inf. \\i. joining of dwellings, neighbourhood; g-ne mc
128 fl pefo — fita.
bo af., our houses arc in connection tcifJi each olhcr. wc arc ncif/h-
boiirs. — o-fipamto, 2^1- ^-■. neighbour.
fi-pefo, an unchaste, icanton person.
fir a, r. 1. to ttvine, twist, spin (asawa, dow). — 2. Ak. ^=
fura, q. r.
fir, F. = fi, firi. — ofirde, = efise. Mk. 6,18.
firi, V. 1. Ak. = fi, g. ?\ — 2. to taJic, receive, or 1)Uff (gjoods)
on trust or credit: mekofiri no ho ade (se wokoto ade na wuntua ka
mprempren na adi nnansa an?! nnannan a, na wose: woafiri). —
3. to give or sell on trnst or credit: mifiri no ade; cf. fem, adefiri,
gdefirifo. — 4. d e or fa., firi, to forgive, pardon: ode (nebone)
afiri no, he has forgiven him (his sin) ; fa me bone firi me, forgive
me my sin!
O-firi, albino, white negro, a negro with light-coloured, yellow-
ish hair and complexion. The term "albino" was oiic;inall\' applied by
the Portuguese to the white uecroes they met with on the coast of Africa.
(Webster.) Negroes baving that exceptional colour of the skin and hair are
occasionally met with also in the inland countries.
afiri,^7. m-, 1. trap, snare, for catching game or birds; afiri
a wode yi mmoa ne : apd, nsemma, dwakoro; the diff. parts arc
gdaano, okuutun, nterewso or hentua, mpetepra ; af. hiiah, the springe
snaps lip; sum or sua af., to set a trap, to lajj a snare, pr. 11.3.5.2081.
3.381. .3031. — 2. machine, engine, gin, contrivance, frame, form or
mould for any purpose; ade hi a woye adwnnia worn', se ntama-
iiwGmfo de (nsadua) »fcc. turning-hench. sauing-niachine, coffee-mill
rfr. — ,5. bu af. (or afiripata?), to turn a somersault (or somerset);
obu af., e.s. ode ne ti kyere fjim' na ne naii ko soro na okogyina ho
a.s. ofwe ase.
afiri-bil, inf. fs. hef] somersault.
afirihyia, s. afrihyia.
afiri m, atuo-sumah hi.
afiripata, biribi a mmofra goru so; wgde nnua na eye. Cf.
(bu) afiri 3.
af i r is u a , a f i r i-s li m , inf. laying a snare.
firiwa, ^j7. m-, cord, string, twine, made of the fibres of the
leaves of the ananas-plant, cf. likyekyera.
efi-se, efiri-se, conj. [efi se, it comes from (the circumstance)
that] 1. because; s. Gr. § 141,1 B. e. 275,1.2. — 2. [^it begins from
(the fact) that] since; s. Gr. § 265; in this sense the two parts are
separated and written as two words.
afi-sem [ofi asem] domestic matter, in-door matter, pr. 11.36.
afi-siesie, inf., af. -dwiama, management of a household, ad-
ministration, dispenscdion : Eph. 1,10. 3,2. cf. ofiefwe.
fita, V. to blow, fan; cf. huw. huhuw; f. ogyam', to blow into
the fire; f. abe, s. ogyateh.
fita, fitafita, a., adv. clean, clear, p^ire, relate (hhoma, ntama);
waboa fitaf., he is pale, of a sickly, yellow eomptlcrAon; cf. fufn &c. -
fltao — 10. 129
2. even, plain, level; bo kwati fitri, fo level or elear the road. — .?.
= kortl: mepe or mcdo wo I". fohs.J
fit lie, 2^1- n^-> /"">" wode tita gyam', wode demmerc na eye.
riti, V. 1. a) f. mu, fo step into, enter: ofitii (= oliyen) dan
mu ara pe na oniaii akyO; f. kuiotia, //»-. IViT. — b) to cause to enter,
to ttore, pleree, prielc, slick: ode sckan liti no nsa a alion no mu, fic
/)ric/iS his sieoUen fiaiid with a knife. — :J. t aso, to l(ti/ the foiti/-
itidiitu. m(d;e the tnujinninn. Iteijin; s/ju. li asc, hye ase; onnyfl nili-
tii ni'atade asc e, he has )iot ijet tjeyun (to make) mij dress.
ritil'iti, red. v. ofitifiti mensem ho = gnennam m'ase.
ViiVx, pi. m-, fjindet (</iinblet), borer. [G. fidiborc]
afi-liji, a private diveUiny-lwuse, any dwcUiny in the toivn, ex-
cept the kin</'s. pr. .^S76.
niriti-ase, inf. beginniny ; .s^>/. mtiase &c.
ofi-toto, inf. disturbance in afamUy.
o-fi-tow, />/. a-, the complex of houses forming tlia divelliny of
o)ie family â– ' atitow a ewg kiiro no mu beboro ha, the sinyle fiondies
in that toiex leill be more than a hundred; mfc, anum wgkan at", mu
nnipa mmiako-'miakO da, every fiflh year the members of (dl fami-
lies arc counted.
(itsi, V. F. 1. = fiti. — ^. = fi. Mt. 22,46. 23,.39. ofitsi nde dze
kwgr yi = cli 'nc de-rekg yi.
o-l'i-tiiw, a-, F. alituo, desolate divelliny, uninhabited house; s.
ofiedantuw.
o-l'i-w lira, ^vZ. -nom, master of the house, master of a f<(mdy,
landlord. — o-ri-wuraboa, lady of lite house.
afiiaha, F. = afaiul.
fo, V. Ak. s. fgw.
fo, V. Ak. s. fow. F. ML 3,27.
fo, a. Ak. s. fow.
G-fo, guilt, guiltiness. — bu fo, to 2^ass sentence against, 2)ro-
nounce guilty, p)rononnce to be wrong, condemn; - di fg, to be xiro-
nounced guilty by a judicial sentence in a law-suit; to be guilty or
wrong; odifg, syn. n'asem nye de.
e-fo, exhortation, good advice. — tu fo, to exhort, admonish,
give advice; mituu no fo se gnye papa, I exhorted him to behave
well, in: 912.
-fo, Ak. fog, person, possessor, ]il. people, inhabitants; a noun
that is now almost exclusively used as a suffix in names of per-
sons, especially in the pd., see Gr. § 38. In some cases it is written
separately, e.g. asase no so fo, the inhabitants of that country.
(!-fo, Ak. cfog, a kind of monkey, = odiiahyen, q.v.
ni fo, nfo, F. root = ntini. — gye mfo, to be rooted, cf. ndwo, F.
-fo, a. (usually compounded with its noun) nasty, bad; paltry,
worthle.'is, despicable; rile; corruptible; useless, spoiled, ruined; gkygc
me ntama-fo bi, he presented me with a paltry piece of clotli; cf.
9
130 ofo — foe.
akwamfo, akuro-fo, amam-fo; odam-fo, onipa-fo, asase-fo, asem-fo...
Cf. oftj, ato, & fono, to loathe.
O-fo, an uffly, nasty, dirty, fellow or person; oye gfo, = oye
otantan.
afO [if. fo, a.] 1. carcass, carriou, the dead Jtody of an animal
= cfunu, abofo, aboka. — 2. somethiuy cast away, but tid^cn np
again: fa afo, to take up as a forsake)} thing, pr. 497. — wafa m'asem
afo, e.s. asem bi a woatu bi fo kan na wantie, na akyiri yi wakyin
abesi so, Jie has first despised hat affcricards appreciated my word.
o-fo, a large tree; wosg; wode ne iibin poma adare; tlie bark
may be used as a cloth; .s. obofu, bofunnua.
fo, 1. adv. applied to breathing: ghome fo fo (fo), he breathes
heavdy, strongly, he pnffs. — 2. a., s. fgfg.
fo, a. silent; syn. demm, dini'i, kbmm, koni, krnnanana; —
gkrjtiVkran n'ani kyeree abofra no se onye to.
foa, V. to add, to give or vse over and ahove, in surphis; to
give or demand besides, again, into the bargain: foa so: wamii no
fnfu adi dedaw, nanso ope bi afoa so; wagye n'akatua dedaw, nso
grepe ntama afoa so ; wahye atade bi de bi afoa so ; wafura kente
de brofotani afoa so. — Plir. gfoa no nsemmoa, he supjtorfs his state-
ment by rej)e(ding and confirming it. — Cf. fea, r.
afoa, Ak. afanji, j>l. ni-, sirord; the stede-sicord which belongs
to the insignia of a king (s. ahennec), being paraded before him on
state-occasions; the emblem of judicial rengeance or punishment or
of authority and power; Rom. J3,4; destruction by the sword or in
battle; war; dissension (Mat. 10,34); danger. Wakohyen afoa ase,
he has confessed, arhnowledgcd, admitted his crime, sutimits to the
punishment, jtleads gudly before the judge, ere the palaver over-
comes him. Yedctowyi (ye(le) yi yen koiiniu afoa = yen hommusu,
bii this poll-ta.r we irard off' the danger imminod to us (Kf. Alwatia
[Mag 1854.)
in foa, a kind of ealaltash; toa bi a mmcrantc wosow de goru
agoru biara a efata mu; cf. toa, kora.
... ,. , J sword-bearer, the man carrying the king's
O-loalo, yy/. m-, I i i /• i ■i •
- ,._ ' ^,. , } sword before liim on solemn occasions; s.
0-toasoa to, /'/. a-,l ,.. ,,. ,., ,. ^
' . ) otanaioo, aioa, guanito, gyaaseio.
mfoa-S(), /'///'. I l"oa so] addition, addilimial jiayiiicjd or contritju-
tion, e.itra-})ay.
afoa-ti'i 11 11 , A/7/, handle, butt-end of a sword, jr. I486.
afo-l»i'i, inf. [bti fg] condemnation, the judicial act of r7rY7r/r/>^r/
gudty and dooming to pinnishment. — afdlu'i-sciii [asom a wudi a
wobu wo fg] a deed deserving condemnation.
afg-de, afo-di (inf.), F. afgdze, afodzi, damnation. Mt. 23,33. 14.
foe, V. to thrive, grow, increase, prosper (bodily or in wealth).
1 Citron. 32,11. — rrrZ. fgefge, fo become blooming, hcfdfhful, vigorous
(of bodies of man & beast); waff. = n'anim aye yiye; onipa a wa-
fgn, na afei wati ase reye kese a.s. waye kese dedaw.
fofa — fgm. 131
lol'it, 0. red., s. fa, fefa.
Ill t'DtViiiu, sores on the solr of fhr foot and hrtwroi the tors:
a to fan to, s. afafantg.
I'ofare, afof., ,s. fefare, afcf.
a I'o t i [fa ofi] Jcfrjiin;/ <it home, rcsfnifi or doin;/ domrsfir ivork ;
rcfntiniii;/ froiii j>l(ii)fii(iou-i('ork. Se woaiiko arum"no a, wuso: 'no
111 id 1 a foil.
roli-ilji, tlu". <lay of tlic. week on wliicli the, licatlicn lu^groc.s
do not work in tho plantation (da a wonye adCvnnia wo afnm', na
abo de, wonu, nanso woko wuram', nso wgye ofic- adwunia biara;
Akinopoi'ifo f. nc l)\voda n6 Fida); onni f. bio = wabu f. so akgyc
ad\Vnma.
Kofic, 1. 2»'- >'• of a fetish or tutelar genius worshipped at
Akiiropgn, Manipgn, Aburi and other places. — 2. jir. n. of the
Friday ten days before Akwasidae.
fol'o, F. fofwg, r. to rherish. Eph. 5,29.
\'o\'o, n. fat; of -persons: jdiinip, nnrjiidrnf, stout; wj'iye f. =
waye kese; nedio ye f. = ne ho wg srade na gnye nnoinpe-rinonipe;
of meat: nilm no ho ye f. ; of tlie soil : asase no niu or so ye f . =r
emu d\vo. Cf. fgw, gnofge.
f 6 i'o, a plant with a yellow flower (wura bi a efifi wo mfuwam'
wgdc boro akyekyea,'; nc nfwiren kgkg); - me ne no bTinu nliina
ye f. =^ nye nnipa pa bi a.s. adehye.
Ill fofobcinnia, a kind of ant.
a Co f II 1 6 b i r i _, a kind of hird.
foforc, red. v. fgre.
fofuro, in cpds. foro, o. (pi. a-) n<nr, fresh, young; (vnothcr;
ade-foforo, sometliiny new, something else; adare yi nye, ma me fo-
foro. this li'dJ-liool; is not good, giro me another; foforo-fof(')ro bi nni
babi bio, there is nothing else, no other besides. Cf. ghemforo, nan-
twiforo, ayeforo &c. Gr.^§ 70.
o-lofoi'O, another (or a new) 2)erson.
foforo, red. v. foro. — fo for 6-ye, iiif.reneu-al, renovation.
fofo wa, a kind oi perfume (ohiiam bi).
folValia, a kind of tree', migye wo fof. ne konniim, I give goii
(I riddle to guess (?) ; - s. fafarahA.
o-fo ko ro, j>?. a-, tmffalo. Bos tjulndus, or, :iehu, Indian ox. Bos
ludieus, with a hump on the shoulders and a mane; nantwi bi a
n'atiko wg pgw, emu anini no wg nn.T; wgnye na (wg) Asante ne
Dwaben; ef. eko.
I'o k y e, a. & adv. icct all over, very damp, moist, humid ; ne ho
or ok wan mu aye f., ne ntama aye or afgw f.
fo-kyc w, a rap made of vwnJceg's sicin. pr. 3SS9.
fo ni, V. to dratv together; to straiten; ef. hia, guan; iieho afgm
no {sgn. ne ho adwiriw no), he is east down, dejeeted, dismnged ;
awerehow afgm no. Jot) 14,1.
132 fom — fonofono.
fom, V. to act in a disorderhj manner: i. f. so, io err, fad,
go wrong, wistalce, commit a fault; okasa a, ofom so pi, when he
speal's, he makes mani/ mistal'es. — ^. tr. to miss one's aim, fad:
obo, otuo afom no, the sto)ie, the gnu has missed him. — 3. to offend,
trespass against, wrong: niafom no, I haoe offended him, trespassed
against him; fom mmara so = to mmara, to trespass on or trans-
gress the lau: — 4. to take in a disorderl/f manner: fom aduan ; -
to sweep, snatch, draiv or Imddte together; to pick nj> (thinirs cast
away or lying vacant); to hug np eagerly, hastdg, studehingli/: wg-
fom nam wo gua no so; - ^o S2)oil, rob, plunder (= paakode, Ps.76,6.)
Cf fow.
0-l"u 111, inf. tresjiass de. jr. 11.3S.
iiifdm, mistakes. F.Mt.6,14. s. mfomso.
fom in, a. anadwofa f., l(de in the evening when it is getting
dark. '
aiuiu-iikum: di af., to aim at hloodg vengeance, in: 903.
fom fa in J red. v. film; ntotoanini ne dua a woasen de fomfam
apon ne mfensere anim ma eye fe.
nifo'mfaniho, inf. a casing of timher-vork (Cc. s. before.
Ill fom fa in so, (inf.) plaster, catajilasm.
fom fom, red. v. fom.
fomfoii, red. v. fon.
fomfono, red. v. fono.
a fom foil so 111 [fom, red., asem] transgression, trespass; - diaf.
to trespass grieroaslg. Eze.l4,Vj.
nfomfoiii'iua [fom, red., gua] a mistafcen bargain, bad job; -
wadi af , he has made a blander, cdmrnHted a faidt, done triad he
ought not to have done.
af('iiii])ala, i)if. di af.Jofrg to bring about a, reconciliation. in: 903.
loinpow [afono, pow] chubbg av puffed checks, ^ir. 423.2235.
m fom s 6, inf. fault, mistaJce, error, blunder; offence, transgression,
foil, V. to become or grow thin, lean, meager; to fade, f(dlau-ag,
cmacicdc; cf. twam, nyam. pr. 1113. 2383.3025.
O-foii, inf. eniacicdion; atraphg.
fona, V. ¥..s. fana, fena; ofonaa nelio dodo wo adziban a oreye
no ho, she tvas cumbered too much in making a feast.
o-foiia, F. trouble, affliction; fcdigue; sgn. haw; f. wiadze yi, this
troublesome world.
afoiia, s. afoa.
info nee [fono,??.] disgust, lo(dhi)/g, weariness; ne ho aye me
mf., he has become loathsome to me, I dislike or loathe him.
O-foiini, mfonnii: ye, di or peof.; to spoil bi/ violence, Eze.lH,7.
12.16.18. [ofomno di, iindersome pretence lie robs him (of something)
ecds i.e. for his oien benefit.}
nifoniiii, infoni, picture.
fonofono, a. damp; nastg, dirtg; disorderlg; eho ye f. =
fono — alui'C. 13.*}
clio afow; - oyc f. = oyo ncho wusuwusn, gntrw nelio, ne ho yo
sakasaka, kusukusu.
I"(iiu), V. [n'd. f'onifono] to .stir up, <listi(yl), froiddc {ii^n,Juhn'>,4)\
to muddle, luitdd//, mal>e tiirhid, mnddii or iliUk; to dlstiust, vex, nn-
1101/, ahoeJi, to turn tlie stonnieJi; to create or excite di.s(/ust; - iufr.
to become tronhled, - muddif, thick, - vexed; nsu no af'ouo, the water
has been disturbed, has become turbid or mnddii. — fono ani, to
disquiet, disturb; f". asem ani (boapa mil asem ani asee), to confound
or disturb a matter, make it intricate; - aduan no afono me, I loathe
that food; akasakasa af. mo, I am tired or wearij of disj)ufe; moama
afono (= moama aye tan yio), you have made it dis[/uslin(f, i/ou carrij
the tliinii to dis(/ust, I have now enouyh of it and more than enough
(ade fono wo a, na eye tan); nelio af., he is loalhsome, disgusting,
detcsf(d)te. — I\Ie bo fono me, I hare stomach-ache, inclination to
vomit. [Ct. mitsino no futa mi; cf. fontah].
a fit no, (pJ.id.) the cheek, — afonom', the inner part of the check,
the i>art of the mouth between the teeth and the cheek, especially of
monkeys, the cheeks of which form a sort of bag or pouch. pr.l0:i6-
m f 11 o-a 11 i, inf. disturbance.
o-foiiuiii, a kind of codipede; cf. asascwo.
o-fo 11 o 11 o jpl. m-, oven, stove, kiln, furnace. \Vori.forno; G.tiono.]
foiionoiio, ((. damp, tvet; odan mu ho ye f.; s. foso. [G. Hono,
frofro.J
foil tafon tail, a. dim, not clear, not distinct; mistg, hazy ;
animaye f., the things are becoming dimly visible (anopahemahema);
the air is misty, hazy; syn. anim aye sesasesa. [G. futofute.]
foil tan, V. to stir up; cf. fono; me yam' (nh.) f. (red. fon-
tiimfontah) me, my bowels are stirred or stirring, yet without belly-
ache (ayamkaw). [G. futa.]
mloiitaii-aiii, inf. political agitation.
o-fo 11 to, a kind of shadowy free; its edible fruit, similar to tigs.
o-foiitol)ia, o-foiito-biri, two similar kinds octree.
e-fo 0, Ak. a kind of monkey, s. oduahyen.
afoo, inf. s. afow.
ibra, V. V. = fra. — afora, dzi af., = di afra.
fore, V. to increase in number, become numerous (by genera-
tion); wawo afore, she has born and brought up many cluldrcn;
waf. = wado, n'ase aterew, aboa no ase af. ; ne mma af., ]iis children
have become numerous; woaf. nti won ani nso nnipa hi; Israelfo
force wg Misri.
fore, V. {red. fof'gre] to cluster, crowd, swarm, ((ccumuhde,
huddle; ntrtea f. asikre no ho, the ants cluster about the sugar; nnipa
no I'lhiua akgf. gbo biako ho; edeu na mo nh. moakofgre so anafo
hg, why are you (dl huddled together there below? nkrah no nh. fofgre
so; nkran af. akokg po ho pitipiti, the fowl is thickly covered with
ants; nhoma af. pen no so.
afore (2d. id.) offering, sacrifice. — bg af., to make an offering,
134 atbree — tbto.
to offer a sacrifice, to sacrifice. — aforc-bo, inf. the act of offering
any thing to GoJ or to a fetish. — aforc-buaj an animal destined
for an offerinrj. — aforebo-de, a tiling used for an offering. — aforc-
miika, afore-pou, altar; s. muka, opon. — aforewti, pl.m-., a small
offering.
aforee [foro, v.'] ascent, stair, stile, set of steps; oduu aban no
af. no, woammii wamforo.
aforee, Gy. a sash ivith a hell in the midst of it, girded round
the waist; belt. pr. 1140-
forfor, F. = fromfrom.
Ofo risuo, name of a month, about April; s. osram.
foro, v.[rcd. foforo] to move uptvard, go up; to get up, ascend,
climb (ahilb a tree, a ladder), to mount (a hill, a horse, the jiulpit);
to scale (a wall); to leap, cover (said of certain animals); foro po,
to launch into the sea, pr. 645.
-foro, a. s. foforo, du-foro, gframfdro, akutu-f., gyata-f. &c.
aforo, Gy. strap, girdle or belt of leather round the hips,
afor 0-siai'i, inf. di af., to ascend and descend.
o-forote, s. frote.
fbrotowa, s. frotowa.
forow, V. \^rcd. foroforow] 1. to cut (meat) into small pieces;
sgn. twitwa. — 2. to make a slew or fricassee of meat, beans &c. —
5. to serve aid liquor. — 4. do., f., to smear, rub on, besmear, rub
with, st/n. sra, due; obo kesua de f. kabere no ho; wode niio foro
osekaii ho na wgde apae])ae abete no mu ; ode dote, hkii, af. neho
jtotg.
forol'orow, a stew or fricassee of meat or dried iish, okro,
tomatoes, red pepper and fat or palm-oil. [G. flou, flguflou.]
fo row a, 2)1. m-, a round brazen box in which the negroes keep
shea-butter or grease to anoint the skin after bathing or washing,
f.-fi, the rancid remnanfs of grease in if. — f.-ti, the lid or cover of
the box.
foso, fosofoso, a. moist, damp, humid; wet, water//, well tva-
tcrcd; ehonom ye f, — Cf. fow ; sgn. fgkye, takjl, fonouono.
0-fosOw, a tree with soft wood; wgde ^yii ban.
inU')\ L'(e), ichite ant, ternies, termite; pr. 1146-49. kinds: mfgte-pa,
hkuniia. — mryte-lieiic, s. kyerebenkuku. — mfgte-si'w, ant-hill,
the conical structure of the white ants, made of reddish clay, and
from H to 12 feet high.
l"oto(w), c. to stir up; mix; to liiead. mould (bread), to work,
tread or trample (elay). Cf. pgtg\v.
()-fot(), a kind of tree; wgsg; mmofra dc poma sekaii.
foto, a bag of leather in which gold dust and the balance and
weights for it are kept; moneg-bag, purse; pr.434. a bag to keep
clothes in; cf. gsanua.
afoto-saii, inf. the opening (loosing) of the moneg-bag, pr. 2080.
(jrutdsmilo — iilVii. l.'jr)
o-fotosanfo, pi. a-., treasurer, purser; a person who lias charge
of the foto; one ol" the grandees in a conuniinity, who lias charge.
(»f" the jinblic money or ol" the linances of the king, - osannaiii;
the /if<t(l-serc(t)tt, who assists his master in Dioiic/j-d/l'ah.i.
foto, a. (leprcsfied (by grief); aye no f.
iifo-t 11, inf. [til fo| the act of exhort in 1/ or admonisliiny; cj/ior-
tation, (tdmonitiun. — o-fod'ifo, y>/. a-, cxhortcr, adnionislicr, (tdciscr.
afoli'i-sriii [afotu asem] exhortidion, admonition; (jood (idrirc.
t'uw, V. [red. fofgw] to livcomv or niidcc wet, moist, damp or
humid, to ircf, moiste)t, drench; fam' afow, the (/round in wet; osu
afow ntama uo korji, the rain has wetted the clothes thoroufjhli/; -
fgw 11110, to anoint with oil: wunya oba a, wobefow uo nno ata dan
inu (e.s, woremma onye ad\vunia)?
I'ow, IK [inf. afow, red. fofow] 1. to collect ov (jathcr provisio)is
or food on plantations in time of war, to forai/c; wofow abiirow,
brgde 11. a., (I'lknrofo a woko sa no ko afiiw biara a wgpe kotase
nneema); woko afow, the// arc (joiie to scorch for pjrooisions. — 2.
to plunder; to racdye.
(_'-f() w, fovvlow, a. abundant, copious, jylenteoiiSj plentiful; jdent//,
much of a thin;/, much for little nionci/; cheap; - abfirow' no yr fow;
nuito abiirow' a (yo f^'^vf or aburow fowfow i= mato no abognierew;
nelio ye f. (^e.s. wosom no a, wunya biribi di), he is bounteous, gen-
erous, liberal. 2>>'ofitablc i.e. (jranl/it;/ profit or (join; he is disinter-
ested, (jires ample jxi// or reuard. Onyaiikp. I16 ye fow, giite se ino
abosoin dauuan-\ve-abo.
o-fow, n. \c.f. ef'ow] abundance, plentij; am/de reward ; emolu-
ment; advantayc ; si/n. nifaso.
afow, inf. the act of forai/ini/ or proriilin;/ food; searcli for pro-
visions, pr. o4. — afow-dc [fow adej foo(l or provisions collected;
foruf/e; sjtoil. (Afowde, wokgfa a, wui'nViaa adc c, efise eye amanne
se : babiara a wgatii sa na aduah biara wg lig a, vvgfa di kwa.)
Ill fow a, a cutanecuis cru/dion; nif.-aborCj with pimples not con-
taining a fluid; inf.-aiiinij with pubtiilcs containing pus; r/". dwe,^.
fra, V. [= fara, red. i'r{ifr:i] to be admixed, be in ixed or mi n (/led
with, be amon;/, belon;/ to; usu fra ne iii'io mu, water is admixed to
his p(dm-oil; me guaii afra wo de mu, niy slieep is amon;/ yours. —
,?. gfra {scil. nnipa bi mu), he is a wo)ih/j tna)t ; wonifra {scil. mma-
rimam' or niiipam') you are yood for nothiny; ade yi mfra kora,
this thiny is of no vidue at all, quite useless. — o. de.. fra, to ad-
mix, to mix or minylc with; gde nsu fraa nsafufu uo mu, he mixed
the prdm-wine with water. — 4. fra (with or without mu) often sup-
plies the Kng. prep, among; cf. Gr. § 117, 3/". Gen.4:2,'>.
fra, a kind of creeper or climticr. the strong filaments or fibres
of which are separated or untwisted by turning (wokyim fra) and
used as string in thatching houses, in wattling or similar work.
afra, F. = abafra, abofra, child.
afra: di afra, to become or be intermixed, commingled; Guanfo
ne Twifo adi afra; cf. afuntumfra.
136 afraduru — frene.
afra-durut [fra, aduru] mlriure. a kind of medicine, a compo-
sition of several ingredients; cf. mfrafrae.
frafra, red. v., s. fra.
frafrafra, adv. hrigJdl/j (of a burning fire or light); okanea
dew f. = framframfram.
frafra, frafraira, a. 1. thin, used of things that have a flat
extended surface; ahaban frafra, a ihin leaf. — 2. flat, iduin, level;
si/n. tratra; opp. donkudonku.
frfika [Eng.] frock.
fram, v. io he on fire, to hum, hlazc, flame, flare. Dnn.3,23.
o-fram, 2)1. a-, a large tree yielding excellent timber, also used
to make shingles and for fuel.
mframa, icind, air; (/as; mfr. bg. the ivuid hlotcs; mekogye
mfr., 1 am <jom<j to take an airhuj; c/". mfare, ahum; ogyaframa,
nsuframa. — \wh-Al\VA-^(\h, pavilion ; f/". mfaredan. — mfrauia-
toa, air-halloGn; s. ahuhmuhyeh.
frrimfram(fram), a.,adr. /s.fram, v.] hlazimj, flaming; hrlght-
Ijl, vUjorouslt), fliclierlnglij, in a blaze; ogya no dew (or hyew or so)
ff., the fire hums mnclr, ohuruw traa ogya ff. no so, he leaped over
the Hazing fire.
franain, v. to he consumed, die awag; si/n. hyew. Oko a
niereko yi, moammgf vve me a, meref. ; okom aba ho nti, woref.
g-franka', pi. &-, flag, ensign, colours, banner, standard. [G.
aflanga]. — si fr., to hoist a flag. — o-fraiika-kurafo, ensign.
o-fr an t a', a large, round earthen vessel or j)ot with a wide mouth
(for palm-wine) ^= gsentere (ahina kese a ano tetere, ennu gpgdo
kese; wgde nsal f. abesi hg, emu nsa beboro nsahina 3 ana. 4 de).
mfra-sa [fra nsa] strong palm-ivinc, palm-wine to which some
that has been kept from the preceding day is admixed; nsa a wgde
dae afram'; eye den sen behano.
fre, V. [fere, red. frefre] to call; to cite, summon: fre no bera,
call him in or hither; mede ne din mefreeno, I ccdled him by his
name; pr. 923. cf. hyia. — 2. to call, name, give a name to: wgfre
eyi den? ivhat is this called? wgfre no den? = ne din de den? cf.
to di\h-^ pr. 122. 570.1623. 1872. 3831.3400.3.503. — 3. fre d\Vom, iosing
= to d\vom ; to lead the choir.
O-fr e, inf. the act of ccdling; ccdl, demand: mekotie fre na maba,
I am going to hear uliy I have been called and shall then return.
afre-diiaii, a meed to ivhieh one is invited, ])r. 1156.
fre like mm, adv. neatly, nicely; wakyekye ne fi f.
fr e m m, a. fine, nice; nea eho nni akasaye, in tchicJi you find
nothing to hlame.
fremm, fremfrem, a. if- adv. [fenemm, fenemf., fi\-..]swect,
tasteful; syn. brgbrg, dede, dokgdgkg; flattering; wo ano ye dew
dodo, wokasa fenemm! - mfrenifrcm-ade, sueet tJiiiigs; cf. 1^:406.
frene, s. forene.
jifrest! — Ilia. 137
afrr-sc [ofrc aso] the. reason of (i coll.
al'ry-so, ((dv. [lit. af a rnU] siiddoili/. Prov.G.ir). — s//ii. mpo-
firim; gyare no ayi no at".
g-l'reto, ofre-tie, ivf. fhc hcarhui of, lisfeuin;/ or ohfilimrc to,
a cull.
q\'v{i{e-k\\{\\\, the distance at which a call is heard; fiirlonfi; cf.
akwansinima.
I'rf, n. [Eng. frce'\ freedom, libcrti/; cf. ahofadi, gf'adi; wama
no f'., ///('// have cmanri2)ated or liberated him : odi f. = wade nolio,
he is cHuuicijxded, Uln'rtded.
a I'r i h y i a, 2)1. m-, i/car, s//)i. afo. [fr. firi, to yo fortli, liy ia, to meet,
to return in a circuit to the startin(/-jioint; Ab, afiihyiac] — d i at'.,
to celebrate a yearly festival. — afrihyia-de, 1. atahye, annual cus-
tom; ^\ yearly tribute. — at'rihyia-di, i)?/". n yearly festival, anni-
versary; the yam-custom. — aCriliyia-tow, yearly tribute.
iVolVow, IVow, s. foro... — fro, IVofro, s. foro...
I'rgiiim, fnjinfroin, a. fresh, yrcen (of plants) ; diia fefcw
foforo a, n'ababah ye f. — F. promprom.
fro no', s. fonono.
g-frotc, ^jZ. a-, a kind oi antelope with large horns; deer, stay.
i'r 6 1 6 w a , the calf of the ley ; me nan akyi f. ye me yaw.
friifrii, afriim, afrumpoiikg, s. furuf., afiirum, -p.
I'r lui turn, a., 1)1.0.-., empty, hollow, hcing of a bidky, puffy
ajqiearance with no substance in it; of grains, Gen. 41,27. abiirowf.
o-fruntuni, a large tree = popo; wode sen akyene, pam funu
adaka. pr. 11G7. 2022.
fu, V. s. fnw. — o-fu, s. ofuru.
afii, afu, afuw, Y. 1. = nwura, yrass. Mt. 0,31. 15,19. — 2. =^
fan, herbs. Mt. 13,32. Mk. 4,32.
fh, adv. much, plcnieously, copiously; syn. pi, bebre; ankye
fii /o6s.7 = ankye kora; gkasa ftl, gkii nsein fh fu, = gkasa bi-bre
kwa, gka nsenhuhinv, he talks much nonsense; odidi f. or odi no fii,
he eats yreeddy, yluttonously.
fn, peril, any part of the body or of a vessel that may give a
handle or haft for lifting it up ; phr. nu .. fu, s. under n u.
a fa, 1. hunch, hum]), humpback, protuherance; pr. 1157. — gyare
af., he has a crooked back. — 2. humpback, humpbacked or hunch-
backed person, pr. 2928.
affi-afCi, a. fpl. of afu 1.] knobby, rough, ruyged; hunchbacked.
fua, V. to hold, lay hold of, yrusp; to carry; syn. de, kita, kura;
pr. 1158-60. ofua peaw, lie is carryiny a spear; of. abofra wg n'abasa
so, he is carryiny a chdd on his arms, cf. turu. — 2. to j^lant, used
of yam : of. ode, he pla)ds yam. — 3. to become one, come to an
understandiny or ayreemeni ; to result in; - wgu ano amfua ho, tliey
could not ayree about it; nea wgadi afua ne se..., the resolution or
agreement they have come to is, that...
138 fiia — ofuhye.
fiKi, a. 1. shif/le, one, the (very) same; dafua, a situjle ddij =
dakoro; uuafua uuaawotwe ^=^ nua mfua-mfiia awotwo, ehjht shujle
days, every day for a whole iveelc. Cf. bafua, befua, Ijurofiui. — 2.
hare, sole, mere, simile; - osekantua, the (mere) Made of a knife,
without a handle.
afua, F. & G. fo[f, mist ; cloud. Mt. 17,5.
afua, Afua, mfua, s. afuwa &c.
afiia, a.&adv. mere, simple, with the accessory notion oi' iccak-
ness or littleness; oye ob abasia af'ua, she was only a leeak wo)nan;
- a little hit; wonno no af'ua, they do not love him a hit.
mfuaiirwe, inf. wodi no mf. =^ (nuipa bebre fua onipa biako
fwe uo), they toyethcr hold him and yive him a floyyiny or tlirasldny.
mfuatc, the figure of a cross in the form of an X, cut on one
side of a die; osikyi ho nkyerewe a wgaye no X.
fi'iaw, V. \)-ed. fufiiaw] to chip, cut or slip off a piece: wafiiaw
dua no ho aboh akyene, he has rut the hark off the tree and cast it
away; wotwa dua bo ho afilaw; - fufi'iaw 1)6, to clap, cut off small
pieces; - wafufuaw ode no nh. agu, fie lias cut the yam info small
Xiieces; woafufuawno (= woabobo no) nkraute, tlicy have cut him
with sivords in several jnirts of his hody. — Cf. dufua, iikanifuaAv.
Ill I'll (Iwu, ijr.o2(i.
;iiiiriid wiima, a kind oi' 2"trrot; s. ako.
ffic, V. f. niu, to renew, revive; to he renewed or revived, he
taJcen up ayain. lonatan fuce o-ne Dawid ayonkofa inu bio = g-ne
no nyan won aygiikofam' bio, Jonathan and David renewed their
covenant of frirndsfiip; asein no niu atuc, tfic mtdfcr has hern taf.en
np ayain (anka cregyac, einu aye nierew, na wgahye mu den bio).
fiK!, V. f. so, to reveal, uncover, lay hare: wakofii*;- ode no so
(^ wakobue so, wakofumfuuu so) ato ho, fie fias duy up the yround
in order to loofc after tfie yam, and fias left it uncovered.
niCrKjimi, inf. reiieicid, reviv(d.
I'lit'ii, a. fi>l. af. & red./ white; cf. iita, hoa, hycii, iimi-lian.
rilfu, n. while thiny. uhat is nhife. jn: 2104.
O-fiirii, ^V. a-, 1. white person, Kuropcaii. but rarely used; s.
Obiironi. — 2. ohiani fita. yr. 3140.
Ill fill" II, F. whiteness. Mf. Gr.p. 101.
fnlii, foofoo, a common food of the, negroes, prepared ni yam
or jilantains, which, after having been cut into pieces and boiled,
in which form the plantains are called ampesi, are then jiounded
in a wooden mortar (owoaduru) till they have become a touyh doiiyhy
mass which in the shape of a round lump is put into the soup ( nkwan)
and eaten with it; - wow f., to p>ound foofoo : di or tew f., to cat
f. — fulu-toWj a hall of foofoo; cf. ahentgw. nkwaseatgw.
fufuaw, red. v., s. fuaw.
mfufuwa, a kind o^ head, white; s. ahene.
0-fii-hye [afuw ghye] hordcr, houndary, frontier; wgbg or wgtg
ulVii — {il'uo. 139
I., ilieii hordn; hoitiid, confine on cdclt other, arc borderers, cuiifiners,
ia'i;//il)oiirs, huidninlcs.
itl'i'ii, s. pataku.
fii U fi, riikulTikii, (I. rilloKS, sJni(/(ji/ with .so/'/, Ioii(/ hfdr.s; o^iiari
no liu ye fF.; t/iitf slieep fins nincft fidir; akraiiiahniina a wonnyin
j»i no lio nliwi ye I'uku = kiiha := eye f'e na vUo dwo nauso ecloso ;
(•/■. sakii.
atu-k ycaky en , fiumphacfc; s, afu.
afmn' = al'uw mu. — ariuii'-bayenj, s. ode.
I'll HI I'll II 11, red. V. f'uuu (q. c), to turn, root or d'nj up; bataf'o
lie n'ano f. fam'.
o-riiniiii, jtl. al'iiinf'o, ni- [aruw-nui-ni], clown, rustic, pcnsanl;
a person wlio leads a secluded life on his plantation, hardly ever
coininji; to the town, and hence is li/norinit of the rules and manners
of the more extended spheres of social life; ai/n. kodaafuom', kura-
aseni; cf. okuafo.
a Cu 111': bo at'., te af. (cf. gfonni).
afiin-sie, inf. [efunu sie] burial, funeral, interment; funeral
rites, ot)se(juies; in: 1569. st/n. amusie; cf. ayi.
afiin-soa, /«/". [efunu soa] a kind of necromancy, viz. ffie corr/j-
inij of a corpse, during- wliidi the dead person is supjiosed or [»re-
tendcd to direct the carriers to the house or j)erson of his murderer.
Vlir. efunu asi no, ttte corpse fias fiit fiiin i.e. jwinted fiim out as tfic
viitnlerer ; pr. llOo. vt'iiun ada-ase, ffte corpse fias fjicen tfianfcs, i.e.
lias not flit.
fit 11 1 u 111, V. to turn, root, or di(j up, brerdc or tear uji; lojiloio/Ii;
si/n. fetew, funu, fumfunu; c/'. fenteni. — funtum afuw no so -r^ tutu
fam' fa teetOe asase no.
ariinluiiicreku, s. futuinerefu.
a ill 11 tu infra: edi af., it is jumbled or fiuddled togctfier, it is a
oiedtei/, mlniftcd and confused mass, Jumble, fiodi/e-podc/c ; wodi af.
^^ wodi afrafra, wgafrafra mu, tfte// are mixed tiujetficr.
fun II, V. [red. fumfunu q. v.] to diij, di<j up; sijn. funtum; f.
amoa ^= tu tokuru wg fam'.
fun 11, a. fcf. efunu, n.] dead, rotten, useless, good for notfiin;/,
u'ortlitess, cite; gsekan-funn, a fcnife tfiat is not sfuirp; s. asemfunu,
gbedefunu.
e-fiiiiii, pl.A-, corpse, dead hodtj of a man, more decently called
amii; pr.liOS. carcass; of animals it is only used when coin]tound-
ed with, or put in aj)position to, tbeii' names: oguah-funu, a dead
sfteep; cf. afunsie, afunsoa.
afuniun, afimiim-ponko, s. afurura.
ofruinma, navel; cf. yafunu.
afiiuii-soa, inf. s. afunsoa. Obi wu na wose, obi na akum no a:
Ilea wose okum no no, wosc: funu asi no (nekara); opp). funu ada-
ase --= wan si.
a fiio, Ak. -^ afuw. — afuoi'o = mfumfo, s. ofumni.
140 ofiipo — fi'itdruw.
o-fiipo [afuw ope] a season of the year, intermediate hehvceu
the rainy and the dry season.
afupoiiko, F. camel. Mt. 19,24. 23,24. cf. afrumpguko, yoma.
fiira, V. Ak. fira, 1. to pnt on, viz. ntamu, a uer/ro-drcss con-
sisting of a large piece of cloth which is wrapped round the body;
red. fnrafura, jjr. 644. — cf. lira, hye. — .?. n'ani afura or afira, he
is l>lind; wafura n'ani, lie has blinded him. — o-rura-taiii, vpj). ade-
mu-tam. — fura-tamrij ntama a wafura awia, enyc nca wode kata
wo so anadvvo.
iifurado, F. hJindly, rashly, unadvisedly.
furefiire, the young of the sharks, pr. 1166.
O-furei, a kind of river-fish, syn. nnomma.
fiirow. V. [red. fiirofurow] to hrcaJc off or an-ay, lireal- into
snudl pieces, crunthle (tr.d-intr.) — Ofuro dan, Ak.^owosow dan,
Akp., he Irrealcs or crnmUes off the clay from the house or its wall;
wafurow dokono no mii ; ofurof. asikre; dokono no'afi'irofurow.
mfiirofurowa, crumb; small fragments ov 2>ieces; syn. niporo-
porowa.
o-furu, 1. the mate or stomach of a beast, or (contemptuously
used, of a man; cf. dawadwa, nsonokese, ayam'de. Onipanni fiiru;
wo yam' wg furu, you hare a maw like a beast, i.e. you are a glutton!
— 2. pith, the white, soft, spongy substance in the centre of many
plants and trees (ade a eda duam', eye inerew kyoii korow, nso
ehoa; broferc mu wg f.).
a fur 11, the belly; the womb; cf. yam', yafunu, ayaase, funuma;
pr.lo6. — n'afuru ahye, his belly is swollen or blown out; wafa
afuru, she is with child, cf. yem.
fur II ban J a. white; syn. fufu, fita; ne ho aye f. sc hyirew, lie
has become as white as chcdk.
furufuru, a. mellow (of the soil or a glebe); p)oicdery, dusty,
crumbly; fam' ho aye f., the soil there is mellow. [G. fru, frufru, flu,
fluflu.]
afur u ni, ^>?. m-, ass, dojdcey. [G. tedsi.]
afti ruui-poiiko [afrump. afuuuinp. afriip.] [d. m-, the mule.
[F. afupgukg, camel; G. aflukpgiigg, afiikp.]
furuntum,' o-furuntuin, s. fruntum.
futu, V. [G. id.] to mix, = fra; fa nsfi no futuin', viix th(d
pcdm-winc with the old one.
afutu, s. afotu. — Afutu,j^r. n. of a town & country and of aman.
afutu-afutu, ^^r. llT'l.
mfiituma, dust of the ground or lying on objects; mf. wo poii
so; popa mf. no; cf. tutuw.
mfutiima-kokoilini, a small insect that always goes backward.
futumerefu, pr. 1172. fl"'- ^-?^>^'-'"^-
f Lituru, ^)?. m-, red futurufuturu, a. raw, unwrought, in the
natural or primitive state, consisting of small particles; sika mf. or
oriitiiniriitiirii — al'iiwdow. 141
sikafi'ituni, luttive r/old, ffold-dust; dw6t6 mi'., dwctcfutiirn, nniivc
silrcr; altrolx; mt'., fJic fibres of the }>hu'-<ip])l(' Irarrs (rf. firiwa);
asawa inf., rtdv cotton; uhwea ff. =^ nliwr-a a nsii iiiiim' na awo.
o-riitiiriiruliini, a boast, ^o-. ll'i.'l.
I'll w, V. [Ak. I'll; proh. related witli fi, v. =- fiw] to shoot up,
ronic forth ahnnitdiitlif, grow Juxtirutnthj or rrnill//; nwura refuw
asaso no so, mats arc shootini/ up on tluU hoid. — ;.-'. to ovcryrow:
okwan yi afinv, this iroi/ is orcrf/rown. — .->. fr. to consc to (/ro/r, to
ijct bif (jroirth. jirodnce j>]cntifnll// {hah; feathers): mo tiri fuw dweii,
/ am (fcttin;/ (/nii/ hair; no ti afuw, liis head is covered with hair,
pr. 669. onnya nifiiw bogycsc c, lie has (jot no beard yet ; anoma. no
aiuw ntakara, tlie bird has (jot feathers; nnoma no, won ho fuwi
ansa-na niekoyii won, the birds were fledge wltcn I tooJc them. — 4.
no bo fuw, his breast heaves, groivs, sicells, \.q. he gets angry; nc
bo afuw me, he is angry with me; syn. ofa abufuw, wafa me ab. —
//•. ofuw nic bo, he eauses my breast to swell, i.e. he proroh's me to
anger, males me angry, syn. oyi me abufuw. — .-7. [prob. related
with fua] to unite in holding: wofuw no afweno, they together hold
him in order to flog him; fwo may bo omitted and still be under-
stood: g-ne ne nua afuw me, he and his brother June flogged nie; s.
don (.^ di .. inl'iiai'ifVvo; monkofuw adwuma no ho hkowio = mo
nh. muiikosuso ad\v. no mu na monye, you all sfiall unite in, con-
jointly put your hands to, tJie worJc to finisJi it.
afuw, Ak. afuo, pl.m-, 1. planttition, cultivated ground, field
occupiod by voj^etablos which have been planted; V. okwii, Og. ham'.
In c'om[)onnds the prefix is lost: gdofuw, abrodofuu-, abnrofuwj ban-
kyefuw; so with kdko, mankani, afwere, kafe, asawa, ase, nkru-
ma, ntgrowa, I'lkato, atwo, utoa... Cf. dow af. — 2. i*\ weeds, = Akr.
wura, hwura.
afuwa, j^L m-, [afuw, diyn.] a little plant(dion; gdow af.
iiifiiwa, an old jdantation now given up so that the bush grows
on it afresh; - a place cleared of trees; babiara a wgatwitwa ho
nnua nhina.
Ill III \v a-ui 11 i, a former pluntalion given up about eight years
ago, where the bush has reached a man's height('.?^ — kwae a wga-
dgw no bcye mfrihyia 8 a.s. 10.
A fuw a, Afua [=Afiwa] jj>-. n. of a girl born on Friday. Gr.
§41,4.
afu w-(l o w, inf. the cutting of the bush; af. ye yaw, - is troutAe-
some; af. adu so, noiv it is time to cut the bush.
Fw.
Tho. combination of these two letters is not a compound of the
common f and \V (the f in it being formed by the tongue and both
lips), but a palato-labial transformation from the gutturo-labial
combination liw^ wbich has still been retained for it in Fante dia-
lects. — It occurs before o, e, i, in Ak. also before a (f\Va = lnva,
hua). It interchanges not only with hw and I'llnv or I'nv, but also
142 fwa — anfweji.
with h, f, S5 e.g. f\vinta, Ak. ;= hintaw ; fwinti, siinti, Ak. = fintsiw,
F., & hintiw.
fwa, fwa and other words containing these tln-ee combined
letters in Ak., ,9. hiia, hua...
fwH., imit. expression of the wliiszing of a ball flying tlirongh
the air: korabo nam m'aso ho fwa beseiie, a hullei passed my car
ivifh a tvhizzing sound.
fwo, V. [F. hvve; red. fwefwe, g. v.] 1. to direct the eye toward
an object so as to see it (always implying intentioncd, not acciden-
tal, seeing, in contradistinction from hu); to look (at, on), to view;
to eye; to consider; cf.He, interj. - pr. 140. 894. 1218. 1318. 2081. 2393.
— 3. to fix the eyes upon, look cd or see tvith attention, behold; to look
at in order to imitate, cf. 12 a. pr. 1232. — 3. to learn, infer, knoiv :
da no a wuhu no sfi a, fwe se woawo wo foforo, wJtcn you hare come
to this, you may know that you have been born again. — 4. kgfwe
(.. anim), to visit, call on, wait upon; mekgfwe no, I am going to
Cfdl on him. — 5. to look after; to wrdch, guard; to keep, tend, attend,
wad on, nurse (gyarefo, ap(dient); to feed (nnuan, nantwi, mpruko);
to take care of, maintain, ptrovide /b>"(nneduafo, ahiafo);jjr. .97^j. 101.
cf. 12 d. — 6. fwe.. yiye, to look well (to), to mind, take care, be
careful; fwe wo adwuma yiye, mind your u'ork; fwe yiye na wo-
ammg kuruwa no, t(dce care not to break the jug; fwe woho yiye na
woaiil'wo ase, be careftd lest you fall: cf. 12 c. — 7. to expect, de-
sire, want : mefwe se moba ho bi, / want you to come there too. —
8. fwe .. gkwan, to look out for, expiect, toad for (expectantJy). — !t.
fwe ..akyi, a) =^ fvve.. atiko, to look after, s. 1. — b) to look for
the things in one's absence, prepare (something to eat) for one's re-
turn. — 10. fvve.. mu, ^0 looJc, pry ov pteep into; inspect, examine.
— 11. fwe.. anim, a) to look into one's face. — b) to have a regard
for; fwe m'anim ye ma no, do it for him to please me, to favour me
with it, for my sake. — c) to visit; mebefwc wo anim, I come to visit
you. — d) to expect (= fwe okwan): ofwe m'anim' wg Osu 'ne, he
expects to see my face to-day at Osu. — 12. f we .. so, a) to look upon
(cf. 2); fwe so kyerew, look on (it) write i.e. copy it; fwe so ye,
imitate it. — b) to examine, review, revise: fvve nea makyerew yi so.
look at ichat I have written and correct it; to overlook, survey. —
c) to inspect, control, superintend, govern, rule, Gr. § 21.3. — d) to
look after, tend (cf. 5): gfvve nnuan so; gbea gyigyefo fvve abofra
so. — e) to do carefully: fvve so kan, read (it) carcfnlly. — 13. fvve,.
atiko, to look after (one). — 14. to try, in hua ,. or hujTm .. fvve,
ka... fvve, sg.. fvve, twa.. fvve, ye,, fvve &c. ka^n nhoma yi fvve.
try to read this book.
fwe! interj. fimp. of fvve, v.] see! behold! look /here! to! fake
notice! observe! s. fweofvveo.
11 fwe, F. prop, don't you sec? = look here!
Q-t'w e, inf. looking, beholding c^c. visited ion; care; j^yovidenceiOc.
ail fwe-a, (adv.) F. perhaps, prop, tinlooked for [= woanfvVe a];
= Akr. ebia; - most probeddy : woanfvvp-a, gkg a, gmma bio, irhen
he goes away, he will most probidily come no more.
I'vVo — iitVvcboni'. 143
fwo, V. [jTcd. fwefwe] 1. to fall, fumble, drop (used of sin{j;le
things and never without a locative complement, whereas gu, to
full, is used of a collective multitude and can stand witliout a com-
|»lciiu'nt, like to, which is used of single things). — fVve ase, fwe
fam', to full down, fdl io ilie (/roioid; ofii dua so fvvee fam', he fell
(loint from a tree. — fwe.. so [cf. gu..so], fo fdl to (an action) /rif/i
('(((jrnirss, ntpiddji; ode twee so, oliurnw fwee kwah so, ofwee kwan
so yeredede, he hastened on in his joitrnei/. — 2. with the (ik.c. v.
de, to eanse to fall, throw doivn: mframa de me dan afwe fam', the
irind has thrown mi/ lionse down. — 3. tr. to strike, heat; (ne ba wu
awereho nti ode ntama-gow abo aboso, na) ode ne nsa tVve ne yam',
.s7/r lieats her hreast iCr. in loud wailing; to flo[f, seourye, rudfjel; to
chastise, rhasfen, panish ; - ofwee no mpire, he tvhimjed him; of wee
no hambamham, tiltata, fwetorg. — /. fo stinf/, of wasps or other
stinging insects numerously falling on man. — :'>. fo icef thoroiq/ld/j,
dreneh, soaJ,-, of rain; osu fwee me fwee me fwee me ara, / was eon-
tinuedlji exposed fo lieavij rain. = G. ofvve mu = oboa, Ite fells a lie.
fwo, V. = fwew. pr. 1785t cf. fwebom',
o-l'\Vc, inf. fdlin;/.... fla<itjin(j, easfiytdion, ehasfisemcnf, ptimish-
ment.
o-f\Vt', a shrid) the leaves and seeds of which, jiounded and jnit
in water, kill fishes.
c-fVvo, (I defective prepnce; oyarc or gye fwe, lie has a df. prp.
I'wr, faint era of a child; - bo f., fo irhimper, whine.
fwO^ imif. expression of the sound of a flute or of whisflwy;
s. fwircMua. pr. 633.
f\V(;, Ak. fwete, somethine/, anyflumj, -- biribi(ara) - in neg.
sentences: nothiny; fwe nnim', there is iwthiny in (it), it is emptu;
wunnim fwe, you hnownothiny, you are alfoyefher iynorant, fwe anye
me, 111) harm has befallen me; woammfi fwe ara anye no, he was
jireserred unhurt; ontumi nye me fwe, he eannot do me any harm.
— red. fwefwe, fwefwefwe.
af \V 6 a, a kind of mole.
e-fw eji', pi. n-, the scrotum., jntr.se. — afweabci, testicle, stone.
u fw oa, a larye knife ii.sed for ehoppiny off the head; cf. oyiwan.
fwojl, fweawa, Ak. = iioawa, wax. pr. 712.
fwoafwca, a. narrow, pointed, faperlny; abantenten no fw.
0-f\vrain, the cnrrent or swiftest part of a river ; asubgnten
mfinimtini a eye den a eta ade no; asu no fw. ;1no ye den, fhe rirer
has a strony current.
nfwo-aiiim', inf. [fwe anim] looliny each oilier i)i the face;
s. di 87; syn. mmoanim.
f Vv (' as a Ml iii «') [efwe ase a, emmo, whe7i it falls down, if does
not Itreuli] a larye earthen bottle; cf. abodeammg.
fVve-hcrc, a time of visitation.
nfwe-bom', inf. (fr. fwew, to bale out, draw, viz. the water of
a tish-pond or pO(d, i^c bom', to iniife, viz. in catching or taking out
144 fwede — efwciievva.
the fishes and sharing them]; di I'lfsv., to make common cnusc,j(un
interests, associate; ef. di 81.
fwe-de, sj)y-glass; syn. kyikyi.
.ifwede [f\ve ade] a deed for which one deserves a flogffinrj or
chastisement. Luk. 12, iS.
arVvcc, a place for taling a view, lonl-ing oat or watch in g, look-
out, watch-tower, ohservatori/ ; e.g. the highest part of a biiihling or
mountain which commands a wide view.
0-f \V e f , j??. a-, looker; overseer, superintendent, survejfor, in-
spector, director; tear den; (/uardian; curator, trnstee; keeper, con-
servator, preserver; herdsman, shepherd; pastor, parson, curate,
hishop; ruler, chief; cf. oguanfwefo, asat'o-so-t'\Vefo. — o-lwero-
panyii'i, j>/. a-m-, hisliop, chief ov (/enercd overseer, superintendent.
— o-twetb-kuuini, ^j/. a-, arclthishop.
fwefwe, red. v. fvve, q. v. — to look repeatedly and intensely,
hence to look for, seek, search for; to endeavour, attempt, strive. Me
ptine ayera, mefwefwe na minhu, I Jt/xve lost a needle, I am seeking
for it and do not find it. pr.2S4. 1192-90.
at'Vvut'we, 2)1 -n-, looking-glass, mirror, glass; pane, plate or
piece of glass. Mefwefwe m'afwefwe mafvve, / a)n seeking my glass
to look (into if). — afVyclwc-bo^, diamond; jas2)er. (Ex.2S,17.)
afwefwede, F. desire; cf. apedc.
fwefwefwe, adv. s. fwe; omfra fw, = korjx; s. abomfia.
c-f vV e m 111 o e, one tvho snulfles, S2)eaks through the nose; cf. bo 70.
afwcm-pgii, inf. [pon afwene] bleeding rd the nose.
f \V 111 p o w , a swelling of the nose.
fwGi'i, r. [>Tf/. fwinfweh] to strike, give a Mow or slap; ofwen
n'asom' = obo no sotore. — 2. to inquire about or concerning a cliild
in tlie mother's womb: 6fw6h oba, okofweh ne yere wo okomfo n-
kyen. (Obarima ko a ne yere yem no, ode no kg okomfo bi nkyeh
nawakobisanebaaowoyafunum' no anom' asem, se obeba no den?
oye obarima a.s. gbea? a.s. den na ogye ansa-na waba.)
afVvo i*i-af\Vcn, adv. in greed distances; won nttim' dpj\h af,,
they are separated far from one another; nnuano sisi af. = emmeii,
the trees are not close.
a-fwcnakroii, ^j7. n-, a kind of hat; s. ampan.
e-fweiic, Ak. ehweh, nhwen, F. ehwen, 1. the nose; obo ne fw.
kasa, okasa ne fwenem', he sj^eaks through the nose, snuffles; ne f\V.
dwa ahuhm = oye dwae, lie is haughty. ■— 2. the spout or project-
ing mouth of a pitcher or jug, directing the stream of a liquid poured
out; the beak of a lamp; the eye of a needle. — e-f\Veiicur, the in-
ner part of the nose, nostrils. — f\veiiem'-ktiru, sores within the nose.
— fwencm-tokuru, nostril. — fwene-iitam", the upper part of the
nose between the eyes. — afwene: gpgn afw., he bleeds at the nose.
e-f\venee, p)^- 1^"> ^^- =^ ahene, Akr., bead.
e-f\venewa, i>?. ii-, Ak. = ahenewa, Akr,, a kind oi beads ;
s. ahene.
{ilwenheina — fweto. 145
iirwori-hcniJi, icJiifc-nosc, --= osiljl.
IW oil 11 or I', [efwene, dore?] snot, stiicei: miuns. pr. ll'.)9.
()-f\\' I'li-toa, uliw. [â– â– = ih'in nose] a kind oi' per firtne ov sweef-
stiiel/iii;/ sjiiecs (oliilAin bi).
c-l'woii til, 0-, (I iiosrle.ss j)ers(ni, i»ic irliose )iosc has been euf o/f
hy fi disease or by w;iy of punishment, pr. :>71. l.'.'00a..23.'i:?.
;it'\V 11-1 u, i)if. erddifdtion. eucisioiK (les/riicfiou of f lie nose.
[ir. 12001.
I'n'n' o 11-11 lia. [ytVvi'ue diia] the )iose; opakiini ye wo a, fa ntania
bo nsiighyew niu toto wo f\V.
fweo-fVvoo, a by-nanie of tlic do)/; s. the foil. & gkranian.
fwo-0 [fwe, inij). &o, Gr. J; 144. 145,2.] behold! lo! look here!
fwo-O, f\Vo-o, hollo, holloa! he//, ho! alfend! here! jr. 1537.
f.f, a\vc a orckg no ('•! holloa, friend, who goes there!
iVvor, V. F. = fwere, to sjiend (yGurs, Fs.90,U.)] to lose (life,
soul), Mt.Kl,'.')/. iikonihyenyi nfwer enidzi, a prophet is notivithoid
honour, Mt. lo,.i7.
t'vVoro, V. to spend; to waste, squander, consume (money, pro-
perty); to use »j> (a lead-pencil): to 2)ass (t'lm^i); to e.ihaust (strcn'^th) :,
niefweree sika pi na niede niebaa gdah niu hayi, it cost tne much
inonei/ (I had nian// expenses) before I could occupi/ this lodyimj;
niafw. ni'adagyew iihina, / have spent all my leisure. — 3. to lose,
forfeit, deprive one's self of : fw. tiri, to expose or lose one's life,
}r. 1592. i'\\. debisafo, senigdebgfo, yere,j:r. 1700. 3569.3587. — S.intr.
to be spent, wasted, consumed, exhausted...; gdgn no af were, the watch
is ((jone) down; asawa no afwere, the wicJc (or candle) has burned
doirn; m'adagyew nliina ne ni'ahoedei'i nhinil afwere, all mi/ time
has past awai/ and all in// strein/th is exhausted. — Si/n. see; sii, ma,
esa. [G. fite; ta.] Cf. adefvverede.
fweree, n-, a-, Ak. s. fwerew, a-.
fwofcde, ani/thin(/, with 7ie(/. v. notliinn; si/n. kora; cf. fwe,
fwete; ebiara nnim' fw., there is notliiny in it at all.
iifVvuredc, jj?. n-, a kind of ^a/,- s. ampan.
o-lVvorein', s. ofwirem; pr.604.1201f.
fwereniu-kyew, F. crown of thorns.
Iworciiu'i, s. ofwirenia.
fworcWj Ak. nfweree, hkyekyere, wild siKjar-canc, a kind
a fwerew, Ak. afweree, sugar-cane. [o^ grass.
fw(>row, adv. unawares, all at once; niebefii so ara fw. —
syn. nipofirim.
0-fVv^e-sie, inf. [fwe, sie] proride)ice.
I'lfwosi), inf. overseeing ... (s. fwe so); pattern, example; origi-
nal; biribi a eda lig a worefwe asusuw so aye bi; cf. nsusuwso,
fwetafvVeta, a. acute, /loinlcd. sharp; wama me gsekan a
a no (ye) fw. — cf. nnam.
f wot O, Ak. rrr f\VO.
lU
146 fwete — fwim.
fwete, V. 1. to scrape^ scratch; red. fvvetefwete: akoko fw.
sumana so. — - 2.to scatter, disperse (f\v.. gu, bo .. fw., id.; mefw. won
magu, I shaU dis^iersethem); - to squander, dissipate; - to spread,
stretv; - to sprinkle, rf. pete; - to dissolve (parliament); to hrcaknp
(a meeting). — 3. to he scattered, dispersed, dissipated, squandered
(a capital, pr. 1062)\ to he dissolved; tohcin disorder. — 4. to spread,
he diffused: bore no afwete (adodo, adidi ako) ne honam nliina mu.
f w e ti, fwiti, the point of a knife, billhook &e. [= fwene ano.]
fwe-toro, s, fw. 3. si/u. bo-toro.
fwew, V. [red. fwifwew] to suck in, draw into tJie mouth (wa-
ter, marrow from a bone); cf. few & fwirew 2.
f w e Wj V. [red. fwefwew] 1. to throw out or off or to sweep) awan
(water with the hand); ofwew n'anim fifiri, lie removes the sweat of
his face with his hand ; ofwew me nsa ]i5 nsu, he fUiii/s off the water
on his hand hy a jerk; nsu giui pon so na mede me nsa mefwew
migui; - to hale a boat; nsu ba korow mu a, wode kora ana nsa
fwew gu; - to draw (off), drain, empty; cf. nfwebom' 3. ofvvew
aben mu = onim abeh-hyeh yiye.
afVve-\vo-da(bi), nea waye wo yiye pen, a former henef actor of
yours, pr. 11S8.
nfwe-yem', F. [nfwe-yiye mu] advisedly, considerately.
fwl, haste, eagerness; oboo fwi kofae, he went and took it ha-
stily, snatched it away; cf. fwim.
f\V! (fwli), fwitWi, adv. expressing the crackincj, clajipiny, or
rather the hissivy sound of a whip or switch: ode aba no too no so
fwii fwii fwii.
fwl' (fwii), inter j. in pa fwi', an acclamation of consent.
fwidom, a kind oi locust; s. abebcw.
f \V i c, V. '[red. fwiefwie] 1. topour out from a vessel, usually com-
bined with gu; fwie kuruwa yim' nsu gu, ponr out the water con-
tained in this jug; fwie nsu gu kuruwa yim', p)Ot(r water into this
jug. — 2. to S2)ill, shed; ofwie mogya = oka mogya, he spills or
sheds hlo'od by murder. — 3. to he spilled, nsa no afwie agu, Luc.5,37.
— 4. Akp. ofwie, he celehrates the yam-custom, = onia ne bosom de,
Ak. otwa dwira, ohye fa. — 5. ofwie nsa, he makes or offers a liha-
iion of palm-win'c.
afwio, inf. [fwie i.] Akp. ilte yam-custom =odwira; afwie adu.
afVvie-f;ya, afwiegya, the fuel for the fire kept during the yara-
custora; unyansin a wgde apagya gya so wo adiwo, da a edi kan
a wokum gya fs. kum 11.] no kosi da a wowie afahye no.
afwie-sa, afwiesii, i\\e palm-wine {nsii)ov rum hrouyhf as a drink-
offering or lihation; s. fwie 5.
fwifwi, adv. slightly, supoficially ; okasa asem yi ho fw., he
speaks slightingly of this matter.
fwifwi, unsteady, fickle; ghene nennam fw. a, wotu no so,
wJien the king is unsteady, wayivard, capricious, he is dethroned.
fwim J v. 1. to snatch away; =^ luuXm, Ak. fwam; wafsVim me
fwim — g 6. 147
nsain' osi'-kun no; f'wiin (fi) iKMisam'! — ^. F. wobekji nscinbon
ato Iiom do akotVviin, tlicji sluill sa// evil ((t/dinsf i/ok ftilscl//. Mt.'>,U.
I'Vviin, IVviiiiruiui, ddr. Iiasfih/, spenJil//, iiimblij, hurricdlj/,
sudfchiiKjli/; omaa n'adesoa so fwim, he sicif'tlij took up his loud;
omaa no nan so tV\ iui I'vviin, he hurried auuiii; — (u. hasfe, speed,
hiirri/.) F\Vfm-f'\vim-atlo ko sorgwsorgw, lighUi) won, liylidif (/one.
IW iii(;i, Ak. = liintaw. [pr.'LJOi.
iWiiiti, sunti, Ak. = liintiw.
iwir, hvvir, F. [Kng. wlieel'!! G. swili] cj/itriof. Cf. teaseynam.
()-t"\V iro 111', tVvironr, a prickji/ shrub, growing;' to a hoiglit of 6
i'cot, brier; n'aba ne no tlua no wg nsgc-nsgc; jjr. 004. 1201 f. Heb.G,S.
(f. nsgo, rinuare. — fVviromii-kyo, s. gfwcrem,
o-f\Vireniiiia, ivhisllnuj, hissing. — bg f\v., to ivliisilc; gbg f\v.
fwf'fwe ; wgmfa awerelio mmg f\v.; onipa ani gy e a, na gbgf w. pr. 1306.
fVvircii, r. to penetrate, pieree; brctdc ov get through ; cdgm
no abg afwiren mu abefi ha, tlte (hostile?) etrnu/ hove foreed. their
n-ug through and hare come out or appeared in tJiis place.
fw iron t'wireii, a. acute, p)ointed, sharp, having or ending
in a sharp point; = fwetafweta.
11 fw ire 11, flower, blossom, pr.684. — gu nf\v., to bloom, blos-
som, flower; dua no agu nf\v., tJie tree blossoms; dua no hf\v. agu
())• atg, the blossoms of the tree are fallen down.
fVvirew, fwirow, v. [red. fwirefwirow] 1. f\v. ran, to pierce,
run through or i}do, perforate: gde sekah f\V. dua no mu, - onipa
no mu, lie thrust his knife into the tree, - he stabbed the man tvith his
knife. — 2. to sip, draw (in), imbibe; to drink (hkwan, soup); syn.
iiom.
fwirow, draught (of a fluid); bg fCv. biako pe na f\ve! take
only one draught and try (it) !
iifwirow-inu, (inf.) the diameter of a globe.
fVviti, s. fwGti.
This letter in genuine Tshi words occurs as a guttural conso-
nant, before the vowels o & u; before (o) e & i, and also before n,
it becomes palatal and assumes the accessory sound of y, which,
however, before i, i, e, is less distinct. — The gutturo-labial com-
bination ^w, when united with the vowel a, is written gua, and,
when followed by o, c, i, is changed into dw (excepting some Fante
dialects). — The simple consonant g may in a few cases interchange
with k; s. borggg.
ga, does not occur in Tshi words; gya is used in its stead.
gar eg a, name of a sort of cloth brought from the interior;
s. ntama.
ge, ge, gi, does not occur, but gyc, gyi; only when the
or i is nasal, we might sometimes be inclined to write merely g
instead of gy; but, as the nasal consonant, when put before it, does
148 geiiefienen — goroww.
not change it into the decided sound of ii, we must keep to fry
(ff. gyenenuyenefi, nnyinaso, fr. gyenen, gyina), perhaps with the
sole exception of the following.
gen en en en, adv., n., iinglivg ; but s. gyeiiennyenen.
agegenu [G.] dokono a wgahono no ne ewo ana asikre afra,
a kind of pap or thick beverage made of water, bread, and honey
or sugar.
g i n g a n , = ol^'iilt 'nn â–
girase, j)/.!!-, ry/r/.y.'?, iri)ic-(/lass; cf. tomere.
go does not occur, but go, go, gu.
go, v. Ak, = goro, Ak. = goru, Akr.
go, V. F. =^ gow, Akr., gono, Ak. — won do bogo, F. ^^ wgu
do jino bedwo, ML 24,12.
go, adj. Ak. F. = gow.
go, adc. in a croivd'f wopia kohyee lio go, then <dl ioijeilier ran
fo the spot.
go, a kind of reed; syu. abiVbow; s. kete. pr. 3021.
ago, inf. 1. plaii, amia^eineitt (=ii^oryiy. 2. aff'ahilitji, lindness
(if manners, cirilitij, .S()ri(djlencss; wunim ago, i/on are sociable, yon
know how to treat, attract or ol)li(je one.
ago, velvet; cf. bofua, agodwumahono.
ilgo, inter}, a salutation in or before entering a house by night,
announcing that a visitor is coming; pr.fio. cf. amr-.
I'l go, s. nno.
Jigo-bone, lit. Inid play; liccntionsness, dcbanch.
agode [ago ade] play-fhiny, toy; trifle.
tigoden [agoru a eye den] a sericnis p)lay; wogoru ag., tliey
play harshly, forcibly.
o-gofo, Ak. ogofo, pi. a-, /. jilayer (sinner and datieer); Jilay-
mate ; pi. gofo, the chorns, the conijiany of sijiyers (in a play) an-
swering to the precentor. — ;J. (in nnf<iit]ifnl wife, lewd woni((n.
a g o-d w u m a, bono , velvet.
Jigo-bia, jjr. 1207.
ago-bina [nno ahinaj jiof af palm-oil. pr. 1208.
ogo-hyg-ase, promise of a play. jtr. 1209.
ago-kyew, a velvet eap.
O-gom, sloivness, tardiness; neg. nti onnya biribi. yr. 622.1210.
a go-mere w [agoru a eye nierew, agorupa] a soft, yenflc, rea-
sonable play; wogoru ag., they play gently.
agona-ne-toa, a kind of ^j/«w/«/;?; s. gborode.
gono, v. Ak. s. gow, V.
go I'l nono, red. v. Ak. s. gugow; ggonnonom' =ogugow' mi'i.
goro, Ak.=r go, Akr. goru. — tigoro, Ak.^=ago, Akr. agoru.
goro, Gy. --= nkyekyerewa.
goroww, gorowgorgw, a. 1. weak, faint, feeble, languid,
i
(h(U; .s//». bil'tc, bi-o}i:<i, bruko, morow, si;\mo... Oyaro aye no fj. -^
ajjurow no; okom uti wayo j;-. - wa^urow ; ii'aniwa ayg '^. ^ biamo;
m'jikwa mil aye me g. — m'akwa mu nni alioodon bio. ■— ;J. gg.,
irafcrish; iiisi/)i(l, rajiid, (((s/cJcfis (nkwaii, iisa). - H. Inkciranii ;
iisu no aye g. ^=^ botfiroboclwo.
nor II, /'. |/Tf^ gugoruV] Ak. go, goro, /. If) />!((//, sjtorl, jrttl-
ic, (liocrt or (unnsc one's self (mmofra g. abonteii so; agyinamoa,
mpata g.; g. asat'o, pr. tl7S.). — ^^ lo he (if <i friciidlii, rotuiiniiiico-
iirc (lis/iosili())i, he soridblc ; o-nebiara gorn, he is frionll// iril/i crerif
bodt/ ; o-ne bi nnorii, fit' is Kiisoriahfe: - lolidcc iiilerconrsc, he inti-
iiiaic ivilh f(((/i other, pr. J'iliT. — .V. foj)hi/fforni(i)iei/, io(j(iiiible; ef.
tow nlioina, tow ntrania, si ntew. — i. fo perpetrKtc some vvieked-
ness; g. agiiaman-noru, lo eoiioiiil f'oniiention ; g-ne bea g., Itc eom-
ihUs irhoredom, adtdierif; - g. abayigoru, io pmelise ivifcJu-raff. —
.'). g. bo, ii) to iiioek (d, deride, seo^'. - bjfo negleet, slight, pr. 1219.
.•i5i,-oru, inf. Ak. ago, agorg, ]. plat/ing; plai/, sport, amusement,
(•spec, sintiin;/ and daneimj; pr. 1:211-18. game; gu ag., to give. up (i
pldi/. — Ji\ sociid/leness. friendliness; onnim ag., he knows no Joke,
is soitrniinded ; s. ago. — Different kinds of play, consisting of
singing and dancing (s. asaw), are: adewa (a common name); of
women: bewa, adenknm, nnyane; of men: dasiimmfin, dwae, agye-
niannare, alienkwa', onnibiamane, unontwuwa, paw', asafo,osekye,
asibelete, antorepira. Other ])lays are: oware-tow, dam-di or -to,
at\\e-di or -sisi or -tow &c. (Miildr(!n's plays: aba, ba-bg, odo-tow,
amfiaiiinani, esono-ne-ne-mma i^c.
a li'o ni-ni'i , inf. the giving np of a j'tog.
a g- OS a 11 a, pr. 2135.
o-sj^o-sojilo, j>?. a-, palm-oil carrier [nno, soa, fo] pr. 1220.
a_u:o-t ras() [ogorn a ctra so] a play carried to excess; wngorn
ag. a, kansese eye a, wo ani wu akyiri, if you plag overmuch, though
it be nothing bad, you will afterwards feel ashamed.
i'OW, V. [red. gugow; Ak. gono, red. gonnono] 1. to slack,
slacken, relax, loosen: a) to become slack, be made lax, i.e. less tense,
firm or rigid, to become loose; liama yi mu agow, e.s. emu yeree,
na afei asah aye 'merew. — b) to render slack, make less tight,
make loose; gow wo amirikatu mu, slack thy riding. 2 Ki. 4,24. —
2. fo weaken: a) to become weak; ne nsam' agow, his arms are weak;
- b) to make weak, infirm, feeble: onipa foforo no gow nipa dedaw
no mu. — 3. to soften: a) to become soft, tender, mellow: duaba no
abere na erinowe e; aduan a woanoa no agow = aye merew; -
t>) to make soft. — i. ho gow, nsam' gow, to become easy, comfort-
(il)le: neho agow no, prop, every thing around him is soft. i.e. he
has an easy comfortable life, = ne ho adwo no (asem bi nni ne so,
nanso biribiara a gfwef'we, ne nsa ka); ne nsam' agow:^-wape ade
anya bi; cf. 2 a) — 5. to moderate, restrain: ogow (= odvvoo) n'a-
ni kae, she said in aiuunder-tone or modesdy. — tutu wo anan gow
mu di kail, go before slowly. — (>. mu gow, to be spacious: gdaii
yi mu gow, litis room is spacious; opp.' cmw kyere, it is narrow.
150 gow — o-u.
gow, j)7. agow-agow, I. n. fragment, piece, damaged part, rag,
rcfunant: remains, ruins; cf. ofa, fere, sin; opp. emfi, j;/. amuamu;
- biribi abg na wiihu n'afaata bio no, ne fa no bi na wofre no gow :
ne mu ni, tliis is the thing in Hs perfect state or as a ivholc; ne gow
ni = ne fa ni, this is a fragment of it; n'agow-agow ni = n'afa-afa
ni, these are the fragments or pieces of it; kiirow no aye gow, the
totvn is in a rid nous state; wama kurow no aye agow-agow, he let
the toivn fall to ruins. — II. adj. 1. damaged, spoiled, hrohcn; the
attrib. adj. in the sing, is compounded with its noun: adaka-gow,
opon-now, ahina-gowQ;?. nhinaagow-agow), afwefwegow; koragow,
a lecJiing calabash; - 2. ragged, tattered: kentegow, ntamagow;
m'asepatere aye agow; -3. ruinous, decaying, dilapidcded: odan-
now; odah no aye g., yerebcbu; kfiro no aye gow 5 woamal, adaii
no aye agow-agow; s. I.
gran ate*" [It. granata, Sp. grenade] grenade.
graiiJite,^ granati'-akutu, pomcgrancde, the fruit being in
shape somewhat like an orange (akutu) or ratlier like burukuruwa;
cf. nloropo.
gu, V. \^rcd. gagu] /. intr., sompt'imea causativelg used, gener-
ally witli a locative complement :
1. to fall, pour down (ofa collective multitude, whereas f\ve and to
are used of single things or persons): dua no hfwireh regu fam',
the blossoms of the tree are ^^ouring doivni aba no bi koguu abo so,
some of the seed fell on the stones; Mt. 13,4 f. cf. 11. & porow i, —
2. (contin.) to lie (of a collective multitude, whereas of individual
things or persons da is used); ntrama bebre gu ho, mriny coivries
are lying there. — 3. cans, (in connection with a preceding auxili-
ary or principal verb: to cause to fall or lie i.e. to cast, throw, potir;
to lay, put (of single things to is used): fa ntrama no gu ho, throw
the cowries down there; mede aburow migu nsum', I am pouring
corn into the water; mframa tetew ahaban gu fam', the wind severs
the leaves and throws them down; yerebebu dan yi agu fam', we
are going to demolish this house and to throw it down; — ode ne
nsa guu me so, he lay or jnd (both) his hands upon me; ode ne nsa
guu n'akyi, he put his hands behind his bacJc. — oka nnuah no gu
dan mu, he drives the sheep into the stable. — 4. of fluids : to flow
out (into, upon), ie spilled, shed; (contin.) to be scattered, sjirinJded
(somewhere): ode nno no bae no, ebi gui (= gnu fam'); ebi gugu
dan mu ho, u-hen he brought the palm-od, part of it was spilled ; some
has been sccdterecl on the floor there in the room; cf. 13. — 5. cans,
to pour (into, npon): fa nsu gu tumpan yim', pour locder into this
bottle; f wie nsu gu me nsa so, pour toater on my hands. — 0. to
fall or hang down, hang loose and leaving, flow: ne nhwi gu nekoii
mu, ne mati, his hair hangs down into his nape, on his shoidder. —
7. caus. to throw over, put on: ode nnuguso guu ne konmu, lie threio
a loose garment over his sJtotdders, wrapped Jiimself up in a mantle.
— 6\ gu.. mu, a) to accrue, be added, increase, augment; ne Twi
no, biribi rcgugu mu, his Icnowledge of the Tslii language is increa-
sing; cf. mmagum'. — b) to intervene: nda gum' kakrano, ¥. after
ffu.
151
some (hif/s. Mk. 2,1. — i). gu.. so, a) gu kwan so, to he on the tvaij:
ogiikwau soreba. — h) to lean tipon i.e. to reli/ for sit))port, depend
on, he committed to one's care: niiipa pi gu me so nti, ininya sika a,
eiitew, hec((itse I Inive to care for so nuin/j peojAe, the mone// L earn
does not stick uiih me; cf boa, r. — c) to tje hent upon, d'd'Kjently
occnjiicd irUh: ogu ira(l\\ utna so, he is (d his work; wogu aduan tio
8o redi, thei/ are still in the act of eatiny. — d) to come down upon,
numcronsUfSiwA. impetuously, to att<ick: wokogiui no iio(cf. wokotow
hyce no so, Acts7,57). — e) cans, obu n'ani gu .so, oka u'ani gu so,
s. aui; ka ntam gu.. so, to conjure, s. ntam (Gr.§243?>); ye..gu..
so, to do aijuinst, Gr. § 100,32. -- 10. gu asc: n'anim gu ase, lit.
his face falls douii i.e. lie is ashamed, (thashed, put out of countenance.
II. infr., witbout a locative complement :
11. to fidl, come down: obosu gu, dew fdls. — IJ:?. to be shed, spilled
s. J. ebi gui. — 13. cans. f\vie., gu, ka.. gu, to spill, shed; waka
mogya agu, he has shed blood. Gen. 9,6. Lev. 17,4. — 11. to succumb,
be defeated; to run away, flee: clom agu, the (hostile) army has been
beaten, routed, put tofliyht, defeated, dispersed; woako agu, they have
lieen defeated; wgagu, they have given way, arefleeiny. — 15. cans.
ka.. gu, to rout, put to flight: yeaka dom no agu, we have fought
ami defeated the enemy; bo., gu, pam.. gu, to scatter, disperse;
cf. S the last ex. <fc yepam dgm no guu ahabanmu, we routed the
army and drove them into the forest. — IG. to become desolate, go to
ruin: kilrow no agu. — 17. to he abandoned, finished: agoru no
agu, the play has been given up. — 18. to he finished, he over: okgm
agu, tlte dearth has ceased. — 19. ase gu, to be decreasing; to cease,
die out, he extirpated: n'ase agu, his poster dy is idterly destroyed;
gdo, mmoa, nnipa no ase regu, = wgresa; Abotakyifo ase agu, the
inhabitants o/' Abotakyi have been (ns it were i.e. nearly) extirpated.
III. tr. without a locative complement:
20. gu ase, to extirpate: magu wuva no ase, I have extirpated those
weeds; magu m'abrgde ase, / have entirely taken out my ^jlantains.
— 21. to end, to abolish, prohibit: gu aguadi, to stop the trade; gu
agoru, a) to cease from playing for a time, to put a stop to it for this
time; - b) to give it np or abolish it cdtogcther, to prohibit it. — gu
adwuma, to finish the worlc {altogether, = wie yg kora). — 22. gu
nc nkyerew, gu n'apare or ne mpare, to finish, complcie, conclude,
consummate: wgagu ne nky. = \vga\vie adwuma biara ye; s. nky.
— 23. gu nsa, to perform the concluding part of a funeral custom.
— 2i. gu.. so nsu: wgagu no so nsu n.s. wgawie asem bi di, na
nnyafinkae nti ghene ma wogu ne dehye bi so nsu, na obiara antu-
mi ankae asem no bio.
IV. tr. without a locative complement (cf I.):
25. gu, to sow: gu mo, to sow rice, (cf- dua, v.) — 26. gugu, to
scatter: ogugu aburow ma. likokg, (cf.l.) — 27. gu nfwireh, to pour
out i.e. put forth blossoms, to blossom. — 28. gu ahome, to emit a
breathing, pour oiU i.e. utter a sigh, to sigh, groan; gu homtsen, Y.to
emit a long hrecdh, sigh deeply. — 29. to found (iron, brass, copper,
type, bells), cast (lead, tin, zinc, silver, gold) cf. gude; to coin, stamp
(dare, dollars). — 30. gu asawu, to cast or throw (oid) the net. —
152 yiia — oguaboii.
worigugu wo pom', F. theij were casfing a net into the sea. Mk. 1.16.
— 31. gu nsu, to mala' water, euph. = dwensg.
V. gu may be called an au.r. v., when it shows the dirccliou
of the movement or action expressed by a preceding j;>-///c. v. as
ka, fwie, bo, pam, tow; in connection with a following mu or
so it supplies the jdace of the Eng. prepp. into, upon (s.o.5.); when
no complement follows, it answers to tiie adv. atiuty (fwie gu, tow
gu!) or the notion of loss or waste is contained in the Eng. v. (as in
to spill, to rout). Of. Gr. § 109,32. 223,4. — 32. tow., gu, to cast
aioay. — 33. ye., gu, Jit. to do d- east awaij i.e. to do in vain, work
for nothing.
gua = gua, F. gwa. Ak. dVva or even dzfui.
gua, V. [red. Qngnei] to cat in pieces, cut up (an animal), carve;
pr. 3025. - to flat/, slin, strip off the sJcin of an animal; gua nantwi-
iihoma, to sJci)i, a htdloclc; wagua aboa nlioma aton; pr.l223. - to (/id,
eviscerate, talce out the bowels.
e-gua, 1. ]}\d)lic place, marlcet-})lace; market; open i)lace, cf.
abannua, court; - gkae avq gua so, he spoke it publicti/; gko gua so,
he went to the market; wgali gua ase, the market has hetjun. — 2. a
public assembhj. council; perf. to hold a council, used espcc. of the
elders of a town who assemble for deliberations on public affairs;
gkg guam', he tvent to the j)! ace of assembly; gua atu = woatrji ase
asgre, wgafwete gua, the assembly is dispersed, the session is broken
up; cf. bagua, guabg, guam'fo, agua ase. — 3. trade; di gua, to
trade, traffic, dad (in); cf. di bata, mpewa, nsesa, nsesagua, nnu-
kurogua; odi no gua {or bata) = odi gua ma no, Im trades for lam;
g-ne me di gua, / am engaijcd in trade with him (mutually); g-ne me
di bata, he and I (jo and buy thinys &c. — ne gua abg no, he lias
fallen short, has come off a loser, has suffered a loss in his tradiny.
agua, pl.n-., seat, chair, stool; throne, s. aheiiiiua; nan ase
agua, footstool; cf. akonhua, akeutenhua; aponnua; maiuV.
gna, V. 1. to sepande; - gua neho, to retire, retreat, withdraw;
gua. woho fi won ho == twe woho fi wgn ho, sepande or withdraw
thyself from them. — 2. to level: wgagua bepgw hi ani ase, the lower
slope of a hill has been levelled. — cf. guae.
agua: bg neho agua, to retire, retreat, yet away, make off, run.
away (secretly), */«/;c to one's lieels, flee, = guaii.
o-gua, oguciwa, pi. a-, tlie gnava fruit and tree. [S]). yuayaba;
Psidium pyriferum, white auarti; Psidium paniferum, red yuava.]
O-gua b CD, a thorny shrub; niuuire bi a wode ye gsaw; wgwe.
aguabfrim, Ak. adwabirem, q. v., a large place for assemblies
(nea wodi asen-kese a.s. Avgbg gua kese bi).
gua-bo, inf. [bg gua] the act of assemtAing, the state of being
assembled ; assemlily; guabg, wgbg no wg neannipa nh. benya atra-
ye; won g. no anwie fe yg, e.s. wgammg gua no senea wgbg gua;
won g. no akyi ansi yiye. (Wgbg gua di asem, di adae, yi wgnho
adi, tra ayi ase, nom nsa, goru, bg semgde, di nkgmmg.)
0-guabon [nea ogua boh] one wlio flays a beast, pr. 1223.
aiifualHuii — o<;iuimjniiMeii.
15.3
a '4ii;i Ih'i in, (Jishirbnncc, npro(tr of un assemhlif, in ii inarkH.
auiiadr |('j;ii;i ade] tfoods. irarcs, iiirrc/uiiKlist'. / pr. .'i254.
an'iia-'li, ////". [di };iui] fnuli)!;/, trade, pr. M.'). 1:J'H.
u-ji'iiad ini, -I'd, ^>/. a- -to, inidcr. mcrcliaiit ; ct'.obataui, ojk'wh-
o-u; 11 a-d II a , <iHavit-iree. [dilo.
Hiiac, r. g. .. mil, io (lisjoin, purt, scjxirdtc, sever, stuulrr,
rend; to tv((r asunder ; '^. iif nlnvim', }^. nwurain', io part one's hair,
the ireeds. the tms/i (in (irdcr to p,<) tliron<;Ii); s//n. bac inii, dnv iiiu.
liaiV iini, pae nni, pan niii, tan inu. tt-rmv nui.
li^iiati^iiaj^ua, adr. ver// nineJi: ne sc bg so g., his teeth chatter
tVom fcAcrisli cold; owia pac g. — - kctokotekote, the sun f)Hrns,
sfnnes reri/ ttriijld.
liualiii, "^iiaha |t'j;iia. lia] a hid in. straw, or stal/c aff/rass, witb
some cowries striinj; on or added to it, serointf to conetude the safe of
a iK'rson or tiling by tearing it asunder and j)iitting the parts into
llie hands of" witnesses, at the sanictimedistributingtothem the small
amount of money (peril. '25 strings) given by the buyer besides the
actual price; hence, tew ne ti g., to conetnde the sale of, lit. to tear
astrair caneernint/ one's head or price in testimony of the sale, which
ceremony seems to indicate, that the j)revious connection between
the seller and the person or thingnow sold is broken asunder. yo-.oo'o';?.
AVatew ne yere ti g., he has (conipletefi/) sotd his wife, 'i'he witni^s-
ses are bound to keep the ends of the straw and the cowries handed
over to them, and, if necessary, to produce tliem in testimony to the
bargain; this giving testimony is then called wgkgtoa gnaha, lit.
theij join tor/ether the ends of the straw. Me ti guaha da u'akonnua
ase, the straw of mij purchase ]>rice lies under his chair, i.e. I haoe
In'cn houijld hij him (as a slave).
"Vi-a kiiro, a kind of weed; wode ta kuru so.
o-uam, V. \)ed. guninu^m] 1. to grow toijcther, he doulde; dtiaba
no aguam uta, aguam abieiV = aba no ye abien, iiso ebom', the
two fruits are (/rown togetJier; pi. egunnuam nta-nta or abien-abien.
— 2. to run or flow down copionshi; fifiri regurfm no = f. reprrnn
no, lie perspires copiously. — 3. to run, galop, of horses; gponko
gU(an reba. HaJ). 1,8.
o-o- u a 111 111 a [oguan ba] ^>Z. n-, landj, yeanling; lid.
o-oiidiiuiia, a-, pi. n-, [dim.] a little lanih, lanibkin, kid.
11 II nam ma 11 [oguan, pi. h-, &b«n] sheep-fold, sheep-cot, pen.
a o- u a iiui 11, ^>/. n-, fornicator; whore, harlot, prostitute, strum-
pet. (The pi. must not be confounded with the preceding word.] —
bg ag., to commit fornication'., ef. bg 11.106. goru aguammannoru,
/(/. — ■aofiiaiiiani-iiig, aoiiauiariiioru, /"orn/tv^/Zo*?, whoredom, lewd-
ness; prostitution. — 0-guamammofo, pi. a- (= aguamAn) whore-
monger, lecher.
o-<j;iiainmerc [oguan bere] a female sheep (or goaf), ewe.
o-iiam'fo [egua mu fo] the people belonging to a put/lie as-
sembly; g. ne baguafo ne ghene ho nnipa; s. gyaasefo.
<iuaiii[)ra hen [oguan, pra.? ben] a sheep ov goat withredhair.
154 oguammiiruwa — guantiri.
o-guammiiruAva [oguan aburuwa] j;/. n-, a r/roicn sheep or
goat thai has not yet had anij i/oung.
aguam-sein [gua mu asem] a public palaver. pr.lOio.
guaiij V. [)-e(l. gufihuan] 1. to wiiher, fade, decay, dry (af'nw,
uneema, dua, aliabah); syn. hotow, kagyaw, kisii, nyam, twain; -
to ripen (abttrow g.), syn. hoa. — X^. guan ,. ho, to trouble, distress,
cause pain or anguish to; me ho guaii me = me ho hia me, I am
in a strait; oguah me ho = ohiahia me ho, he troubles, harrasses,
annoys, vexes me.
guaiV, V. [inf. a-, red. guaiVhuan] to flee, run off or away: to
avoid (asem, kaw); to escape. — pr. 1784.2250. guan do, g. kg, g.
toa, to flee to .. for succour, seeJc a refuge or hiding-place with a per-
son or at a place.
Guaii, j)r. n. ofthe language of Date, Kyerepgn, Anum, also of
Karakye,Nt\vummuru, Nta; c/'. Gr. introd. § 5Al. § 1DII,5.6. §2,3.
gnj\iiii, a. fine, nice; onipa no aye g., his dress, face, whole
apipearancc look fine; wasra nedan nui nti, emu aye g., because he
has whitewashed his room, it has become nice; syn. Me, kama, os6.
O-guaii, pi. n- [F. egwan, Ak. odvrane, odzuane] the sheep; the
term includes the goat also, but as there is a particular word for the
latter {s. abirekyi), it is commonly used for sheep; if the sheep is
to be expressly distinguished from tlie goat, it is called oguanten.
agnail, inf. the act o{ fleeing or running away; flight, escape.
pr. 1929. — hasty, hurried ste2)s: fa ag. = tu mmirika; fa ag. ko na
bera! — dze or tutu angwan, F. = de or tutu mmirika, Mt. 5,6. 9,25.
0-guan-aiiiwa (sheep's eye), a kind of be((d, s. ahcne.
g u a n-(l 0-1 1 e a , ^;7rffc of refuge for protection ; s. guankobea.
0-guaiifo, 2^1- 3--) fttgitive.
o-giiaii-f anil, a dead slieep or goat.
o-gu aii-fu niimri, oguan a ne fiinuma tua so, a lamb whose
navel-string has not yet fallen off.
0-guaii-fwefo, p?. a-, shepherd.
oguaii-homa, j)l. h-, slieep-skin, leather xncpared from it; skin
of a goat.
o-guau-liwi, wool ; the hair of a sheep or goat. (The sheep on
the G. C. have hair, no wool).
guaii-ko-bea, j>7«('C of refuge for shelter; s. hintabea,
o-gu a 11-11 a ill, the flesh or meat of sheep or goats; mutton.
o-giiaii-sac, wether, castrated ram or he-goat; cf. gpaposae.
o-gu an-teu, pl.h- [oguah & -ten, lo)ig i.e. long-legged] tJie sheep.
o-guanteii-ba, pi. hhuanteh-mma, lamb; s. oguamma.
o-guauteii-homa, sheejJ-sJcin.
guau-tiri, shce2)^s head; wgye me abofra g., they send me on
a fool's errand (make an April fool of mc); wgdada abofra soraah-
kafo se: kogye guantiri wo obi hkyeri bera, na mama wo bi; nso
ohu biara na obisa no a, se onipa-ko no nim ase dedaw nti, gkyere
no foforo ho kwan.
oguantoa — o^uasonipa. 155
o-Uiia 11 1 oa, a kind o{ plant; wos^nan wo a, uokobu n'ahaban
11 a woawe.
ap;iiJin-t\v a re [ojiuaii twa] klUituj sheep for a feast or a sacri-
fice, pr. 112').
trnaniiuaiV, a. \^-= gui'innan, gunnuane, />•. gnaii] withered;
iln/; ripe; ahiwow g., pr.6?S.2044.
ti^iiai'c, V. [inf. a-] to nutsh the whole body, to bathe (tr.) fcf.
horo, liolio, hohoro, to wash sirujlc parts of the bodi/, or clothes and
other things]; - to bathe (intr.d'-tr.), to wash (one's self); - koguare
no or fa no koguare (wg) asum', </o and tcash him in the river; me-
koguare, / am (loing to bathe or to wash mj/self (by pouring down
water over the body, as the negroes regubirly do every day) ; ode
aiikfi gnare, he icashes liimself with times, i.e. he rubs his body
with lime juice, in washing or after luiving washed it. pr.2427. —
oguare po, samina, nsughj-ew, he washes himself with sea-water,
Witli soap, with hot wider. — 2. to swim; guare bera or ko mpoano,
swim to the shore; oguare twaa asu no, he swam over the river. —
3. guare asum', s. asumguare. — 4. to tvorship some patron spirit
(family fetish). Aboadefo nhinii g. Bosonotwe, all the family o/'Aboa-
dec liare B. for their famih/ fetish.
a guare, inf. the act of bathing or swimming; bath; ablation.
tx'^w aro(-o), a word of politeness spoken by a guest(?) before
he begins to eat.
aguare-aiiiii, tcashing without (subsequent) eating, pr. 2687.
a UMi a re c, a place for washing or bathing, pr. 1234.
0-t^uarefo, j^l- a-, bather; swimmer.
a guare-gua, a scat itsed in washing one's body.
aguare-iisra [wode guare a, wonsra] a large kind of lemon,
so good for washing with, that you need not anoint your body after
washing, as the negroes usually do.
agiia ase [egua, ase] 1. the Jcing a)id his elders sitting in coun-
cil; ghene ne ne mpanyimfo a wgabg gua; - Kwadade aguaase mu
nnipa dgso, — 2. the tvhole assembly; gkg aguaasem'--gkg guain ,
he went to the conned.
aguaasein de, the things i.e. tlie proper manners observed hi
puljlic assemblies, polite manners; gye ag., onim ag. yg (= onim
nkyia ne akyema ne kasa; gpgw), he is polite, polished, elegant in
manners, icell-bred, courteous. — aguaasem'-kasa,^?o?//e speaJcing;
a courteous address; courtesy.
o-giiaasem'ni, ^>L a--fo, 1. an attendant of a king or chief in
a public assembly, one of his followers or train (not one of the coun-
selors, who are called baguafo). — 2. oguasem'nipa, = aguasoba.
gua-seii [guare, gsen, = ahina a wode nsu gu mu guare]
basin, vessel or pot for washing, laver.
g:u a-s 6 [egua so, on /Ac market] openly, 2mblicly.pr.l222.Mat.6,4.
aguaso-ba [egu^ so gba], oguasem'ni (2), a p)olite, courteous,
genteel, elegant, cleanly, clever, active man; gye ag.
o-g- u a s u-n i p a , gentleman.
156 oonasoni — erya.
o-icuasoni, mcinher of a cohucU, man of (listinctlon in puhlic
assemblies. — ci » n a so-ii i w u (egua so aiii\vu] pnblir shame; woa-
Lye no ag., the>i have 2>MicIi/ pni him to shame, made him a public
cxamjile. Mt. 1,19.
aguatoiJ, goods soJd <d retail: 1. pidm-ivine sold by retail; iisa
a wosoaton no aban-aban; wgde ag. rctvVam', jn'ojde retailinij jxdin-
ivinc are passing. — ^. pedlery, goods not made in a proper way
and bought uj> bg peddlers, ade a wyto di uipewa; fiipperg. luoitier,
refuse, out-shot, ri/fraff; eyi de, eye ag., nsee wo sika wo ho!
o-ii' u a w a , s. ogua.
yufle [gn ade] a titing cast and wronglit of metal, e!S]»ecially
of gold; triulcet, jeuel ; cf. 'mraniinai'i (wobo bi na wogn bi).
trugow, red. c, s. gow; = gonono.
^ HIT 11, red. v., s. gn. — g'lgi'i l*^- s. gu :iO.
g u g II a , red. v., s. gua.
liuiir = gn mn. Fa tnm})aii no kofa n.sn gum' bera. pr. l')90.
a gum a J fighting, wrestling ov .struggling, not in earnest, but /"or
sport and exercise; pr. ISOO. wodi ag. =; wodi ayensin (nnipa bi
gorn kitikiti bobo wgnho n.a., na enye anibereso).
aguiiia-di. inf. wrestling or struggling \n -a. coinhai for e.eer-
cise or for a prize.
g u M I'l u a n , red. v. giiaii.
gUl'ili liaiJO, a. =gnahiinaii, withered, drg.futtg ripe; abnrow
g. dokono na eye de.
guraiii, r. to strike, beat with bath Jouids; cf. biram, bg,
boro, fwe.
gurow, r. to become loose, slacJc, weak; to break down; to be
shattered, broken, exhausted; sgn. liodxvow; ope ama adaka no agn-
row, on account of the harniattan the box h((s become out of Joint ;
me nnompe ag.. mg bones are consumed. Fs. 31,11. m'akwjlm' nli. ag.,
all mg joints are loosened; wagurow goroww = waye gorgww, he
has become quite feeble, imbccdc, dcbditated, enervated, worn out,
scedg (as after a drunken debanch),
gwa. gwaii, gAvar &c. F. r= gna, giiai'i, guaro &c.
g\vaii-suma-1)ew, F. = guankgbca, hintabea. Ps. 00,1.
give, gwi, F. ==dVv e, dwi.
agwew, F. = adwew. — gwiinfo F. = od\Vumfo.
gwom, F. = guam', Mk. 12.38.
gwoil, F. = dwell, Mt. 18,12. — to gwori, to go astrag.
gya. [G. dsa.]
gy a, V. l^red. gyigya] i. to go <dong with; to soid or lead awag,
dismiss; to guide, conduct; to accompany, especially with kwaii, or
adding the place to which one is accompanied: ogyaa no kwan se
giikg po ho, he sent him awag to go to the sea; okogyaa no de no kgo
Atene, he conducted him and brought him to Athens; okogyaa no
hyen no mn, he ((ccomjxinied him to the ship; (Acts 17,14.15. 20^38.)
— kogya me se Xkwantanan, come along with me about as far as
gya — f^yabiriw. 157
Xkw.; wokogya wo yoi'iko 'sa a, woboa woho hi, if you accotiijxoitf
ijour frioul into the ircir, i/ou prepare i/our.seJf too. — J2. to /leljt.
assist: onipa yi kogya me adwumaye 'iie, t/iis miin is goiuy to help
me (in my work) to-dai/. — 3. gya ..nan, to cover onc^s feet (Jtulf/. 3,24.
1 Sam. :24,3.), to ease one's self. ; cf. ue.
f^ya, V. Ak. s. gyaw, /. to leave; gya ho, F. to leave, forsake.
Eph. .'i,31. — ;?. to worship.
0-3' a, n. Ak. s. gyaw, tlie leg.
gya, V. [^red. gyagya] 1. to let loose, quit one's hold, let pass,
let slip; wogya won usam', F. thei/ loose their hands, to let go, let
alone; - to loose, loosen, release, set free or at liberti/. Mt. 18,27. 27, lo.
Acts 2(J,32. — 6'. to omit, be without, cf. gyaw; pr. 221. 1004. — i. to
desist from. Mk. 14,6. gyii me f\ve, do not always look at me; cf. gyae.
— 5. g3'Jl.. kwan, to dismiss, let go, set free. — 6. gya.. kyene
(dan kyene) to give up, relinquish, abandon, drop. pr. 510. — /'•gya
mu, (() to slacken, relax, loosen, let go; gya mu to f'am', to let down
to the earth. Acts 10,11. Mark 2,4. — b) to grant liberties. — .S. to let
flow out: nnipa binom da a, wogya won anom' nsu gu sumi so. —
,'y. gya siade, to miss good luck. — 10. gya, F. ^= gyae, to cease.
gya, adv. disorderly, confusedly, distractedly, in perplexity ;
cf. gyabegyabe, gyigya, adv. — mmea ne nimofra de sfi nam gya,
women and children walked about lamentingly.
0-gy a, l.fire; pr. 467.1245.1247-03. ogya so, dew, fram, tntii sran-
sran, dum; - tJte i)ower of striking fire, pr. 490. — da gya, to sleep
at the fire, pr.5.59. cf. nnyahyee. — 2. fuel, cf. nnyansin, nnyentia,
nnyina, anyan. ^>r. 1210.
agya, 7^/. agyanom (F. agyam), father, male parent ; syn. gse;
progenitor, ancestor ; master; the word is also used as an honourable
appelhition: m'agya Kofi fre wo, Mr. K. calls you. — Syn. ose,
fidher, akora, old father. In Ak. a gya is used only in speaking of
one's own father, omitting the 2)>'on. me or yen (my, our) before it,
whereas ose is used in other cases; agya ahu wo se Asuom', my
father has seen your fcdher at Asuom.
agya, n. the opposite part or side. — agya no boa, (adv.) be-
yond, on yon side, on the other side; r/'. asuogya, ayannya.
gya, 2>i- "-, •**■gyawa. — to gya = to apakye.
o'y 'I? pJ- "") smithy coal, charcoal, made of osena wood, former-
ly also of palm-nuts (nnwea) i.e. the shells with their kernels, of
which the natives did not know to extract the oil.
gy a baw, adv. besides, nevertheless, nothwithstanding; eyi
nhina gy., leaving all this aside, [fr. gyaw, to leave, & baw = ba,
bt^a, bere, bew, a place. ^
gy a bcgy k be, disorderly, confusedly, disfractedly.fdtcringly;
syn. gya, gyigya. — onam gy. = ogyigya, n'ani ado iikran, gbo
sonsoiiku. — waye gy. = waye twrntwrui-twintwan, he reels, stag-
gers, tumtiles.
g y a b i a, Aky. s. gyama.
g3'a-biriw [gya, biri] ro(d, charcoal.
158 agjabonti — ogyamfo.
agjabontij name of a hpa^^t. pr. 1975.
agyade [agya ade] paternal inherliance; Akuapomfo a wo-
kasa Guah, wodi agyade, among those Alcuapcms tJiat spcali Guai'i,
the father's property is inherited by the son; cf. wofade.
agjadwo [agya? adwo]: twaagy., to unit, lament; wotua
agy., they loeep or cry aloud, orig. for a deceased father; ot\va no
ho agy., he heivails him; cf. twa adwo, bo benii, bo abubuw.
gyae, v. [t-cd. gyaegyae] 1. = gya, to drop, let go, let loose,
let (done. — ;?. to set free. — 5. to leave off, discontinue, with an
inf. wagyae ta nora, he has left off smoJcing tobacco; gyae su, iveep
no more; gyae no f\ve, leave off beating him. — 4. intr. to abate,
cease: mframa agyae, the wind has abated; ne yare agyae, his sick-
ness is over or gone; n'abufuw agyae, his anger has ceased.
o-vac-a! interj. be silent!
agja-fanu, asu no agy., both sides of the river.
agja-fa-me-to [lit. father take me buy it] a kind of herb used
to season food; wgde to aduan so; ete se gyene.
gja-frama, flame of fire, blaze; cf. mframa, sufraraa.
g}'^ ah a lie, a kind of cloth (kente); s. ntama.
0-gya-hene, w/. a-, 1. the leopard; s. osebo. — 3. a kind of
butterfly.
agya-hina [ahina a wode gyaw obosom] a small pot in which
palm-wine is offered to a fetish.
ogya-ho-mporoporo\va or iitutuniwi, sparks of fire.
gyakisi, ashes from the husks of pla)dai)is, used in making
soap; it is also mixed with snuff, in order to make it sharp; gyare
nso a wgde to asra mu na ilno aye hyew.
agyakiimedu, s. okahkan.
gyam, v. to be in the agonies or pangs of dcatfi, breathe one's
last, expire ; oregyam, Jie is at the ptoinl of death, at the last gasp. —
2. to bemoan or beu-ail a deceased person; ogyam nenua; syn. su.
— 3. to condole with, e.yprcss sorrow, grief or sympathy at the death
of one's relation (= koma no due, kgkyekye ne were). John 11,19.
agyammeii, s. patu,
gy am'g3'am\ ddc. [gya mu, lit. in fire, repeated] hotly, i.e.
eagerly, su-iftly, rapidly; woakgka asem no gy. mil aterew, s. ahyesem.
gy am a, adv. [Ky. gyamea, gyabia] perhaps ; pr. 2438. cf.
ebia, ahfwe-a, sese.
agy am ma, a shrub growing about 8 feet high, bearing small
red fruits, a favourite food of birds; wgde n'ahabah ne ho bono bg
dudo.
g y a m a d u d u , a large kind of drum, kettle-drum; cf. akyene.
gyamara, -awa, a kind oi cloth (kente); ,s. ntama.
gyame, a kind of amulet.
0-gyamfo, 2)1. a-, one who commiserates or j^ities another.
[pr. 1464.
agyamu — gyjtto. 169
ap^yauiii, a kind of annih'f.
irV a n, ."*. nnyinnvan.
l^yiu'i, gyan-ara-<;yiiii, adr. [red. f^ycnnyaii. a./ V. — Akr.
kwa, teta, (Ak.) liuiiii, in ridii, far tiaf/iitiif, irit/ioiif citiisr, irH/innt
mi'nubuj.
a<ryau (pi. id.) arroir: r/". bonuna; j)r.:iG^.37'2. — spine or ijiiiH
iif a jiorcKi'iue.
tiyiiiii', pr.l643. s. gyansakyi.
ag;yimei', s. pataku.
a^y a ii k a , pr. 1358.
»agy aiika', j)/. n-, Akw. = ayisfi, orphan.
a i^y a u s a k i» , a kiiul oi jnmpiny iuscd.
\rj a 11 s a k y i, pr. 1643. a by-name of tlie bird apatipere. pr. 2640.
at^y ans ram inii^pl. n-, lirccoal, hnrninfj co(d. [gya, srjim, ba.]
a u" y a [» a lie, 1. hcritiq/e, inheritance; nneeina pa a eye fe (a.s.
nkoa, niiana, abeiie, sika)a wowgfa awu agyaw wo] sij)i. apegyade,
awunnyade. — A^ F. treasures. Mi. 6,19. 13,44.
o-gyapam, a kind octree, pr. 12.59.
t^y a pa tia, a kind o( sandals ; s. mpabod.
j^yapnm, gyapim, a disease consisting in a permanent swel-
liny of the leg.
gyjire, soap, = samina. — o:_yare-nso, brode-bono a wga-
byew de rebeye samina; cf. gyakisi.
gyasa-boatb, s. gsebo.
gy a-ase, lit. under the fire; 1. pilace where the hearth stands,
litchen. — 2. the household espec. of a king, and the people belong-
ing to it; hoHsehold servants, domestics; attendants, suite; gf\Vc gbene
gy., he has the care of the kings household.
gyaasefo,i^L domestics, attendants, s. gyaase 2. — ghene
gyaasefo ne : mfoafo (afoasoafo), akyenekafo (akyeremadefo),
benbyenfo (mmentiahyehfo). alioprafo, asoamfo, ketesoafo, koniiua-
soafo, kyinikurafo. mpaboafo, atufo (abumfo, tumtofo), abrafo (a-
dunifo), sannafo (fotosanfo), nsancafo (seii), akyeame.
gyaaseni, sing, one of the domesiics or attendants; s. before.
gyaase-hene, overseer of the king's household, captain of the
hodg-guard ; cf. ahkgbea.
gy ata (pi. a-), the lion; pr. 1260. other names are: gbyeegya,
saremiisee. — gyata-ba, a lion's u-help. — gj^ata-bere, lioness. —
gyata-f(3i*u, young lion. — gyata-niiii, male lion.
gy a-tanna', 1. a pile of wood to he burned, especially in pre-
paring a plantation. — 2. F. a fiery furnace.
O-gy atoii, pi. a-, torch made of dry palm-branches; mjjopa a
wgapapaem' na wgde abom' akyekyere na wgasg de fita abe a.s.
wgde fwefwe ok wan anadwo.
gyato, gy atowa, the yaivs, a disease of the skin, produ-
cing ulcerated tumours of a contagious character.
160 oyatodidi — g-ye.
gyato-didi, a disease of the skin, producing a rougli surface
of the body.
gyato-duni, a medicine [aduru] used to cure gyato.
0-gyatofo, pi. a-, a person having the yaws.
gyato-iiamingn, ulcerated sores on the sole of iJtc foot.
gyaw, V. {jed. gyigy^xw] l. to leave, quit, depart from (for a
time); Mt. 4,13. — 
